Search Lexicon

14,884 results · Page 1 of 298

ID	Gloss	Lang	POS	Senses	Occurrences
G3588	ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, __A demonstrative Pronoun. __B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. __C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by Refs 2nd c.AD+ in Aeolic dialect accusative to Refs 8th c.BC+ genitive and dative dual τοῖιν Refs 8th c.BC+— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc., τόνς Refs; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, Refs; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), Refs; ταῖσι as demonstrative, Refs 7th c.BC+ Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in Lyric poetry, as Refs 5th c.BC+; but even in a trimeter, Refs 5th c.BC+ {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in Refs 5th c.BC+; in Refs 4th c.AD+ functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν Refs 4th c.BC+ —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, Refs 3rd c.BC+ cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, ORefs 5th c.BC+ pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) __A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Refs 8th c.BC+ the commonest sense: frequently also in Refs 5th c.BC+, and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, Refs 4th c.BC+; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Refs 5th c.BC+; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): __A.I joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Refs 8th c.BC+; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, Refs; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, Refs; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, Refs; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, Refs:—different from this are cases Refs 8th c.BC+ if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare Refs __A.II frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Refs 8th c.BC+; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Refs 8th c.BC+ —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below __A.IV before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, Refs 8th c.BC+ properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, Refs 5th c.BC+: sometimes in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Refs 8th c.BC+: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Refs 8th c.BC+: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, Refs 5th c.BC+; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VI.2 when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VI.3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VI.4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Refs __A.VI.5 ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Refs 8th c.BC+; by ἄλλος δέ, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VI.6 ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Refs 8th c.BC+: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VI.7 ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, Refs 8th c.BC+; also used by Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VI.8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ.. οὔθ᾽ ὁ Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VII the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, __A.VII.1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς Refs 4th c.BC+ II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VII.2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Refs 5th c.BC+: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Refs 4th c.BC+; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν Refs 6th c.BC+; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VIII absolutely usages of single cases, __A.VIII.1 feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Refs 8th c.BC+, etc.: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VIII.1.b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Refs 8th c.BC+ —only poetry __A.VIII.1.c of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VIII.1.d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VIII.1.e relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VIII.2 neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VIII.2.b thus, so, Refs 8th c.BC+ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VIII.3 neuter accusative τό, wherefore, Refs 8th c.BC+; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is.., Refs 5th c.BC+; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare aboveRefs 5th c.BC+; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Refs 1st c.BC+ __A.VIII.4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Refs 8th c.BC+; more frequently τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Refs 5th c.BC+ in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι Refs several times.. and finally, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VIII.5 of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) Refs 6th c.BC+ from that time, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VIII.5.b πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VIII.5.c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, Refs 3rd c.BC+ __A.VIII.6 ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) Refs 5th c.BC+; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Refs 2nd c.AD+ the greatest number of ships, Refs 5th c.BC+: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Refs 5th c.BC+: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Refs 1st c.BC+ __B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Refs 8th c.BC+ the demonstrative force can generally be traced, Refs 4th c.BC+ I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places Refs 8th c.BC+: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, Refs 8th c.BC+.; also in τῶν ἄλλων Refs; also τὸ τρίτονRefs; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,Refs—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. Refs 4th c.BC+ —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ __B.I not only with common Appellats., adjectives, and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Refs 5th c.BC+; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, Refs 5th c.BC+; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.b omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} Refs III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, Refs 5th c.BC+; compare Θράσυλος in Refs; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, Refs 5th c.BC+; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in Refs when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Refs __B.I.d for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc., see at {καί} Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.2.b frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. __B.I.4 with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, Refs 5th c.BC+infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.5 in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Refs 5th c.BC+ the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Refs; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.I.6 before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.7 before Prons., __B.I.7.a before the person Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέRefs __B.I.7.b before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, Refs 5th c.BC+; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; Refs 4th c.BC+; τοῖς ποίοις..; Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.I.7.c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, Refs 5th c.BC+; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.I.8 before ἅπας, Refs 5th c.BC+; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Refs 4th c.BC+ see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., see at {ἄλλος} Refs __B.I.9 the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II elliptic expressions: __B.II.1 before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) Refs 5th c.BC+; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) Refs 5th c.BC+: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of Refs 5th c.BC+; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.2 generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Refs; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Refs; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, Refs; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, Refs 5th c.BC+ what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, Refs 5th c.BC+: and with genitive of Refs 5th c.BC+ is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Refs 5th c.BC+; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, NT+5th c.BC+ __B.II.3 very frequently with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Refs 5th c.BC+; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Refs; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Refs; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Refs __B.II.4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., see at {μά} IV. __B.II.5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) Refs 4th c.BC+; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Refs 5th c.BC+, etc.; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Refs 5th c.BC+ __C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Refs 8th c.BC+; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Refs; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in Refs 8th c.BC+: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Refs 7th c.BC+; τό Refs; τῶνRefs—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ Refs 8th c.BC+ __D CRASIS OF ARTICLE: __D.a Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. __D.b other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g., Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ Refs 3rd c.BC+; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-Refs 5th c.BC+; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή Refs 1st c.AD+	grc	Art-DNS	6	20036
H0853	I. אֵת with makk. אֶת־, with suff. אֹתִי; אֹֽתְךָ, אֹֽתְכָה †Nu 22:33, אֹתָ֑ךְ, אֹתָ֑כָה †Ex 29:35, fem. אֹתָךְ; אֹתוֹ etc.; 2 pl. אֶתְכֶם, once אֽוֹתְכֶם Jos 23:15; 3 mpl. regularly אֹתָם, rarely אֶתְהֶם †Gn 32:1; Ex 18:20; Nu 21:3; Ez 34:12; 1 Ch 6:50, once אֽוֹתְהֶם Ez 23:45; 3 fpl., on the contrary, regularly אֶתְהֶן (13 times), once אֹתָ֑ן Ez 16:54 (also אֽוֹתְהֶן Ez 23:47, אֹתָ֖נָה Ex 35:26, אוֹתָ֖נָה Ez 34:21); forms with cholem also often written plene:—the mark of the accusative, prefixed as a rule only to nouns that are definite (Moab. id., Ph. אית i.e. אִיַּת (Schröd p. 213 f.); Aramaic יָת freq. in 𝔗; Syriac ܝܳܬ very rare as mark of accus. (for which ܠ is prefered), but used often in the sense of substance οὐσία, also in that of self, e.g. ܒܝܳܬܶܗ per se, reapse, ܠܝܳܬܶܗ sibi ipsi, PS 1640 f., Sam. ࠉࠕ; Arabic إِيَّا, only used with sf., when it is desired to emphasize the pronoun, e.g. Qor 1:4 WAG i. § 189. [Ethiopic uses ኪያ kīyā similarly, Di § 150 a; but it is dub. if this is etymologically akin.] The primitive form will have been ’iwyath, orig. a subst. with foll. gen., Ol p. 432; whether ultim. a parallel development with אוֹת sign from √ אוה is uncertain: Ol WAG i. § 188 LagM i. 226 affirm, NöZMG 1886, 738 doubts. In Heb. the ground-form is אוֹת; the forms with ē, e being abbreviated. In postB Heb., used in combination with another prep.: thus בְּאוֹתוֹ הַיּוֹם = Bibl. בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא, בְּאוֹתָהּ הַשָּׁעָה; or as a nomin., e.g. אוֹתוֹ הָאִישׁ = Bibl. הָאִישׁ הַהוּא). 1. As mark of the accus. prefixed to substs. defined either by the art. (or כֹּל), or by a genitive or pron. affix, or in virtue of being proper names: a. with transitive verbs, Gn 1:1, 16, 29, 30; 2:11; 4:1, 2; 9:3 (אֶת־כֹּֽל׃) etc. Similarly אֶת־מִי whom (in particular), Jos 24:15; 1 S 12:3; 28:11; Is 6:8 al. (but never אֶת־מָה); also with זֶה Gn 29:33; 44:29; 1 S 21:16; 1 K 22:27 +, זֹאת Gn 29:27; 2 S 13:17 +, אֵלֶּה Gn 46:18; Lv 11:22; Is 49:21 +. So pretty uniformly in prose; but in poetry את is commonly dispensed with. By the use of את with the pron. affix, a pron. can at once, if required, be placed in a position of emphasis; let the order of words from this point of view be carefully noticed in the foll. passages: Gn 7:1; 24:14; 37:4; Lv 10:17; 11:33; Nu 22:23 thee I had slain, and her I had kept alive (cf. Gn 41:13), Dt 4:14; 6:13, 23; 13:5; Ju 14:3 אוֹתָהּ קַח לִי take for me her, 1 S 14:35; 15:1; 18:17; 21:10 אִם־אֹתָהּ תִּקַּח־לְךָ קָ֔ח if thou wilt take that, take it, 1 K 1:35; 14:19; Is 43:22; 57:11 Je 9:2. So הַאוֹתִי †Je 5:22; 7:19. It also sometimes enables the reflexive sense to be expressed (elsewhere נַפְשָׁם) Je 7:19 Ez 34:2. Rarely with a subst. which is undefined (Ew§ 277 d 2 Ges§ 117, 1 R. 2), as Ex 21:28; Nu 21:9; Lv 20:14; 1 S 24:6 (but v. Dr) 2 S 4:11; 18:18; 23:21; or which, though definite, is without the art., Gn 21:30; 2 S 15:16; Lv 26:5; 1 S 9:3 (so Nu 16:15) Is 33:19; 41:7; Ez 43:10 (for further exx. v. Ew l.c.) b. with a passive verb (Ges§ 121.1 Ew§ 295 b) conceived as expressing neutrally the action in question, and construed accordingly with an accus. of that which is its real object: exx. occur with tolerable frequency from Gn 4:18 (J) וַיִּקָּרֵא אֶת־שְׁמוֹ חֲנֹךְ, and there was called (= one called) his name Enoch,17:5 (P) there shall not be called (= one shall not call) thy name any more Abram, 21:5 (E), 27:42 2 S 21:11; 1 K 18:13; Ho 10:6 etc., to Je 35:14; 38:4; 50:20 Ez 16:4, 5 Est 2:13 (cf. DrJPhl. xi. 227 f.): also with pass. vbs. of filling (Ew§ 281 b), as Ex 1:7 +. c. with neuter verbs or expressions, especially such as involve the idea of regarding, or treating, appy. by a constr. κατὰ σύνε��ιν (rare), Jos 22:17; 2 S 11:25; Ne 9:32 (cf. 1 S 20:13 Dr 1 K 8:31). Once after אֵין, Hg 2:17 אֵין אֶתְכֶם אֵלַי. d. poet. (si vera l.), after an abstr. noun used with a verbal force, †Hb 3:13 (Am 4:11; Is 13:19; Je 50:40 מַהְפֵּכָה exerts a verbal force, like the Arabic nom. verbi [v. WAG i. § 196, 43]; and Nu 10:2; Ez 17:9 לְמַסַּע, לְמַשְׂאוֹת are Aramaizing infinitives: cf. Ew§ 239 a). 2. את marks an accus. in other relations than that of direct obj. to a verb: a. with verbs of motion (very rare) Nu 13:17; Dt 1:19; 2:7 (to ‘walk the wilderness’); denoting the goal Ju 19:18; Ez 21:25 (Ew§ 281 d, n., 282 a 1). b. denoting time (duration), also very rare: Ex 13:7 Lv 25:22 Dt 9:25. c. expressing the accus. of limitation (rare): Gn 17:11, 14; 1 K 15:23. 3. Chiefly in an inferior or later style, אֵת (or וְאֵת) is used irregularly, partly (α), as it would seem, to give greater definiteness (so especially וְאֵת) at the mention of a new subject (when it may sometimes be renderes as regards), or through the influence of a neighbouring verb (a cstr. κατὰ σύνεσιν), or by an anacoluthon, partly (β) as resuming loosely some other prep. Thus (α) Ex 1:14; Nu 3:26, 46; 5:10 (with הָיָה: so Ez 35:10) Nu 18:21b Dt 11:2 (anacol.), 14:13 Jos 17:11; Ju 20:44, 46 (contr. v 25, 35) 1 S 17:34 (v. Dr) 26:16; 2 S 21:22; 2 K 6:5; Is 53:8 (prob.), 57:12; Je 23:33 (but read rather with 𝔊 𝔙 אַתֶּם הַמַּשָּׂא) 27:8; 36:22; 38:16 Kt, 45:4b Ez 16:22; 17:21; 20:16; 29:4b; 43:7 (𝔊 Co prefix הֲרָאִיתָ) 44:3; Zc 8:17; Ec 4:3; Dn 9:13; Ne 9:19, 34; 1 Ch 2:9; 2 Ch 31:17. In 1 S 30:23; Hg 2:5 prob. some such word as remember is to be understood. (β) Je 38:9; Ez 14:22b; 37:19b Zc 12:10; סָבִיב אֵת 1 K 6:5; Ez 43:17 strangely (in 1 K 𝔊 om. the clause: so StaZAW 1883, 135).—In 1 K 11:1 וְ is merely and also, and especially (v. וְ); v 25 is corrupt (read with 𝔊 זֹאת הָרָעָה אֲשֶׁר עָשָׂה הֲדָד); Ez 47:17, 18, 19 read similarly for ואת, זֹאת: see v 20.—For some particulars as to the use of את, see A. M. WilsonHbr. vi. 139 ff. 212 ff. (who, however, confuses it sometimes with II. אֵת). For denoting the pron. obj. of a vb., את with suff. preponderates relatively much above the verbal affix in P, as compared with JE Dt Ju S K (v. GiesebrechtZAW 1881, 285 f.),—partly, probably, on account of the greater distinctness and precision which P loves.	heb	Conj-w \| Pro	2	10977
G2532	καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, __A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, __A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων Refs 8th c.BC+: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι Refs 5th c.BC+; joining only the last pair, Refs 4th c.BC+; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, Refs 5th c.BC+; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.I.2 to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to.., Refs 5th c.BC+ (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον Refs 8th c.BC+; to add by way of climax, θεῶν.. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all.. , Refs 5th c.BC+; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί.., ἄλλως τε καί.., see at {ἄλλος} Refs; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. ταῦτα and this too.. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II at the beginning of a sentence, __A.II.1 in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα Refs 8th c.BC+; καί μοι λέγε.., καί μοι ἀπόκριναι.., Refs 5th c.BC+; frequently in Oratt., καί μοι λέγε.. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.2 in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; Refs 4th c.BC+; κ. πῶς..; pray how..? Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. δὴ τί..; but then what..? Refs; κ. ποῖον..; Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; Refs 5th c.BC+; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.3 ={καίτοι}, and yet, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.4 at the beginning of a speech, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἴσον or ἴσα κ..., Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.2 after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.3 to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον.., κἀγὼ κατηγόμην Refs 5th c.BC+; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] Refs 5th c.BC+; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.IV joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.V καί.., καί.. correlative, not only.., but also.. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VI by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ..., Refs 8th c.BC+; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε.. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B even, also, just, __B.1 τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, Refs 8th c.BC+; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, Refsfull five,Refs 5th c.BC+ two or three, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.2 also, κ. ἐγώ I also, Refs 8th c.BC+; κ. αὐτοί they also, Refs 5th c.BC+; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, Refs; in adding surnames, etc., Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος Refs 5th c.BC+; nominative ὁ κ. first in Refs 1st c.BC+, frequently later, Refs 2nd c.AD+, etc.; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος NT+8th c.BC+; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, Refs 5th c.BC+, not only.., but also.. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον.. ἢ οὐ καὶ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.2.b frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.3 frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs., ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα.., κ. τότε δή.. Refs 8th c.BC+; also after εἰ, Refs 8th c.BC+: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο.. κ... LXX+NT __B.4 with Advs., to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. λίην full surely, Refs 8th c.BC+; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.5 with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι Refs 8th c.BC+; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν Refs 5th c.BC+; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.6 just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, Refs 5th c.BC+: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα Refs 8th c.BC+; and how long ago was the city sacked? Refs 4th c.BC+; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.7 even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.8 κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, Refs 5th c.BC+ each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ.. and if.. Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.9 before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ.., or εἰ καί.., although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, Refs 8th c.BC+ __C Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.2 καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.3 very seldom at the end of a verse, Refs 5th c.BC+ __D crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc.; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc., Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc.; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc.; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc.; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc.; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ-, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ Refs; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.	grc	Conj	2	9083
H????	—	heb	—	94	8878
H3068	יהוהc. 6823 i.e. יַהְוֶה n.pr.dei Yahweh, the proper name of the God of Israel—(1. MT יְהוָֹה6518 (Qr אֲדֹנָי), or יֱהוִֹה305 (Qr אֱלֹהִים), in the combinations אדני יהוה & יהוה אדני (vid. אֲדֹנָי), and with prep. בַּיהוָֹה, לַיהוָֹה, מֵיהוָֹה (Qr בַּאדֹנָי, לַאדֹנָי, מֵאדֹנָי), do not give the original form. 𝔊 and other Vrss follow the Qr. On the basis of Ex 20:7; Lv 24:11 יהוה was regarded as a nomen ineffabile (vid. Philo de Vita Mosis iii, 519, 529), called by the Jews הַשֵּׁם and by the Samaritans שׁימא. The pronunciation Jehovah was unknown until 1520, when it was introduced by Galatinus; but it was contested by Le Mercier, J. Drusius, and L. Capellus, as against grammatical and historical propriety (cf. Bö§ 88). The traditional Ἰαβέ of Theodoret and Epiphanius, the ־יָהוּ, יְהוֹ־ of compound n.pr. and the contracted form יָהּ, all favour יַהְוֶה (cf. יַהֲלֹמ֑וּן ψ 74:6; תַּהֲרוּ Is 33:11), v. LagSym. i. 14 BaudissinStudien i. 179 ff.; DrStud. Bib. i. 1 ff. For Jeve v. StaZAW 1881, 346 De ib. 1882, 173 f. & Gn. Excurs. ii. 2. on liter. of interpret. v. NesEg 67 Drl.c..—Many recent scholars explain יַהְוֶה as Hiph. of הוה (= היה) the one bringing into being, life-giver (cf. הַוָּה Gn 3:20) Schr HSch; giver of existence, creator, Kue Tiele; he who brings to pass (so already Le Clerc), performer of his promises, Lag, Nes.Eg 88 (but NesEg. 91 inclines to Qal as RSBrit. & For. Ev. Rev. v. infr.); or from הוה he who causes to fall, rain or lightning RSOTJC ed. 1, 423; om. ed. 2, 245, cf. WeSkizzen iii. 175; ‘Fäller,’ destroying foes, StaG. i. 429 (dubiously). But most take it as Qal of היה (= היה); the one who is: i.e. the absolute and unchangeable one, Ri; the existing, ever-living, as self-consistent and unchangeable, Di; or the one ever coming into manifestation as the God of redemption, De Oehl; cf. also RSBrit. & For. Ev. Rev. 1876, he will be it, i.e. all that his servants look for (cf. Ewinfr.), he will approve himself (give evidence of being, assert his being Drl. c. 17)). theories of non-Heb. or non-Sem. origin. opposed (in their older forms) by BauRel i. 181 ff. (v. especially 230); DlPa 162 ff. claimed Bab. origin for יהו, against this KueNational religions, etc., Note iv (Eng. Trans. 329 ff.) JastrJBL xiii (1894), 103 f. cf. HptBAS i. 170 N; Dl Babel u. Bibel, 46 f., 73 f. makes same claim for יהוה, agst. this v. especially HirschZAW xxiii (1903), 355 ff. ZimKAT 3, 465 ff.; SpiegelbergZMG liii (1899), 633 ff. proposes (improb.) Egyptian etymol. for יהוה; further discussions see in KöEB Names, § 112 and n. 3. ‘Jehovah’ found in Jacob (? Johann.) Wessel († 1480), according to SchwallyThLZ, 1905, col. 612. I. יהוה is not used by E in Gn, but is given Ex 3:12–15 as the name of the God who revealed Himself to Moses at Horeb, and is explained thus: אֶהְיֶה עִמָּ֑ךְ I shall be with thee (v 12), which is then implied in אֶהְיֶה אֲשֶׁר אֶהְיֶה I shall be the one who will be it v 14a (i.e. with thee v 12) and then compressed into אֶהְיֶה v 14b (i.e. with thee v 12), which then is given in the nominal form יהוה He who will be it v 15 (i.e. with thee v 12). Cf. EwBTh ii. 337, 338 RSl. c., Proph. 385 ff. Other interpretations are: I am he who I am, i.e. it is no concern of yours (Le Clerc LagPsalt. Hieron. 156); I am, (this is my name), inasmuch as I am (אֲשֶׁר = כִּי; AE JDMich WeJD Th xxi, 540 = Comp. Hex. 72); Di al. I am who I am, he who is essentially unnameable, inexplicable.—E uses יהוה sparingly by the side of אלהים and האלהים in his subsequent narrative. The Ephraimitic writers in Ju S K use it in similar proportions. P abstains from the use of יהוה until he gives an account of its revelation to Moses Ex 6:3; but subsequently uses it freely. He gives no explanation of its meaning. He represents that אֵל שַׁדַּי was the God of the patriarchs. J uses יהוה from the beginning of his narrative, possibly explaining it, Gn 21:33 by אל עולם, the evergreen tamarisk being a symbol of the ever-living God; cf. De Gn 21:33. Elsewhere יהוה is the common divine name in pre-exilic writers, but in post-exilic writers gradually falls into disuse, and is supplanted by אלהים and אדני. In Job it is used 31 times in prose parts, and 12:9 (a proverb); not elsewhere in the poem. Chr apart from his sources prefers אלהים and האלהים. Dn uses יהוה only in chap. 9 (7 times); Ec not at all. In the Elohistic group of ψ 42–83 it is used 39 times (see אלהים). It occurs as the name of Israel’s God MI 18. It is doubtful whether it was used by other branches of the Shemitic family, cf. COT Gn 2:4b DlPa 158 ff. DrStud. Bib. i. 7 ff. II. 1. יהוה is used with אלהים with or without suffs., especially in D; a. with אֱלֹהֶיךָ in the Ten Words Ex 20:2–12 (5 times) = Dt 5:6–16; in the law of worship of JE, Ex 23:19; 34:24, 26; in D 234 times; Jos 1:9, 17; 9:9, 24 (D2); elsewhere Gn 27:20 Ex 15:26 (JE), Ju 6:26; S & K 20 times 1 Ch 11:2; 22:11, 12 2 Ch 9:8(×2); 16:7; Is 7:11; 37:4(×2); 41:13; 43:3; 51:15; 55:5; Je 40:2 + (3 times) Ho 12:10; 13:4; 14:2; Am 9:15; ψ 81:11. b. with אֱלֹהֵיכ��ם in D 46 times; D2 28 times; H 15 times; P 15 times; elsewhere Ex 23:25 (E); 8:24; 10:8, 16, 17 (JE); Ju 6:10; 1 S 12:12, 14; 2 K 17:39; 23:21; 1 Ch 22:18 + (10 times Chr) ψ 76:12; Je 13:16; + (5 times) Ez 20:5, 7, 19, 20; Jo 2:13 + (6 times) Zc 6:15. c. with אֱלֹהֵינוּ in D 23 times; in D2 5 times; Ex 8:6 (JE) Ex 3:18; 5:3; 8:22, 23; 10:25, 26 (E) Ju 11:24; 1 S 7:8; 1 K 8:57, 59, 61, 65 2 K 18:22; 19:19 = Is 36:7; 37:20, 1 Ch 13:2 + (15 times Chr) Mi 4:5; 7:17; Is 26:13; Je 3:22 + (17 times) ψ 20:8; 90:17 (?; Baer אֲדֹנָי) 94:23; 99:5, 8, 9(×2); 105:7; 106:47; 113:5; 122:9; 123:2 Dn 9:10, 13, 14. d. c. אֱלֹהֵיהֶם Ex 10:7 (J) Ex 29:46(×2) Lv 26:44 (P) Ju 3:7; 8:34; 1 S 12:9; 1 K 9:9; 2 K 17:7, 9, 14, 16, 19; 18:12 2 Ch 31:6; 33:17; 34:33; Ne 9:3(×2), 4; Je 3:21; 22:9; 30:9; 43:1(×2) 50:4; Ez 28:26; 34:30; 39:22, 28 Ho 1:7; 3:5; 7:10; Zp 2:7; Hag 1:12(×2) Zc 9:16; 10:6. e. with אֱלֹהָיו Nu 23:21 (E) Ex 32:11 (J) Lv 4:22 (P) Dt 17:19; 18:7; 1 S 30:6; 1 K 5:17; 11:4; 15:3, 4; 2 K 5:11; 16:2; 2 Ch 1:1; + 13 times Chr; Mi 5:3; Je 7:28; ψ 33:12; 144:15; 146:5; Jon 2:2. f. with אֱלֹהַי Nu 22:18 (JE) Dt 4:5; 18:16; 26:14; Jos 14:8, 9; 2 S 24:24; 1 K 3:7; 5:18, 19; 8:28; 17:20, 21; 1 Ch 21:17; 22:7; 2 Ch 2:3; 6:19; Ezr 7:28; 9:5; ψ 7:2, 4; 13:4; 18:29; 30:3, 13; 35:24; 40:6; 104:1; 109:26; Is 25:1; Je 31:18; Dn 9:4, 20; Jon 2:7; Hab 1:12; Zc 11:4; 13:9; 14:5. g. with אֱלֹהַיִךְ Is 60:9 Je 2:17, 19; 3:13; Mi 7:10; Zp 3:17. h. with אלהים, probably always due to later editors, or to a Qr which has crept into the text Gn 2:4b—3:23 (J, 20 times either אלהים inserted by RP as Di De; or יהוה inserted by J in an older source); Ex 9:30 (J, but not in 𝔊 Sam.; Sam. אדני יהוה; possibly MT from earlier Qr, & Sam. from later Qr); 2 S 7:22, 25 (𝔊 אדני יהוה and 1 Ch 17:20–23 only יהוה); 1 Ch 17:16, 17 (but 2 S 7:18, 19 אדני יהוה) 1 Ch 28:20; 29:1; 2 Ch 1:9; 6:41(×2), 42; 26:18 (but in the original ψ 132:8 stood יהוה (so ℌ), or else no divine name); ψ 72:18 (the late doxology) 84:12 (but it makes the line too long); Jon 4:6. For the combinations with other divine names see those names. 2. the phrase †אֲנִי יהוה is noteworthy:— a. after אמר either alone Ex 6:2, 29 (P) or before relative and other clauses: Gn 28:13 (J) 15:7 (R) Ex 6:6 (P) with אלהיכם Ju 6:10; Ez 20:5. b. after ידע כי (α) Ex 7:17; 8:18; 10:2 (J); Ex 7:5; 14:4, 18 (P); 1 K 20:13, 28; Je 24:7 Ez 6:7 + 4:8 times Ez; (β) with אלהיכם Ex 6:7; 16:12; Dt 29:5 (P) Ez 20:20; Jo 4:17; (γ) with אלהיהם Ex 29:46 (P) Ez 28:26; 34:30; 39:22, 28; (δ) before relative and other clauses Is 45:3; 49:23, 26; 60:16 Ez 7:9; 17:24; 21:10; 22:22; 35:12; 36:36; (ε) with various forms of קדשׁ Ex 31:13 (P) Ez 20:12; 37:28; 39:7; (ζ) with דברתי Ez 5:13; 17:21, cf. יֵדְעוּ אשׁר אני י׳ Ez 20:26. c. after כִּי in various combinations Lv 11:44, 45; Nu 35:34 (P), Lv 20:7, 26; 21:8, 15, 23; 22:16; 24:22; 25:17; 26:1, 44 (all H); Ex 15:26 (R) Is 41:13; 43:3; 61:8; Je 9:23; Ez 12:25; 21:4 Zc 10:6; Mal 3:6. d. emphatic Ex 6:8; 12:12 Lv 26:2, 45; Nu 3:13, 41, 45 (all P); Lv 18:5, 6, 21; 19:12, 14, 16, 18, 28, 30, 32, 37; 21:12; 22:2, 3, 8, 30, 31, 33 (all H) Is 43:15; with אלהיהם Ex 29:46; with אלהיךָ Is 48:17; with אלהיכם Lv 23:43; 25:38, 55; Nu 10:10; 15:41(×2) (P) Lv 18:2, 4, 30; 19:2, 3, 4, 10, 25, 31, 34, 36; 20:24; 23:22; 26:13 (all H) Ez 20:7, 19 Jo 2:27; with מְקַדֵּשׁ Lv 20:8; 22:9, 32 (H), with דברתי Nu 14:35 (P) Ez 5:15 + (11 times Ez); with clauses Is 27:3; 41:4, 17; 42:6, 8; 45:5, 6, 7, 8, 18, 19, 21; 60:22 Je 17:10; 32:27; Ez 14:4, 7, 9; 34:24; †אָנֹכִי יהוה is used in the Ten Words Ex 20:2, 5 = Dt 5:6, 9 cited ψ 81:11 Ho 12:10; 13:4; elsewhere only Ex 4:11 (J) Is 43:11; 44:24; 51:15. 3. יהוה is also used with several predicates, to form sacred names of holy places of Yahweh יהוה יראה Gn 22:14 (J); יהוה נסי Ex 17:15 (E) יהוה שׁלום Ju 6:24 יהוה צדקנו Je 33:16 (cf. 23:6 where it is applied to the Messiah); יהוה שָׁ֑מָּה Ez 48:35.—On combinations such as הַר י׳, י׳ צְבָאוֹת etc., v. הַר²" dir="rtl" >הַר, צָבָא²" dir="rtl" >צָבָא, etc. Note. —BonkZAW 1891, 126 ff. seems to shew that as prefix, in comp. n.pr., יְהוֹ is the oldest and the latest form and that יוֹ is intermediate, belonging to the earlier post-exilic period until the time of Chr; occasional copyists’ mistakes being taken into the account.	heb	Prep-k \| N-proper-ms	1	6522
H5921a	עַל, עָ֑ל (cf. Köii. 261 f.) I. subst. height (poet.) †Ho 7:16 יָשׁוּבוּ לֹא עָ֗ל they return (but) not upwards (i.e. not God-wards), 11:7 וְאֶל־עַל יִקְרָאֻהוּ they (the prophets) call it (the people) upwards, (but) none striveth to rise; as adv. accus., 2 S 23:1 the man הֻ֣קַּם עָ֔ל (that) is raised up on high. With מִן, מֵעָ֑ל, †(ה)שׁמים מֵעָ֑ל (the) heavens above Gn 27:39; 49:25 ψ 50:4 (opp. מִתַּחַת Ex 20:4. In prose מִמַּעַל). II. As prep. upon, and hence on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against (SI4.6; Moab. Aramaic id.; Ph. על, and עלת; Palm. Nab. על; Sab. עלי, Arabic عَلَى );—abbrev. from עֲלֵי (cf. אֱלֵי, עֲדֵי), which is preserved in poetry, Gn 49:17(×2), 22(×2) Nu 24:6(×2) Dt 32:2(×2) Is 18:4; Je 8:18; Mi 5:6; La 4:5; 1 K 20:41; Qr, Jb 7:1 Qr + 10 times ψ, 3 times Pr, 15 times Jb; with sf. עָלַי; עָלֶיךָ, עָלַיִךְ (†ψ 116:7 the Aramaizing form עָלָ֑יְכִי); עָלָיו, + 1 S 2:10 עָלָו, עָלֶיהָ; 1 pl. עָלֵינוּ; 2 mpl. עֲלֵיכֶם, + Ex 12:13 עֲלֵכֶם, 2 fpl. עֲלֵיכֶן †Ez 23:49; 3 mpl. עֲלֵיהֶם, 13 times in Pent. עֲלֵהֶם Gn 45:15, etc. (Köii. 305), poet. עָלֵ֫ימוֹ Dt 22:23 + 11 times ψ, Jb (perhaps sometimes sg., Ges§ 103 i, N.); 3 fpl. עֲלֵיהֶן, †Ex 29:13 עֲלֵהֶן Ex 29:22; Lv 3:4, 10, 16 (on the form of עֲלֵי, עָלַי, etc., v. Köii. 390 ff., and cf. sub עַד). 1. Upon, of the substratum upon which an object in any way rests, or on which an action is performed; as על־הארץ upon the earth Gn 1:11, 26; 7:6, etc., ψ 110:6 על ארץ רבה over a wide country; על האדמה upon the ground Ex 20:12 + often, Am 7:12 עַל אֲדָמָה טְמֵאָה, Is 14:2 על אדמת י׳, ψ 137:4 עַל אַדְמַת נֵכָר (אֲדָמָה being properly ground, soil, is construed regularly with על, באדמה being very rare), more definitely על פני האדמה Gn 6:1; Nu 12:3 + often; על מקום Lv 14:28; Je 45:5 (uncommon: usually בְּ); Dt 17:20; Is 9:6 עַל מַמְלַכְתּוֹ upon his realm, 2 Ch 1:1; עַל בָּֽתִּים very strangely Ho 11:11 (read וַהֲשִׁבֹתִים with 𝔊; v. 7 c α β); constantly after such vbs. as נוח, ישׁב, רכב, etc., Gn 8:4; Ex 11:5; כתב על to write (idiom.) on a book or other surface, Jos 10:13, etc.; יצא על go forth over Gn 41:45; Zc 5:3 ψ 81:6; with נִשְׁעַן, נִסְמַךְ, בָּטַח (fig.), to lean or trust upon: Gn 3:14 to go עַל גְּחֹנְךָ upon thy belly, 32:32 to limp עַל יְרֵכוֹ upon his thigh, 1 S 14:13; Ez 37:10; Ju 15:8 to smite שׁוֹק עַל יָרֵךְ leg upon thigh, i.e. so that the scattered limbs fall one upon another, Am 3:15. And with ref. not to a horizontal surface but to a side, Lv 1:5 + זָרַק עַל to pour against the altar, 1 K 6:5, 18 to build against the temple, Jos 10:27, etc. Fig. Ex 23:13 let it not be heard עַל פִּיךָ upon thy mouth (in out idiom, upon thy lips, as Pr 22:18), ψ 15:3 לֹא רָגַל עַל לְשֹׁנוֹ he slandereth not (i.e. prepares not slander) upon his tongue, 2 S 23:2 וּמִלָּתוֹ עַל לְשׁוֹנִי, Pr 16:23, 27; 31:26; Ec 5:1; cf. נָשָׂא עַל שְׂפָתַיִם or עַל פֶּה ψ 16:4; 50:16; Ez 36:3b. Specially a. —(a) of clothing, etc., which any one wears, Gn 37:23 the tunic אשׁר עליו which was upon him, Jos 9:5; 1 K 11:30; Ru 3:15 +; Gn 24:30; 38:30; 2 S 13:18, of a sword 20:8 Ct 3:8; so הָיָה עַל Lv 16:4; Dt 22:5; Ez 44:18; 1 Ch 15:27; 18:7 (‖ 2 S 8:7 אֶל: see p. 41 a); cf. לֹא יַעֲלֶה עָלֶיךָ Lv 19:19; Ez 44:17, and with הֶעֱלָה, below, 7 b. (b) With verbs of covering or protecting, even though the cover or veil be not over or above the thing covered, but around or before it (‘upon’ referred to a side): v. גָּנַן" dir="rtl" >גָּנַן, כָּסָה" dir="rtl" >כָּסָה, סָכַךְ" dir="rtl" >סָכַךְ, עָטָה" dir="rtl" >עַטָה; Ne 2:8 יד אלהי הטובה עלי, cf. v 18 Ezr 7:6, 9; 8:18, 22, 31; Ex 27:21 the veil that is over (i.e. before) the testimony, 1 S 25:16 חוֹמָה הָיוּ עַלֵינוּ they were a wall about us; סָגַר עַל to shut in (or down) upon Ex 14:3; Jb 12:14; Ez 13:5; Jb 13:27; 26:9; 36:30 he spreadeth his light עַלָיו about him. b. Of what rests heavily upon a person, or is a burden to him, Is 1:14 הָיוּ עַלַי לָטֹרַח they are a cumbrance upon me, Jb 7:20 I am a burden עָלַי upon myself, 2 S 15:33 (cf. with אֶל 19:36); כָּבַד עַל to be heavy upon Ex 5:9 al. (v. כָּבַד); of sin, calamity, etc. Is 53:5; Ez 33:10 ψ 88:8; Jb 21:9; 2 Ch 15:5; 28:13; Ec 6:1; 8:6 (cf. 5 a β); Lv 7:20 וְטֻמְאָתוֹ עָלָיו 22:3: idiomatically, Gn 48:7 מֵתָה עָלַי רָחֵל Rachel died upon me (i.e. to my sorrow), 33:13 וְהַבָּקָר עָלוֹת עָלַי are giving suck upon me (i.e. as a care to me), Nu 11:13 יִבְכּוּ עָלַי they weep upon me (vexing me), Ju 14:16, 17; 19:2 (v. Be), 1 S 21:16 to play the mad man upon me, Je 12:11. c. Of a duty, payment, care, etc., imposed upon a person, or devolving on him, as שָׂם עַל to lay upon Ex 5:8; 21:22, 30 (שָׁת), 22:24, cf. Gn 47:26; 2 Ch 35:25; with other verbs, Jb 38:10; Dt 24:5; 26:6; 2 K 15:20; 18:14; 23:33; Ne 10:33(×2) Est 1:8; 9:21, 27, 31; with צִוָּה enjoin upon Gn 2:16 + often, כתב prescribe to 2 K 22:13 ψ 40:8, נטשׁ cast upon 1 S 17:20 (v 22 על יד), נתן על יד (fig.) Gn 42:37; 2 K 12:12; 22:5, cf. 1 K 14:27, עזב ψ 10:14, גלל 37:5, השׁליך 55:23, פקד Jb 34:13 al.; Gn 30:28 נָקְבָה שְׂכָֽרְךָ עָלַי fix thy wages upon me (name thy wages to me), 34:12 הַרְבּוּ עָלַי מְאֹד מֹהַר וּמַתָּן multiply upon me, etc., 2 S 19:39 (pregn.) whatsoever thou choosest (and layest) upon me; without a verb, Ju 19:20 רַק כָּל־מַחְסֹרְךָ עָלָ֑י only let all thy wants be upon me, Ezr 10:4 ψ 56:13 עָלַי נְדָרֶיךָ thy vows are upon me (i.e. I owe them: cf. Nu 30:7, 9, 15), Pr 7:14 זִבְחֵי שְׁלָמִים עָלָ֑י peace-offerings were upon me (= were due from me); perhaps ψ 62:1; 77:1 (to the charge of); with an inf. 2 S 18:11 וְעָלַי לָתֵת and it would have been incumbent on me to give, etc., 1 K 4:7; Ezr 10:12 (accents [Baer], RVm), Ne 13:13, cf. Zc 12:2 (Ew RVm); Nu 7:9 (P) the service of … was upon them, Ez 45:17, so especially late 1 Ch 9:27, 33; 23:31; 2 Ch 2:3 לעולם זאת על ישׂראל, 8:15; 24:9; Ezr 7:11; Ne 11:23; Is 9:5 and the government is upon his shoulder (cf. 22:22), 2 Ch 25:3; ψ 7:11 מָֽגִנִּי עַל־א׳ my shield rests upon God (he has undertaken my defence), 62:8 על־אלהים יִשְׁעִי וּכְבֹדִי. d. על is used idiom. to give pathos to the expression of an emotion, by emphasizing the person who is its subject, and who, as it were, feels it acting upon him: ψ 42:6 why art thou cast down, O my soul, וַתֶּהֱמִי עָלַי and disquieted upon me? v 7 my soul upon me is cast down, v 12 43:5; La 3:20; ψ 131:2 כְּגָמֻל עֲלֵי אִמּוֹ כַּגָּמוּל עָלַי נַפְשִׁי is my soul upon me; 142:4 בְּהִתְעַטֵּף עָלַי רוּחִי when my spirit faints upon me, 143:4; Jon 2:8; Je 8:18 עָלַי לִבִּי דַוָּֽי׃ my heart upon me is sick, Jb 14:22(×2) (cf. Di), Hos 11:8 נהפך עלי לבי my heart is turned (altered) upon me, 1 S 17:32; 25:36; Ne 5:7 וַיִּמָּלֵךְ לִבִּי עָלַי and my heart took counsel upon me: cf. ψ 42:5 I will pour out my soul upon me, Jb 30:16; 10:1 אעזבה עלי שׂיחי I will let loose my complaint upon me. (Thes apud me, mecum. The rend. ‘within me’ alters entirely the point of view of the Heb. expression, and is incorrect.) Denoting with some emph. the subj. of an experience, Jb 30:2 עלימו אבד כָּ֑לַח, Dn 2:1 his sleep נִהְיְתָה עָלָיו was done with upon him (cf. Aramaic 6:19 נַדַּת עֲלוֹהִי), 10:8 וְהוֹדִי נְהְפַּךְ עָלַי (cf. 5:9; 7:28): also, rather differently, Lv 18:18b; Je 49:20 אִם לֹא יַשִּׁים עֲלֵיהֶם נְוֵהֶם, Mi 7:13 ψ 90:17b; ψ 7:9 according to my perfectness upon me, Ez 18:20; 22:3; 2 Ch 36:8. e. חָיָה עַל to live upon (as upon a foundation or support; cf. Is 3:1, and ζῆν ἐπί τινος), Dt 8:3 עַל־הַלֶּחֶם, Is 38:16 (cf. Hi), Gn 27:40 על חרבך תחיה upon (= by) thy sword thou shalt live (cf. Kazwiniii. 17 ap. Tuch), Ez 33:19, cf. v 26. f. Of the ground, or basis, on which a thing is done, as Gn 24:9 על הדבר הזה, Lv 7:12 if he offers it עַל תּוֹדָה on the ground of a thanksgiving, Nu 6:21 עַל נִזְרוֹ, v b Ez 16:15; 28:17; Dn 8:25 עַל שִׂכְלוֹ, 9:18 על צדקותינו (with عَلَى this use is extended so as to denote explicitly on condition of). Hence (a) the basis being conceived as regulative, על comes to denote the norm or standard (cf. Germ. ‘auf die Art’; WAG ii. § 59 i): the transition may be seen in a passage like Ex 24:8 the covenant which י׳ made with you on the basis of (על), or in agreement with, all these words (cf. על פי 34:27), Nu 35:24 על המשׁפטים האלה, Dt 17:11; Je 30:18 the palace shall sit (i.e. be inhabited: v. ישׁב) עַל מִשְׁפָּטוֹ in accordance with its manner, ψ 94:20 who frames mischief עֲלֵי־חֹק in accordance with a law, על פי … according to the mouth (i.e. command, Gn 45:21 + often, evidence Dt 17:6; 19:15, sentence 21:5) of …; עַל שֵׁם … according to the name of … (mostly with call, be called) Gn 48:6; Ex 28:21; 2 S 18:18 +, cf. 1 Ch 23:14; Ex 6:26; 12:51 עַל צִבְאֹתָם according to their hosts (usually לְ), Nu 1:18 על משׁפחתם (usually לְ), v 52 2:2, 34; 7:3 (‖ ל), Dt 18:8 (prob.); עַל יְדֵי according to the hands (direction) of Je 5:31; 33:13 al. (v. p. 391 b); ψ 110:4 עַל דִּבְרָתִי מ׳ after the manner of M.; Pr 25:11 (prob.) a word spoken עַל אָפְנָיו in accordance with its circumstances = appositely; of the tune according to which a song is to be sung (RV. set to) ψ 6:1 (1 Ch 15:21), 8:1; 9:1; 12:1; 45:1; 46:1 (1 Ch 15:20) עַל־עֲלָמוֹת (perhaps, however, in the manner of maidens = for ‘sopranos’), 53:1; 56:1; 60:1; 69:1; 81:1; 84:1; 88:1 (cf. in Syriac ܥܰܠ ܩܳܠܴܐ ܕ). (b) The basis being conceived as involving the ground, על denotes the cause or reason, on account of, because of, Gn 20:3 lo thou shalt die עַל הָאִשָּׁה on account of the woman, 21:12; 26:7, 9; 27:41; 42:21; Lv 4:3, 28; 5:18; 19:17; 26:18, 24, 28; Dt 9:18; 24:16 fathers shall not be put to death על־בנים on account of children, 31:18; Jos 9:20; Je 1:16; 5:9; Ez 18:26 עליהם (‖ 33:18 בָּהֶם), Pr 28:21 ψ 39:12; 50:8 + often; ψ 44:23 עָלֶיךָ הֹרַגְנוּ on thy account are we slain all the day, 69:8; Je 15:15; in the phrases עַל דְּבַר …, עַל אוֹדוֹת, עַל זֹאת and עַל זֶה on this account, עַל מָה on what account? עַל־כֵּן = therefore (v. דָּבָר, אוֹדָה, etc.); before an inf., as Ex 17:7 וְעַל נַסּוֹתָם אֶת־י׳ and on account of their trying י׳, Am 1:3 עַל דּוּשָׁם on account of their threshing = because they threshed, v 6, 9, 11, 13, etc., Je 2:35 עַל אָמְרֵךֶ because of thy saying, 9:12; 16:18 +; and as a conj. both with and without אֲשֶׁר or כִּי (v. infr. III). And so often of the ground or cause of fear, grief, delight, or other emotions, e.g. Ex 18:9; 32:14 (נִחַם repent: so often), 1 S 4:13; 30:6; 2 S 1:26; 3:8; 1 K 21:4; 2 K 6:11; Je 10:19 Am 6:6. (c) Somewhat more strongly, on behalf of, for the sake of, Gn 19:17 escape על נפשׁך for thy life; Ju 9:17; 2 K 10:3 נִלְחַם עַל (usually ל); 1 K 2:18 I will speak on thy behalf to the king, v 19 (2 K 4:13 לְ); Est 4:16; 4:8; 7:7; 8:11; 9:16; Dn 12:1 עמד על stand up (in late Heb.) on behalf of; התפלל על intercede for (usually בעד) Jb 42:8; Ne 1:6; 2 Ch 30:18; 29:21 Ezr 8:35; and very often with כִּפֶּר (q.v.) make atonement for. (Not very common with other verbs.) (d) Sometimes it acquires almost a final force, for; Ex 12:4; 29:36; 30:16; Dt 27:13 these shall stand עַל־הַקְּלָלָה (‖ v 12 לְבָרֵךְ), ψ 89:48 עַל־מַה־שָּׁוְא בָּרָאתָ כָל־בְּנֵי־אָדָם unto what vanity hast thou created, etc.! Pr 29:5b; 2 Ch 23:18; Ec 3:17. (e) Of a condition, or attendant circumstances (rare; so عَلَى, WAG ii. § 59 e): ψ 50:5 עֲלֵי זָ֑נַח ׃ upon, with sacrifice, 92:4 עֲלֵי עָשׂוֹר וגו׳ with a ten-stringed instr., with a harp, with sounding music on a lyre; עַל רִיב upon occasion of a lawsuit Ex 23:2; Ez 44:24, עַל יוֹם טוֹב 1 S 25:8 (cf. عَلَى حِينِ at a time of … Qor 28:14), Ne 12:22 (? read עַד BeRy), Is 18:4 כְּחֹם צַח עֲלֵי אוֹר at time of sunshine, 64:11 עַל אֵלֶּה, Je 8:18 עֲלֵי יָגוֹן at time of sorrow, 16:7 (but Gie עַל אָבֵל to): with abstr. substs. to form a periphr. for adverbs, Lv 5:22 and swear עַל שֶׁקֶר upon falseness = falsely, Je 6:14 = 8:11 to heal a wound עַל נְקַלָּה lightly, easily, ψ 31:24 עַל יֶתֶר = abundantly, Is 60:7 עַל רָצוֹן = acceptably (cf. عَلَى لَذَّةٍ = with delight). (f) It hence acquires the force of in spite of, notwithstanding (so عَلَى, WAG ii. § 59 h), Jb 10:7 עַל דַּעְתְּךָ in spite of thy knowing, 34:6 על משׁפטי notwithstanding my right I am to be a liar (Di De Da RV: otherwise Hi RVm). cf. below, III c b. (g) Upon, concerning, with vbs. of speaking, as דִּבֶּר Ju 9:3; 1 K 5:13, אָמַר Je 16:3; 27:19 (‖ אל) 33:4, hearing Gn 41:15 שָׁמַעְתִּי עָלֶיךָ I have heard concerning thee, saying, etc., 1 K 10:6; Is 37:9 (‖ 2 K 19:9 אל), disputing Gn 26:21, telling 1 S 27:11; Jo 1:3, commanding 2 S 14:8; 1 K 11:10, being vexed 21:4; 2 K 6:11, crying 8:5, confessing ψ 32:5 Ne 1:6; of the object of a prophecy or vision 1 K 22:8; Is 1:1; 2:1; and often with similar verbs. (h) In a somewhat weaker sense, in the matter of, as regards, Gn 41:32 וְעַל הִשָּׁנוֹת הַחֲלוֹם, Ex 22:8; Ru 4:7; Lv 5:22, 26; Dn 9:14b; Ne 9:33; חָטָא עַל Lv 4:14 (‖ בָּהּ v 23, cogn. acc. v 28), 5:5; Nu 6:11; Ne 13:26; … עַל־דְּבַר in the matter of, Nu 25:18; 31:16. 2. It expresses excess (synon. מִן q.v.); Gn 48:22 I give thee שְׁכֶם אַחַד עַל אַחֶיךָ one shoulder (ridge) above thy brethren, Ex 16:5 מִשְׁנֶה על double above or beyond, Nu 3:46 Dt 25:3 stripes עַל־אֵלֶּה beyond these, Jos 3:15 Jordan מָלֵא עַל was full over all its banks (cf. 4:18 Is 8:7b הלך על, עלה), ψ 138:2 Ec 1:16 Dn 1:20 עֶשֶׂר יָדוֹת עַל ten times above (cf. in Aramaic 3:19, and عَلَى Qor 37:153), Ezr 1:6 †לְבַד עַל = beside (v. בַּד); ψ 16:2 (si vera l.) טוֹבָתִי בַל עָלֶיךָ my welfare is not beyond thee, i.e. does not lie outside thee.—Of time, Lv 15:25 if she has an issue עַל נִדָּתָהּ beyond her time of impurity (cf. Is 32:10, 4 b). 3. It denotes elevation or pre-eminence, as עליון על high (fig.) above, Dt 26:19 al., 28:43 יעלה עליך will go up above thee, cf. Pr 31:29; ψ 57:6, 12 be thou exalted above the heavens, 89:8; 95:3; 96:4, etc., Ne 9:5; with words (q.v.) such as גבר, גדל, חזק, נשׂא (Ni. Pi. Hithp.), עזז, and especially those denoting rule or superintendence, as מלך, הפקיד; so with שָׁת, היה, נתן, Gn 41:33, 40, 43, שׂם 1 S 18:5; with פָּקִיד, שַׂר, מֶלֶךְ, etc., Gn 41:34; Ex 1:11; 18:21, etc.; abs. 2 S 8:16 Joab was על־הצבא over the host, 20:23b, 24 1 K 4:4–6; 5:30; Nu 10:14 ff. 1 Ch 9:23, 26ff.; 27:25ff.; 2 Ch 30:17; 31:12; אֲשֶׁר עַל בֵּיתוֹ of Joseph’s steward Gn 43:16, 19; 44:1, 4; and in the official titles אּשֶׁר עַל־הַבַּיִת = the Governor of the Palace Is 22:15 al. (v. בַּיִת 6); אֲשֶׁר עַל־הַמַּס the overseer of the forced labour 1 K 12:18; אשׁר על־העיר the governor of the city 2 K 10:5, אשׁר על המלתחה v 22. 4. It expresses addition (cf. ἐπὶ in Gk., e.g. ἐπὶ τούτοις); viz. a. introducing the complement of a verb, as with יָסַף to add upon or to, ψ 61:7 + often (v. יָסַף), שָׁת to put to Gn 30:40, נִלְוָה to be joined to Nu 18:2, 4; Is 14:1 (also c. אֶל), נָפַל to fall to, i.e. desert to, Je 21:9 +, עבר to pass over to Ex 30:13, 14; Is 45:14 (cf. 60:5); also Hb 2:16 תִּסֹּב כּוֹס עַל La 4:21, Est 4:7; נֶחְשַׁב to be reckoned to Lv 25:31; 2 S 4:2, היה על Nu 36:12; ψ 69:28 תְּנָה עָוֹן עַל עֲוֹנָם, Is 56:8 עוֹד אֲקַבֵּץ עָלָיו I will yet gather (others) unto him. b. Used absol., as Gn 28:9 he took Maḥalath עַל נָשָׁיו in addition to his (other) wives, 31:50 (cf. אל Lv 18:18), Nu 31:8 עַל חַלְלֵיהֶם in addition to their slain (‖ Jos 13:22 אֶל), Dt 23:14; Ez 16:37, 43; 25:10; Is 32:10 יָמִים עַל שָׁנָה days upon, in addition to, a year, 2 Ch 21:15 יָמִים עַל יָמִים, Ez 7:26 הֹוָה עַל הֹוָה תָבוֹא (‖ אל), Je 4:20 (if נִקְרָא = be proclaimed), Jb 16:14 יִפְרְצֵנִי פֶרֶץ עַלאפְּנֵי־פָ֑רֶץ (cf. LagM iii. 112; also Il. 14:130 ἕλκος ἐφʼ ἕλκει, Odyss. 7:120f., Qor 31:13). So often in laws of P (cf. c), Lv 7:12 he shall offer עַל־זֶבַח הַתּוֹדָה in addition to the sacrifice of thanksgiving, etc., v 13b Nu 6:20; 15:9; 28:10, 15, 24 (cf. מִלְּבַד v 31 29:6), 35:6; Ez 16:43 (Hi Sm RV: cf. 44:7 אל). c. Hence by an easy transition it denotes together with, with, Ex 35:22 men together with (עַל) women, Jb 38:32 וְעַיִשׁ עַל־בָּנֶיהָ תַנְחֵם and the Bear with her children, wilt thou lead them? 1 K 15:20; Je 3:18 the house of Isr. with the house of Judah, Mi 5:2 (Ca Ke Kue; but al. as 7 c a), Gn 32:12 lest he come and smite me, אֵם עַל בָּנִים the mother with the children (cf. Ho 10:14 Dt 22:6); and as a techn. term in the regulations for sacrifice, especially with אכל, Ex 12:8 עַל־מְרֹרִים יֹאכְלֻהוּ together with bitter herbs they shall eat it, v 9 his head with (על) his legs, etc., Nu 9:11; Dt 16:3 לֹא־תֹאכָל עָלָיו חָמֵץ (cf. Ex 23:18; 34:25), v 3; in the phrase אכל על הדם to eat with the blood 1 S 14:32, 33 (v 34 אל), Lv 19:26; Ez 33:25 (cf. in Gk. e.g. ἐπὶ τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ); see also Lv 2:2, 16; 3:4 (so v 10, 15 4:9; 7:4), 4:11; 7:13a, 30; 10:15; 14:31; 23:18, 20; Nu 6:17; 19:5; 1 Ch 7:4. 5. It expresses the idea of being suspended, or extended, over anything, without however being in contact with it, above, over: Gn 1:20 let fowl fly over the earth, 19:23 השׁמשׁ יצא על had come forth upon the earth (cf. זרח על Ex 22:2 +; בא על go down [set] upon Dt 24:15 Mi 3:6; Jb 25:3), Nu 10:34; 14:14 and thy cloud stood עליהם over them, Dt 28:23 the heavens על־ראשׁך above thy head, Is 4:5; 60:1, 2; Zp 2:11; Zc 9:14 ψ 7:8 over it return thou on high, Jb 29:3 בְּהִלּוֹ נֵרוֹ עֲלֵי רֹאשִׁי (cf. דעך על be extinguished over, 18:6), Ct 2:4 his banner over me: fig. of protection Dt 32:38 ψ 68:35: with vbs. of motion (expressed or implied), נשׁקף על to incline over 1 S 13:18 +, נטה ידו על Ex 14:16; Is 23:11 + (cf. ψ 21:12), הניף על to swing over Is 11:15; 19:16; השׁמיע על to proclaim over Je 4:16; Am 3:9, cf. Nu 10:10; 2 Ch 13:12, נקרא שׁם על a name to be called over 2 S 12:28 + (v. קרא). 6. From the sense of inclining or impending over, על comes to denote contiguity or proximity, Engl. by (or sometimes on):— a. in designating localities, especially those beside water, Gn 14:6 עַל־הַמִּדְבָּר by the wilderness, 16:7 עַל עֵין הַמַּיִם by the spring of water, 24:13, 30; 29:2 three flocks lying עָלֶיהָ by it (the well), 41:1 Nu 3:26; 13:29 על־הים by the sea, 22:5; 24:6 gardens עֲלֵי נָהָר Dt 3:12; 33:8; Ju 5:19; 7:1; 1 S 1:9 על מזוזת היכל י׳ (Ez 46:2), 4:1; 2 K 2:7 and they stood על־הירדן by the Jordan, 25:4 Is 19:7; 38:20 ψ 1:3 planted by water-courses, Je 17:2, 8; Jb 30:4; 31:9 על פתח by the entrance, Pr 14:19, + often.; על הדרך by the way Gn 38:21; 1 S 24:4; Ez 48:24ff. על גבולו adjoining his border; עבר על to pass by a place 1 K 9:18; Je 18:16 +, fig. עבר על פשׁע to pass by transgression, i.e. to overlook it, Mi 7:18 al.: על יְמִין … on the right of … ψ 110:5 +, עַל יַד …, עַל יֶרֶךְ …, עַל כֶּתֶף … on the side of … (see these words): less freq. (except as c) with ref. to persons, Nu 2:5 וְהַחֹנִים עָלָיו and those encamping next him, v 12, 20, 27 6:9 וכי ימות מת עליו, 2 K 11:11 by the king round about (cf. Nu 3:26 supr.), עבר על פ׳ Gn 18:5; 2 K 4:9 +. b. 2 S 9:7, 10 to eat bread עַל שֻׁלְחַן פּ׳ at any one’s table, Ex 16:3 when we sat עַל־סִיר הַבָּשָׂר, 1 S 20:24 Kt to sit עַל־חַלֶּהֶם at meat; 25:13; 30:24 to remain עַל־הַכֵּלִים; Pr 23:30 to tarry long על־היין at (or over) the wine, Jb 39:9 עַל־אֲבוּסֶֽךָ ׃ at thy crib: cf. הַיּוֹשֵׁב עַל הַמִּשְׁפָּט Is 28:6. c. Idiomatically, with עָמַד and נִצַּב to stand by (lit. over,—orig. no doubt with ref. to one supposed to be seated), Gn 18:2 three men נִצָּבִים עָלָיו standing by him, v 8 and he עֹמֵד עליו standing by him under the tree, 24:30 by the camels, 28:13; 1 S 4:20; 2 S 1:9; 20:11, 12; Am 7:7; especially of persons standing about a superior, as servants or courtiers, Gn 45:1; Ju 3:19; 1 S 22:6, 7, 17, of persons surrounding a judge Ex 18:13, 14, of י׳’s heavenly ministers, 1 K 22:19 (cf. Is 6:2 ממעל לו), Zc 4:14, and with התיצב 6:5 Jb 1:6; 2:1; also of one standing by (proposes leaning over) an altar or sacrifice Nu 23:3, 6; 1 K 13:1 (cf. 7 b); Am 9:1; of an Ashérah by an altar Ju 6:25, 28 (cf. אֵצֶל Dt 16:21) ortree Je 17:2; cf. 2 S 12:17 (קום) Ex 2:15; 2 S 2:13 (ישׁב). 7. In connexion with verbs of motion (actual or fig.):— a. of motion from a higher place downwards, down upon: thus (a) המטיר על to rain upon Gn 2:5; 19:24, ירד על 15:11, יצק על to pour upon Gn 28:18, נפל על צוארי פ׳ Gn 33:4, נפל על פניו to fall on his (own) face 17:3, 17, שׂם על to put upon, 21:14; 22:6, 9; 24:47 (v 22 Sam Di), נתן על כף to place on the hand of … 40:11, 21, השׁליך על 2 S 20:12, etc.; cf. Jb 29:22 וְעָלֵימוֹ תִּטֹּף מִלָּתִי, Mi 3:5; Na 3:12. (b) In diff. fig. connexions, as of sleep falling upon one, Gn 2:21; 15:12; of fear 9:2; 1 S 11:7 (v. פַּחַד, חֲרָדָה, אֵימָה); of good or bad fortune, especially the latter, coming upon one, as with בוא and הביא, Gn 27:12; Dt 28:2 (in good sense), v 15, Je 5:12; 19:3 (רעה, as often); of retribution, reproach, the Divine wrath, etc., with diff. verbs (הביא, נתן, ירד, חול, היה, etc.), as Gn 20:9; Nu 12:11 חטאה; Gn 42:36 עָלַי הָיוּ כֻלָּנָה upon me are they all; Nu 18:5 + (היה קֶצֶף על); Dt 19:10 דם (cf. אל 2 S 21:2 𝔊 We Dr), Ju 9:24; 1 K 2:32; 2 S 16:8; Ho 12:15; 2 S 3:29; 15:14; 1 S 11:2 חרפה; Je 14:16; 26:15 דם נקי (‖ אל), Jon 1:14; Ez 7:3, 4, 8; 23:49; 36:29; ψ 7:17; 94:2, 23; 109:5 וישׂימו עלי רעה תחת טובה (lay upon me: but Hu וישיבו, Pr 17:13), 140:11; שָׁפַךְ חֵמָה על Ez 7:8 + often; without a verb, Gn 16:5 חֲמָסִי עָלֶיךָ my wrong be upon thee, Je 51:35 (‖ אל); Gn 27:13 עלי קללתך; 38:29 (accents, RVm); 2 S 1:16 דמיך על ראשׁך; 14:9 עָלַי הֶעָוֹן; Is 24:17; Je 48:43; 50:27; Ez 13:3; הוֹי עַל …; ψ 55:16 Kt.; of a blessing, Ex 32:29 ψ 3:9, a curse Dt 30:7, mercies (prob. conceived spec. as descending from heaven) ψ 33:22; 86:13; 90:17; 103:17 (with גבר be mighty over or upon, v 11 117:2), 116:12; 145:9; Ezr 3:11, שׁלום ψ 125:5; 128:6; 1 Ch 22:9. (c.) Introducing the object upon which an action, or emotion, especially if accompanied by a gesture, is conceived as being directed (but with some of these words, especially when they refer to an event, rather than a person, as Ex 18:9, על is to be explained from 1 f b). Thus with verbs denoting the manifestation of joy or giref, as שׂושׂ to rejoice over, גיל, שׂמח, התענג, התפאר, שׂחק, אבל, ספד, שׁמם, בכה Ju 11:37 +, נשׂא (משׁל) קינה to take up a lament, or proverb, over (see these words); prob. also in הִנָּבֵא על prophecy over Ez 11:4; 13:17 +; with חוּס, חָמַל, רִחַם to shew compassion on (cf. 1 K 3:26 [Gn 43:30 אל], Ct 5:4 [Je 31:20 ל]); with שׁמר, שׁקד, הֵעִיר (Jb 8:6) to guard or watch over; with יעץ to counsel upon Is 14:26 +, חשׁב to devise (usually in bad sense, Je 29:11 in good), דִּבֶּר (רעה Je 11:17 +, טובה 18:20; 32:42), הֵקִים דָּבָר Je 29:10. Of more distinctly phys. acts, with בכה to weep on Gn 45:14, 15 +, שׁרק to hiss, ספק or תקע כף to clap the hand, הִכָּה כף Ez 22:13 (‖ אל); Is 5:30 to growl over, 31:4 Ez 36:2; Jb 30:5; הִתְוַדָּה to confess over (the goat), Lv 16:21; Ex 30:10a (prob.); Dt 21:6; Jb 6:27; 40:30. b. From a lower place upwards, up upon, up to, as עלה על to go up upon: Ex 20:26; 1 S 2:28; 1 K 12:33b; 2 K 16:12b; 2 Ch 1:6 (an altar, i.e. to a ledge beside it; cf. 2 K 23:9, and ירד Lv 9:22; 1 K 1:53); Ju 9:51; Is 14:14; 40:9, etc.; to come up upon (in diff. connexions) Ex 10:12; Lv 16:9 (fig.), 19:19; 1 S 1:11; 6:7; 1 K 10:16, 17; fig. עלה על לב Is 65:17 + (v. לב, לבב, 3 d); in Hiph. 1 K 20:23 וַיַּעֲלֵהוּ עַל הַמֶּרְכָּבָה, Am 8:10 (cf. 1 a a), 2 S 1:24; Ez 37:6 ψ 137:6 (fig.), 2 Ch 3:5, 14 (= ornamented with); Dt 28:61 (cf. Ex 15:26b); 2 Ch 20:34 the history of Jehu which הֹעֲלָה עַל was brought up upon (i.e. inserted in) the book of, etc. (cf. 32:32; and כתב על supr. 1); cf. נטה יד על־השׁמים up to heaven Ex 9:22; 10:21; 17:16. c. Expressing direction towards (not common, except in sense against: v. infr.)—(a) with verbs of motion, properly of a person (or thing) moving to another so as either to stand above, or rest upon, it (cf. PuseyMin. Pr. 333), Ex 34:12 הארץ אשׁר אתה בא עליה (simil., of a land, or place, 18:23 Nu 11:12; 1 K 2:26 עֲנָתֹת לֵךָ עַל־שָׂדֶיךָ, Ez 32:9; Je 3:18b; 16:13; 22:26, and after שׁוּב or הֵשִׁיב 16:15; 22:27; 23:3; 24:6 [but אֶל 27:22; 30:3 al.], Ez 29:14; Gn 40:13 וֶהֱשִׁיבְךָ עַל־כַּנֶּ֑ךָ, 41:13, 30:33 כִּי תָבֹא עַל שְׂכָרִי to view my hire; Lv 21:11; Nu 6:6 בא על נפשׁ מֵת to come in upon a corpse; בא על אשׁה Gn 19:31; Dt 25:5 (usually אל); Jos 3:16 מַיִם יֹרְדִים עַל יָם, Ez 47:8; 1 K 18:12 יִשָּֽׂאֲךָ עַל־אֲשֶׁר לֹא־אֵדָ֑ע, ψ 19:7; 2 K 16:12; 2 Ch 20:24; Is 53:1 upon whom (coming from above) was י׳’s arm revealed? 62:10 הרימו נֵס על העמים over towards (but 49:22 אל): but often it is dub. if this force is perceptible; and in gen. על in such cases seems to be used merely as a syn.—perhaps as a slightly more graphic syn.—of אֶל (cf. p. 41); in the later language, also, it may be due partly to the infl. of Aramaic, which does not use אֶל; thus (α) with a personal obj., with assemble or be assembled, Ex 32:1; 2 S 17:11; 1 K 8:5; 11:24; 2 K 22:20 (2 Ch 34:28 and usually אל), 2 Ch 13:7, עלה Gn 38:12; Jos 2:8; 1 S 14:10 (v 9, 12 אל), עבר 1 S 14:4 (v 1 אל), בא 2 S 15:4 (v. Dr) 1 Ch 12:23f., יצא 2 K 24:12, הוליך 25:20, נגע Ju 20:34, 41 (cf. Is 6:7; Je 1:9), נס Is 10:3, הלך 22:15 (אל … על), נשׂא 30:6, שׁלח 2 K 18:27 (אל … על … על: ‖ Is 36:12אל … אל … על), Je 26:15; 29:31; 1 Ch 13:2; 2 Ch 28:16; 30:1; 32:9, 31; 36:15; Ne 6:3, נגשׁ Ez 9:6, שׁב, השׁיב Ne 4:6; Ml 3:24 (v. c), sq. על י׳ 2 Ch 15:4; 30:9, התיצּב 2 Ch 11:13; letters going על פ׳ Ne 2:7; 6:17a (v b אל). (β) of places, Gn 24:49; 2 S 2:19 + על ימין to the right; with הלך 1 S 2:11; 1 K 20:43 על־ביתו (21:4 אל), 2 S 15:20 ואני הולך על אשׁר אני הולך, Je 1:7; Ez 1:20 (v 12 אל), הוליך 1 K 1:38 (v 33 אל), נהר Mi 4:1 (‖ Is 2:2 אל), Je 31:12 (אל … על), נגשׁ Ez 44:13 (‖ אל), עלה 1 S 24:23; 2 S 19:1 1 K 6:8 (‖ אל), Ez 41:7, בא Je 14:3; 51:51, (על הר) הביא Is 66:20 (56:7 אל), ירד Je 36:12, הִטָּה Pr 21:1, הסיר 2 S 6:10 (‖ 1 Ch 13:13 אל), נתן Is 29:12 (v 11 אל) Mi 1:14; 3:5; Gn 42:37, השׁיב, שׁב, Nu 33:7; Je 11:10 (fig., עַל עֲוֹנוֹת), ψ 35:13 Jb 34:15 (Gn 3:19 אל), Pr 26:11. Ec 1:6; 1 K 17:21, 22 (cf. 1 S 30:12 אל) השׁתחוה Lv 26:1 (prob.), Is 60:14; pregn. Is 24:22 אֻסְּפוּ עַל בּוֹר be collected (and delivered) into a dungeon: cf. עַל" dir="rtl" >חוּשׁ עַל Jb 31:5 (fig.), also to requite עַל־חֵיק Is 65:6; 7 Kt. (Je 32:18 ψ 79:12 אל). After נראה appear, ψ 90:16 (אל … על). And as far as, unto (nearly = עַל) Gn 49:13 וְיַרְכָתוֹ עַל צִידוֹן Jos 2:7; 18:13; 19:12; Je 31:39; Ez 47:18; 48:21, 28 ψ 48:11; 1 Ch 5:16. (b) With אמר say to, 2 K 22:8; Je 18:11 (אל … על), 22:6; 23:2, 35 (על … אל), 36:29; 44:20 (אל … על), דבר 1 S 1:13 (Gn 24:45 אל), 1 K 9:5; Ho 12:11; Je 6:10; 10:1; 11:2 (אל … על), speak to 25:2 (על … אל), 26:2, cf. Est 1:17, היה דבר י׳ Je 25:1; 1 Ch 22:8 cf. 11:10, ענה 2 S 19:43, קרא Is 34:14; 2 Ch 32:18, שִׁוַּע ψ 18:42, הֵרַע 1 K 17:20, שֹׁרֵר, שָׁר sing Pr 25:20; Jb 33:27, החליק Pr 29:5 (ψ 36:3 אל), התפלל 1 S 1:10, כתב 2 Ch 30:1; Ezr 4:7; Est 8:8, שׁמע 2 K 20:13 (= Is 39:2), 22:13; Je 23:16; 26:5; 35:18; Hg 1:12; v. also הקשׁיב, האזין, הבין, התבונן, השׂכיל. (c) Expressing (or implying) the direction of the mind, 2 S 14:1 לב המלך על אבשׁלם; Mal 3:24; Ezr 6:22; Ct 7:11 וְעָלַי תְּשׁוּקָתוֹ (Gn 3:16; 4:7 אל); שָׂם לִבּוֹ על Jb 1:8 (2:3 אל), 1 S 25:25 (אל … על); Je 22:17 thy eyes and thy heart are only (set) upon (על) …, 1 Ch 12:17; 1 K 1:20; 2 Ch 20:12 כִּי עָלֶיךָ עֵינֵינוּ (elsewhere אל), 1 K 2:15 עָלַי שָׂמוּ פניהם, ψ 146:5 שִׂבְרוֹ על י׳; Is 10:25 וְאַפִּי עַל־תַּבְלִיתָם be (directed) towards their destruction, Je 32:31 (Gf Ew: cf. RV); cf. שׁעה על look to (trustfully) Is 17:7; 31:1. (The uses a, b, c are all exceptional: אל would be regularly employed.) (d) With the force of over and towards (cf. 5 and 7 a b, end): ψ 65:5 נוֹרָא עֲלִילָה עַל; to shine, etc. on, ψ 31:17 הָאִירָה פָנֶיךָ עַל (Nu 6:25 אל); רָאָה עַל Ex 5:21; הוֹפִיעַ עַל Jb 10:3; וְשַׂמְתִּי עֵינִי עַל Am 9:4 + (cf. Jb 14:3; 24:3; 34:21); הִשְׁקִיף עַל look out over ψ 14:3 +. d. In a hostile sense, upon, against: so very often, after every kind of verb expressing or implying attack, as בא Gn 34:25, 27, נֶאֱסַף v 30, קצף to be angry 40:2, לון to murmur Ex 15:24, עמד stand up Lv 19:16 +, קָם rise up Dt 19:11; Am 7:9, נלחם Dt 20:10, חנה 1 S 11:1 ψ 27:3, עלה 2 K 17:3, חרה אף Zc 10:3 (usually בְּ), שׁפך סללה Is 37:33, צוּר besiege Dt 20:12, חשׁב to devise Gn 50:20; Je 11:19, דִּבֶּר Dt 13:6 +, etc.: add Jb 16:4(×2), 9, 10, 13; 19:12; 21:27; 30:12, etc.; היה על 2 S 11:23; Nu 31:3: הִנְנִי עָלַיִךְ (v. אֶל 4); note also Ju 9:31; 20:5: without a verb Is 9:20; Ju 16:12 פלשׁתים עליך the Philistines are upon thee, 20:9 עָלָיהָ בְּגוֹרָל Against it by lot! 8. By writers of the silver age, על is sometimes used with the force of a dative, 1 Ch 13:2 אִם עֲלֵיבֶם טוֹב (in classical Heb. בְּעֵינֵיבֶם) if it seems good to you, אִם עַל הַמֶּלֶךְ טוֹב †Ne 2:5, 7 Est 1:19; 3:9; 5:4, 8; 7:3; 8:5; 9:13 (cf. in Aramaic Ezr 5:17; 7:18); שָׁפַר עַל ψ 16:6 (cf. in Aramaic Dn 4:24); עָרַב עַל ψ 104:34 (elsewhere לְ); רַע עַל Ec 2:17 (v. De; cf. בְּאֵשׁ עַל Dn 6:15): comp. Jb 22:2 סָכַן על be profitable to, 33:23; also גָּמַל עַל (in both good and bad sense: v. גמל), Ne 5:19 עשׂה על, 9:30 משׁך על prolong (mercy) to; הִטָּה חֶסֶד עַל Ezr 7:28; 9:9 (Gn 39:21 אל): 1 S 20:8 read prob. עם for על. cf. Mish. חביב על, dear to; סני על hateful to; Syriac ܕܚܺܝܡ ܥܰܠ, ܡܩܰܒܰܠ ܥܰܠ, pleasant, acceptable to.—Comp. in gen. the uses of عَلَى,, WAG ii. § 59. 9. With other particles:—עַל אַהֲרֵי Ez 41:15; עַל בֵּין Ez 19:11 (cf. אל 31:10, 14); עַל לִפְנֵי Ez 40:15; עַל מֵעַל Ez 41:17 (text dub.), v 20; עַל עֵבֶר Ex 25:37 (cf. אל Ez 1:9, 12); עַל־כָּ֫כָה Est 9:26 (v. p. 462).—On עַל־יַד, עַל־יְדֵי, עַל פִּי, עַל־פְּנֵי, v. יָד" dir="rtl" >יָד, פֶּה" dir="rtl" >פֶּה, פָּנִים" dir="rtl" >פָּנִים. III. As conj.: a. עַל אֲשֶׁר because that … (cf. above, II 1 f b), Ex 32:35 and י׳ plagued the people על אשׁר עשׂו because they had made, etc., Nu 20:24; Dt 29:24 (in answer to על מה: so 1 K 9:9; Je 16:11; 22:9), 32:51(×2) 1 S 24:6; 2 S 3:30; 6:8; 8:10; 12:6 ψ 119:49 +. b. עַל כִּ׳ similar in meaning, but less frequent: †Dt 31:17; Ju 3:12; Je 4:28; Mal 2:14 ψ 139:14. c. עַל alone: (a) because, †Gn 31:20 (E) עַל בְּלִי הִגִּיד, ψ 119:136 עַל לֹא. (b) notwithstanding that (above, 1 f f), although, †Is 53:9 עַל לֹא חָמָס עָשָׂה although he did no violence, Jb 16:17 עַל לֹא חָמָס בְּכַפָּ֑י. IV. Compounds:— 1. with כְּ (rare and late), a. as concerning, as upon †ψ 119:14 כְּעַל כָּל־הוֹן, 2 Ch 32:19. b. (pleon. for כְּ), † Is 59:18 כְּעַל גְּמֻלוֹת כְּעַל יְשַׁלֵּם the like of their deeds is the like of (that which) he will repay (כְּעַל repeated on the anal. of כְּ Nu 15:15; Ho 4:9: v. כְּ) = according to their deeds is (that which) he will repay, Is 63:7 according to. 2. מֵעַל304 from upon, from over, from by—used with much delicacy of application in many different connexions, corresponding mostly with the different senses of על. Thus a. from upon idiomatically, when removal, motion, etc., from a surface is involved, as מעל האדמה, מעל פני האדמה from upon (the face of) the ground, usually with expel, destroy, perish, etc. Gn 4:14; 6:7; 7:4; Ex 32:12; Dt 6:15; 28:21:63 + often especially Je and compiler of K; to be lifted up מעל הארץ Gn 7:17 Ez 1:19, 21 +, to return or be dried (of water) מעל הארץ Gn 8:3, 7, 11, 13; to roll a stone מֵעַל פִּי הַבְּאֵר 29:3; of the cloud departing מעל האהל Nu 9:17; 12:10, cf. Ne 9:19; to rise up מֵעַל הַכִּסֵּא Ju 3:20; 1 K 2:4, מֵעַל מִשְׁכָּבוֹ 2 S 11:2; to alight (נָפַל) מֵעַל הַגָּמָל Gn 24:64 (cf. Jos 15:18 צנח, 1 S 25:23 ירד), ירד מֵעַל הַמֶּרְכָּבָה Ju 4:15; 2 K 5:21; (נפל); to take מֵעַל רֹאשׁ Gn 40:19 2 S 12:30, מֵעַל הַמִּזְבֵּחַ Lv 16:12; Nu 17:11; Is 6:6; to see מֵעַל הַגָּג 2 S 11:2; to shoot מֵעַל הַחוֹמָה v 20, 24; to speak מֵעַל הַכַּפֹּרֶת Ex 25:22; Nu 7:89; to cast down מֵעַל יָדַיִם Dt 9:17; Lv 8:28 (כַּפַּיִם); to break, remove, etc., a yoke (צוארך) מעל שׁכמך Gn 27:40; Is 10:27; Je 28:10, 11; to wipe tears מֵעַל כָּל־פָּנִים Is 25:8; to take a bandage מעל עיניו 1 K 20:41 (cf. על v 38); often of putting off a garment or ornament, as Gn 38:14, 19 וַתָּסַר צְעִיפָהּ מֵעָלֶיהָ, Ex 33:5 הוֹרֵד עֶדְיְךָ מֵעָלֶיךָ, a sandal Ex 3:5; Jos 5:15, a ring מֵעַל יָדוֹ Gn 41:42; to seek (דרשׁ), or hear, words מֵעַל הַסֵּפֶר Is 34:16; Je 36:11 (cf. כתב על ספר above); pregn. with בָּלָה to wear away (and fall) from off, Dt 8:4; 29:4, cf. of the bones or skin in disease Jb 30:17 עֲצָמַי נִקַּר מֵעָלָ֑י are pierced (and drop) from off me, v 30 עוֹרִי שָׁחַר מעלי is black (and falls) from off me; fig. 1 S 1:11 הָסִירִי יֵינֵךְ מֵעָלַיִךְ remove thy wine from off thee; Nu 14:9 סָר צִלָּם מֵעֲלֵיהֶם; Ju 16:19, 20 י׳ סר מעליו (with allusion to the hair, as the seat of Samson’s strength), 1 S 16:23 (cf. על in v 16). b. Of relief from a burden or trouble: as of a plague, stroke, rod, etc., removed from (resting) on one, Ex 10:17 וְיָסֵר מֵעָלַי אֶת־הַמָּוֶת הַזֶּה, Nu 21:7; 25:8 וַתֵּעָצַר הַמַּגֵּפָה מֵעַל ישׂר׳ (2 S 24:21, 25), ψ 39:11 הָסֵר מֵעָלַי נִגְעֶ֑ךָ, Jb 9:34; 13:21 Jo 2:20; of reproach Jos 5:9; Is 25:8 ψ 119:22, iniquity Ez 18:31; Zc 3:4, bloodguiltiness, 1 K 2:31, wrath Ju 8:3; Nu 25:11; Pr 24:18, murmurings Nu 17:21, 25; הֵקֵל מֵעַל to lighten from upon one Ex 18:22 +; Am 5:23 הָסֵר מֵעָלַי הֲמוֹן שִׁירֶיךָ; pregn. Jon 1:11, 12 that the sea יִשְׁתֹּק מֵעָלֵינוּ may be calm from off us; מֵעָלָיו שְׁעֵה look away from him Jb 14:6; to remove, etc., מֵעַל פָּנַי (v. פָּנִים); 1 S 6:20 to whom shall he go up מֵעָלֵינוּ from upon us (relieving us of his presence); so often of an army retiring from a country or raising a siege, 2 S 10:14 ויָּשָׁב יוֹאָב מֵעַל בְּנֵי עַמּוֹן, 20:21 וְאֵלְכָה מֵעַל הָעִיר, v 22 2 K 3:27; 18:14, especially with עָלָה, נַעֲלָה, 1 K 15:19; Je 21:2; 37:5, 11 +; 2 S 19:10 David fled מעל אבשׁלום from Absalom (whom his presence had encumbered), Ne 13:28 וָאַבְרִיחֵהוּ מֵעָלַי, cf. Gn 13:11; 25:6 Nu 20:21 וַיֵּט ישׂר׳ מֵעָלָיו, 2 Ch 20:10; Ex 10:28 לֵךְ מֵעָלַי (contemptuously; be no more obnoxious to me), similarly 2 S 13:17 שׁלחו־נא את־זאת מעלי (Amnon of Tamar). c. From beside (cf. על 6 c), in different nuances: Gn 17:22 God went up מעל אברהם from beside A., 35:13; 18:3 אל נא תעבר מעל עבדך (cf. על v 5), 42:24 Nu 16:26, 27; 1 K 1:53 to come down מֵעַל הַמִּזְבֵּחַ (cf. על 13:1; 6 c and 7 b); from attendance on Gn 45:1 (cf. על ib.), Ju 3:19 וַיֵּצְאוּ מֵעָלָיו כָּל־הָעֹמְדִים עָלָיו 1 S 17:15 (v. Dr), 2 S 13:9, cf. 1 S 13:8, 11 2 K 25:5 (Je 36:21 read עַל, מ being dittogr.), cf. 2 Ch 35:15; from attachment to, רָחַק מֵעַל י׳ Je 2:5; Ez 11:15; 44:10, cf. 8:6, סָר מֵעַל י׳ Je 32:40; Ez 6:9, תָּעָה מֵעַל י׳ Ez 44:10, 15, cf. 14:5; Dt 13:11; also סָר מֵעַל חַטֹּאות 2 K 10:31; 15:18 (usually מֵחטאות), cf. Ez 14:6; 23:18; from companionship with, Jb 19:13 אַחַי מֵעָלַי הִרְחִיק; from accompanying protectingly 1 S 28:15 וֵאלֹהִים סָר מֵעָלַי, v 16 (cf. על ψ 110:5; and v. Dr); from adhesion to 2 K 17:21 קָרַע ישׂראל מֵעַל בֵּית דָּוִד, Is 7:17; 56:3 יַבְדִּילַנִי י׳ מֵעַל עַמּוֹ, Hos 9:1 זָנִיתָ מֵעַל אֱלֹהֶיךָ. d. In late Heb., = עַל above: 2 K 25:28 נָתַן כִּסְאוֹ מֵעַל כִּסֵּא וגו׳ (‖ Je 52:32 more class. מִמַּעַל לְ), Est 3:1 ψ 108:5 גדול מעל שׁמים (‖ 57:11 עַד), 148:4 Ec 5:7 גָּבֹהַּ מֵעַל גָּבֹהַּ שֹׁמֵר, Ne 3:28; 8:5; 2 Ch 34:4 לְמַעְלָה מֵעֲלֵיחֶם on high above them; Ez 41:17, 20; Pr 14:14 read w. Capp. וּמִמַּעֲלָלָיו.—v. p. 1126 on Hg 2:15, 18; Zc 11:13. e. מֵעַל לְ (chiefly late, and pleon. for עַל, or else = the more class. syn. מִמַּעַל לְ): (a) Gn 1:7 מֵעַל לָרָקִיעַ (Ez 1:26 מִמַּעַל לְ׳), Ez 1:25 (text dub.; v. Comm.), 1 S 17:39; Jon 4:6; Mal 1:5 upon, over the border (territory) of Israel (so Köhl Ke: but Hi Ew We beyond), 2 Ch 13:4 upon mount Zemaraim, 24:20. (b) beside 2 Ch 26:19 מֵעַל לְמִזְבַּח הַקְּטֹרֶת; Ne 12:31(×2), 37, 38(×2), 39 dub.: BeRy (in all) off the side of (מִן 6) = at a little distance from; Ke in v 31, 38a upon, in v 37, 38b, 39 by the side of (an … vorüber).	heb	Prep	9	5769
G0846	αὐτός (Cretan dialect ἀϝτός Refs (also αὐτόνRefs, reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc., the very one, the same. __I self, myself, thyself, etc., accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10), __I.1 one's true self, the soul, not the body, Refs 8th c.BC+; reversely, body, not soul, Refs 8th c.BC+; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, Refs; man to wife and children, Refs 8th c.BC+; warrior to horses, Refs 8th c.BC+, or to weapons, Refs; shepherd to herd, Refs 8th c.BC+; seamen to ships, Refs: generally, whole to parts,Refs 5th c.BC+: absolutely, the Master, as in the Refs 4th c.BC+ Latin Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος..;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀναβόησον ΑὐτόνRefsthe Master, Refs 5th c.BC+ the result will show, Refs 5th c.BC+; especially αὐτὸ δείξειRefs 5th c.BC+; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under.., Refs 8th c.BC+; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, Refs 5th c.BC+; even, οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ᾽ αὐτῆς ἙκάβηςRefs 8th c.BC+ —In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the _Article_ and substantive, or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Article is sometimes omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals, αὐτὸς ΜένωνRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.2 of oneself, of one's own accord, ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτωRefs 8th c.BC+; also, in person, τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν.. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέονRefs 4th c.BC+ __I.3 by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, Refs 8th c.BC+; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ᾽, i.e. without a mother,Refs 8th c.BC+by himself, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, Refs 5th c.BC+ himself alone, Refs 8th c.BC+; αὐτὸς μόνος, see at {μόνος} II; αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, see at {ἑαυτοῦ}. __I.4 in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea, δίκαιον αὐτόRefs 5th c.BC+ is frequently in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders, οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσειςRefs 5th c.BC+; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ ο; Refs; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, Refs 4th c.BC+; less frequently agreeing with the substantive, ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείηRefs 5th c.BC+its very self, Refs __I.5 in dative with substantive, in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, Refs 8th c.BC+; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all,Refs 8th c.BC+ men and all, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.6 added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, NT+5th c.BC+ __I.7 frequently coupled with οὗτος, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθένRefs 5th c.BC+; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.8 καὶ αὐτός himself too, Refs 8th c.BC+ __I.9 repeated in apodosi for emphasis, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν.. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσενRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.10 in connexion with the person. pronoun, ἐγὼν αὐτόςRefs 8th c.BC+; followed by an enclitic pronoun, αὐτόν μινRefs 8th c.BC+ __I.10.b with person. pronoun omitted, αὐτός.. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, Refs 8th c.BC+; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν,Refs 8th c.BC+ is simply a strengthened form of ο; and so in Attic dialect, when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc., are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. pronoun,Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.10.c with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc., to add force and definiteness, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦRefs 4th c.BC+; αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶνRefs 5th c.BC+; sometimes between the Article and reflexive pronoun, τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεταιRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.10.d αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possessive pronoun, πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ᾽ ἐμὸν αὐτοῦRefs 8th c.BC+; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦRefs 8th c.BC+ __I.10.e αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with comparative and superlative adjective, αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστεροςRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.11 αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, Refs 8th c.BC+, and in later Prose, αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραιςNT+2nd c.AD+ __I.12 comparative αὐτότεροςRefs 5th c.BC+: superlative αὐτότατος his very self, Refs 5th c.BC+. adverb, comparative αὐτοτέρωςRefs 2nd c.AD+ __II he, she, it, for the simple pronoun of 3 person, only in oblique cases (except in later Gk., NT, and rarely first in a sentence, NT+5th c.BC+: rare in Epic dialect, Refs 8th c.BC+, and mostly emphatic,Refs 8th c.BC+; so in Trag., Refs 5th c.BC+: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα.. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαιRefs 5th c.BC+; after a Relative, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται.. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦRefs 8th c.BC+; especially where a second Verb requires a change of case in the pronoun, οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι.. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναιRefs 5th c.BC+; later, pleonastically after a Relative, ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶνNT+5th c.BC+ __III with Article ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and Attic dialect contraction αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre,Refs 5th c.BC+ plural neuter ταὐτ; Ionic dialect ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in Refs 8th c.BC+: with dative, to denote sameness or agreement, especially in Prose, τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομενRefs 5th c.BC+; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with.., Refs 5th c.BC+; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one,Refs 5th c.BC+face to face, Refs 4th c.AD+ __III.2 in later Greek, the said, the above-named, Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ.Refs 3rd c.BC+ __IV Adverbial phrases: __IV.1 αὐτὸ μόνον simply, merely, Refs 1st c.AD+ __IV.2 αὐτό as adverb, ={ἄρτι}, Refs __IV.3 αὐτὸ τοῦτο as adverb, NT+2nd c.BC+ __IV.4 with Preps., ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό added together, making a total, Refs 2nd c.AD+; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό together, at the same time,NT, etc.; but κατ᾽ αὐτό just then, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __V In Compos.: __V.1 of or by oneself, self-.., as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος. __V.2 hence, as a second self, very.., bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς. __V.3 in the abstract, the ideal, see aboveRefs __V.4 precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα. __V.5 rarely with reflexive sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω. __V.6 in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος. __V.7 by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc., see the respective Arts.	grc	PPro-AN3P	3	5611
H0413	אֵל (nearly always followed by Makkeph), poet. אֱלֵי (cf. עֲלֵי, עֲדֵי), but only in Job (†3:22; 5:26; 15:22; 29:19), with suff. אֵלַי, אֵלֶיךָ, אֵלַיִךְ, etc. אֵלֵינוּ, אֲלֵיכֶם & (5 textual) אֲלֵכֶם, אֲלֵיהֶם & אֲלֵהֶם (both very often), once אֵלֵימוֹ ψ 2:5, אֲלֵיהֶן, once אֲלֵהֶן Ex 1:19 (Ar. إِلَى ), prep. denoting motion to or direction towards (whether physical or mental). 1. of motion to or unto a person or place Gn 2:19, 22; 3,19; 8:9; 14:22; 16;9 etc., after every kind of verb expressing motion (בּוֹא, הָלַךְ, יָצָא, etc.) So with נָתַן to give (though ל is here more common) Gn 21:14; 35:4 Dt 13:2 +; מָכַר to sell Gn 37:36, etc. Metaph. Je 2:19 וְלֹאפַחְדָּתִי אֵלַיִךְ and that my fear (cometh) not unto thee (cf. Jb 31:23).—Peculiarly Gn 6:16 אֶל אַמָּה unto the length of a cubit, etc. And metaph. in the phrase אֶל־(אֱלֵי־)גִּיל unto exultation †Ho 9:1 Jb 3:22. Once, exceptionally (si vera l.) = even: Jb 5:5 וְאֶל־מִצִּנִּים יִקָּחֵהוּ and even out of thorns he taketh it. Sometimes pregnant, as Is 66:17 Je 41:7 זָנָה אֶל commit whoredom (by going) to Nu 25:1 Ez 16:26, 28, 29; דָּרַשׁ אֶל seek (by resorting) to one (sc. for oracles) Dt 18:11 Is 8:19; 11:10 +; חָבַר אֶל join together (& come) unto Gn 14:3; הִשְׁכִּים אֶל rise early (and go) to 19:27; 24:11 הִבְרִיךְ אֶל made to kneel down at; 47:18 תַּם אֶל i.e. has been made over to; פָּחַד אֶל to come in fear to Hos 3:5 Mi 7:17. Opp. is מִן, as מִן־הַקָּצֶה אֶל־הַקָּצֶה from end to end Ex 26:28; מִפֶּה אֶל־פֶּה Ezr 9:11 (syn. 2 K 21:16 פֶּה לָפֶה). And of time (rare) מֵעֵת אֶל־עֵת †1 Ch 9:25; מִיּוֹם אֶל־יוֹם †Nu 30:15 (P) 1 Ch 16:23 (in the ‖ ψ 96:2 מִיּוֹם לְיוֹם). 2. Where the limit is actually entered, into, Gn 6:18 and thou shalt enter into the ark 7:1; 19:3; 41:21; 42:17; & so after verbs of throwing, casting, putting 37:22 (הִשְׁלִיךְ) 39:20 וַיִּתְּנֵהוּ אֶל־בֵּית הַסֹּהַר put him into the prison house, Ex 28:30 (Lv 8:8) Dt 23:25; so after קָבַר to bury Gn 23:19; 25:9; 49:29; שָׂחַט to squeeze 40:11; מָחָה to blot out Nu 5:23, etc.; metaph. Gn 6:6 was pained into or unto his heart, שָׂם אֶל־לֵב, הֵשִׁיב to place, bring into (= lay to) heart Dt 4:39 2 S 19:20 al. In connexion with a number or multitude into which something enters, in among: 1 S 10:22 behold he had hid himself אֶל־הַכֵּלִים in among the baggage, Je 4:3 sow not אֶל־קֹצִים in among thorns. 3. Of direction towards anything: (a) of physical acts or states, as Gn 30:40 נָתַן פְּנֵי הַצֹּאן אֶל, 39:7 נָשָׂא עֵינָיו אֶל, Ex 25:20, Nu 6:26 נָשָׂא פָנָיו אֶל (2 K 9:32 differently), 24:1 שָׁת פָּנָיו אֶל, Jos 8:18 ψ 28:2 1 K 8:29, 30 (to pray towards) v 38; pregn. חָרַד אֶל to tremble (turning) to Gn 42:28, תָּמַהּ אֶל to wonder (turning) towards Gn 43:33; Is 13:8, פָּחַד אֶל Je 36:16: without a vb. פָּנִים אֶל־פָּנִים face to face Gn 32:31 +; פֶּה אֶל־פֶּה Nu 12:8; כִּי־אֵינֶנּוּ אֵלַי Gn 31:5 the face of Laban, that he is not toward me; עֵינֵי י׳ אֶל־פ׳ the eyes of י׳ are towards … ψ 34:16 (cf. 33:18). (b) with words such as אָמַר to say to Gn 3:1 + often, דִּבֶּר 8:15 + often, קָרָא 19:5, הִחְפַּלֵּל 20:17 etc., שָׁמַע to hearken to 16:11, הִלֵּל to praise to 12:15 (cf. Ez 13:19 חִלֵּל אֶל to profane to), הִזְכִּיר 40:14. (c) with words expressing the direction of the mind, as קִוָּה to wait ψ 27:14 +; יִחַל to hope Is 51:5; נָשָׂא נֶפֶשׁ אֶל to lift up the soul (i.e. set the desire) towards Dt 24:15 ψ 25:1; שָׂם לֵב אֶל, שָׁת to set the heart (mind) to Ex 9:21 al.; לָמַד אֶל to accustom oneself to Je 10:2; חָרַד אֶל to shew thought for 2 K 4:13; Gn 43:30; Dt 28:32 and thy eyes כָּלוֹת אֲלֵיהֶם failing (with longing) towards them, La 4:17; Is 63:15 2 S 3:8 1 K 14:13 ψ 40:6; alone, as predic., directed or disposed towards, Gn 3:16; 4:7 2 K 6:11 who of ours is towards (i.e. favours) the king of Syria? Ho 3:3 וְגַם־אֲנִי אֵלָֽיִךְ׃ Ez 36:9 Ho 2:17 Je 15:1 (אֵין נַפְשִׁי אֶל). 4. Where the motion or direction implied appears from the context to be of a hostile character, אֶל = against: Gn 4:8 וַיָּקָם ק׳ אֶל־הֶבֶל and Cain rose up against Abel (so 1 S 24:8) 22:12 Ex 14:5 Nu 32:14; with נִקְבַּץ Jos 10:6, הָלַךְ Ju 1:10; 20:30; with בָּא of calamity, etc., coming to or upon any one Gn 42:21 Ju 9:57 1 S 2:34 1 K 14:10 +; Is 2:4; 3:8 their tongue and doings are אֶל־י׳ 32:6 (לְדַבֵּר אֶל) Ho 7:15 (cf. Na 1:9) 12:5 וַיָּשַׂר אֶל־מַלְאָךְ and he strove against the angel. Here also belongs in partic. the phrace הִנְנִי אֶל … Behold I am against (thee, you etc.) †Na 2:14; 3:5 Je 21:13 (23:30–32 על) 50:31; 51:25 Ez 13:8, 20; 21:8; 29:10; 30:22; 34:10; 35:3; 38:3; 39:1 (5:8; 26:3; 28:22; 29:3 על: on 36:9 v. supr.) 5. Unto sometimes acquires from the context the sense of in addition to, as Lv 18:18 thou shalt not take אִשָּׁה אֶל אֲחוֹתָהּ a woman to, in addition to, her sister, Jos 13:22 (‖ Nu 31:8 על; 1 S 14:34 to eat אֶל־הַדָּם together with the blood (v 32 & generally עַל); 1 K 10:7 הוֹסִיף אֶל (generally עַל); Je 25:26; Ez 7:26 שְׁמוּעָה אֶל שְׁמוּעָה (‖ על); 44:7; La 3:41 let us lift up לְבָבֵנוּ אֶל־כַּפָּ֑יִם our hearts together with the hands (cf. إِلَى, Qor 4:2; WAG ii. § 51 c). 6. Metaph. in regard to, concerning, on account of: thus הִתְאַבֵּל to mourn concerning 1 S 15:35; הִנָּחֵם to repent as regards 2 S 24:16; דָּרַשׁ to inquire 1 K 14:5; הִתְפַּלֵּל to pray with regard to 1 S 1:27 2 K 19:20 Is 37:21; צָעַק to cry 2 K 8:3 (v 5 על); נֶעֱצַב be pained 1 S 20:34; נִחַם to comfort 2 S 10:2; more gen. 1 K 16:13; 21:22; אֶל־נֶפֶשׁ on account of, for the sake of, one’s life 1 K 19:3 2 K 7:7 (Gn 19:17 על). (עַל is more common in this sense.) And specially with verbs of saying, narrating, telling, etc. with regard to, as אָמַר Gn 20:2 Is 29:22; 37:33 +; דִּבֶּר 2 S 7:19 Je 40:16b; סִפֵּר ψ 2:7; 69:27; צִוָּה Is 23:11; שָׁמַע Ez 19:4; הַשְּׁמוּעָה אֶל the report regarding … 1 S 4:19. (Not freq., except in the case of אָמַר.) 7. Of rule or standard, according to (rare): אֶל־פִּי … according to the command of, Jos 15:13; 17:4: 21:3 (generally עַל־פִּי); אֶל־נָכוֹן according to what is fixed = of a certainty †1 S 23:23; 26:4 (v. Dr): perhaps ψ 5:1; 80:1 (45:1 עַל). 8. Expressing presence at a spot, against, at, by, not merely after verbs expressing or implying motion (cf. 1, Gn 24:11), as Jos 11:5 and they came and encamped together אֶל־מֵי מֵרוֹם at the waters of Merom, 1 S 5:4 cut off (and fallen) on to the threshold, 2 S 2:23 al. and smote him אֶל־הַחֹמֶשׁ in or on the belly, Dt 33:28 Ex 29:12 Lv 4:7; but also in other cases, as Jos 5:3 and he circucmcised the Israelites אֶל against, at the hill of the foreskins, 22:11 have built an altar אֶל־גְּלִילוֹת הַיַּרְדֵּן by the districts of Jordan, Ju 12:6 2 S 3:32, 14:30 & 18:4 אֶל־יַד at the side of (elsewhere לְיַד, עַל יַד), 1 K 13:20 as they were sitting אֶל־הַשֻּׁלְחָן at the table, 2 K 11:14 אֶל־הַמֶּלֶךְ by the king, Je 41:12 and found him by the great waters, etc., 46:10 אֶל־נְהַר פְּרָת by the Euphrates, Ez 3:15; 11:11; 17:8; 31:7; 40:18; 43:3; 47:7; 48:12. 9. Prefixed to other preps. it combines with them the idea of motion or direction to: thus אֶל־אַחֲרֵי 2 S 5:23 2 K 9:18, 19 סֹב אֶל־אַחֲרַי turn to behind me, Zc 6:6 (where אֶל is pleon., prob. due to clerical error; note יצא אל before & after); אֶל־בֵּין in between Ez 31:10, 14; אֵל־בֵּינוֹת similarly Ez 10:2; אֶל־מִבֵּית לְ׳ to (the part) within (v. sub בַּיִת), in within Lv 16:15, 2 K 11:15 ‖ have her forth in within the ranks; אֶל־מוּל v. מוּל; אֶל־מִנֶּגֶב לְ׳ unto the south of Jos 15:3; אֶל־מִחוּץ לְ׳ to the outside of Lv 4:12, 21 +; אֶל־נֹכַח to the front of Nu 19:4; אֶל־תַּחַת Ju 6:19 1 K 8:6 al. (v. sub תַּחַת). Note.1 —In Gn 20:13 אֶל־כָּל־הַמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר נָבוֹא שָׁמָּה אִמְרִי־לִי וג׳; Nu 33:54 אֶל־אֲשֶׁר וג׳; Pr 17:8 (cf. Dt 16:6);—אֶל appears to be used by a species of attraction; the idea of motion involved in the relative clause influencing illogically the beginning of the sentence and causing אֶל to be used instead of בְּ. In Ez 31:14 אֵלֵיהֶם, as pointed, can only be from אַיִל iii or iv (q.v.); if the word be taken as the pron. with suff. (Hi Ke), אֲלֵיהֶם must be read. Note.2 —There is a tendency in Hebrew, especially manifest in S K Je Ez, to use אֶל in the sense of עַל; sometimes אֶל being used exceptionally in a phrase or construction which regularly, and in acc. with analogy, has עַל; sometimes, the two preps. interchanging, apparently without discrimination, in the same or parallel sentences. Thus (a) Jos 5:14 וַיִּפֹּל אֶל־פָּנָיו; 1 S 13:13 הֵכִין י׳ אֶת־מַמְלַכְתְּךָ אֶל־יִשְׂרָאֵל; 14:34 (v. sub 5); 17:3 עֹמְדִים אֶל־הָהָר (contr. עַל Dt 11:29); 19:16 2 S 6:3; 20:23 (contr. 8:16) 1 K 13:29 18:46 (contr. 2 K 3:15 על) Je 35:15 Ez 7:18. (b) Ju 6:37 and upon (עַל) all the earth let there be dryness, v 39 let there be dryness on (אֶל) the fleece; 1 S 14:10 come up עָלֵינוּ, v 12 come up אֵלֵינוּ; 16:23 & 16; 16:13 & 18:10 צָלַח אֶל, 10:6 al. צָלַח עַל; 25:17 evil is determined אֶל־אֲדֹנֵינוּ וְעַל כָּל־בֵּיתוֹ; v 25; 27:10; 2 S 2:9 וַיַּמְלִכֵהוּ אֶל … וְאֶל … וְאֶל … וְעַל … וְעַל … וְעֶל; 3:29 יָחֻלוּ עַל … וְאֶל …; 2 K 8:3 & 5; 9:6 & 3; Je 19:15; 25:2; 26:15 ye lay innocent blood עֲלֵיכֶם וְאֶל־הָעִיר הַזֹּאת; 27:19; 28:8; 33:14; 34:7; 36:31; 37:13, 14 Ez 2:6; 18:6, 11 & 15; 21:12 etc. ψ 79:6 (Je 10:25) על twice). It is prob. that this interchange, at least in many cases, is not original, but due to transcribers. Conversely, though not with the same frequency, עַל occurs where analogy would lead us to expect אֶל, or even in juxtaposition with אֶל, as 1 S 1:10 הִתְפַּלֵּל עַל to pray to (v 26 אֶל); v 13; 25:25 אֶל … עַל; 1 K 20:43 וַיֵּלֶךְ עַל־בֵּיתוֹ (21:4 אֶל); Is 22:15 Je 11:2; 23:35; 31:12(11). Cf. DrSm i. 13(×2); ii. 8, 7; 15, 4.	heb	Prep	7	5516
H3605	כֹּל once כּוֹל (Je 33:8 Kt), n.m. the whole, all (Moab., Ph., id.; Aramaic כּוֹל, ܟܽܠ; Arabic كُلٌّ; Sab. כל, cf. DHMEpigr. Denk. 36–38;. Ethiopic ኵል Assyrian kullatu)—abs. כֹּל, cstr. כֹּל Gn 2:5, 16, 20 + often, once כֹּל־ ψ 138:2 (v. Ba), but more usually כָּל־ (with makk.: without it, †ψ 35:10 Pr 19:7; Köi 84, 95); sf. 2 ms. in p. כֻּלָּךְ †Mi 2:12; 2 fs. כֻּלֵּךְ †Is 14:29, 31, כֻּלָּךְ †Is 22:1 Ct 4:7 (perhaps for assonance with accompanying לָךְ, בָּךְ); 3 ms. כֻּלֹּה 2 S 2:9 (v. Dr) + 17 times (never in Pent.), כֻּלּוֹ Gn 25:25 + 16 times; 3 fs. כֻּלָּהּ Gn 13:10 + 15 times, כֻּלָּא †Ez 36:5; כֻּלָּנוּ (16 times); כֻּלְּכֶם (18 times); כֻּלָּם (often), כּוּלָּם †Je 31:34, כֻּלָּ֑הַם †2 S 23:6 (and prob. Je 15:10 כֻּלְּהֶם); 3 fpl. כֻּ֫לָּנָה †Gn 42:36 Pr 31:29; כֻּלָּֽהְנָה׃ †1 K 7:37:—the whole, 1. with foll. gen. (as usually) the whole of, to be rendered, however, often in our idiom, to avoid stiffiness, all or every: a. Gn 2:1 כָּל־צְבָאָם the whole of their host, v 13 כָּל־אֶרֶץ כּוּשׁ the whole of the land of Kush; כָּל־הַלַּיְלָה the whole of the night; כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל the whole of Israel = all Israel; Dt 4:29 בְּכָל־לְבָֽבְךָ with the whole of thy heart = with all thy heart; + very often With a plural noun, usually determined by the art. or a genitive: Gn 5:5 כל־ימי אדם the whole of (= all) the days of Adam, 37:35 כל־בניו the whole of (= all) his sons, Is 2:2 כל־הגוים all the nations; Gn 43:9 + often כל הימים = continually. In poetry, however, the noun may remain undetermined, כָּל־יָדַיִם the whole of hands = every hand, Is 13:7; Jer 48:37; Ez 21:12; כל־פנים i.e. every face Is 25:8; Joel 2:6; כל שׁלחנות Is 28:8; כל חוצות 51:20 La 2:19 al. Before an inf. †Gn 30:41; Dt 4:7; 1 K 8:52; 1 Ch 23:31. Freq. with sfs., as כֻּלּוֹ (כֻּלֹּה) the whole of him Gn 25:25; Jb 21:23; Ct 5:16, the whole of it Lv 13:13; Je 2:21; Na 2:1; Pr 24:31; כֻּלָּהּ the whole of it Gn 13:10; Ex 19:18; 25:36 Am 8:8; כֻּלָּךְ all of thee Ct 4:7 + (v. ad init.); כֻּלָּנוּ the whole of us Gn 42:11; Dt 5:3; Is 53:6, 6; כֻּלְּכֶם Dt 1:22; 4:4; 1 S 22:7, 7; כֻּלָּם Gn 11:6; 43:34; Jos 8:24; ויפלו כֻּלָּם, Ju 11:6; בְּיַד כֻּלָּם, Is 7:19; 31:3 + often—Twice, strangely, with hyperb. intensive force, ψ 39:6 כָּל־הֶבֶל the whole of vanity are all men (? om. כל, as v 12), 45:14 כָּל־כְּבוּדָּה the whole of gloriousness is the king’s daughter. b. followed often by a singular, to be understood collectively, whether with or without the art.: Gn 1:21 את כל נפשׁ החיה the whole of living souls = every living soul, 2:9 כל עץ נחמד למראה the whole of trees (every kind of tree) pleasant to view, 6:12 + כָּל־בָּשָׂר, 7:14 כל צפור כל כנף all birds of every kind of wing (so Ez 17:23), v 21 כל האדם the whole of mankind (so Nu 12:3; 16:29 Ju 16:17 al.); poet. כל־אדם ψ 39:6; 64:10 +; 1 S 14:52 כל אישׁ גבור וכל־בן־חיל, 17:19, 24 כל אישׁ ישׂראל, 22:2; Is 9:16 כל פה the whole of mouths = every mouth, 15:2; 24:10 כָּל־בַּיִת + often (in 2:12–16 the sg. and pl. interchange); ψ 7:12 + בכל־יום, 10:5 + בכל־עת = at all seasons. So כל־העץ Gn 1:29, כל־הבן Ex 1:22 = all the sons, כל־המקום 20:24 Dt 11:24 = all the places, כל־המרכב Lv 15:9, v 26 Dt 4:3 כל־האישׁ אשׁר = all the men who …, 15:19 כל־הבכור, Je 4:29 כל־העיר עזובה all the cities (notice the foll. בָּהֶן); כל־היום = all the days (v. יוֹם 7 f), etc. In late Heb. extended to such phrases as בְּכָל־דּוֹר וָדוֹר †ψ 45:18; 145:13 Est 9:28; בכל־עיר ועיר †2 Ch 11:12; 28:25; 31:19 Est 8:11, 17; 9:28; †2 Ch 32:28 Est 2:11; 3:14; 4:3; 8:13, 17; 9:21, 27, 28(×3), (cf. וְ 1 i b). c. the gen. after כל is often a rel. sentence, introduced by אשׁר: Gn 1:31 את כל אשׁר עשׂה the whole of what he had made, 7:22; 13:1 + very often Sometimes, with a prep., כל אשׁר has the force of wheresoever, whithersoever, as Jos 1:9 בְּכֹל אֲשֶׁר תֵּלֵךְ wheresoever thou goest, v 16 אֶל־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר whithersoever (see אֲשֶׁר 4 b γ). Very rarely in such cases is there ellipse of the rel., as Gn 39:4 וְכָל־יֶשׁ־לוֹ נָתַן בְּיָדִי (contrast v 5, 8), Ex 9:4 מכל־לבני ישׂראל, Is 38:16 וּלְכָל־בָּהֶן חַיֵּי רוּחִי, ψ 71:18 לְכָל־יָבוֹא (74:3, v. 2 a), 2 Ch 32:31; peculiarly also in Chr (DrIntr. 505), 1 Ch 29:3 מִכָּל־הֲכִינוֹתִי, 2 Ch 30:18 f. Ezr 1:6; cf. with כָּלַל" dir="rtl" >כֹּל (2 a) 1 Ch 29:11 a 2 Ch 30:17; Ezr 1:5. d. with a suffix two idiomatic uses of כל have to be noticed: (a) כל is often made more independent and emphatic by being placed with a suffix after the word which it qualifies, to which it then stands in apposition (cf. in Syriac, Arabic, Ethiopic), as 2 S 2:9 יִשְׂרָאֵל כֻּלֹּה, Jer 13:19; 48:31; Is 9:8; 14:29, 31 פלשׁת כלך Philistia, all of thee! Mi 2:12 Hb 2:6 Jb 34:13 ψ 67:4, 6; especially in Ezek., as 14:5; 29:2 מצדים כֻּלָּהּ 32:12, 30; with change of person (cf. the idiom in Is 22:16; 48:1; 54:1 etc.), 1 K 22:28 = Mi 1:2 שׁמעו עמים כלם Hear, nations, all of them! Mal 3:9 הַגּוֹי כֻּלּוֹ. So even with כל preceding: Nu 16:3 כָּל־הָעֵדָה כֻּלָּם, Is 14:18; Jer 30:16; Ez 11:15 כל בית ישׂראל כֻּלֹּה the whole of the house of Israel, the whole of it (so 20:40; 36:10), 35:15; 36:5 ψ 8:8 (cf. Sab. DHMl.c.); (b) with the sf. of 3 ms., understood as referring to the mass of things or persons meant, כֻּלֹּה or כֻּלּוֹ, lit. the whole of it, is equivalent to all of them, every one, †Ex 14:7 and captains עַל־כֻּלּוֹ upon the whole of it (the רֶכֶב collectively) = all of them, Is 1:23 the whole of it (the people) loveth bribes, 9:16; 15:3; Jer 6:13(×2); 8:6, 10(×2); 20:7; Hab 1:9, 15; ψ 29:9 and in his temple כֻּלּוֹ אֹמֵר כָּבוֹד the whole of it (= every one there) says, Glory! 53:4 (‖ 14:3 הַכֹּל); perhaps Is 16:7; Je 48:38; + Pr 19:6 Ew Hi (וְכֻלֹּה רֵעַ): Je 15:10 read כֻּלְּהֶם קִלֲלוּנִי. e. Heb. idiom in certain cases affirms, or denies, of an entire class, where Engl. idiom affirms, or denies, of an individual of the class; thus in a compar. or hypoth. sentence כל is = any, and with a neg. = none; (a) Gn 3:1 the serpent was more subtil מכל חית השׂדה than all beasts of the field (in our idiom: than any beast of the field), Dt 7:7; 1 S 9:2; (b) Lv 4:2 a soul when it sins through ignorance מכל מצות י״י in all the commandments of Jehovah (= in any of the commandments, etc.), 19:23 when ye … plant כל־עץ מאכל = any tree for food, Nu 35:22 or if he have cast upon him כָּל־כְּלִי = any weapon, 1 K 8:37 b; joined with a ptcp. in a hypoth. sense (Dr§ 121 n. Ges§ 116, 5 R. 5), Gn 4:14 כל מצאי all my finders (= if any one find me), he will slay me, v 15 a Nu 21:8; כָּל־הַנָּשׁוּךְ = whosoever (= if any one) is bitten, 1 S 2:13; (c) with a neg., Gn 2:5 all plants of the field טֶרֶם יִהְיֶה were not as yet = no plant of the field as yet was, 4:15 b לבלתי הכות־אתו כל־מצאו for the not-smiting him of all finding him = that none finding him should smite him, Ex 10:15 ולא־נותר כל ירק = and no green things were left, 12:16 כל־מלאכה לא יעשׂה all work shall not be done = no work shall be done, Dt 28:14; Ju 13:4 אַל־תֹּאכְלִי כָּל־טָמֵא eat not of all that is unclean, 19:19 אֵין מַחְסוֹר כָּל־דָּבָר there is no lack of all things i.e. of any thing, ψ 143:2 כי לא־יצדק לפניך כל־חי, + very often (so οὐ πᾶς, as a Hebraism, in the N.T., e.g. Mk 13:20 οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ, Lk 1:37 οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει … πᾶν ῥῆμα, as Jer 32:17 לֹא־יִפָּלֵא מִמְּךָ כָּל־דָּבָר, Gal 2:16 οὐ δικαιωθήσεται … πᾶσα σάρξ, etc.) Usually, in such cases, כל (or its gen.) is without the art., being left purposely indef.: in ψ 49:18 (2 b a) הַכֹּל is emph. (In Nu 23:13 וְכֻלּוֹ לֹא תִרְאֶה the context shews that כֹּל is opp. to a part). f. very anomalously, severed from its gen., †2 S 1:9 כִּי־כָל־עוֹד נַפְשִׁי בִי, Jb 27:3 כִּי־כָל־עוֹד נִשְׁמָתִי בִי, Ho 14:3 (si vera l.) כָּל־תִּשָּׂא עָוֹן. On Ec 5:15 כָּל־עֻמַּת־שֶׁ׳ v. עֻמָּה" dir="rtl" >עֻמָּה. Note. — When the gen. after כל is a noun fem. or pl., the pred. usually agrees with this (as being the really important idea), e.g. Gn 5:5 ויהיו כל ימי אדם, Nu 14:1 וַתִּשָּׂא כָל־הָעֵדָה, Nah 3:1 ψ 150:6 כֹּל הַנְּשָׁמָה תְּהַלֵּל; exceptions being very rare, Is 64:10 b Pr 16:2 (Ges§ 141. 1 R. 2). 2. Absolutely: †a. without the art., all things, all (mostly neuter, but sometimes m.), the sense in which ‘all’ is to be taken being gathered from the context, Gn 9:3 נתתי לכם את כֹּל, 16:12 וְיַד כֹּל בּוֹ, 20:16 ואת כֹּל ונוכחת, 33:11 וכי ישׁ לי כֹל, Nu 8:16 בכור כֹּל מבני ישׂראל, 11:6 אֵין כֹּל nought of all things! = there is nothing (so †2 S 12:3; Pr 13:7, cf. 2 K 4:2), 13:2 כֹּל נשׂיא בהם (cf. 2 S 23:39; 1 Ch 3:9: usually so הַכֹּל), Dt 28:47 מֵרֹב כֹּל, v 48, 37 בְּחֹסֶר כֹּל (cf. Je 44:18), Is 30:5 כֹּל הֹבִאישׁ all exhibit shame, 44:24 י׳ עֹשֶׂה־כֹּל, Je 44:12 וְתַמּוּ כֹל (unusual), Zp 1:2 ψ 8:7; 74:3 (read כֹּל הֵרַע), 145:15 עיני כֹל, Pr 16:4; 26:10; 28:5; Jb 13:1 הן כֹּל ראתה עיני, 42:2; 1 Ch 29:11 b 2 Ch 32:22 (m.), Dn 11:37 (v. also 1 c end); מִכֹּל Gn 6:19, 20 b שְׁנַיִם מִכֹּל, 14:20; 27:33; Je 17:9 עקוב הלב מִכֹּל, Dn 11:2 (m.) After a neg. = anything, Dt 4:25 תְּמוּנַת כֹּל the likeness of anything, 8:9; 28:55; Pr 30:30. In the gen. also, very rarely, to express the idea of all as comprehensively as possible: Ez 44:30 כָּל־בִּכּוּרֵי כֹל וְכָל־תְּרוּמַת כֹּל; ψ 119:128 (si vera l.) כָּל־פִּקּוּדֵי כֹל all the statutes about everything. †b. with art. הַכֹּל: (a) where the sense is limited by the context to things (or persons) just mentioned, Ex 29:24 ושׂמת הַכֹּל ביד אהרן, Lv 1:9 והקטיר הכהן את הַכֹּל, v 13; 8:27 Dt 2:36 את הַכֹּל נתן י׳ לפנינו, Jos 11:19 (cf. 2 S 19:31 1 K 14:26 = 2 Ch 12:9), 21:43 הַכֹּל בָּא (cf. 23:14), 1 S 30:19 הַכֹּל השׁיב דוד, 2 S 17:3 (corrupt: v. 𝔊 Dr), 24:23 (1 Ch 21:23), 1 K 6:18 הַכֹּל ארז (cf. 7:33; 2 K 25:17 = Je 52:22), 2 K 24:16 הַכֹּל גבורים, Is 65:8 לבלתי השׁחית הַכֹּל, ψ 14:3; or implied, Gn 16:12 י��דוֹ בַכֹּל, 24:1 ברך את אברהם בַּכֹּל, 2 S 23:5 (poet.) עֲרֻכָה בַכֹּל, is 29:11 (peculiarly) חָזוּת הַכֹּל the vision of the whole, Je 13:7, 10 לא יצלח לַכֹּל, Ez 7:14 וְהָכִין הַכֹּל (but Co וְהָכִינוּ הָכֵן), ψ 49:18 לא במותו יקח הַכֹּל: more freq. later, viz. 1 Ch 7:5 (as regards all), 28:19; 29:19 2 Ch 28:6; 29:28; 31:5; 35:7; 36:17, 18; Ezr 1:11; 2:42; 8:34, 35; 10:17 (וַיְכַלּוּ בַכֹּל: v. BeRy), Ec 5:8 (בַּכֹּל, appar. = in all respects), 10:19; 12:13. (b) in a wider sense, all, whether of all mankind or of all living things, the universe (τὸ πᾶν), or of all the circumstances of life (chiefly late), Je 10:16 = 51:19 כי יוצר הַכֹּל הוא, ψ 103:19 (cf. 1 Ch 29:12), 119:91 הַכֹּל עֲבָדֶיךָ, 145:9 טוֹב י׳ לַכֹּל, 1 Ch 29:12, 14, 16 Dn 11:2, and especially in Ec., as 1:2, 14; 2:11, 17; 3:19; 12:8 הַכֹּל הֶבֶל, 2:16 הכל נשׁכח, 3:1 לַכֹּל זְמָן, v 11, 19, 20; 6:6; 7:15; 9:1, 2, 2, 3; 10:3, 19; 11:5. כַּכֹּל, †Jb 24:24 (si vera l.) כַּכֹּל יִקָּֽפְצוּן like all men (i.e. like men in general).	heb	Conj-w	5	5417
H0559	אָמַר5287 vb. utter, say (MI Ph. אמר, Aramaic אֲמַר, Ethiopic አመረ I. 2 shew, declare, Arabic أَمَرَ command; perhaps √ אמר orig. = be or make prominent, hence Hithp. infr., אָמִיר; Sab. אמר lofty, epith. of king JHMordtmZMG 1876, 37; cf. DlPr 28 who thinks orig. meaning hell, sichtbar sein, whence Assyrian amâru, see & shew, declare, say)— Qal Pf. א׳ Gn 3:1 +, etc.; Impf. יֹאמַר Gn 31:8 +; וַיֹּא֫מֶר Gn 1:3 +; וַיֹּאמַ֑ר Gn 14:19 +; in Jb always וַיֹּא֑מַר Jb 3:2 +; 3 fs. תֹּאמַר Gn 21:12 +; תֹּאמֵ֑ר Pr 1:21; 1 s. אֹמַר Gn 22:2 +; אוֹמְרָה ψ 42:10; וָאֹמַר Gn 20:13 +; וָאוֹמַר Ne 2:7, 17, 20; 3 m. pl. יֹאמְרוּ Ex 4:1 + etc.; sf. יֹמְרוּךָ ψ 139:20; 2 mpl. תֹּמְרוּ 2 S 19:14 (cf. Köi. p. 385); Imv. אֱמֹר (אֱמָר־) Gn 45:17 +, etc.; Inf. abs. אָמוֹר Ex 21:5 +; cstr. אֱמֹר Ez 25:8 +; (הַ)אֲמֹר Jb 34:18 but read הָאֹמֵר 𝔊 𝔙 Di, or better הֶאָמֹר Inf. abs. c. ה interrog. cf. Ew§ 328 d; sf. אָמְרִי Jos 6:10 +; אֲמָרְכֶם Je 23:38; אֱמָרְכֶם Mal 1:7 +; לֵאמֹר Gn 1:22 +, etc.; Pt; act. אֹמֵר Gn 32:10 +, etc.; pass. הֶאָמוּר Mi 2:7, but this grammatically indefensible, read הֶאָמוֹר, Inf. abs. c. ה interrog., v. DrExpositor, April, 1887, 263. 1. Say (subj. God Gn 3:1 + or man 32:5, serpent 3:1, ass Nu 22:28, horse יֹאמַר הֶאָח Jb 39:25 etc.; inanimate things, personif. Jb 28:14 cf. v 22 etc.; so in allegory or fable Ju 9:8 2 K 14:9 etc.; especially in narrat., וַיֹּאמֶר etc., Gn 4:6 + very often): mostly sq. thing said, either subst. Je 14:17 (c. cl. app.) Dt 27:16 f. Ju 12:6; pronoun Gn 44:16 2 K 20:14 +; or (usually) clause Gn 1:3; 3:1; 37:20 + often (orat. recta); with adv. thus, so Gn 32:5 Nu 20:14 1 K 20:3, 5 +; especially כֹּה אָמַר י׳ Ex 5:1; 7:17, 26; 8:16; 1 Ch 17:4 + often; the person addressed usually introduced by אֶל Gn 3:1; 15:7; 22:7; Lv 21:1; 2 S 3:7; 1 K 12:5, 23, or לְ Gn 3:13; 4:15; 1 S 20:2; 2 S 2:21; 1 K 14:2 + often; rarer combinations are, א׳ בְּאָזְנֵי Is 49:20 (cf. 5:9 & vid. דבר); א׳ לִפְנֵי Ez 28:9; א׳ לְעֵינֵי Dt 31:7; Jos 10:12; Je 28:11; א׳ בְּ Jo 2:17 ψ 126:2, where בְּ local; in all cases usually sq. dir. obj. of words said, Ex 19:25; Ju 17:2 being singular; Gn 4:8 the object-clause has probably fallen out, cf. Vrss Di; = mention, name, designate Gn 22:2, 3; 43:27, 29 Ex 32:13; Nu 14:40; 1 S 10:16; 16:3; 2 S 6:22 Ne 6:19; cf. ψ 139:20 יֹמְרוּךָ לִמְזִמָּה speak of thee for falsehood (but many, as Hup Pe Dy Che, read יַמְרוּךָ); = tell, declare, proclaim (sq. dir. obj. only) ψ 40:11; Ez 13:7; in reply to question = answer Ex 12:27; Jos 4:7; 1 K 9:9; Je 5:19; 22:9. The obj. spoken of may be referred to by אֶל 2 K 19:32; Je 22:18; 27:19, or לְ Gn 20:13 אִמְרִי לִי say of me, etc. Dt 33:9; Ju 9:54; Is 5:20 ψ 3:3; 71:10, very rarely by a simple accus. Is 3:10 (where read prob. for אִמְרוּ, אַשְׁרֵי), except after אֲשֶׁר where the words used follow (cf. אֲשֶׁר 4 d) Gn 3:17; Nu 10:29; 14:31 Dt 28:68; Ju 7:4; 1 S 9:17, 23b; 1 K 8:29; La 4:20; cf. Nu 21:16; 2 K 17:12; 21:4, & (two extreme cases) Is 8:12; La 2:15 (v. DrSm i. 25, 5); הֶֽאָמוּר Mi 2:7 read inf. abs. c. ה interrog. הֶאָמוֹר (v. supr.) shall one say? shall it be said? After another vb. of saying, introducing thing said: Dt 21:7; 25:9; 27:15; Ct 2:10 +, even after אמר Gn 22:7; Lv 21:1; Je 34:2; Est 7:5 +; especially inf. לֵאמֹר, after דבר Gn 8:15, צוה 2:16; 3:17, ענה 41:16, ברך 1:22, נשׁבע 24:7, נדר 28:20, etc.; after אמר 2 S 3:18; 1 K 12:23; 1 Ch 21:18 +; after שׁלח 2 Ch 35:21 שׁוּב Gn 32:7; cf. also Gn 28:6 Ex 5:13; 9:5; 13:8; 17:4; Nu 11:20; Dt 1:28; 13:7; Ju 8:15; 1 S 23:2; 1 K 13:3; Je 32:3; 37:9; Ru 4:4 +; when subj. of לֵאמֹר differs from that of preceding clause Gn 31:1; 38:13, 24 etc.; after שׁמע Is 37:9 = 2 K 19:9. 2. Say in the heart (= think) א׳ בלבב Dt 8:17 cf. 1 K 12:26 ψ 10:6, 11, 13; 14:1; 35:25; Is 14:13; 47:8, 10; 49:21; Ec 2:1, 15; 3:17, 18; א׳ לִלְבָבָם Ho 7:2; א׳ אֶל־לִבּוֹ Gn 8:21 said unto his heart (to himself), subj. י׳, cf. 1 S 27:1; אָֽמְרָה נַפְשִׁי La 3:24; thence א׳ alone Gn 20:11; 26:9 Nu 24:11; Ru 4:4; 1 S 20:26; 2 S 5:6; 12:22; 2 K 5:11; Mal 1:7; with כִּי Ju 15:2; in particular = desire מַה־תֹּאמַר נַפְשְׁךָ 1 S 20:4 cf. Est 2:13; sq. inf. = purpose, Ex 2:14 thinkest thou to kill me, as thou killedst the Egyptian? Jos 22:33; 1 S 30:6; 1 K 5:19; 2 Ch 28:10, 13; expect 2 S 21:16 he expected to slay David 2 Ch 13:8; 32:1. 3. Promise (sq. inf.) 1 Ch 27:23; 2 Ch 21:7; Est 4:7; (id. + ל of pers.) 2 K 8:19; Ne 9:15; (sq. acc. of dir. obj. + ל of pers. + inf. of purpose) Ne 9:23. 4. Command (especially late) sq. אֶל־ of person addressed, Nu 15:28; 1 Ch 21:18; sq. ל Jos 11:9; 2 S 16:11 2 K 4:24; Jb 9:7 ψ 106:24 (v. sub אֲשֶׁר 8 e); sq. inf. 1 S 24:11 1 Ch 21:17; 2 Ch 1:18; 29:27, 36; 31:11; 35:21 Est 1:17; 4:13, 15; 6:1; 9:14; inf. + ל of pers. 2 Ch 14:3; 29:21; 31:4; Ne 9:15; Est 1:10; sq. acc. dir. obj. 2 Ch 29:24 the king commanded the burnt-offering and the sin-offering, cf. 1 K 5:20; Est 2:15; sq. cl. with אשׁר = that Ne 13:19; id. + ל of pers. v 22; sq. cl. with כִּי Jb 36:10; abs. 1 S 16:16 (read however prob. יאמרו for יאמר, cf. Dr); also ψ 105:31, 34; 107:25; 1 Ch 14:12; 2 Ch 24:8; Ne 13:9, 19 (all sq. vb. consec.); command by leter א׳ עִם־הַסֵּפֶר Est 9:25 (sq. impf.); appoint, assign לֶחֶם א׳ לוֹ 1 K 11:18 = threaten sq. inf. Dt 9:25 ψ 106:23. †Niph. Pf. נֶאֱמַר Dn 8:26; Impf. יֵאָמֵר Gn 22:14 +; יֵאָ֫מֶר לוֹ Is 4:3; יֵאָמַ֑ר Gn 10:9 +; וַיֵּאָמַ֑ר Jos 2:2; be said, told Gn 10:9; 22:14 ψ 87:5; Je 4:11; 16:14 (all abs., indef. subj., of current saying); so said in a book Nu 21:14; be related, told, of vision Dn 8:26; said, told to (sq. ל ind. obj.) Jos 2:2; Ho 2:1(×2) Zp 3:16; either so, or told concerning Nu 23:23; Ez 13:12 (אֶל־); יֵאָמֵר לָכֶם = ye shall be called (it shall be said to you) Is 61:6 (‖ תִּקָּרֵ֔אוּ), cf. 4:3; 19:18; 32:5 (‖ יִקָּרֵא ל) 62:4(×2); hence be called, of Tophet לֹא־יֵאָמֵר עוֹד הַתֹּפֶת Je 7:32; subj. שֵׁם Gn 32:29; Jb 34:31 כִּי אֶל־אֵל חֶאָמַר, Rabb. (cf. AV) treat הֵאָמַר as Niph. Inf. for לְהֵאָמֵר, but against grammar; the form as it stands is Qal Pf., אֶל־אֵל being prefixed to the interrog. for emphasis (cf. Je 22:15; 23:26 Ne 13:27), v. Dr§ 9 Di al.; Hoffm., however, reads הֵאָמֵר inf. abs. = imv. ‘so must one speak (it be spoken) to God.’ †Hiph. Pf. avow, avouch Dt 26:17 אֶת־י׳ הֶאֱמַרְתָּ הַיּוֹם לִהְיוֹת לְךָ לֵאלֹהִים; v 18 וי׳ הֶאֱמִירְךָ היום להיות לוֹ לְעַם (lit. cause to declare, i.e. through agency of Moses; on this & other interpr. vid. Di). †Hithp. Impf. יִתְאַמְּרוּ ψ 94:4 subj. כָּל־פֹּעֲלֵי אָ֑וֶן act proudly, boast (‖ יַבִּיעוּ יְדַבְּרוּ עָתָק); prob. also 2 mpl. תִּתְיַמָּ֑רוּ Is 61:6 (in good sense, sq. בְּ of thing gloried in) 𝔖 𝔙 𝔗 & cf. 𝔊; GesComm. so De Che Köi. 457 f. (from [ימר] exchange Thes Hi Kn Ew Di; but vid. ימר).	heb	V-Hifil-Perf-3ms \| 2ms	3	5318
H3808	לֹא or לוֹא adv. not (Arabic لَا, Aramaic לָא, ܠܴܐ, Sab. לא, Assyrian lâ; not in Ethiopic: cf. Köii. 1. 236 Walker AJSL 1896, 237 ff.)—לוֹא, according to Mass. (FrMM 248), 35 times, besides בְּלוֹא 6 times, and הֲלוֹא, the orthogr. of which varies much (ib.p. 251), e.g. in S always הֲלוֹא, in Chr always הֲלֹא, on the whole הֲלוֹא 141 times, הֲלֹא 128 times; twice, according to Mass, written לו (Qr לֹא), 1 S 2:16; 20:2, once לה Dt 3:11 Kt:—not—denying objectively, like οὐ (not μὴ = אַל):— 1. in predication: a. with a verb; so most freq., and nearly always (a) with the finite tenses, whether pf. (Gn 2:5b; 4:5 etc.) or impf. (3:4; 8:21, 22 etc.); in short circumst. clauses, as Gn 44:4 לא הרחיקו, Is 40:20 לֹא יִמּוֹט, and with a final force 41:7 Ex 28:32 (v. Ges§ 156. 3 R. b, c Dr§ 162). Governing two closely connected verbs (Dr§115, לא) Ex 28:43 וְלֹא יִשְׂאוּ עָוֹן וָמֵתוּ, Lv 19:12, 29 b Dt 7:25, 26; 19:10; 22:1 al.; and two parallel clauses (Ges§ 152. 3) Is 23:4b ψ 9:19; 44:19 Jb 3:11 al. With the impf., especially with 2 ps., לֹא often expresses (not, like אַל, a deprecation, do not …, let not …, but) a prohibition, as Gn 2:17 לֹא תֹאכַל מִמֶּנּוּ thou shalt not eat of it, 3:1, 3 Ex 20:3 לֹא־יִהְיֶה לְךָ there shall not be to thee, etc., v 13 לא תגנב, etc. With the coh. and juss. moods (which are negatived regularly by אַל), it occurs only exceptionally (Ges§109. 1 b R. 1), Gn 24:8 1 S 14:36 2 S 17:12; 18:14 1 K 2:6 Ez 48:14. (b) with the inf. (which is negatived by בִּלְתִּי, q.v.), only once, in בְּלֹא (4 a), and with לְ, in the sense of cannot, or must not; †Ju 1:19 כי לא להורושׁ for it was not (possible) to dispossess, etc. Am 6:10 לא להזכיר בשׁם י׳, 1 Ch 5:1; 15:2 (Dr§ 202. 2); cf. Aramaic לָא Dan 6:9 Ezr 6:8. On its use with the ptcp., see b c. (c) לא always negatives properly the word immed. following: hence, in a verbal sentence, where this is not the verb, some special stress rests upon it, Gn 32:29 לֹא יַעֲקֹב יֵאָמֵר עוֹד וג׳ not Jacob shall thy name be called any more, but Israel, 45:8 לֹא אַתֶּם שְׁלַחְתֶּם אֹתִי Not ye (in our idiom: It is not ye who) have sent me hither, but God, Ex 16:8 1 S 8:7 כִּי לֹא אֹתְךָ מָאָסוּ כִּי אֹתִי וג׳, ψ 115:17; without a foll. correcting clause, Gn 38:9 Nu 16:29 לֹא י׳ שְׁלָחָנִי ׃ Not י׳ (but another) hath sent me, Dt 32:27 לֹא י׳ פָּעַל זֹאת, 1 Ch 17:4 Dt 8:9 Is 28:28 לא לנצח … not for ever (but only for a while) … (so 57:16 ψ 9:19; 49:20; 103:9; but Is 13:20 לא תשׁב לנצח is, will not be inhabited for ever), Is 43:22 Jb 13:16; 32:9; hence rhetorically, insinuating something very different, not named, 2 K 6:10 not once, and not twice (but repeatedly), Ezr 10:13 Je 4:11 a wind לֹא לְזָרוֹת וְלוֹא לְהָבַֽר׃ not to winnow, and not to cleanse (but to exterminate), Is 45:13; 48:1b Jos 24:12 Dn 11:20, 29 Jb 34:20 לֹא בְיָד (but by a Divine agency: cf. Dn 2:34; also Jb 20:26 אֵשׁ לֹא נֻפָּ֑ח fire not blown upon [but kindled from heaven], Lam 4:6; and אין Is 47:14). (d) standing alone: (a) אִם־לֹא if not, Gn 18:21 וְאִם־לֹא אֵדָֽעָה׃, 24:49; 42:16 Jb 9:24; 24:25; (β) הֲ … אִם־לֹא, or not, Gn 24:21 waiting to know הַהִצְלִיחַ י׳ דַּדְכּוֹ אִם־לֹא, 27:21; 37:32 Ex 16:4 Nu 11:23 Dt 8:2 Ju 2:22 (cf. אִם אַיִן, אַיִן 2 d β, δ). In answer to a question or request, to deny, or decline, Nay, No: Ju 12:5 ויאמר לא, Hg 2:12; לא אדני Gn 23:11; 42:10 1 S 1:15 +; often sq. כי, No: for … = No: but …, Gn 18:15 ויאמר לֹא כִּי צָחָ֑קְתְּ, 19:2 Jos 5:14; 24:21; 1 S 2:16 Qr (v. Dr), 10:19 (𝔊 MSS), 2 S 16:18; 24:24 1 K 3:22(×2) +; Jb 23:6 (strangely). (Cf., in deprecation, אַל.) (e) with an interrog. force, which however does not lie in לא as such, but (as in other cases) in the contrast with a preceding clause, or in the tone of voice (cf. וְ 1 f; Ew§ 324 a Ges§ 150. 1 Dr 1 S 11:12): Jon 4:11 אַתָּה חַסְתָּ … וַאֲנִי לֹא אָחוּס וג׳, Jb 2:10; 22:11; Ex 8:22; 2 K 5:26 Je 49:9 (‖ Ob 5 הֲלוֹא), Mal 2:15 La 3:38; and in passages, exeg. or text. doubtful (v. Comm.), 1 S 20:14 2 S 23:5 (but v. Bu), Ho 10:9 (Ew We), 11:5 (Ew), Jb 14:16b (but 𝔊 Ew Di תַעֲבֹר), La 1:12 (Ew Ke), 3:36 (Ke Bä). b. with adjs. and substs.: (a) Gn 2:18 לֹא טוֹב הֱיוֹת הָאָדָם לְבַדּוֹ not good is man’s being alone, Ex 18:17 + often (b) Ex 4:16 לֹא אִישׁ דְּבָרִים אָנֹכִי, Am 7:14 לא נביא אנכי, Nu 23:19 לֹא אִישׁ אֵל וִיכַזֵּב, Dt 17:15 (v. אשׁר 2 b) 20:20; 32:47 1 S 15:29 2 S 18:20 לֹא אִישׁ בְּשֹׂרָה אַתָּה הַיּוֹם, 21:2 1 K 22:33 2 K 6:19 לא זֹה הדרך, Mi 2:10 Is 27:11 Ho 8:6; והמה לא אלהים Je 2:11; 16:20 2 K 19:18; 1 K 19:11(×2) לֹא בָרַעַשׁ י׳, Dt 30:12, 13 Jb 15:9; 28:14 לֹא בִי הִיא (‖ אֵין עִמָּדִי), ψ 74:9 Je 5:10 לוא לי׳ המה, 10:16; Dt 32:21 בָּנִים לֹא אֵמוּן בָּם, Je 10:14 Hb 1:14 Jb 16:17; 38:26 מִדְבָּר לֹא אָדָם בּוֹ; 1 K 22:17 לֹא אֲדֹנִים לָאֵלֶּה, Je 49:31 ψ 22:3 וְלֹא דוּמִיָּה לִי, Jb 18:17, 19; 29:12 ולא עֹזֵר לו, 30:13; 33:9; Je 2:19 וְלֹא פַחְדָּתִי אֵלַיִךְ and (that) my terror reached not unto thee, Jb 21:9; abs. Gn 29:7 לֹא־עֵת הֵ��ָסֵף הַמִּקְנֶה (Hg 1:2), Nu 20:5 2 K 4:23 לא חדשׁ ולא שׁבת, Is 44:19 Je 5:12 ויאמרו לוא הוא, Jb 9:32; 22:16; 36:26 (?) 41:2; Pr 19:7 (si vera l.) מְרַדֵּף אֲמָרִים לֹא־הֵמָּה words which are not, which are nought. (c) with the ptcp. לֹא is rare, a finite vb. being usually preferred (Ex 34:7 וְנַקֵּה לֹא יְנַקֶּה: Ew§ 320 c Dr§ 162): 2 S 3:34 יָדֶיךָ לֹא אֲסֻרוֹת, Ez 4:14; 22:24 Dt 28:61 ψ 38:15 כְּאִישׁ אֲשֶׁר לֹא שֹׁמֵעַ who is not hearing, Jb 12:3; 13:2 לֹא נֹפֵל אָנֹכִי מִכֶּם, Zp 3:5 (very anom.); 1 K 10:21 לא is prob. textual error. In וְהוּא לֹא שֹׂנֵא לוֹ or לא שׂנא הוא לו, Dt 4:42; 19:4, 6 Jos 20:5 (cf. אֹיֵב Nu 35:23), שׂנֵא is best construed as a subst., he being a not-hater to him aforetime.—In most of the cases under b, c, אין could have been employed; but the negation by לֹא is more pointed and forcible. 2. Not in predication: a. coupled to an adj. to negative it, like the Gk. ἀ—, but usually by way of litotes: Ho 13:13 בן לא־חכם an unwise son, ψ 36:5 דֶּרֶךְ לֹא טוֹב a way not good, 43:1 גוי לא חסיד, Pr 16:29; 30:25, 26 Ez 20:25 2 Ch 30:17: Is 16:14 לוֹא כַבִּיר, cf. 10:7 לֹא מְעַט. b. with a ptcp. Je 2:2 ארץ לא זרועה, 18:15 (the finite verb is more common: see Is 62:12 עִיר לֹא נֶעֱזָ֫בָה (cf. 54:11), Je 6:8 אֶרֶץ לוֹא נוֹשָׁ֫בָה, 15:18; 22:6; 31:18 Zp 2:1). c. †Gn 15:13 בארץ לא להם, Je 5:19 Hab 1:6 מִשְׁכָּנוֹת לֹא־לוֹ, Pr 26:17 רִיב לֹא־לוֹ. d. with a subst., in poetry, forming a kind of compound, expressing pointedly its antithesis or negation (Germ. un- is sometimes used similarly): Dt 32:5 (?), 17, 21 a they made me jealous בְּלֹא אֵל with a not-God (with what in no respect deserved the name of God), v b בְּלֹא עָם i.e. with an unorganized horde, Am 6:13 הַשְּׂמֵחִים לְלֹא דָבָר i.e. at a thing wh. is not, an unreality (of their boasted strength), Is 10:15 כְּהָרִים מַטֶּה לֹא עֵץ like a rod’s lifting up what is no wood (but the agent wielding it), 31:8 חרב לא אישׁ, חרב לא אדם, 55:2 בלוא לחם for what is not bread, בלוא לשׂבעה for what is not for satiety, Je 5:7 וַיּשָּֽׁבְעוּ בְּלֹא אֱלֹהִים by not-goods, in late prose 2 Ch 13:9 כֹּהֵן לְלֹא אֱלֹהִים; ψ 44:13 תִּמְכֹּר עַמְּךָ בְּלֹא־הוֹן for no-value (i.e. cheaply), Pr 13:23 Jb 10:22 צלמות וְלֹא סְדָרִים darkness and disorder; so לֹא־עַמִּי Ho 1:9; 2:25: still more pregnantly Jb 26:2a מֶה־עָזַרְתָּ לְלֹא־כֹחַ (poet. for לאשׁר אין לו כח) the powerless, v 2b, 3a (Ew§ 286 g Ges§ 152. 1 n.), 39:16 הִקְשִׁיחַ בָּנֶיהָ לְלֹא לָהּ useth hardly her young ones (making them) into none of hers; and even Hb 2:6 הַמַּרְבֶּה לֹא־לוֹ what is not his own (cf. Jb 18:15 מִבְּלִי לוֹ). Cf. with a verb, and ellipse of אשׁר, Is 65:1 לְלֹא שָׁאָ֑לוּ to those who have not asked, v b Je 2:8 אַחֲרֵי לֹא יוֹעִילוּ, v 11b; also לֹא רֻחָ֫מָה Ho 1:6, 8; 2:25, and prob. Jb 31:31 לֹא נִשְׂבָּ֑ע (pf. in p.) one not satisfied. e. in circ. clauses (Dr§ 164), poet. and rare: qualifying a subst., 2 S 23:4 בֹּקֶר לֹא עָבוֹת a morning without clouds, Job 12:24 בְּתֹהוּ לֹא דֶרֶךְ in a pathless waste, 38:26a; and a verb Jb 34:24 יָרֹעַ כַּבִּירִים לֹא חֵקֶר without inquiry, ψ 59:4 לא פשׁעי ולא חטאתי (cf. v 4 בלי עון), in late prose, twice, 1 Ch 2:30, 32 וימת לא בנים (אֵין and בְּלִי, q.v., are more usual in such cases). 3. Once (according to many MSS), as a subst., Jb 6:21 כִּי־עַתָּה הֱיִיתֶם לֹא for now are ye become nothing, Hi De Kö (cf. Dn 4:32 (Aramaic) כְּלָה חֲשִׁיבִין; 𝔗 here הֲוֵיתוּן כְּלָא, and אַל Jb 24:25); but reading fluctuates (Orientals לֹא, Qr לו, Westerns, Baer (v. pp. 37, 56) לוֹ [‘now are ye become that,’ viz. the נַחַל אַכְזָב of v 15]; but even לוֹ yields a forced sense; and text is prob. wrong: Mich Ew Ol Sgf Bu כֵּן … לִי (𝔊 𝔖 also read לִי); Bö Di כִּי … לְאָ֑יִן. Cf. Köii. 1. 236 f. 4. With prefixes:— a. †בְּלֹא31 (chiefly poet. or late), according to the varying signif. of בְּ: (a) usually with not = without, Je 22:13 בונה ביתו בלא־צדק without justice (‖ בלא משׁפט; so Ez 22:29 Pr 16:8), Is 55:1, 1 Pr 19:2, Jb 8:11 הֲיִגְאֶה־גֹּמֶא בְּלֹא בִצָּה without mire (‖ בלי מים), 30:28 בְּלֹא חַמָּה (= not through the sun), La 1:6 וילכו בלא־כח, Nu 35:22 בְּלֹא אֵיבָה … בְּלֹא צְדִיָּה, v 23 (sq. inf.) בְּלֹא רְאוֹת, 2 Ch 21:20 Ec 10:11; ψ 17:1 תְּפִלָּתִי בְּלֹא שִׂפְתֵי מִרְמָה; used more freely in Chr, 1 Ch 12:18 בְּלֹא חָמָס בְּכַפָּֽי׃, v 34 בְּלֹא לֵב וָלֵב, 2 Ch 30:18 בְּלֹא כַכָּתוּב. With ellipse of rel., La 4:14 בְּלֹא יוּכְלוּ יִגְּעוּ without (that) men are able to touch, etc. (b) of time, in not, i.e. outside of, Lv 15:25 בלא עֶת־נִדָּתָתּ, before Jb 15:32 בלא־יומו, Ec 7:17 בְּלֹא עִתֶּךְ ׃. (c) where לֹא belongs to the foll. word, and is only accidentally preceded by ב (v. supr. 2 d), Dt 32:21(×2) Je 5:7 Pr 13:23 בלא משׁפט through injustice; with בְּ pretii, ψ 44:13 Is 55:2(×2) Je 2:11 בְּלוֹא יוֹעִיל for (that which) profiteth not. b. הֲלֹא nonne? Gn 4:7 + often Inviting, as it does, an affirmative answer, it is often used, (a) especially in conversation, for pointing to a fact in such a way as to arouse the interest of the person addressed, or to win his assent: Gn 13:9 Is not the whole land before thee? 19:20; 20:5; 27:36; 29:25 Ex 4:11 Who maketh dumb or deaf, etc.? Do not I? 33:16 Ju 4:6, 14; 8:2; 9:28, 38 1 S 9:20, 21; 15:17 etc.; with a vb. in 1 ps., Jos 1:9 הלא צויתיך, Ju 6:14 הלא שׁלחתיך, 1 S 20:30; 2 S 19:23 Ru 2:9: similarly in a poet. or rhet. style, Ju 5:30 הלא ימצאו יחלקו שׁלל, Is 8:19; 10:8, 9, 11; 28:25; 29:17; 40:21, 23; 42:24; 43:19 etc., Jb 4:6, 21; 7:1; 10:10, 20, etc. (β) it has a tendency to become little more than an affirm. particle, declaring with some rhetor. emph. what is, or might be, well known: Dt 3:11 הֲלֹה הִיא בְרַבַּת בְּנֵי עַמּוֹן, 11:30 1 S 21:12 הלוא זה דוד וג׳ (cf. 29:3, 5 2 S 11:3), 23:19; 26:1 2 S 15:35; it is thus nearly = הִנֵּה (𝔊 sometimes represents it by ἰδού, as Jos 1:9 Ju 6:14 Ru 2:9 2 S 15:35); so especially in the phrase of the compiler of K, And the rest of the acts of … הֲלֹא הֵם (הֵמָּה) כְּתוּבִים are they not written in, etc.? 1 K 11:41; 14:29 + often (with which there interchanges הִנָּם כְּתוּבִים 1 K 14:19 2 K 15:11; 15:26, 31, which is gen. used by the Chr, 2 Ch 16:11; 20:34, etc.), Jos 10:13 (cf. 2 S 1:18 הִנֵּה), 1 K 8:53 𝔊, Est 10:2; ψ 56:14 (strangely: contr. 116:8).—הֲלֹא הִנֵּה †Hb 2:13 2 Ch 25:26 (הִנָּם).—On Ju 14:15, see הֲ" dir="rtl" >הֲ 1 end. c. †וָלֹ֕א and not = and if not, 2 S 13:26 2 K 5:17. Comp. וָיֵשׁ. d. †כְּלוֹא Ob 16 והיו כלוא היו, poet. for כאשׁר, as though they had not been. e. †לְלֹא without, lit. in the condition of no … 2 Ch 15:3 (comp. לְאֵין, also in Chr). Elsewhere לא belongs to the foll. word, Am 6:13 2 Ch 13:9 Is 65:1(×2) Jb 26:2, 3; 39:16 (v. supr. 2 d). Note. —Fifteen times, according to Mas. (v. De ψ 100:3 FrMM 247 Str Prol. Cr. 84), לא is written by error for לוֹ, viz. Ex 21:8 Lv 11:21; 25:30 1 S 2:3 2 S 16:18 2 K 8:10 Is 9:2; 63:9 ψ 100:3; 139:16 Jb 13:15; 41:4 Pr 19:7; 26:2 Ezr 4:2 (always with Qr לוֹ). The passages must be considered each upon its own merits: in some לוֹ yields a preferable sense; but this is not the case in all. There is the same קרי (rightly) on Is 49:5 1 Ch 11:20; but these were not considered to rest upon equal authority, and are hence not reckoned with the fifteen.—In Ju 21:22 (v. GFM), 1 S 13:13; 20:14(×2), and in Jb 9:33 (לֹא יֵשׁ), read prob. לֻא for לֹא.	heb	Conj-w \| Adv	5	5194
H0834a	אֲשֶׁר part. of relation (Moab. id.; origin dub.: 1. according to TsepreghiDiss. Lugd. p. 171 MühlauBö Lb. ii. 79 n. StaMorg. Forsch. 1875, 188; Lb. § 167 HomZMG 1878, 708 ff. Müll§ 153 SayceHbr. ii. 51 LagM. i. 255 & especially KraetzschmarHbr. vi. 298 ff, orig. a subst. ‘place’ = أَثَرٌ footstep, mark አሠr (do.), אֲתַר, ܐܰܬܰܪ place, Assyrian ašar, used (v. Kraetz.) both as a subst. ‘there, where,’ and as a relative of place ‘where’: in Heb. this development has advanced further, and it has become a relative sign generally. The chief objection to this explanation is that it would isolate Heb. from the other Semitic languages, in which pronouns are formed regularly from demonstrative roots (cf. also NöZMG 1886, 738). 2. according to PhiSt. C. 73 SperlingNota Rel. im Hebr. 1876, 15–22 for אֲשֶׁל, developed from the relative שׁ (q.v.) by (1) the prefixing of either a merely prosthetic א, or, better, a pronominal א (giving rise to אש, the form of the relative in Ph.), and (2) the addition of the demonstr. root ל [found also in אֵל, א��לֶּה, הַלָּזֶה (q.v.). اَلَّذِى he who, እለ who (pl.)]: the main objection to this explanation is the change of ל to ר, which is hardly rendered probable by the comp. of Syriac ܗܳܪܟܳܐ by side of Targ. הָלְכָּא. 1 seems preferable, the primitive root having acquired different significations in the different Semitic languages, and having been weakened in Heb. to a mere particle of relation). A sign of relation, bringing the clause introduced by it into relation with an antecedent clause. As a rule אֲשֶׁר is a mere connecting link, and requires to be supplemented (see the grammars) by a pron. affix, or other word, such as שָׁם, defining the nature of the relation more precisely: e.g. Gn 1:11 אֲשֶׁר זַרְעוֹ־בוֹ lit. as to which, its seed is in it = in which is its seed, ψ 1:4 like the chaff אֲשֶׁר־תִּדְּפֶנּוּ רוּחַ as to which, the wind drives it = which the wind drives, etc.; & so אֲשֶׁר … שָׁם = where, אֲשֶׁר … מִשָּׁם = whence, Gn 2:11; 3:23; 20:13 etc. Sometimes also (v. infr.) the relation expressed by it is specifically temporal, local, causal, etc. More particularly 1. it includes its pronominal antecedent, whether in the nom. or obl. cases, as Nu 22:6 וַאֲשֶׁר תָּאֹר יוּאָר and he whom thou cursest is cursed, Ex 4:12 and I will teach thee אֲשֶׁר תְּדַבֵּר that which thou shalt say; and with particles or prepositions, as אֵת אֲשֶׁר (according to the context) him who …, those who …, that which …; לַאֲשֶׁר to him who … Gn 43:16, to those who … 47:24, to that which 27:8; מֵאֲשֶׁר Ju 16:30 2 S 18:8 than those whom; Lv 27:24 לַאֲשֶׁר קָנָהוּ מֵאִתּוֹ to him from whom he bought it, Nu 5:7; Is 24:2 כַּאֲשֶׁר נֹשֶׁא בוֹ like him against whom there is a creditor. 2. instances of אֲשֶׁר followed by a pron. affix, or by שָׁם, שָֽׁמָּה, מִשָּׁם, are so common that the exx. cited above will be sufficient. Very rarely there occurs the anomalous constr. עִם אֲשֶׁר Gn 31:32 for אֲשֶׁר עִמּוֹ (see Gn 44:9), בַּאֲשֶׁר Is 47:12 for אֲשֶׁר בָּהֶם, לַ��ֲשֶׁר for אֲשֶׁר … לָהֶם Ez 23:40: ψ 119:49 see under על אשׁר. It is followed by the pron. in the nomin., in the foll. cases:—(a) immediately, mostly before an adj. or ptcp., Gn 9:3 all moving things אֲשֶׁר הוּא־חַי which are living, Lv 11:26 Nu 9:13; 14:8, 27; 35:31 Dt 20:20 1 S 10:19 (v. Dr) 2 K 25:19 (‖ Je 52:25 היה) Je 27:9 Ez 43:19 Hg 1:9 Ru 4:15 Ne 2:18 Ec 7:26; before a vb. 2 K 22:13 (omitted 2 Ch 34:21). (b) in a negative sentence, at the end: Gn 7:2; 17:12 Nu 17:5 Dt 17:15 אֲשֶׁר לֹא אָחִיךָ הוּא who is not thy brother, 20:15 Ju 19:12 1 K 8:41 ‖ 9:20 ‖. N.B. ψ 16:3 אֲשֶׁר בָּאָרֶץ הֵ֑מָּה is an unparalleled expression for ‘who are in the land’; read אֲשֶׁר בָּאָ֑רֶץ הֵמָּה אַדִּירֵי וג׳ ‘the saints that are in the land, they (המה) are the nobles, in whom,’ etc. 3. sometimes (though rarely) the defining adjunct is a pron. of 1 or 2 ps. as well as of 3 ps. In such cases it is strictly to be rendered I who …, thou who, etc.; Ho 14:4 אֲשֶׁר־בְּךָ יְרֻחַם יָתוֹם thou by whom the fatherless is compassionated! Je 31:32 I, whose covenant they brake, 32:19 Is 49:23 Jb 37:17f. thou whose garments are warm …, canst thou? etc., ψ 71:19, 20; 144:12 we whose sons, etc., 139:15 my frame was not hidden from thee, אֲשֶׁר־עֻשֵּׂיתִי בַסֵּתֶר—I who was wrought in secret (= though I was wrought in secret), Ex 14:13 for ye who have seen the Egyptians to-day,—ye shall not see them again or ever! (cf. ψ 41:9). 4. the defining pron. adjunct is dispensed with— a. when אֲשֶׁר represents the simple subj. of a sentence, or the direct obj. of a vb.: so constantly, as Gn 2:2 the work אֲשֶׁר עָשָׂה which he made, 3:3 the tree אֲשֶׁר בְּתוֹךְ הַגָּן which is in the midst of the garden, etc. b. after words denoting time, place, or manner, so that אֲשֶׁר then becomes equivalent to when, where, why: (α) Gn 6:4 אַחֲרֵי־כֵן אֲשֶׁר afterwards, when, etc. (cf. 2 Ch 35:20) 45:6 there are still 5 years אֲשֶׁר אֵין חָרִישׁ when there shall be no plowing, Jos 14:10 1 K 22:25; after יוֹם or הַיּוֹם Dt 4:10 Ju 4:14 1 S 24:5 (v. Dr) 2 S 19:25 Je 20:14 al.; similarly Gn 40:13. (β) Gn 35:13 בַּמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר אִתּוֹ in the place where he spake with him, v 14; 39:20 Nu 13:27; 22:26 Dt 1:31 in the desert which thou sawest, where (accents Ke Di), 8:15 1 K 8:9 (unless לוּחוֹת הַבְּרִית has here fallen out: v. 𝔊 & Dt 9:9) Is 55:11; 64:10 ψ 84:4. So (γ) in אֶל אֲשֶׁר to (the place) which (or whither) Ex 32:34 Ru 1:16; אֶל־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר to every (place) whither Jos 1:16 Pr 17:8; בַּאֲשֶׁר in (the place) where †Ju 5:27; 17:8, 9 1 S 23:13 2 K 8:1 Ru 1:16, 17 Jb 39:30, once only with שָׁם Gn 21:17; בְּכֹל אֲשֶׁר wheresoever Jos 1:7, 9 Ju 2:15 1 S 14:47; 18:5 2 S 7:7 2 K 18:7; מֵאֲשֶׁר from (the place) where = whencesoever †Ex 5:11 Ru 2:9; עַל־אֲשֶׁר to (the place) whither (or which) 2 S 15:20 1 K 18:12; עַל־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר Je 1:7. (δ) זֶה הַדָּבָר אֲשֶׁר … this is the reason that or why … Jos 5:4 1 K 11:27. c. more extreme instances Lv 14:22, 30, 31 Nu 6:21, Dt 7:19 (wherewith), 28:20 1 S 2:32 1 K 2:26 (wherein), Ju 8:15 (about whom), Is 8:12 (where יאמר would be foll. normally by לוֹ), 31:6 turn ye to (him as to) whom they have deeply rebelled, 47:15 Zp 3:11 Ec 3:9, 1 K 14:19 (= how). d. it is dispensed with only in appearance after (אָמַרְתִּי וג׳) אֲשֶׁר אָמַר followed by the words used, its place being really taken by a pron. in the speech which follows, as Gn 3:17 the tree as to which I commanded thee saying, Thou shalt not eat from it, Ex 22:8 Dt 28:68 Ju 7:4 (זֶה) 8:15 (where the noun repeated takes the place of the pron., cf. Dt 9:2) 1 S 9:17 (זֶה)23 1 K 11:2 +; cf. 2 S 11:16 2 K 17:12; 21:4. 5. אֲשֶׁר sometimes in poet. = one who, a man who (men who), ὅστις, οἵτινες, ψ 24:4; 55:20; 95:4, 5 Jb 4:19; 5:5; 9:5, (Hi) 15, 17. 6. אֲשֶׁר occas. receives its closer definition by a subst. following it, in other words, its logical antecedent is inserted in the rel. clause: (a) in the phrase peculiar to Je., אֲשֶׁר הָיָה דְבַר י׳ אֶל יר׳ that which came (of) the word of י׳ to Je. †14:1; 46:1; 47:1; 49:34 (cf. Ew§ 334); (b) Ex 25:9 Nu 33:4 1 S 25:30 2 K 8:12, 12:6 לְכֹל אֲשֶׁר־יִמָּצֵא שָׁם בָּֽדֶק׃, Ez 12:25; cf. the Ethiopic usage Di§ 201; (c) (antec. repeated) Gn 49:30 = 50:13, 1 S 25:39 (י׳ repeated), Is 54:9 (prob.) as to which I sware that, etc., Am 5:1 which I take up over you (as) a dirge. 7. אֲשֶׁר ל׳ that (belongs, belong, belonged) to, is used a. either alone or preceded by כָּל־ to express (all) that (belongs) to, as Gn 14:23 מִכָּל־אֲשֶׁר־לָ֑ךְ of all that is thine, 31:1 מֵאֲשֶׁר לְאָבִינוּ of that which was our father’s 32:24 & sent over אֶת־אֲשֶׁר־לוֹ that which he had, + often b. as a circumlocution of the genitive, as Gn 29:9 עִם־הַצֹּאן אֲשֶׁר לְאָבִיהָ with the sheep that were her father’s, 40:5; 47:4, Lv 9:8; Ju 6:11; 1 S 25:7 הָרֹעִים אֲשֶׁר־לְךָ, 2 S 14:31 אֶת־הַחֶלְקָה אֲשֶׁר־לִי, 23:8; 1 K 1:8, 33 עַל הַפִּרְדָּה אֲשֶׁר־לִי upon mine own mule, v 49; 4:2; 2 K 11:10; 16:13 Ru 2:21; and especially in the case of a compound expression depending on a single genit., as Gn 23:9; 40:5; 41:43 מִרְכֶּבֶת הַמִּשְׁנֶה אֲשֶׁר־לוֹ the chariot of the second rank which he had, Ex 38:30; Ju 3:20; 6:25; 1 S 17:40; 21:8, אֲבִיר הָרֹעִים אֲשֶׁר לְשָׁאוּל the mightiest of Saul’s herdmen, 24:5 אֶת־כְּנַף־הַמְּעִיל אֲשֶׁר־לְשָׁאוּל, 2 S 2:8 Saul’s captain of the host, 1 K 10:28; 15:20; 22:31; Je 52:17; Ru 4:3. c. with names of places (especially such as do not readily admit the st. cstr.) Ju 18:28; 19:14 הַגִּבְעָה אֲשֶׁר לְבִנְיָמִן Gibeah (the hill) of Benjamin, 20:4; 1 S 17:1; 1 K 15:27; 16:15; 17:9; 19:3; 2 K 14:11. Comp. שֶׁל (q.v.) which in Rabb., like the Aramaic דִּיל-, ܕܺܝܠ, is in habitual use as a mark of the genitive.—N.B. In Aramaic also דּי, ܕ, without ל, expresses the gen. relation, as מִלְּתָא דִי־מַלְכָּא, lit. the word, that of the king = the word of the king. The few apparent cases of a similar use of אשׁר are, however, too foreign to the general usage of the language to be regarded otherwise than as due to textual error: 1 S 13:8 read אֲשֶׁר אָמַר (or שָׂם Ex 9:5) שְׁמוּאֵל (𝔊 εἶπε); 1 K 11:25 supply עָשָׂה (𝔊 ἣν ἐποίησεν); 2 K 25:10 supply אֵת with (as ‖ Je 52:14); 2 Ch 34:22 read וַאֲשֶׁר אָמַר הַמֶּלֶךְ (cf. 𝔊) and those whom the king appointed (abbreviated from 2 K 22:14); cf. Ew§ 292 a, b with note. 8. אֲשֶׁר becomes, like Aramaic דּי, ܕ, a conj. approximating in usage to כִּי: thus a. = quod, ὅτι, that, subordinating an entire sentence to a verb of knowing, remembering, etc. (α) with אֵת Dt 9:7 forget not אֵת אֲשֶׁר הִקְצַפְתָּ the fact that (= how) thou provokedst, etc., 29:15; Jos 2:10; 1 S 24:11, 19; 2 S 11:20 know ye not אֵת אֲשֶׁר־יֹרוּ how they shoot from off the wall? 2 K 8:12 Is 38:3 + often. As subj. (rare) 1 K 14:19; 2 K 14:15; 20:20. Of time (peculiarly) †2 S 14:15 עַתָּה אֲשֶׁר now (is it) that … Zc 8:20 (prob.) yet (shall it be) that … v 23; cf. כִּמְעַט שֶׁ Ct 3:4. (β) without אֵת (not very common, כִּי being usually employed): after יָדַע Ex 11:7; Nu 32:23; Ez 20:26 (strange in Ez: v. Hi) Jb 9:5 (Ew De Di) Ec 8:12, רָאָה Dt 1:31 (RV) 1 S 18:15, הִתְוַדָּה to confess Lv 5:5; 26:40b, הִשְׁבִּיעַ 1 K 22:16 (caused to swear that …); after a noun Is 38:7 הָאוֹת אֲשֶׁר the sign that … (‖ 2 K 20:9 כִּי) with growing frequency in late Hebrew, 2 Ch 2:7, and especially Ne Est: Ne 2:5, 10; 7:65 (= Ezr 2:63) 8:14, 15; 10:31; 13:1, 19, 22; Est 1:19; 2:10; 3:4; 4:11; 6:2; 8:11; Ec 3:22 (מֵאֲשֶׁר) 5:4; 7:18 (with טוֹב: contrast Ru 2:22) v 22, 29; 8:12, 14; 9:1; Dn 1:8(×2). (γ) prefixed to a direct citation, like כִּי q.v. (= ὅτι recitativum) (rare) 1 S 15:20; 2 S 1:4; 2:4 (v. Dr) ψ 10:6 (prob.), Ne 4:6. b. it is resolvable into so that: Gn 11:7 אֲשֶׁר לֹא יִשְׁמְעוּ so that they understand not, etc., 13:16; 22:14 אֲשֶׁר יֵאָמֵר so that it is said, Ex 20:26; Dt 4:10, 40 אֲשֶׁר יִיטַב לְךָ 6:3; 28:27, 51; 1 K 3:12, 13; 2 K 9:37; Mal 3:19. c. it has a causal force, forasmuch as, in that, since: Gn 30:18; 31:49 and Mizpah, אֲשֶׁר אָמַר for that he said. 34:13, 27; 42:21 we are guilty, אֲשֶׁר רָאִינוּ we who saw (or, in that we saw), Nu 20:13 Meribah, because they strove there, Dt 3:24; Jos 4:7, 23; 22:31; Ju 9:17; 1 S 2:23; 15:15; 20:42 go in peace, אֲשֶׁר נִשְׁבַּעְנוּ forasmuch as we have sworn, 25:26 thou whom (= or, seeing that) י׳ hath withholden, 2 S 2:5 blessed are ye of י׳, אֲשֶׁר עֲשִׂיתֶם, who (οἵτινες) have done (or in that ye have done), 1 K 3:19; 15:5; 2 K 12:3; 17:4; 23:26; Je 16:13; Ec 8:11, 12 (Hi De Now). Here also belongs its use in אֲשֶׁר לָמָּה since why …? (= lest) Dn 1:10: v. sub לְמָה" dir="rtl" >לָמָּה. On אֲשֶׁר עַל כֵּן forasmuch as Jb 34:27 v. sub כִּי עַל כֵּן" dir="rtl" >כִּי עַל כֵּן. d. it expresses a condition (rare & peculiar): Lv 4:22 אֲשֶׁר נָשִׂיא יֶחֱטָא in (case) that = when (or if) a ruler sinneth (v 3, 13, 27 אִם) 25:33; Nu 5:29 (explained differently by Ew§ 334a), Dt 11:27 and the blessing אֲשֶׁר תִּשְׁמְעוּ if ye hearken (v 28 אִם), 18:22 Ges§ 159 cc Jos 4:21 אֲשֶׁר יִשְׁאָלוּן … when they ask …, then … (v 6 כִּי), Is 31:4. In 1 K 8:33 (‖ 2 Ch 6:24 כִּי, cf. K v 35, 37) אֲשֶׁר may be rendered indifferently because or when. Once, similarly, אֵת אֲשֶׁר 1 K 8:31 v. p. 85. e. perhaps (exceptionally) = כַּאֲשֶׁר, as, Je 33:22; Is 54:9 (sq. כֵּן; but כֵּן q.v. sometimes stands without כאשׁר, & אשׁר may in these passages connect with what precedes); according to some also Je 48:8 ψ 106:34 (in a connexion where כַּאֲשֶׁר would be more usual: אֲשֶׁר may however be the obj. of אָמַר). In 1 S 16:7 אֲשֶׁר יִרְאֶה הָאָדָם read כַּאֲשֶׁר, v. Dr.In Dt 15:14 also read כַּאֲשֶׁר: note ברכך before. f. combined with preps., אֲשֶׁר converts them into conjunctions: see below, בַּאֲשֶׁר" dir="rtl" >בַּאֲשֶׁר, כַּאֲשֶׁר, מֵאֲשֶׁר. On its use similarly with (אַחֲרֵי) אַחַר, מִבְּלִי, בַּעֲבוּר, עַל דְּבַר, יַעַן, לְמַעַן, כְּפִי, עַד, עַל, עֵקֶב, מִפְּנֵי, תַּחַת, see these words.—הַאֲשֶׁר, with ה interrog., occurs once, 2 K 6:22. Note.1 אֲשֶׁר being a connecting link, without any perfectly corresponding equivalent in Engl., its force is not unfreq. capable of being represented in more than one way. See e.g. 2 S 2:5 (above 8 c), Is 28:12 unto whom he said, or for that he said to them. Note.2 The opinion that אֲשֶׁר has an asseverative force (like כִּי, q.v.), or introduces the apodosis, is not prob., being both alien to its general usage & not required by the passages alleged. Render Is 8:20 either ‘Surely according to this word will those speak who have no dawn,’ or ‘… will they speak when (cf. supr. 8 d Dt 11:27; Jos 4:21) they have no dawn.’	heb	Conj-w	4	4953
H1121a	בֵּן4870 n.m. son (MI Ph. בן; so Sab. CISiv. No. 2, cf. בני DHMSem. Sprachforsch. 6; Arabic اِبْنٌ; Assyrian bin(u), LyonSargon 9, 1. 57; especially in bin-bin, grandson COTGloss., cf. Dl infr.; Aramaic בַּר, ܒܰܪ, pl. בְּנִין, ܒܢܺܝܢ; cf. Palm., especially VogNo. 21. 31. 36 a al.; possibly orig. connected with בנה build, so Thes, cf. Assyrian bânu, begetter (DlPr 104 & cf. BaZMG 1887, 638 ff.); but all traces of this √ lost in Heb. form; √ perhaps orig. bilit. (בִּן, בֵּן) בַּן v. Sta§ 183)—abs. בּ׳ Gn 4:25 +; בֵּֽן־ Ez 18:10; cstr. בֵּן Gn 49:22(×2); בֶּן־ Gn 5:32 +; בֶּן Est 2:5; Ne 6:18, & c. prefix Gn 17:17; Nu 8:25; 1 Ch 27:23; 2 Ch 25:5; 31:16, 17; בְּנוֹ Nu 23:18; 24:3, 15; בְּנִי Gn 49:11; בִּן Dt 25:2; בִּן־ Ex 33:11 + 32 times (29 times in combination בִּן־נוּן (ישׁוע, הושׁע) יהושׁע); sf. בְּנִי Gn 21:10 +; בִּנְךָ Ex 20:10 +; לִבֱנ֑ךָ Dt 7:3; 1 K 11:13; בְּנֵךְ Gn 30:14 +; בְּנוֹ Gn 4:17 +; בְּנָהּ Gn 21:10 +; pl. בָּנִים Gn 3:16 +; cstr. בְּנֵי Gn 6:2 +; sf. בָּנַי Gn 31:43 +; בָּנֵינוּ Jos 22:25 +; בְּנֵיכֶם Ex 3:22 +, etc.;— 1. son, male child, born of a woman Gn 4:25; 16:11, 15; 17:19 cf. v 16 18:10, 14; 19:37, 38 + often, cf. בֶּן־בִּטְנָהּ Is 49:15; begotten by a man Gn 5:4 f. 28; 6:10; 11:11 f. + often; ‖ בַּת (בָּנוֹת) daughter Gn 5:4, 7, 10 f. Ex 20:10 Dt 5:14; 16:11, 14 1 S 30:3, 6 Jb 1:2 42:13 +; of son as desired Gn 30:2 (cf. 15:2; 16:2; 17:17; 18:10 f. 1 S 1:5–11) 2 K 4:14, 28 ψ 127:3 +; rejoiced in Gn 30:6 +; beloved Ex 21:5 2 S 19:1, 3, 5 1 K 3:26; cared for Dt 1:31; spared Mal 3:17; disciplined & trained Dt 8:5 Pr 3:12; 13:24; 19:18; 29:17; owing reverence, obedience, etc. to parents Pr 6:20; 10:1; 13:1; בִּנְךָ בְּכוֹרְךָ thy first-born son Gn 27:32; הַבֵּן הַבְּכֹר Dt 21:15 cf. 1 S 8:2; בְּנָהּ הַגָּדֹל her elder son Gn 27:15, 42; בְּנוֹ הַגָּדֹל 27:1; בְּנָהּ הַקָּטָן her younger son Gn 27:15, 42. In partic. a. בֶּן־אִמּוֹ son of his mother, i.e. own (uterine) brother Gn 43:29, cf. 27:29 Ju 8:19 ψ 50:20; 69:9, & v. אֵם²" dir="rtl" >אֵם; בְּנֵי אָבִיךָ son of thy father = brethren Gn 49:8 (poet.) †b. בְּנֵי דֹדֵיהֶן = cousins Nu 36:11. c. בְּנִי my son, as term of kindliness of endearment, used by Eli to Samuel 1 S 3:6, 16 cf. 4:16; 24:17; 26:17, 21, 25, v. also Pr 1:8, 10 2:1 +; cf. בִּנְךָ, used by Benhaded of himself to Elisha 2 K 8:9; by Ahaz to Tiglath-pileser 16:7; especially to express intimate and gracious relation with God: י׳ calls Israel בְּנִי בְכֹרִי Ex 4:22 cf. v 23 Ho 11:1, v. also ψ 80:16 (but cf. Che); בָּנִים אַתֶּם ליהוה אלהיכם Dt 14:1; בְּנֵי עֶלְיוֹן ψ 82:6 (‖ אלהים); בְּנֵי אֵל־חָ֑י Ho 2:1; cf. further Dt 32:5 (pl.) v 20 (pl.) Is 1:2, 4; 30:1, 9; Je 3:14, 22; 4:22; 31:20; of future Davidic king 2 S 7:14 = 1 Ch 17:13 cf. ψ 2:7; expressly referred to Solomon 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6; also of children (offered in fire) Ez 16:21. d. בְּנֵי האלהים applied to supernatural beings Gn 6:2, 4; Jb 1:6; 2:1; בְּנֵי אלהים Jb 38:7; בְּנֵי אֵלִים ψ 29:1 (on which cf. Che’s note) 89:7. e. בֶּן־אָדָם son of man, cf. בְּנֵי א׳, v. אָדָם" dir="rtl" >אָדָם; †בְּנֵי אִישׁ ψ 4:3 & (‖ בני אדם) 49:3; 62:10; La 3:33. †f. בֶּן־בִּנְךָ = thy grandson Ex 10:2; Dt 6:2; Ju 8:22 cf. Je 27:7; also pl. Ex 34:7; Dt 4:9, 25; Ju 12:14; 2 K 17:41; 1 Ch 8:40; Jb 42:16; ψ 128:6; Pr 13:22; 17:6; Ez 37:25; also בֵּן alone with similar reference Gn 29:5 (Laban son of Nahor); Laban calls his daughters’ children his own sons Gn 31:28, 43 cf. 32:1; son of Naomi Ru 4:17; בְּנֵי רְבִעִים 2 K 10:30 sons of the fourth generation, and, in general, descendants Jos 22:24, 25, 27 +; cf. 2 S 19:25 2 K 9:20; Ez 5:1. g. constantly, as more precise designation, added to personal name כָּלֵב בֶּן־יְפֻנֶּה Nu 14:30; 32:12; 34:19 +; יְהוֹשֻׁעַ בִּן־נוּן Nu 11:28; 14:30; 32:12, 28; 34:17 +; יָרָבְעָם בֶּן־נְבָט 1 K 12:2, 15 +, etc.; also without personal name (often with implication of contempt) בֶּן־קִישׁ 1 S 10:11; בֶּן־יִשַׁי 1 S 20:27, 30, 31; 22:7, 8, 9, 13; 25:10 2 S 20:1; בְּנֵי צְרוּיָה 2 S 16:10; בֶּן־רְמַלְיָהוּ Is 7:4, 5, 9; 8:16; בֶּן־טָֽבְאַ֑ל Is 7:6; cf. also לֵוִי²" dir="rtl" >בְּנֵי לֵוִי Nu 16:7, 8. h. designated as בֶּן־זְקֻנִים i.e. born in old age of father Gn 37:3; opp. בְּנֵי הַנְּעוּרִים sons of one’s youth ψ 127:4; also בֶּן־בֵּיתִי one born in my house Gn 15:3 (i.e. slave) so בְּנֵי בַיִת Ec 2:7. i. in various combinations: (α) as expression of contumely, בֶּן־נַעֲוַת הַמַּרְדּוּת 1 S 20:30; בֶּן־הַמְּרַצֵּחַ הַוֶּה 2 K 6:32 this son of a murderer; cf. בְּנֵי־נָבָל Jb 30:8; בְּנֵי בְלִי־שֵׁם ib.; בְּנֵי עֹנֲנָה Is 57:3 (‖ זֶרַע מְנָאֵף); cf. בֶּן־אִשָּׁה אַחֶרֶת Ju 11:2 (cf. v 1); (β) as term of respect, dignity, בֶּן־חוֹרִים son of nobles Ec 10:17 (in Aramaic = free born); בֶּן־חֲכָמִים Is 19:11; בֶּן־מַלְכֵי־קֶדֶם ib.; cf. בֶּן־מֶלֶךְ ψ 72:1 (‖ מֶלֶךְ); בֶּן־אֲמָתֶ֑ךָ ψ 86:16 in addressing י׳ (‖ עַבְדֶּ֑ךָ) & בְּנֵי־עֲבָדֶיךָ ψ 102:29; of noble appearance בְּנֵי הַמֶּלֶךְ Ju 8:18. j. often pl. with name of ancestor, people, land, or city, to denote descendants, inhabitants, membership in a nation or family, etc.: (α) e.g. בְּנֵי־עֵבֶר Gn 10:21; בְּנֵי־חֵת Gn 23:3, 5, 7, 10(×2), 11, 16, 18, 20; 25:10; 49:32 (all P); (בְּנֵי־שֵׁת) Nu 24:17 v. sub 8); בְּנֵי־חֲמוֹר Gn 33:19 Jos 24:32; בְּנֵי עֵשָׂו Gn 36:5, 15, 19 Dt 2:4, 8, 12, 22, 29; בְּנֵי שֵׂעִיר Gn 36:20, 21; בֶּן־(בני)הִנֹּם Jos 15:8 + (cf. sub גַּיְא); בְּנֵי לוֹט Dt 2:9, 19 ψ 83:9; בְּנֵי־יוֹסֵף (lit. Gn 46:27; 48:8; 1 Ch 5:1) Nu 1:32; 26:28, 37; 34:23; 36:5 (מַטֵּה ב׳ י׳) + 6 times Jos, cf. ψ 77:16; even בְּנֵי חֲצִי שֵׁבֶט מְנַשֶּׁה 1 Ch 5:23; בְּנֵי דָוִיד (lit. 2 S 8:18 = 1 Ch 18:17, 1 Ch 3:1, 9) 2 Ch 13:8; 23:3; 32:33; בְּנֵי אָסָף 2 Ch 29:13; Ezr 2:41; 3:8 + (v. אָסָף); בְּנֵי קֹרַח in titles of ψ 42–49, 84, 85, 87, 88; especially (β) בְּנֵי־עַמּוֹן (standing designation of people of Ammon) Gn 19:38 + 81 times (cf. עַמּוֹן & NöZMG 1886, 171 DrSm 66); בְּנֵי יַעֲקֹב (lit. Gn 34:7, 13, 25, 27; 35:5, 22, 26; 49:2) 2 K 17:34 ψ 105:6 Mal 3:6 cf. ψ 77:16; & chiefly (γ) בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל (lit. Gn 42:5; 45:21; 46:5; Ex 1:1) Ex 1:7 + 613 times, incl. Hex 427 (of which 328 P, 49 E, 25 J, 25 D), Ju 6:1, SK Ch 73 (23 in ref. to ancient history, 10 in opp. to Judah); so also Vrss & var. sometimes for בֵּית יִשׂ׳, e.g. Jos 21:43 + v. Di, Ez 3:1 + v. Co; also the reverse Ez 2:3 al.; note especially עַם בּ׳ יִשְׂרָאֵל Ex 1:9; עַמִּי בּ׳ יִשְׂרָאֵל Ex 3:10; 7:4; עֲדַת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל Ex 16:1, 2, 9, 10; 17:1 Lv 16:5; 19:2; Nu 1:2, 53; 8:9, 20; 13:26; 15:25, 26 17:6; 19:9; 25:6; 26:2; 31:12 (all P); דֹּרוֹת ב׳ יִשׂ׳ Ju 3:2; כָּל־ב׳ יִשׂ׳ וְכָל־הָעָם 20:26; ב׳ יִשׂ׳ וּבְנֵי הַלֵּוִי Ne 10:40; also (δ) בְּנֵי יְהוּדָה (lit. Gn 46:12; 26:19 1 Ch 2:3, 10; 4:1) Nu 1:26 + 18 times Nu Jos, Ju 1:8, 9, 16 (so read also v 21(×2) cf. Jos 15:53 & v. sub בנימן) 2 S 1:18 1 Ch 4:27 + 8 times Chr, Je 7:30 + 4 times Je; Ho 2:2 Jo 4:6, 8, 19 Ob 12 (not in K, of Judah or of any other tribe, except בְּנֵי לֵוִי 1 K 12:31) incl. מַטֵּה בְּנֵי יְהוּדָה Jos 15:1, 20, 21; 21:1 1 Ch 6:50; for usage with other tribes of Isr., v. the articles;—but note (ε) †בְּנֵי לֵוִי (lit. Gn 46:11 Ex 6:16 Nu 3:17 1 Ch 5:27; 6:1 cf. 23:6) Ex 32:28 Nu 3:15; 16:7, 8; 18:21 Jos 21:10 (as including sons of Aaron etc.); כָּל־בְּנֵי לֵוִי Ex 32:26; כָּל־אַחֶיךָ ב׳ ל׳ Nu 16:10; הַכֹּהֲנִים ב׳ ל׳ Dt 21:5; 31:9 cf. 1 K 12:31 & Mal 3:3; 1 Ch 23:24, 27; 24:20 Ezr 8:15 (distinguished from priests) Ne 12:23 Ez 40:46 (including בְּנֵי צָדוֹק the priests); also מַחֲנוֹת ב׳ ל׳ 1 Ch 9:18; בְּנֵי הַלֵּוִי 1 Ch 12:27 Ne 10:40; בְּנֵי הַלְּוִיִּם 1 Ch 15:15; 24:30 (cf. also לֵוִי); (ζ) בְּנֵי אַהֲרֹן (lit. Ex 28:1, 40 1 Ch 5:29; 24:1; often Aaron and his sons lit. Ex 27:21; 28:1, 4 +) Lv 3:5, 8, 13; 6:7, 11; 7:10, 33 Jos 21:10 1 Ch 6:35, 39, 42; 15:4 (+ Levites) 24:1, 31 Ne 12:47; also בְּנֵי א׳ הַכֹּהֲנִים Lv 1:5, 8, 11; 2:2; 3:2 Nu 3:3; 10:8 & Jos 21:19 2 Ch 31:19 cf. 26:18; 29:21; 35:14(×2); בְּנֵי אַהֲרֹן הַכֹּהֵן Lv 1:7 Jos 21:4 (as subdivision of Levites) v 13 cf. Lv 7:34; אֶת־כֹּהֲנֵי יהוה אֶת־בְּנֵי אַהֲרֹן וְהַלְּוִיִּם 2 Ch 13:9 cf. v 10; once in sing. הַכֹּהֵן בֶּן־אַהֲרֹן Ne 10:39; v. also sub אַהֲרֹן" dir="rtl" >אַהֲרֹן; (η) †בְּנֵי צָדוֹק Ez 40:26, 44:15 הכהנים הלוים בני צדוק; 48:11 הכהנים הַמְֿקֻדָּשׁ מבני צדוק (𝔊 Sm Co join מ of מבני to preceding word, making pl.); (θ) בְּנֵי with names of peoples, lands, and cities, בְּנֵי כֻשִׁיִּים Am 9:7; בְּנֵי מִצְרַיִם Ez 16:26; בְּנֵי אַשּׁוּר Ez 16:28; 23:7, 9, 12, 23; ב׳ אֶרֶץ הַבְּרִית Ez 30:5 (Co del. ארץ); ב׳ בָּבֶל Ez 23:15, 17, 23; ב׳ יְרוּשָׁלִַם Jo 4:6; ב׳ צִיּוֹן Jo 2:23 La 4:2 ψ 149:2 (cf. Zc 9:13). Vid. further (ι) בְּנֵי עַמֶּ֑ךָ Lv 19:18 cf. 20:17 Nu 22:5 Ju 14:16, 17 Ez 3:11; 33:2, 12, 17, 30; 37:18 Dn 12:1; בְּנֵי פָּרִיצֵי עַמֶּךָ Dn 11:14; (κ) קֶבֶר בְּנֵי הָעָם 2 K 23:6 2 Ch 35:5, 7, 12; קִבְרֵי בְנֵי הָעָם Je 26:23; (λ) בְּנֵי־קֶדֶם Gn 29:1 Ju 7:12; 8:10 1 K 5:10 Jb 1:3 Is 11:14 Je 49:28 Ez 25:4, 10; †(μ) בְּנֵי הַמְּדִינָה Ezr 2:1 = Ne 7:6; (ν) of bulls, בְּנֵי בָשָׁן Dt 32:14 (song) cf. KloSK 1872, 254 Di. 2. children (male and female) Gn 3:16; 21:7 Ex 21:5; 22:23; hence בְּנֵי מְנַשֶּׁה הַזְּכָרִים Jos 17:2 male children, בֵּן זָכָר Je 20:15. 3. youth, young men (pl.) Pr 7:7 Ct 2:3. 4. the young of animals Lv 22:28 (שׁוֹר אוֹ שֶׂה) cf. Dt 22:6, 7 1 S 6:7, 10 Zc 9:9 Jb 4:11; 28:8; 39:4, 16;—בֶּן־בָּקָר etc. v. sub 7 b infr. 5. of plant-shoots בֵּן פֹּרָת Gn 49:22(×2); also בֵּן ψ 80:16? (‖ כַּנָּה; see Che trans. & crit. n.) 6. fig. of lifeless things, בְּנֵי רֶשֶׁף sparks Jb 5:7; stars עַיִשׁ עַל־בָּנֶיהָ Jb 38:32; arrows בֶּן־קָ֑שֶׁת Jb 41:2; בְּנֵי אַשְׁפָּתוֹ) La 3:13; cf. בֶּן־גָּרְנִי i.e. corn of my threshing-floor Is 21:10. 7. a. member of a guild, order or class, †בְּנֵי הַנְּבִיאִים i.e. those belonging to the prophetic order 1 K 20:35 2 K 2:3, 5, 7, 15; 4:1, 38(×2); 5:22; 6:1; 9:1 (Hoffm RSProph. 85. 388, K 15 f.; ZehnpfundBAS i.355 comp. Assyrian mâr šipri, son of a messenger = messenger, and explains from the son’s succeeding to father’s calling) & בֶּן־נָבִיא Am 7:14; prob. also †בְּנֵי הַכֹּהֲנִים 1 Ch 9:30 Ezr 2:61; 10:18; †בְּנֵי הַשֹּׁעֲרִים Ezr 2:42; cf. בְּנֵי הַגְּדוּד 2 Ch 25:13 men of the troop, v. Palm. בני שירתא men of the caravan VogNo. 4 al.; also בְּנֵי הַגּוֹלָה = exiles †Ezr 4:1; 6:19, 20; 8:35; 10:7, 16; בֶּן־הָרַקָּחִים Ne 3:8; further, in בֶּן־נֵכָר = foreigner (only P, poet., & late) †Gn 17:12, 27 Ex 12:43 Lv 22:25 Ez 44:9(×2); ב׳־הַנּ׳ †Is 56:3; בְּנֵיִ־נֵכָר †2 S 22:45, 46 = ψ 18:45, 46 Ne 9:2 Is 60:10; 61:5; 62:8 Ez 44:7 ψ 144:7, 11, בְּנֵי־הַנּ׳ Is 56:6; also בְּנֵי הַתּוֹשָׁבִים הַגָּרִים עִמָּכֶם Lv 25:45. b. of animals, בֶּן־בָקָר son of (the) herd, i.e. young one of the herd, בָּקָר וּבְנֵי בָקָר 1 S 14:32 cf. עֵגֶל בֶּן־בָּקָר Lv 9:2 (P); then, in general, one of the herd: fit for food Gn 18:7, 8 (J), for sacrifice Nu 15:8 (P); בן הַבּ׳ Lv 12:6 Nu 15:9 (P); especially פַּר בֶּן־בָּקָר Ex 29:1 Lv 4:3, 14; 16:3; 23:18 Nu 7:15 + 16 times Nu (all P) + 2 Ch 13:9 Ez 43:19, 23, 25; 45:18; 46:6; פָּרִים בְּנֵי בָּקָר Nu 28:11, 19, 27; 29:13, 17 (P); also בְּנִי אֲתֹנוֹ Gn 49:11 (poem, J; ‖עִירֹה); בְּנֵי־צֹאן ψ 114:4, 6; בֶּן־רְאֵמִים ψ 29:6; בְּנֵי הָרַמָּכִים Est 8:10; (הַ)יּוֹנָה בְּנֵי Lv 1:14 + 7 times Lv + Nu 6:10 cf. בֶּן־יוֹנָה Lv 12:6 (all P); בְּנֵי־נָ֑שֶׁר Pr 30:17; בְּנֵי עֹרֵב ψ 147:9. 8. ב׳ as n. relat. followed by word of quality, characteristic, etc. especially †(α) בֶּן־(בני)חַיִל = mighty man 1 S 14:52; 18:17 2 S 2:7; 13:28; 17:10(×2) 1 K 1:52 + 7 times Ch; אֲנָשִׁים בני ח׳ Ju 18:2 2 K 2:16; אֶלָף אִישׁ מִבְּנֵי הֶחָ֑יִל Ju 21:10; †(β) בְּנֵי עַוְלָה wicked men 2 S 3:34; 7:10 1 Ch 17:9 Ho 10:9; בֶּן־ע׳ ψ 89:23 (for בני בליעל v. בליעל); †(γ) בְּנֵי מֶ֑רִי rebels Nu 17:25 (cf. בַּיִת); †(δ) בְּנֵי הַתַּעֲרֻבוֹת sons of pledges = hostages 2 K 14:14 = 2 Ch 25:24; †(ε) בְּנֵי מָוֶת i.e. those deserving of death 1 S 26:16; so בֶּן־מות 2 S 12:5; בְּנֵי תְמוּתָה appointed or exposed to death ψ 79:11; 102:21; cf. †(ζ) בִּן הַכּוֹת one worthy of smiting Dt 25:2; †(η) בְּנֵי עֹ֑נִי Pr 31:5; †(θ) בְּנֵי חֲלוֹף Pr 31:8; †(ι) בְּנֵי שָׁאוֹן Je 48:45 = tumultuous ones; so also (= שֵׁאת) בְּנֵי שֵׁת Nu 24:17 cf. RV Di al.; †(κ) בְּנֵי הַיִּצְהָר Zc 4:14 i.e. anointed ones; †(λ) בֶּן־מֶשֶׁק Gn 15:2 son of possession, i.e. heir; †(μ) הֵילֵל בֶּן־שָׁ֑חַר Is 14:12 son of dawn; †(ν) of animals בְּנֵי שָׁ֑חַץ i.e. proud beasts Jb 28:8; 41:26; (ξ) of Jonah’s gourd בִּן־לַיְלָה Jon 4:10(×2); †(ο) of a fertile hill קֶרֶן בֶּן־שֶׁמֶן Is 5:1. 9. n. relat. of age: a. of men, וַיְהִי נֹחַ בֶּן־חֲמֵשׁ מֵאוֹת שָׁנָה Gn 5:32 cf. 7:6 + 71 times P; Gn 50:26 Jos 14:7, 10; 24:29 (all E); Nu 32:11 (J), Dt 31:2; also Ju 2:8 1 S 4:15 2 S 4:4; 19:33, 36 1 Ch 2:21 23:3, 24, 27; 27:3 2 Ch 24:15; 25:5; 31:16, 17 Ezr 3:8 Is 65:20(×2) Je 52:1; + 41 times SK Ch of kings at accession; note especially (incl. in above) the phrase מִבֶּן עֶשְׂרִים שָׁנָה וָמָ֑עְלָה Ex 30:14; 38:26 Nu 1:3 + 21 times Nu 1–3 + 26:2, 4; 32:11 1 Ch 23:24, 27 2 Ch 25:5 Ezr 3:8; cf. Lv 27:7 Nu 8:24; 26:62 1 Ch 23:3 & without מעלה Nu 8:25; 18:16; also מִבֶּן עשׂרים שׁנה וְעַד בֶּן־שִׁשִּׁים שָׁנָה Lv 27:3 cf. v 5, 6; מִבֶּן שׁלשׁים שׁנה ומעלה ועד בן־חמשׁים שׁנה Nu 4:3(×2) + 12 times Nu 4; מבן שׁלושׁ שׁנים וּלְמַ֫עְלָה 2 Ch 31:16 cf. v 17; & לְמִבֶּן עשׂרים שׁנה וּלְמָ֑טָה 1 Ch 27:23. b. of animals, (Hex all P, incl. H) בֶּן־שָׁנָה Ex 12:5; 29:38 Lv 9:3; 23:18, 19 Nu 7:17 + 28 times Nu 7, 28, 29; also Mi 6:6; בֶּן־שְׁנָתוֹ Lv 12:6; 23:12 Nu 6:12, 14 + 12 times Nu 7; also Ez 46:13. Note.—בן appears perhaps abbrev. as בּ in a few cpd. n.pr.; v. בִּדְקַר" dir="rtl" >בִּדְקַר (= בֶּן־דקר?), בִּלְשָׁן, בִּמְהָל, בַּעֲלִיס, בַּעֲנָה, בִּרְשַׁע, בִּשְׁלָם (so MV after Schol. Hamâsa3 ed. Freytag; Röde libr. hist. interpr. Arabic 20, 21; but this is very uncertain, cf. Ol§227 b, p. 613).—On Lag’s explan. of אבי in some n.pr. as for אבן = בן cf. LagBN 75 & v. אֲבִינֵר" dir="rtl" >אבינר p. 4, etc., but this is dub.	heb	N-fpc \| 3mp	3	4935
H3588a	I. כִּי conj. that, for, when (Moab. id.: Ph. כ. Prob. from the same demonstr. basis found in ܟܳܐ here, and in certain pronouns, as Aramaic דֵּךְ this (WSG 110 f.); perhaps also ultim. akin with كَىْ that, in order that, and ܟܰܝ then, enclit., like Lat. nam in quisnam?)— 1. that (ὅτι, Germ. dass): a. prefixed to sentences depending on an active verb, and occupying to it the place of an accus.: so constantly, after vbs. of seeing, as Gn 1:10 וַיַּרְא אֱלֹהִים כִּי טוֹב and God saw that it was good, 3:6; 6:2, 5; 12:14 + often, hearing 14:14; 29:33, knowing 22:12; 24:14, telling 3:11; 12:18, repenting 6:6, 7, swearing Gn 22:16 Je 22:5, believing Ex 4:5 La 4:12, remembering ψ 78:35, forgetting Jb 39:15; אָמַר = command (late; in early Heb. the words said are quoted) Jb 36:10, 24) זְכֹר in a command) 37:20b 1 Ch 21:18 (contrast 2 S 24:18) etc.; טוֹב כּי it is good that … 2 S 18:3 + (v. p. 374b: usually the inf. c., as Gn 2:18; v. ibid.); Gn 37:26 מַה־בֶּצַע כִּי נַהֲרֹג what profit that we should slay (impf.) …? Mal 3:14 what profit כִּי שָׁמַרְנוּ that we have kept (pf.) …? Jb 22:3 הַחֵפֶץ לְשַׁדַּי כִּי is it pleasure to Shaddai that …? after a pron., as ψ 41:12 by this I know that thou hast pleasure in me, that my enemy cannot triumph over me, 42:5 these things will I remember … that (or how) I used to go, etc., 56:10 this I know that god is for me, Jb 13:16 (הוא). And with כִּי repeated pleon. after an intervening clause 2 S 19:7 Je 26:15 +; כִּי … וְכִי Gn 3:6; 29:12 Ex 4:31 Jos 2:9; 8:21; 10:1 1 S 31:7 2 S 5:12 1 K 11:21 Je 40:7, 11; לֵאמֹר … וְכִי Gn 45:26 Ju 10:10. b. כִּי often introduces the direct narration (like ܕ, أَنْ, and the Gk. ὅτι recitativum, e.g. Luke 4:21), in which case it cannot be represented in English (except by inverted commas), Gn 21:30; 29:33 and she said, כִּי שׁמע י׳ Yahweh hath heard, etc.; Ex 3:12 = Ju 6:16 and he said, כִּי אֶהְיֶה עִמָּ֑ךְ I will be with thee, Jos 2:24 1 S 2:16 (v. Dr) 10:19 and ye have said to him, כִּי מֶלֶךְ תָּשִׂים עָלֵינוּ Thou shalt set a king over us, 2 S 11:23 1 K 1:13; 20:5 Ru 1:10, cf. 2:21 (but in reply to a qu. כִּי may = because, v. sub 3; and so also in sentences giving the expl. of a proper name, Gn 26:22; 29:32 (but De surely: v. infr.), Ex 2:10 (cf. Gn 4:25; 41:51, 52); in כִּי מָה, introducing an expostulation, 1 S 29:8 1 K 11:22 2 K 8:13, it gives the reason for a suppressed ‘Why do you say this?’). c. especially after an oath חַי אָ֫נִי, חַי י׳ etc., introducing the fact sworn to, Gn 42:16 by the life of Pharaoh, כִּי מְרַגְּלִים אַתֶּם (I say) that ye are spies; but through Heb. usage prob. gave it an asseverative force, Engl. idiom does not require it to be expressed: Nu 14:22 1 S 20:3 as י׳ liveth, כִּי כִפֶשַׂע בֵּינִי וּבֵין הַמָּוֶת there is but a step between me and death! 26:16; 29:6 Is 49:18 +; 1 S 14:44 כֹּה־יַעֲשֶׂה אֱלֹהִים וְכֹה יוֹסִיף כִּי מוֹת תָּמוּת thus may God do and more also: thou shalt surely die! 2 S 3:35 1 K 2:23 Ru 1:17 al.—Note that כִּי when thus used is often repeated after an intervening clause, in order that its force may be fully preserved: Gn 22:16f. 1 S 14:39 כִּי מוֹת יָמוּת (אִם־יֶשְׁנוֹ בְּיוֹנָתָן בְּנִי) חַי י׳ כִּי 25:34 2 S 2:27 כִּי אָז וג׳ (לוּלֵא דִּבַּרְתָּ) כִּי, 3:9; 15:21 Qr 1 K 1:30 Je 22:24. d. כִּי is used sometimes with advs. and interjs. to add force or distinctness to the affirmation which follows: (a) so especially in אַף כִּי (v. אַף); †הֲכִי is it that …? (as a neutral interrrog.) 2 S 9:1, (expecting a neg. answer) Gn 29:15 is it that thou art my brother, and shalt (therefore) serve me for nothing? Jb 6:22 is it that I have said, Give unto me? expressing surprise Gn 27:36 is it that he is called Jacob, and has (hence) supplanted me twice? 2 S 23:19 an affirm. answer is required (wh. would imply הֲלֹא כִי): read prob. with the ‖ 1 Ch 11:25 הִנּוֹ behold, he, etc.; †אִם־לֹא כִּי Dt 32:30 were it not that …; †אָמְנָם כִּי Jb 12:2 of a truth (is it) that ye are the people, etc.; †אַךְ כִּי 1 S 8:9; אֶפֶס כִּי Nu 13:28 +; גַּם כִּי †Ru 2:21; †הֲלֹא כִי 1 S 10:1 (but v. 𝔊 Dr), 2 S 13:28; †הִנֵּה כִי ψ 128:4; cf. ψ 118:10–12 בְּשֵׁם י׳ כִּי אֲמִילַֽם in the name of י׳ (is it) that—or (I say) that—I will mow them down; Jb 39:27 doth the vulture mount up at thy command, וְכִי יָרִים קִנּוֹ and (is it) that it (so) makes high its nest? Is 36:19 have the gods of the nations delivered each his land etc.? … וְכִי הִצִּילוּ i.e. (Hi) and (is it) that they have delivered Samaria out of my hand? > (Ew§ 354 c De Di) and that they have delivered Samaria out of my hand! = how much less (אַף כִּי) have they, etc.! (‖ 2 K 18:34 כִּי alone, perhaps conformed by error to v 35; 2 Ch 32:15 אַף כִּי, which however does not decide the sense of the orig. וְכִי). 1 Ch 29:14 וְכִי מִי read ומי or כי מי. (b) in introducing the apodosis, especially in כִּי עַתָּה (chiefly after לוּלֵא) indeed then …, Gn 31:42; 43:10 for unless we had tarried כִּי עַתָּה שַׁבְנוּ surely then we had returned twice, Nu 22:23 (read לוּלֵי for אוּלַי); so 1 S 14:30 𝔊 (after לוּא), and 13:13 Hi We (לֻא for לֹא); after אִם Jb 8:6 surely then he will awake over thee, etc. (But elsewhere כִּי עַתָּה is simply for now, Gn 29:32 Jb 7:21 +; or for then = for in that case, Ex 9:15 Nu 22:29 Jb 3:13; 6:3 +). It is dub. whether כִּי אָז has the same sense: for 2 S 2:27; 19:7 the כִּי in כִּי אָז may be merely resumptive of the כִּי recitat. preceding (vid. a, c). Rare otherwise: Ex 22:22 if thou afflict him כִּי אִם־צָעֹק יִצְעַק ’tis that (= indeed), if he cries unto me, I will hear him, Is 7:9 if ye believe not כִּי לֹא תֵאָמֵֽנוּ ׃ indeed ye will not be established. e. there seem also to be other cases in which כִּי, standing alone, has an intensive force, introducing a statement with emph., yea, surely, certainly (Germ. ja—a lighter particle than these Engl. words): see in EVV Gn 22:17 Ex 18:11 Nu 23:23 1 S 17:25; 20:26 2 K 23:22 Is 32:13; 60:9 Je 22:22; 31:19 Ho 6:9; 8:6; 9:12; 10:3 Am 3:7 ψ 76:11; 77:12 (Ew Che), Pr 30:2 (but not if construed as RVm), Ec 4:16; 7:7, 20 Jb 28:1 +; La 3:22 (𝔖 𝔗 Ew Th Öt) the mercies of י׳, surely they are not consumed (read prob. תַמּוּ or תָֽמְמוּ for תמנו), Ru 3:12 כִּי אָמְנָם yea, indeed. But it is doubtful whether כִּי has this force in all the passages for which scholars have had recourse to it, and whether in some it is not simply = for. De Pr 30:1 would restrict the usage to cases in which a suppressed clause may be understood. f. that, expressing consecution, especially after a question implying surprise or deprecation: sq. perf., Gn 20:9 what have I sinned against thee כִּי הֵבֵאתָ עָלַי that thou hast brought on me? 1 S 17:26; 22:8 Is 22:1 what aileth thee, that thou art gone up, etc.? v 16 36:5; 52:5 Mic 4:9 Hb 2:18; sq. ptcp. Ju 14:3 1 S 20:1 1 K 18:9 how have I sinned that thou art giving, etc.? 2 K 5:7 Ez 24:19; usually sq. impf. Ex 3:11 who am I כִּי אֵלֵךְ that I should go, etc.? 16:7 Ju 8:6; 9:28; 2 K 8:13 Is 7:13; 29:16 (also pf.), ψ 8:5 what is man כִּי תִזְכְּרֶנּוּ? Jb 3:12 or why the breasts כִּי אִינָקֽ ׃ that I should suck? 6:11 מַה־כֹּחִי כִּי אֲיַחֵל, 7:12, 17; 10:5f.; 13:25f; 15:12f. 14; 16:3; 21:15 +; after a neg., Gn 40:15 here also I have done nothing כִּי שָׂמוּ that they should have placed me in the dungeon, ψ 44:19f. our heart has not turned backward, etc. כִּי דִכִּיתָנוּ that thou shouldst have crushed us, etc., Is 43:22 not me hast thou called on, כִּי יָגַעְתָּ בִּי that thou shouldst have wearied thyself with me, Ho 1:6 (v. RV), Jb 41:2 Ru 1:12 I am too old to have an husband כִּי אָמַרְתָּי that I should have said, etc. (cf. Ew§337a; Dr§ 39 δ). g. added to preps. כִּי converts them, like אֲשֶׁר, into conjs. …, as יַעַן כִּי because that …: v. sub יַעַן" dir="rtl" >יַעַן, עַד³" dir="rtl" >עַד, עַל" dir="rtl" >עַל, עֵ֫קֶב" dir="rtl" >עֵקֶב, תַּ֫חַת²" dir="rtl" >תַּחַת. 2. a. Of time, when, of the past וַיְהִי כִּי Gn 6:1 (cf. BuUrg. 6), 26:8; 27:1 2 S 6:13; 7:1; 19:26 + (כַּאֲשֶׁר, and especially כְּ c. inf., are more freq.); וְהָיָה כִּי (simple וְ) 1 S 1:12; 17:48; Jos 22:7 Ju 2:18; 12:5 והיה כי יאמרו and it would be, whenever (freq.) they said, Je 44:19 (ptcp.), Ho 11:1 ψ 32:3 כי החרשׁתר when I was silent, Jb 31:21, 26, 29; of present (usually with impf.) as Ex 18:16 כִּי יִהְיֶה לָהֶם דָּבָר when they have a matter, 1 S 24:20 Is 1:12; 30:21 Je 14:12 Zc 7:5, 6 Mal 1:8 ψ 49:19 and men praise thee כִּי תֵיטִיב לָ֑ךְ when thou doest well to thyself, 102:1; 127:5 +, with pf. Ez 3:19–21; 33:9 Pr 11:15; 23:22; especially of future, as Gn 4:12 כִּי תַעֲבֹד אֶת־הָאֲדָמָה when thou shalt till the ground it shall not, etc., 24:41; 30:33; 31:49; 32:18 Ex 7:9 when Pharaoh shall speak unto you, Dt 4:25; 6:20 +; in phrase (תֹּאמַר וג׳) וְכִי תֹּאמְרוּ Lv 25:20 Dt 18:21 Is 8:19; 36:7 Je 13:22; and especially in וְהָיָה כִּי … Gn 12:12; 46:33 Dt 6:10; 15:16 1 S 10:7; 25:30 Is 8:21; 10:12 + often; with pf. Is 16:12 1 Ch 17:11 (altered from impf. 2 S 7:12); with ptcp. (unusual) Nu 33:51; 34:2 Dt 11:31; 18:9. b. elsewhere כִּי has a force approximating to if, though it usually represents a case as more likely to occur than אִם:—(mostly with impf.) Gn 38:16 Nu 5:10; 10:32 Dt 6:25; 7:17; 28:2, 13 1 S 20:13 2 S 19:8 2 K 4:29; 18:22 Je 38:15 Pr 4:8 Jb 7:13 (כי אמרתי when I say), 19:28; often in laws, as Ex 21:14, 33, 35, 37; 22:4, 5 etc., Dt 13:13; 14:24; 15:7, 12; 17:2; 18:6, 21 etc.; sometimes, in particular, to state a principle broadly, after which special cases are introduced by אִם, as Ex 21:2 when (כִּי) thou buyest a Hebrew servant, he shall serve thee six years, after which v 3–5 follow four special cases with אִם if: so 21:7 (כי), v 8–11 (אם); v 18 (כי), v 19 (אם); v 20 (כי), v 21 (אם); v 22 f. 28–32; Lv 1:2 (כי), v 3, 10 (אם) 4:2, 3, 13, 27, 32; 13:2 ff. Nu 30:3 ff. +; though this distinction is not uniformly observed, contrast e.g. Ex 21:5 with Dt 15:16; Nu 5:19 and v 20.—N.B. with כִּי = when or if, the subject is often prefixed for distinctness and emph.: 1 K 8:37 רָעָב כִּי־יִהְיֶה בָאָרֶץ דֶּבֶר כִּי יִהְיֶה וג׳, Is 28:18 Mi 5:4 אַשּׁוּר כִּי־יָבֹא בְאַרְצֵנוּ, ψ 62:11 Ez 3:19 (וְאַתָּה), 14:9, 13; 18:5, 18, 21; 33:6 (cf. v 2); and especially in laws of P, as אָדָם כִּי … Lv 1:2; 13:2, נֶפֶשׁ כִּי … 2:1; 4:2; 5:1, 4, 15, similiarly 15:2, 16, 19, 25; 22:12, 13, 14 etc., rather differently Nu 5:20. c. when or if, with a concessive force, i.e. though:—(a) with impf. Je 4:30(×3); 14:12; 49:16 כִּי־תַגְבִּיהַּ כַּנֶּשֶׁר קִנֶּ֑ךָ though thou make high like the vulture thy nest, I will bring thee down thence, 51:53 Ho 13:15 Zc 8:6 ψ 37:24; 49:19 f. though in his lifetime he bless himself … he shall come, etc., perhaps also Je 46:23 Ew (but Hi Gf Ke for), 50:11 Ew Ke (Hi yea); and strengthened by גַּם, גַּם כִּי Is 1:15 ψ 23:4 (cf. Dr§ 143); (b) with perf. (rare) Mi 7:8 כִּי נָפַלְתִּי קָ֑מְתִּי though I have fallen, I rise, Na 1:10 (si vera l.), ψ 21:12 (Hi Ew Now), 119:83 (Ew De). 3. Because, since (ὅτι)— a. Gn 3:14 because thou hast done this, cursed art thou, etc., v 17 18:20 the cry of S. and G.—because it is great … (subj. prefixed for emph.: cf. 2 N.B.) Is 28:15; in answer to a qu., Gn 27:20 Ex 1:19; 18:15 2 S 19:43 +. Enunciating the conditions under which a fut. action is conceived as possible (Germ. indem) Lv 22:9 Dt 4:29 כי תדרשׁנו, 12:20 (v.Dr), v 25, 28; 13:19; 14:24; 16:15; 19:6, 9 +, 1 K 8:35 (cf. v 33 אֲשֶׁר), v 36 כִּי תוֹרֵם, Pr 4:8b. b. more commonly the causal sentence follows, as Gn 2:3 and God blessed the seventh day כִּי בוֹ שָׁבַת וג׳ because on it he rested, etc., 4:25 etc., in which case it may often be rendered for, Gn 2:5, 23; 3:20; 5:24; 6:7; 12, 13 ψ 6:3 heal me כִּי נִבְהֲלוּ עֲצָמָ֑י for my bones are vexed, 10:14; 25:16; 27:10 + very often Spec. after vbs. expressive of mental emotions, as rejoicing Is 14:29 ψ 58:11, being angry Gn 31:35; 45:5, fearing 43:18 ψ 49:17 etc. Iron. 1 K 18:27 for he is a god etc. (4 times); Pr 30:4 Jb 38:5 כִּי תֵדָ֑ע for or since thou knowest. With subj. prefixed ψ 128:2. Repeated (with anacol.) Is 49:19. c. the causal relation expressed by כִּי is sometimes subtle, especially in poetry, and not apparent without careful study of a passage. Thus sometimes it justifies a statement or description by pointing to a pregnant fact which involves it, as Is 3:8a Jb 6:21 (ground of the comparison v 15–20), 14:16 (For …: ground of the wishes expressed v 13–15), 16:22 (ground of v 20 f.) 30:26 (For …), or by pointing to a general truth which it exemplifies Jb 5:6 (reason why complaining v 2–5 is foolish), 15:34; 23:14; sometimes it is explicative, justifying a statement by unfolding the particulars wh. establish or exemplify it 2 S 23:5a Is 1:30; 5:7; 7:8; 9:4; 10:8–11; 13:10 (development of v 9a), 32:6 f. (developing the characters of the נָבָל and כִּילַי, and so explaining why they will no longer be esteemed v 5); Jb 11:16 ff. (explic. of v 15b), 18:8 ff. (justifying v 7), 22:26 ff. (justifying v 25); elsewhere the cause is expressed indirectly or figuratively Is 2:6 (reason why invitation v 5 is needed), 5:10 (sterility of the soil the cause of the desolation v 9), 18:5; 28:8 (proof of the intoxication v 7), 31:7 (reason for the exhortation v 6: the certainty that the folly of idolatry will soon be recognized), Jb 7:21 (for soon it will be too late to pardon), 27:8–10 (Job wishes his enemy the lot of the wicked, because this is so hopeless); or כִּי relates not to the v. which immed. precedes or follows, but to several, as Is 7:16 f. (v 17 specially the ground of the people being reduced to simple fare v 15), 21:6 ff. (ground of the statements v1–5), Jb 4:5 (ground of v 2), 14:7–12 (v 10–12 specially the ground for the appeal in v 6), 23:10–13 (ground why God cannot be found v 8 f.), ψ 73:21 (ground not of v 20, but of general train of thought v 2–14); so also Gn 4:24 Dt 18:14 Is 12:1 Je 30:11 the reason lies not in the words immed. after כִּי, but in the second part of the sentence; or, on the other hand, it may state the reason for a partic. word, Is 28:20 (justifying ‘nought but terror’ v 19), Jb 23:17 (God’s hostility v 16 the cause of his misery, not the calamity as such). Sometimes also כִּי, in a poet. or rhet. style, gives the reason for a thought not expressed but implied, especially the answer to a qu.; Is 28:11 (the mockeries of v 10 have a meaning) ‘for with men of strange lips, etc. he will speak unto this people,’ who will retort the mockeries, charged with a new and terrible meaning, upon those who uttered them (v 13); = (no,) for Is 28:28 (see RVm), Jb 22:2b no, he that is wise is profitable to himself, 31:18; 39:14 (see v 13b), ψ 44:24 (he cannot do this, v 23) for for thy sake are we killed, etc., 130:4 no, with thee is forgiveness; = (yes,) for Is 49:25 (see the qu. v 24), 66:8. d. כִּי … כִּי ἀσυνδέτως sometimes introduce the proximate and ultimate cause respectively, Gn 3:19; 26:7; 43:32; 47:20 Ex 23:33 for [else] thou wilt serve their gods, for it will be a snare to thee, Is 2:6(×2); 3:8(×2); 6:5a, b; 10:22f. Jb 6:3f.; 8:8, 9(×2); 24:17(×2); 29:11f.; sometimes they introduce two co-ordinate causes (where we should insert and), Ex 23:21, 22 Is 6:5b, c I am undone, because I am of unclean lips …, because mine eyes have seen י׳ of hosts, 15:5(×2), 6(×2), 8, 9 Zp 3:8f. Jb 15:25, 27; 20:19f.; 31:11f. But כִּי … וְכִי also occurs, Gn 33:11 Nu 5:20 (if), Jo 1:15 Ju 6:30 1 S 19:4; 22:17 1 K 2:26 Is 65:16 +. e. after a neg. כִּי for becomes = but (Germ. sondern): Gn 17:15 thou shalt not call her name Sarai, כִּי שָׂרָה שְׁמָהּ for (= but) Sarah shall be her name, 24:3f.; 45:8 Ex 1:19; 16:8 not against us are your murmurings, כי על־י׳ for (they are) agst. י׳ = but agst. י׳, Dt 21:17 1 S 6:3 (אַל), 27:1 (v. Dr), 1 K 21:15 Is 10:7; 28:27; 29:23; 30:5 ψ 44:8; 118:17 + often; so in לא כי nay, for = nay, but, as Gn 18:15 לֹא כִּי צָחָֽקְתְּ nay, but thou didst laugh, 19:2; 42:12 Jos 5:14 1 S 2:16 MSS 𝔊 (v. Dr), 12:12 2 S 16:18; 24:24 1 K 2:30; 3:22; 11:22 Is 30:16 nay, but we will flee upon horses. Note. —כִּי is sometimes of difficult and uncertain interpretation, and in some of the passages quoted a different expl. is tenable. Authorities especially read the Heb. differently, when the choice is between for and yea. E.g. Is 8:23 Ges Ew§ 330 b doch (no, but); Hi Di for (taking v 22 as RVm); Ch surely: 15:1 Ges Ew Hi Di surely; De for: 39:8 Ges Hi De surely; Di for (expl. of טוֹב): Ez 11:16 Hi Ke Co surely; Ew Sm because.—In Ex 20:25 the tense of וַתְּחַלֲלֶהָ makes it prob. that כִּי is for (Dr§ 153). Jb 22:29 is taken with least violence to usage (גַּאֲוָה) as Hi: When they humble thee, and thou sayest (= complainest) Pride! he will save, etc.	heb	Conj-w \| Conj	7	4329
H1961	הָיָה3570 vb. fall out, come to pass, become, be (SI 1.6 היה, ib.3 הית; parallel form of הוה, Arabic هَوَى, Aramaic הֲוָא, ܗܘܳܐ; v. הָוָה supr.)— Qal Pf. 3 ms. הָיָה Gn 3:1 +; וְהָיָה consec. Gn 4:14 +; 3 fs. הָֽיְתָה Gn 1:2 +; הָיָתָ֑ה Is 14:24 + 3 times; וְהָֽיְתָה consec. Gn 9:13 +; והית 2 K 9:37 Kt (Qr וְהָיְתָה); 2 ms. הָיִיתָ Dt 5:15 +; 1 s. הָיִיתִי Gn 31:40; 3 pl. הָיוּ Gn 6:4 +; 2 mpl. הֱיִיתֶם Ex 22:20 +; וִהְיִיתֶם consec. Gn 3:5 +; 1 pl. הָיִינוּ Is 1:9 +; etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יִהְיֶה Gn 1:29 +; juss. יְהִי Gn 1:3 +; יֶהִ֑י Ez 16:15; וִיהִי Gn 1:6 +; וַיְהִי Gn 1:3 +; וַיֶּהִ֑י ψ 33:9 Ez 16:19; 3 fs. תִּהְיֶה Gn 21:30 +; 1 s. אֶהְיֶה Ex 3:12 +; וָאֶהְיֶה 2 S 7:6 + 9 times; וָאֱהִי Ju 18:4 + 12 times; 3 mpl. יִהְיוּ Gn 6:19 +; 3 fpl. תִּהְיֶינָה Is 16:2 + 19 times; תִּהְיֶיןָ Gn 41:36 + 11 times; וְתִהְיֶנָה Je 18:21; 48:6; וַתִּהְיֶינָה 2 S 20:3 + 6 times; וַתִּהְיֶיןָ Gn 26:35; 1 S 25:43; וַתִּהְיֶנָה 1 Ch 7:15; 2 mpl. תִּהְיוּ Gn 34:15 +; תִּהְיוּן Ex 22:20; 1 pl. נִהְיֶה Gn 38:23 +; וַנִּהְיֶה 2 S 11:23; Je 44:17; וַנְּהִי Nu 13:33; Is 64:5, etc.; Imv. ms. הֱיֵה Ex 18:19 +; fs. הֲיִי Gn 24:60; mpl. הֱיוּ Ex 19:15; Nu 16:16, וִהְיוּ 1 S 4:9 + 6 times; Inf. abs. הָיוֹ Gn 18:18 + 3 times; הָיֹה 1 K 13:32 Ez 1:3; cstr. הֱיוֹת Gn 2:18 +, so read prob. also for הֱיֵה Ez 21:15 cf. Sm Köi p. 600 f. (Co em. היה־לה to הָהֵל shine, glitter); with pref. בִּהְיוֹת Ex 5:13 +, בִּהְיֹת Ex 19:16 +; לִהְיוֹת Gn 10:8 +, לִהְיֹת Ex 23:1 +; sf. הֱיוֹתִי Jon 4:2; הֱיוֹתְךָ Ju 18:19(×2); לִהְיֹתְךָ Dt 26:19, etc.; Pt. f. הוֹיָה Ex 9:3. I. 1. a. Fall out, happen מֶה־הָיָה הַדָּבָר 1 S 4:16 how has the matter fallen out, (gone, turned out)? so 2 S 1:4; מֶה־הָיָה לוֹ Ex 32:1, 23 (both JE) what has happened to him? cf. 1 S 10:12; מִקְרֶה הוּא הָיָה לָנוּ 1 S 6:9 a chance it is that has befallen us; also וַיְהִי־לוֹ כֵּן 2 K 7:20 and so it happened to him, cf. וַיְהִי־כֵן infr. b. occur, take place, come about, come to pass:—מַגֵּפָה גְדוֹלָה הָֽיְתָה בָּעָם 1 S 4:17 a great slaughter has taken place among the people, cf. 2 S 17:9; הַמִּלְחָמָה בְּיַעַר אֶפְרַיִם וַתְּהִי 2 S 18:6 and the battle took place in the wood of Ephraim (on אפרים cf. Klo Dr); Jos 22:17 (P; of plague); תְּהִי נָא אָלָה Gn 26:28 (J) let an oath take place (be taken) so Ju 21:5; cf. 2 K 17:7 (si vera l.), Ez 16:34; especially late, 2 Ch 29:36; 32:31; Ec 1:9, 10; 3:22; 8:7; 10:14 etc.; often of fulfilment of prediction, command, expectation, etc.:—כֵּן הָיָה Gn 41:3 (E) so it came to pass, 2 S 13:25, וַיְהִי־כֵן Ju 6:38 2 K 15:12 Is 29:5, & especially וַיְהִי־כֵן Gn 1:7, 9, 11, 15, 24, 30 (all P) +; יְהִי כִדְבָרֶ֑ךָ Gn 30:34 let it be as thou sayest, Zc 6:15, v. also לֹא תָקוּם וְלֹא יִהְיֶה Is 7:7 it shall not arise (be realized) & shall not come about, 14:24; (so often בּוֹא q.v. 2 c, p. 98 supr.) 2. especially & very often, come about, come to pass sq. substantive (subj.) cl. almost always + modifying (usually temporal) cl. or phr.: a. (1) וַיְהִי and it came to pass that, most often (c. 292 times) foll. by (a) Impf. consec.: α. with Inf. c. כְּ temp. Gn 12:14; 19:17 (both J) + 75 times + Est 3:4 Qr (Hex chiefly J,—so always Gn,—& JE; P only Ex 16:10, D only Dt 5:20; 31:24 Jos 5:1; 9:1; 27 times in K),—somewhat diff. is 2 K 7:18; β. with Inf. c. בְּ Gn 4:8; 11:2 (both J) + 29 times + Est 3:4 Kt (in Hex 10 times JE; 3 times P, Gn 19:29; Ex 34:29; Nu 17:7; not in D); γ. with בְּ sq. nom. temp. (יוֹם, בֹּקֶר, etc.) Gn 21:22 (E) 26:32 (J) + 45 times (Hex 14 times JE; 3 times P, Ex 6:28; 16:13 Nu 7:1; not D); δ. לְ temp. 1 S 1:20; 2 S 13:23; 1 K 20:26; 1 Ch 20:1; ε. כְּ temp. Gn 39:11 1 S 25:38; ζ. מִן temp. viz.: מֵאָז Gn 39:5, מִיּוֹם 1 S 7:2 cf. 30:25, מִיָּמִים Ju 11:4; 15:1, מִקֵּץ Gn 4:3; 8:6 + 6 times, מִקְצֵה Jos 3:2 2 K 8:3 Ez 3:16, especially מִמָּחֳרָת Gn 19:34 Ex 18:13 + 11 times; η. כַּאֲשֶׁר temp. Gn 12:11 (J) 20:13 (E) + 31 times (Hex 13 times JE, Dt 2:16, not P), characteristic of Neh.’s memoirs, †Ne 3:33; 4:1, 6, 9; 6:1, 16; 7:1; 13:19; θ. with כִּי temp. Gn 6:1 (J) Ex 3:21 (E) + 14 times + Ju 16:25 Kt; ι. אַחֲרֵי temp. Gn 22:20 (J) + 13 times, אַחַר Gn 39:7 Jb 42:7, אַחֲרֵי־כֵן Ju 16:4 + 6 times; κ. sq. עַד temp. 1 S 14:19 (on which cf. Dr); comp. עַד־כֹּה וְעַד־כֹּה 1 K 18:45; λ. with combinations; as בְּ c. nom. temp. + בְּ Inf. Gn 34:25 Ex 19:16 1 S 25:37; בְּ Inf. + כְּ Inf. Jos 3:14; double prep. כְּמִשְּׁלשׁ חֳדָשִׁים Gn 38:24; מִקְצֵה + אַחֲרֵי אֲשֶׁר Jos 9:16; מִיָּמִים + id. 23:1; μ. other unusual constructions under this head are: those where temporal idea is expr. by a circumst. cl. Is 22:7 1 K 13:20 2 K 8:21 (Dr§ 165, & Obs.) = 2 Ch 21:9; those with indef. כֹּל 1 S 10:11; 2 S 2:23; 15:2, or with pt. = rel. cl. 1 S 11:1 (on all v. Dr§ 78 n. & Sm); quite unique is 1 K 16:31, with הֲנָקֵל לֶכְתּוֹ וגו׳ in place of temp. cl. (b) וַיְהִי sometimes sq. simple Pf., with a negative Gn 39:10 (c. כְּ Inf.), Ex 13:17 (c. בְּ Inf.) 2 K 12:7; 17:25 (both c. בְּ temp.); & without neg., Gn 8:13 (P) 14:1 +, usually c. בְּ temp. (38 times), Hex chiefly P; rarely c. other prep. & adv. as above; note especially מִדֵּי sq. Inf. 1 S 18:20 2 Ch 12:11; sometimes the subj. of foll. Pf. precedes it c. וְ, as Gn 22:1; 41:1; 1 S 18:19; 30:1; 2 K 2:9; 4:40 +; note especially 2 S 17:27 where several subj. & also several objects precede the Pf. (cf. Dr); in these cases the temporal modifier is occasionally a circumst. cl. 2 S 13:30; 1 K 8:10; 2 K 19:37 = Is 37:38; rarely subj. precedes Pf. without וְ 1 K 11:4; 21:1, comp. subj. preceding Pt. without וְ Ne 4:10; in 2 Ch 8:1 the obj. (with וְ) precedes what is appar. the principal vb. (c) וַיְהִי sq. וְהִנֵּה Gn 24:15 (J; טֶרֶם in temp. cl.), 29:25 (E), 38:27 (J, both בְּ temp.) v 29 (כְּ Pt.), 1 S 13:10 (כְּ Inf.); also 2 S 1:2; 13:36; 15:32 (circumst. cl.) 2 K 2:11 (id.), 3:20, 13:21 (circumst. cl.). (d) rarely וַיְהִי (in this sense) sq. other constructions: אָז יִתֵּן 1 K 9:10 (c. מִקְצֵה); Impf. frequentat. 14:28 (c. מִדֵּי־בֹּא, 2 K 4:8 (c. מִדֵּי עָבְרוֹ) Je 36:23 (c. כְּ Inf.); Pf. consec. frequentat. 2 Ch 24:11 (c. בְּ temp.). (2) really also Pf. c. וְ conj. וְהָיָה (cf. Dr§ 133) sq. Impf. consec. as subj. cl.: 1 S 1:12 (c. several circumst. cl.), 10:9 (c. כְּ Inf.) 2 K 3:15 (id.), 1 S 17:48 (c. כִּי), Je 37:11 (c. בְּ Inf.), Am 7:2 (c. אִם temp.); also Je 3:9 (appar. c. מִן causat., but obscure); 1 S 13:22 (c. בְּ temp.) is foll. by וְלֹא & Pf. as well as Impf. consec. b. less often וְהָיָה Pf. consec. and it shall come to pass, or frequentat., came to pass (repeatedly, etc.) usually (a) sq. simple Impf. (c. 100 times): α. c. בְּ temp. Dt 21:16; 25:19 + 37 times, (especially בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא Ho 2:18, 23 Is 7:18, 21, 23 + 21 times); β. c. בְּ loc. Ez 47:23 Zc 13:8 cf. also Ho 2:1 (בִּמְקוֹם אֲשֶׁר, but perhaps = instead of, cf. VB); γ. c. indef. rel. cl., or its equiv. (כֹּל indef., etc.), cf. Dr§ 121, Obs. 1: Gn 4:14; Nu 17:20; Dt 12:11; 18:19; Jos 7:14, 15; Ju 7:4; 1 S 2:36; 17:25; 2 S 15:35; 1 K 19:17; 20:6; Is 4:3; 24:18; Na 3:7; Je 27:8; 42:4; Ez 47:9; Zc 14:17; Jo 3:5; δ. c. כַּאֲשֶׁר Nu 33:56; Dt 28:63; Jos 23:15; Ju 7:17; Is 29:8; Je 31:28; Zc 8:13; ε. less often with other modif. phr.: כְּ Inf. Ex 33:8, 9 (both frequentat.), Jos 3:13; 8:8; Je 25:12; 51:63; בְּ Inf. Gn 9:14 (P) 2 K 4:10; Ez 44:17; אִם condit. Dt 20:11 (+ v 11 Dr§ 118 n.), also Jos 22:18, where the arrangement is peculiar, & the condit. is expressed without אִם (cf. Dr§ 155); לְ temp. Dt 23:12; מִקֵּץ Is 23:17; טֶרֶם Is 65:24; מִדֵּי חֹדֶשׁ בְּחָדְשׁוֹ Is 66:23, etc. (b) וְהָיָה sq. Pf. consec. (c. 85 times): α. most often + cl. c. כִּי temp. Gn 12:12; 46:33 (both J) Ex 1:10 (E) Dt 11:29; Is 8:21 + 25 times; β. c. אִם Ex 4:8, 9 Nu 15:24; Dt 11:13 + 14 times; also Gn 38:9; Nu 21:9 (both frequentat.); γ. c. בְּ temp. Gn 30:41 (frequentat.) 47:24 (but cf. Ol Di) Ex 16:5 + 11 times; δ. c. indef. rel. cl. or equivalent (Dr§ 121 Obs. 1): Gn 24:14; Nu 10:32 (Dr§ 118 n.) 21:18; Dt 21:3 Ju 11:31; 19:30; Zc 14:16; ε. occas. with other modif. phr.: כַּאֲשֶׁר Gn 27:40 +; כְּ Inf. Gn 44:31 +; בְּ Inf. Ex 33:22 +; מִקֵּץ 2 S 14:26; עֵקֶב causat. Dt 7:12; also (c) sq. וְלֹא + simple Impf. Ex 3:21 (c. כִּי temp.). (d) וְהָיָה sq. Imv. (very rare) Dt 6:10 (c. כִּי temp.), 1 S 10:7 (c. כִּי), cf. 29:10, cf. Pf. consec. in command 1 S 3:9 (c. אִם). (e) וְהָיָה sq. simple Pf. (also very rare) Dt 8:19 (c. אִם). (f) וְהָיָה sq. cl. without vb.: Gn 24:43 Jos 2:19 1 K 18:24 (all c. indef. rel. modifier, or equiv., v. (a) γ, (b) δ, supr.). (g) וְהָיָה (ו conj.) sq. Impf. consec. v. a. (e) supr. II. Come into being, become:— 1. a. abs., in lively narrative, arise, appear, come וַתְּהִי צְעָקָה גְדֹלָה Ex 12:30 (J) and there arose a great cry in Egypt; וַיְהִי־קוֹל Ez 1:25 (del. Co cf. Da), 37:7 (del. קוֹל 𝔊 Co); כִּי הָֽיְתָה הָֽרְוָחָה Ex 8:11 (J) Pharaoh saw that respite had come; Mi 7:4 now shall come their confusion (‖ בוא); also of concrete objects וְהָֽיְתָה הַקֶּשֶׁת בֶּעָנָן Gn 9:16 (P) and the bow shall appear in the clouds (‖ וְנִרְאֲתָה); וְרִמָּה לֹא הָֽיְתָה בּוֹ Ex 16:24 (P) and worms did not appear in it; of condition or action begun & continuing, as: famine Gn 12:10; 26:1, 1 (all J), 41:54 (E), Ru 1:1; 2 S 21:1; 2 K 6:25; strife Gn 13:7, 8 (J), Hb 1:3 (‖ מָדוֹן יִשָּׂא); often of action of the elements, as the coming of hail Ex 9:18, 24, 26 (all J), thunder & lightning, etc., Ex 19:16 (E), rain 1 K 18:45, storm Jon 1:4; especially of creative fiats יְהִי אוֹר וַיְהִי אוֹר Gn 1:3 let light appear, and light appeared, cf. v 5, 8, 13, 19, 23, 31 (all P); also arise, come on the stage or scene, וְאַחֲרָיו הָיָה שַׁמְגַּר Ju 3:31 and after him arose Shamgar (= וַיָּקָם 10:1); further וַעֲלָטָה הָיָה Gn 15:17 (JE) and darkness came on; הַבֹּקֶר הָיָה Ex 10:13 (J) the morning came, 19:16 (E); וַיְהִי הַיּוֹם †1 S 1:4 and the day came, when (v. Dr), 14:1 2 K 4:8, 11, 18 Jb 1:6, 13; 2:1. b. sq. prep.: בְּ, וְיָדֵנוּ אַל־תְּהִי־בוֹ (Gn 37:27 (J) but out hand, let it not come upon him, of hand of י׳ 1 S 5:9; 7:13; 12:15 + (all in hostile sense); וַיְהִי בִּרְכַּת י׳ בְּכָל־אֲשֶׁר יֶשׁ־לוֹ Gn 39:5 (J) and the blessing of י׳ came into (on) all that he had; but also of plague Ex 12:13 (P); sq. עַל, וּמֵי הַמַּבּוּל הָיוּ עַל־הָאָרֶץ Gn 7:10 (J) that the waters of the flood came upon the earth; עָלַי הָיוּ כֻלָּ֑נָה Gn 42:36 (E) Gn 9:2 (P) fear shall come upon, cf. 35:5 (P) 2 Ch 14:13; 17:10; 20:29 +; of wrath Jos 22:20 1 K 3:27; so of Saul’s evil spirit from God 1 S 16:16, 23; 19:9 (אֶל); but sq. עַל also in good sense וַתְּהִי עָלָיו רוּחַ י׳ conferring strength & efficiency Ju 3:10; 11:29 (היה = צלח Ju 14:6 + often), cf. Nu 24:2 (JE) of prophetic power; (on וַתְּהִי עָלָיו יַד י׳ 2 K 3:15 Ez 3:22 and the like, vid. יָד); יַד אֱלֹהֵינוּ הָֽיְתָה עָלֵינוּ Ezr 8:31, so ψ 80:18; even וַתְּהִי עַל־רֹאשׁ דָּוִד 2 S 12:30 and it (the crown, עֲטֶרֶת) came (i.e. was put, set) on David’s head; with a diff. meaning וַנִּהְיֶה עֲלֵיהֶם עַד־פֶּתַח הַשָּׁ֑עַר 2 S 11:23 and we were close upon them even to the gateway (cf. We Dr); come, go, follow (sq. אַחֲרֵי) i.e. take the side of, adhere to, Ex 23:2 (JE) 1 S 12:14 2 S 2:10 1 K 12:20; 16:21; sq. לְ, of blessings Gn 49:26 (poem); of judgment, punishment Je 40:3; especially ויהי דבר … אֶל and the word of … came unto: word of Samuel 1 S 4:1; usually word of God (or י׳) Gn 15:1 1 S 15:10 +; constantly in prophets: Ho 1:1 Mi 1:1 etc.; especially Je & Ez: Je 1:4, 11, 13; 2:1; 13:8 +; Ez 3:16; 6:1; 7:1; 11:14, 17, 21, 26, 12:1, 8;+; so also abs. הָיָה הַמַּשָּׂא הַזֶּה Is 14:28 in the death-year of king Ahaz came this utterance; also sq. מִן; מַלְכֵי עַמִּים מִמֶּנָּה יִהְיוּ Gn 17:16 (P), וּקְהַל גּוֹיִם יִהְיֶה מִמֶּ֑ךָּ 35:11 (P), וְהָיָה אַדִּירוֹ מִמֶּנּוּ Je 30:21 (‖ מִקִּרְבּוֹ יֵצֵא); הַכֹּל הָיָה מִן־הֶעָפָר וְהַכֹּל שָׁב אֶל הֶעָפָר Ec 3:20 all came from the dust, & all return unto the dust; וַיְהִי קֶצֶף גָּדוֹל מֵאֵת י׳ צְבָאוֹת Zc 7:12. 2. become: a. sq. pred. noun (to be viewed as implicit accus. Dr§ 161, 3 n. according to the Arabic usage WAG ii, § 41.44.74): הִוא הָֽיְתָה אֵם כָּל־חָ֑י Gn 3:20 (J) it was she that became the mother of all living; וַיְהִי הֶבֶל רֹעֵה צֹאן וְקַיִן הָיָה עֹבֵד אֲדָמָה 4:2 (J) and Abel became a shepherd of flocks, while Cain became a tiller of ground; 2 S 8:14 Mi 2:11 + often b. sq. pred. adj. Gn 38:7; Ex 36:13 +; cf. Gn 37:20 let us see what his dream will become (turn out to be, signify); c. become like (כְּ), וִהְיִיתֶם כֵּאלֹהִים Gn 3:5 and ye shall become like gods cf. v 22, Nu 11:1 (JE), Ho 2:1; 7:11; Is 9:18; 1 K 7:8; Zc 9:7 +; cf. Gn 15:5 so (כֹּה) shall thy seed become; specif. of likeness in punishment Is 1:9 1 S 17:36 +; also with כְּ repeated וְהָיָה כָעָם כַּכֹּהֵן Ho 4:9 and the people shall become like the priest (lit., and the like of the people shall become the like of the priest), so especially Is 24:2 (6 pairs of words as above); וְהָיָה כַצַּדִּיק כָּרָשָׁע Gn 18:25 (J), v. כְּ" dir="rtl" >כְּ. b + c Gn 27:23 his hands had become like the hands of Esau his brother, hairy. d. sq. pred. + לְ pers. וּתְהִי אִשָּׁה לְבֶן־אֲדֹנֶיךָ Gn 24:51 (J) and let her become wife to the son of thy lord, 1 S 16:21; 1 K 11:25 ψ 89:42; 1 Ch 18:6 +; = be instituted, established, וְהָיָה לָהֶם חָק־עוֹלָם Ex 30:21 (P) and it shall be established for them as a perpetual ordinance (cf. f infr.). e. sq. לְ pred.: וַיְהִי הָאָדָם לְנֶפֶשׁ חַיָּה Gn 2:7 (J) and the man became a living soul; וְהָיָה לְאַרְבָּעָה רָאשִׁים Gn 2:10 (J) and it became four heads; גַּם־הוּא יִהְיֶה־לְעָם Gn 48:19 (J) he too shall become a people; וִהְיוּ לַאֲנָשִׁים 1 S 4:9 and become (shew yourselves to be) men (‖ הִתְחַזְּקוּ; cf. with double לְ, f infr.); Zp 1:13; Ez 17:6; 47:12; Jb 16:8; וְהָיָה י׳ לְמֶלֶךְ עַל־כָּל־הָאָרֶץ Zc 14:9; וַיְהִי לְמַס עֹבֵד †Gn 49:15; Jos 16:10; so often; also in sense of turn into, be changed so as to become, וַיְהִי לְנָחָשׁ Ex 4:3 and it became a serpent, v 4; 7:10; Is 1:22; Dt 26:5 +; fig. וַיְהִי לְמָ֑יִם Jos 7:5 and it (their heart) turned to water, so וְהוּא הָיָה לְאֶבֶן 1 S 25:37; or, serve as וְהָיוּ לִמְאוֹרֹת Gn 1:15 (P) and they shall become (fulfil the function of, serve as) luminaries, cf. v 14; וְהָיָה לְאוֹת בְּרִית Gn 9:13; 17:11 (both P). f. often c. לְ pred. + לְ pers.: וַתְּהִי לָהֶם הַלְּבֵנָה לְאָ֑בֶן Gn 11:3 (J) and the bricks became (served as) stone for them; וַתְּהִי לִי לְאִשָּׁה Gn 20:12 (E) cf. 24:67 (J) +, וַתִּהְיֶינָה מַחְלָה וְחָגְלָה … לַבְנֵי דֹדֵיהֶן לְנָשִׁים Nu 36:11; וְהָיָה לְךָ וְלָהֶם לְאָכְלָה 6:21 (P), Ex 2:10; 15:2 Ju 8:27; וְהָיָה י׳ לִי לֵאלֹהִים Gn 28:21 (E); אֲנִי אֶהְיֶה לוֹ לְאָב וְהוּא יִהְיֶה־לִי לְבֵן 1 Ch 17:3 +; = shew or prove oneself as הֱיֵה־לִי לְבֶן־חַיִל 1 S 18:17 shew thyself for me a valiant man (cf. 1 S 4:9 e supr.); = be instituted, established (cf. e supr.) וְהָיָה לְאַהֲרֹן וּלְבָנָיו לְחָק־עוֹלָם Ex 29:28 and it shall be instituted for Aaron and his sons as a perpetual ordinance; cf. v 9 Lv 10:15; וְהָֽיְתָה לִהְיֹת לָהֶם מָשְׁחָתָם לִכְהֻנַּת עוֹלָם לְדֹרֹתָם Ex 40:15 (all P). g. with עַל and לְ 1 S 22:2 וַיְהִי עֲלֵיהֶם לְשָׂר and he became over them prince. h. sometimes c. לְ pers. only = become the property of, come into the possession of וַיְהִי־לוֹ צֹאן־וּבָקָר וְגו׳ Gn 12:16 (J), and he came to have flocks and herds etc., 26:14; 30:43; לֹא לוֹ יִהְיֶה הַזָּ֑רַע Gn 38:9 not his should the seed become; וְהָיָה לי׳ Ju 11:31 it shall become Yahweh’s; Dt 10:9; Jos 13:29; 1 K 10:26; 11:3 + often; so of a woman, as wife תְּהִי־נָא לְךָ Ju 15:2 pray let her become thine, cf. also וַתְּהִי אֵשֶׁת שִׁמְשׁוֹן לְמֵרֵעֵהוּ 14:20, Ho 3:3 Ru 1:13 Lv 21:3; Dt 24:2; Je 3:1; Ez 16:8 (and also + לְאִשָּׁה, לְנָשִׁים v. f supr.) III. Be (often with subordinate idea of becoming);— 1. exist, be in existence (i.e. orig. have come into existence), כָּל־הַיָּמִים אֲשֶׁר הָיָה 1 S 1:28 all the days which he shall have been (lived, = חַי Gn 5:5 etc., cf. DrSm), Jb 3:16, Is 23:13; often c. בְּ loc. וְכֹל שִׂיחַ הַשָּׂדֶה טֶרֶם יִהְיֶה בָאָרֶץ Gn 2:5 (J) and there was not yet in the earth any shrub of the field; וּבְאֵלֶּה לֹא הָיָה אִישׁ וגו׳ Nu 26:64 (P) and among them there was not a man to be found, etc.; also וְלֹא הָיָה כַּיּוֹם הַהוּא לְפָנָיו וְאַחֲרָיו Jos 10:14 (JE) & there hath not been a day like that before it nor since, cf. 2 S 14:25; 1 K 18:5; 21:25; 2 K 23:25; Ne 13:26 +; somewhat weaker, in the freq. introductory clause וַיְהִי אִישׁ now there was a man Ju 13:2; 1 S 1:1; 9:1; Nu 9:6 (P), Jb 1:1 +; on אֶהְיֶה אֲשֶׁר אֶהְיֶה Ex 3:14 v. יהוה" dir="rtl" >יהוֹה. 2. abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) וַיְהִי מֹשֶׁה בָּהָר Ex 24:18 and Moses remained in the mount forty days, etc., so 34:28 (both JE), Ju 17:4, 12 1 S 6:1 1 K 11:20 2 K 11:3 = 2 Ch 22:12 +; also Lv 22:27; 25:28 (both H), etc.; sq. עַד temp. remain until Dt 22:2 1 K 11:40; 2 K 15:5; 2 Ch 5:9; 26:21; Dn 1:21 etc.; cf. הוּא יִהְיֶה לְעוֹלָם Ec 3:14; so also of space sq. עַד extend unto, as far as, Jos 19:10: of net beneath altar, Ex 27:5 shall reach as far as (עַד) the middle of the altar. 3. with word of locality, be in or at a place, be situated, stand, lie; בִּהְיוֹתָם בַּשָּׂדֶה Gn 4:8 (J) when they were in the field, הַמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר־הָיָה שָׁם אָהֳלֹה בַּתְּחִלָּה 13:3 (J) the place where his tent had stood at first; וְהָאָרֶץ תִּהְיֶה לִפְנֵיכֶם 34:10 and the land, it lieth before you; cf. Jos 19:1; Ju 7:1, 8; Mi 5:6, 7; sq. עַל be, be found or situated upon Is 30:25 and there shall be upon every high mountain etc., streams, water-courses; Ez 37:27 and my dwelling-place shall be over them; fig. of guilt וְהָיָה עָלָיךָ דָּמִים Dt 19:10 and blood (-guilt) be upon thee. 4. as copula, joining subj. & pred.:— a. sq. pred. adj. וַיִּהְיוּ שְׁנֵיהֶם עֲרוּמִּים Gn 2:25, וְהַנָּחָשׁ הָיָה עָרוּם 3:1, בִּהְיוֹתָם כֹּאֲבִים 34:25, וַיְהִי יוֹסֵף יְפֵה־תֹאַר 39:6; Dt 23:15; Jos 19:9; Ju 11:1; Jb 1:1, 3b 2 Ch 7:21. b. sq. pred. noun Gn 1:2; 9:18; 25:3; 36:14; 40:13; 1 S 17:34, 42 2 S 8:10; 20:26; 1 K 10:6; 2 K 3:4; 5:1(×2) 1 Ch 9:20; 11:20; 18:10; 26:10; 2 Ch 13:7; כִּי לֹא־הָיָה מֶלֶךְ יִשְׂרָאֵל 2 Ch 18:32 (‖ 1 K 22:33 כִּי־לֹא־מֶלֶךְ ישׂראל הוּא) +; often of age: וַיְהִי אַבְרָם בֶּן־תִּשְׁעִים שָׁנָה וְתֵשַׁע שָׁנִים Gn 17:1 (P) 2 K 8:17; 14:2; 15:2, 33; 18:2; 2 Ch 21:20; 27:8 +; sq. pred. Inf. abs. (very anomal.) וְהַמַּיִם הָיוּ הָלוֹךְ וְחָסוֹר Gn 8:5; = amount to, come to, in enum. of days of life, number of people, amounts of money, etc.: Gn 5:4, 5, 8, 11, 14; 9:29; 11:32; 23:1 +; Ex 38:24 Nu 1:46, etc. c. sq. adv. & adverbial phr.: לֹא־טוֹב הֱיוֹת הָאָדָם לְבַדּוֹ Gn 2:18 (J) it is not good that the man be alone; חָדַל לִהְיוֹת לְשָׂרָה אֹרַח כַּנָּשִׁים 18:11 (J). d. sq. prep.: (a) be with, accompany c. עִם, subj. most often י׳ or אלהים with added idea of protection, aid Gn 26:3; 31:3; 39:10; 48:21 Jos 1:3; 6:27; Ju 1:19; 2:18; 1 S 3:19; 18:12; 20:13; 1 K 1:37; 1 Ch 11:13; 2 Ch 17:3; sq. עִמָּדִי Gn 28:20; 31:5; 35:3; sq. עִם, human subj., of accompaniment וְהָיָה הַכֹּהֵן בֶּן־אַהֲרֹן עִם־הַלְוִיִּם Ne 10:39; 1 Ch 11:12, read also in ‖ 2 S 23:9 (Th We Dr); = be on the side of 1 K 1:8; c. עִם also = be near וּמַלְאַךְ י׳ הָיָה עִם־גֹּרֶן האורנה 2 S 24:16 (cf. Dr); also 2 S 13:20 implying sexual intercourse, so Gn 39:10 (perhaps gloss, cf. Di); peculiar uses with עִם are: וּדְבַר־אַבְנֵר הָיָה עִם־זִקְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל 2 S 3:17 and the speech of A. had been with the elders of Isr., cf. 1 K 1:7; וַיְהִי עִם־לְבַב דָּוִד אָבִי לִבְנוֹת 1 K 8:17 and it was with (i.e. in) the heart of David my father to build, = 2 Ch 6:7 cf. 1 K 8:18(×2) 1 Ch 22:7; 2 Ch 6:8(×2); 24:4; also 1 K 10:2 = 2 Ch 9:1; (b) be with, sq. אֶת, subj. י׳, אלהים, Gn 21:20; 39:2, 21 but also c. human subj. וּבָנָיו הָיוּ אֶת־מִקְנֵהוּ Gn 34:5, cf. 1 S 29:3 +; (c) sq. לְ of possessor כֶּרֶם הָיָה לִידִדִי Is 5:1 a vineyard had my beloved, Gn 30:30 cf. Ex 20:3 = Dt 5:7, Ju 18:27; 1 S 9:2; 1 K 5:6 + often (cf. I. 2 d, f, h); (d) sq. לְ + other prep.: of boundary וַיְהִי לָהֶם הַגְּבוּל מֵעֲרוֹעֵר Jos 13:16, cf. וַיְהִי גְבוּלָם מִמַּחֲנַיִם v 30; וַיְהִי לָהֶם הַגְּבוּל לִפְאַת צָפוֹנָה מִיַּרְדֵּן 18:12, etc.; (e) sq. בְּ be among, or of, Am 1:1 who was one of the herdsmen, 1 K 2:7 let them be among those eating, Pr 22:26; 23:20. 5. periphrastic conjug.: a. היה + pt., of continuous state, or condition, sometimes, especially late (cf. NH), of habit, c. וַיְה��י also of beginning and continuance (cf. Dr§ 135, (5)): pt. act. Gn 39:22 (J), Ex 3:1 (E), 1 S 2:11; 7:10; 18:9 (cf. Dr) v 14, 29 2 S 8:15 = 1 Ch 18:14, Dt 28:29; Is 30:20; 1 K 5:1, 15, 24 2 K 6:5; 9:14; 2 Ch 9:26; Ezr 4:4; Ne 1:4, 2:13; Dn 1:16 +; Gn 1:6 (P); הָיָה יָרֵא אֶת־י׳ 1 K 18:3; 2 K 4:1; 2 Ch 26:1; pt. pass. Jos 10:26; 1 K 13:24; 22:35 וְהַמֶּלֶךְ הָיָה מָעֳמָד בַּמֶּרְכָּבָה (‖ 2 Ch 18:34 הָיָה מַעֲמִיד), Is 2:2 = Mi 4:1, וְהָיָה סָגוּר Ez 44:2, ה׳ נַעֲשֶׂה Ne 5:18, וְאָהוּב לֵאלֹהָיו ה׳ 13:26;—on 2 S 13:32 cf. Dr b. sq. Inf. c. לְ (Dr§ 203, 204): וְהָיָה לְבָעֵר Is 5:5 and it shall be to burn (is to be, is destined to be burned) etc.; וַיְהִי הַשֶּׁמֶשׁ לָבוֹא Gn 15:12 and the sun was about to set; וַיְהִי הַשַּׁעַר לִסְגּוֹר Jos 2:5 and the gate was about to be shut; but also וַיְהִי לִדְרשׁ אֱלֹהִים 2 Ch 26:5 (nearly = וַיְהִי + Pt.) †Niph. Pf. נִהְיָה 1 K 1:27 + 6 times + Mi 2:4 (cf. infr. ad fin.); 3 fs. נִהְיְתָה Ju 19:30 + 5 times, נִהְיָ֑תָה Ex 11:6 Je 48:19, וְנִהְיָ֑תָה consec. Ez 39:8 + 21:12 (del. B Codd 𝔊 Co); 2 ms. נִהְיֵיתָ Dt 27:9; 1 s. נִהְיֵיתִי Dn 8:27; Pt. fs. נִהְיָה Pr 13:19;— 1. became c. ל Dt 27:9. 2. either, be done, or, come to pass: in the strong expressions אֲשֶׁר כָּמֹהוּ לֹא נ׳ וְכָמֹהוּ לֹא תֹסִף Ex 11:6 (J) a cry such as hath not occurred (been raised), and will not be again, cf. Dt 4:32 (be done; ‖ נִשְׁמַע), & Ju 19:30 (‖ נִרְאֲתָה);—but simply intrans. Jo 2:2; Dn 12:1 & appar. Ez 21:12 (‖ בָּאָ֫ה; on text, however, v. supr.) 39:8 (‖ id.);—also אֵיכָה נִהְיְתָה הָרָעָה הַזֹּאת Ju 20:3 how hath this wickedness been done? cf. v 12 Je 5:30; 48:19 also Ne 6:8; c. לֹא, existence denied לֹא נ׳ Zc 8:10 (‖ אֵינֶ֑נָּה); in all the above (except Jo 2:2; Dn 12:1 & Ez 21:12; 39:8) personal agency is clearly implied; it is expressed מֵאֵת אֲדֹנִי הַמֶּלֶךְ נ׳ הַדָּבָר הַזֶּה 1 K 1:27, so of divine agency (מֵאִתִּי) 1 K 12:24 = 2 Ch 11:4; further be attained, secured, of wages Zc 8:10 (c. לֹא, ‖ אֵינֶ֑נָּה); תַּאֲוָה נִהְיָה Pr 13:19 a desire come to pass, realized. 3. be done, finished, gone, only Dn וּשְׁנָתוֹ נִהְיְתָה עָלָיו Dn 2:1 and his sleep was finished upon him, i.e. left him (cf. Aramaic Dn 6:19); נִהְיֵיתִי 8:27 I came to an end, was exhausted (si vera l., del. 𝔊; ‖ נֶחֱלֵיתִי); נִהְיָה, in וְנָהָה נְהִי נִהְיָה Mi 2:4, is dub.; it is done, over, the ruin is come RobGes Ew Hi Ca Che RVm;? ZAW 1866, 122 f. cf. JBL1890, 74.77.	heb	V-Nifal-Perf-3fs	5	3576
G4771	σύ [ῠ], thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] Refs 8th c.BC+ (Laconian dialect τούνη Refs 5th c.AD+; Aeolic dialect σύ Refs 7th c.BC+; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] Refs 5th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] Refs 6th c.BC+ (also τούν Refsσύ, Refs 8th c.BC+—Gen. σοῦ, Refs, elsewhere only Attic dialect, Refs 5th c.BC+; enclitic σου, Refs 8th c.BC+ (also in Lyric poetry, Refs 8th c.BC+ (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, Refs 7th c.BC+, and as enclitic σευ, Refs 8th c.BC+, σεο (enclitic) Refs σευ (enclitic) Refs:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, Refs 3rd c.BC+; rarely τέο, Refs 8th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect τεῦς Refs 6th c.BC+; Doric dialect τεοῦς Refs 5th c.BC+; τοι variant in Refs; enclitic τεος Refs 5th c.BC+; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both Refs 3rd c.BC+—Dat. σοί, Refs 8th c.BC+, etc.; Doric dialect τοί Refs 7th c.BC+; Doric dialect, Lesb., and Ionic dialect enclitic τοιRefs 8th c.BC+, Lesbian Lyric poetry, and Ionic dialect Lyric poetry and Prose τοι is always enclitic, σοί never enclitic (τοί and σοι are not found except σοι Refs 8th c.BC+, and in codices of Refs 5th c.BC+; rarer than τοι in Refs 5th c.BC+; in Attic dialect both σοί and σοι (enclitic) are used (σοί Refs 5th c.BC+, τοί and τοι are not used; σοι is never elided except in Refs 8th c.BC+; Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also τεΐν, Refs 8th c.BC+; also τίν [ῐ], Refs 7th c.BC+; τίν [ῑ], Refs 3rd c.BC+ before a consonant, Refs 7th c.BC+—Acc. σέ, Refs 8th c.BC+; enclitic σε,Refs 7th c.BC+; in late Gr. σέν, Refs; Doric dialect τέ Refs 7th c.BC+; τ᾽ variant (codex R) in Refs 5th c.BC+; τρέ (to be read τϝέ) Refs 5th c.AD+; or (enclitic) τυ Refs 6th c.BC+ __2 in combination with γε, σύ γε, σέ γε, etc. (compare ἔγωγε), thou at least, for thy part, frequently in Refs 8th c.BC+ and Attic dialect; Doric dialect τύγε Refs 5th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect τούγα Refs 2nd c.AD+: dative σοί γε Refs 8th c.BC+: accusative σέ γε Refs, etc.:—also σύ περ Refs __3 σύ with infinitive (as imperative), Refs 5th c.BC+ __II Dual nominative and accusative σφῶϊ, Refs 8th c.BC+, you two, both of you; σφώ (not σφῴ,Refs 8th c.BC+—Gen. and Dat. σφῶϊν, Refs 8th c.BC+; contraction σφῷν once in Refs 8th c.BC+. None of these forms are enclitic, Refs 5th c.BC+ enclitic; Ζεὺς σφὼ is prescribed in Refs 8th c.BC+ —σφῶϊ is never dative; in Refs 8th c.BC+ it is the accusative depending on κελεύ; σφῶϊν is never accusative; in Refs 8th c.BC+ __III Plur. nominative ὑμεῖς, Refs 8th c.BC+, ye, you; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμες Refs 8th c.BC+; Doric dialect ὑμές Refs 5th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect οὐμές Refs 6th c.BC+; a resolved form ὑμέες, Refs 1st c.BC+ rather than genuine Ionic Refs 5th c.BC+— Gen. ὑμῶν, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὑμέων (disyllable) Refs 8th c.BC+; ὑμέων also Refs 8th c.BC+; Doric dialect ὑμέων Refs 5th c.BC+; also ὑμῶν, Refs 2nd c.AD+; Aeolic dialect ὑμμέων Refs 7th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect οὐμίων Refs 6th c.BC+—Dat. ὑμῖν, Refs 8th c.BC+; Ionic dialect enclitic ὗμῐν Refs 2nd c.AD+ also Doric dialect, Refs 5th c.BC+; Doric dialect (not enclitic) ὑμίν [ῐ] Refs; ὑμίν [ῐ] also in Refs 5th c.BC+ should perhaps be restored where the sense needs an enclitic on the principle stated by Refs 2nd c.AD+; ὕμινRefs 8th c.BC+—Acc. ὑμᾶς, Refs 5th c.BC+, etc. (-υ Refs 5th c.BC+; ὗμας or (more probably) ὕμας is required by the metre in Refs 2nd c.AD+; Ionic dialect ὑμέας (disyllable) Refs 8th c.BC+; enclitic ὕμεας (disyllable) Refs 3rd c.BC+; ὑμέας also Refs 5th c.BC+; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμε Refs 8th c.BC+; Doric dialect ὑμέ Refs 7th c.BC+—The plural is sometimes used in addressing one person, when others are included in the speaker's thought, as Refs 8th c.BC+ cf. Latin tu, Gothic pu; with τοι Sanskrit genitive and dative te; the origin of σφῶϊ is doubtful; with ὑμεῖς cf. Sanskrit accusative plural yusmān.)	grc	PPro-G2S	2	2930
G1161	δέ, but: adversative and copulative Particle, __I answering to μέν (which see), τὴν νῦν μὲν Βοιωτίαν, πρότερον δὲ Καδμηίδα γῆν καλουμένην Refs 5th c.BC+ __II without preceding μέν, __II.1 adversative, expressing distinct opposition, αἰεί τοι τὰ κάκ᾽ ἐστὶ φίλα.. μαντεύεσθαι, ἐσθλὸν δ᾽ οὔτε τί πω εἶπαςRefs 5th c.BC+; so in Prose, οὐκ ἐπὶ κακῷ, ἐλευθερώσει δέ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 copulative, __II.2.a in explanatory clauses, ξυνέβησαν.. τὰ μακρὰ τείχη ἑλεῖν (ἦν δὲ σταδίων μάλιστα ὀκτώ) Refs 8th c.BC+: when a substantive is followed by words in apposition, Ἀρισταγόρῃ τῷ Μιλησίῳ, δούλῳ δὲ ἡμετέρῳ Refs 5th c.BC+; so in answers, διπλᾶ λέγειν. —Answ. διπλᾶδ᾽ ὁρᾶν Refs __II.2.b in enumerations or transitions, Refs 8th c.BC+; with repetition of a word in different relations, ὣς Ἀχιλεὺς θάμβησεν.., θάμβησαν δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι Refs 8th c.BC+; in rhetorical outbursts, οὐκ ἂν εὐθέως εἴποιεν· τὸν δὲ βάσκανον, τὸν δὲ ὄλεθρον, τοῦτον δὲ ὑβρίζειν,—ἀναπνεῖν δέ. Refs 4th c.BC+; in a climax, πᾶν γύναιον καὶ παιδίον καὶ θηρίον δέ nay even beast, Refs 5th c.BC+; in the combination καὶ δέ Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.2.c answering to τε (which see), ἃ τῶν τε ἀποβαινόντων ἕνεκα ἄξια κεκτῆσθαι, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον αὐτὰ αὑτῶν Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.3 implying causal connexion, less direct than γάρ, Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.4 in questions, with implied opposition, ἑόρακας δ᾽, ἔφη, τὴν γυναῖκ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.4.b τί δ; what then? to mark a transition in dialogue; see at {τίς}. __II in apodosi: __II.1 after hypothetical clauses, εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they will not give it, then I.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.1.b after temporal or relative clauses, with ἐπεί, ἕως, etc., Refs 8th c.BC+; with demonstrative Pronouns or adverbs answering to a preceding relative, οἵηπερ φύλλων γενεή, τοίη δὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν Refs 8th c.BC+: sometimes after a participle, οἰόμενοι.. τιμῆς τεύξεσθαι, ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων οὐδ᾽ ὅμοιοι.. ἐσόμεθα Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 to resume after an interruption or parenthesis, χρόνου δὲ ἐπιγινομένου καὶ κατεστραμμένων σχεδὸν πάντων..,—κατεστραμμένων δὲ τούτων.. Refs 5th c.BC+; with an anacoluthon, ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ ἄρα,—οἷ ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ.. τῇ ἐμῇ ψυχῇ ἰτέον, αὕτη δὲ δή.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.3 to begin a story, ἦμος δ᾽ ἠέλιος.. well, when the sun.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.4 to introduce a proof, τεκμήριον δέ, σημεῖον δέ, (see entry). __B POSITION of δέ. It usually stands second: hence frequently between Article and substantive or preposition and case; but also after substantive, or words forming a connected notion, hence it may stand third, γυναῖκα πιστὴν δ᾽ ἐν δόμοις εὕροι Refs 5th c.BC+; so in Prose after a negative, οὐχ ὑπ᾽ ἐραστοῦ δέ, to avoid confusion between οὐ δέ and οὐδέ, Refs 5th c.BC+	grc	Conj	2	2809
G1722	ἐν, poetry ἐνί, εἰν, εἰνί Refs 8th c.BC+, forms used by Epic dialect and Lyric Poets as the metre requires, but only as falsa lectio in Trag., εἰν Refs 5th c.BC+ ἰν Refs __PREP. WITH DAT. AND ACC. Radical sense, in, into. __A WITH DAT. __A.I OF PLACE, __A.I.1 in, νήσῳ ἐν ἀμφιρύτῃ Refs 8th c.BC+; with names of cities or islands, as ἐν Ἀθήνῃς, ἐν Τροίῃ, Refs 8th c.BC+; where ἐν is used, it = in the district of.., ὲν Ἐλευσῖνι Refs in my arms, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐν αὑτῷ εἶναι to be in one's senses, be oneself, ἔτ᾽ ἐν σαυτῷ (variant -τοῦ) γενοῦ Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.I.1.b ἐν τοῖς ἰχθύσιν in the fish-market, Refs 5th c.BC+; so ἐν τοῖν δυοῖν ὀβολοῖν ἐθεώρουν ἄν in the two-obol seats, Refs 4th c.BC+ __A.I.2 elliptic, in such phrases as ἐν Ἀλκινόοιο NT+8th c.BC+; ἐν παιδοτρίβου, ἐν κιθαριστοῦ, at the school of.., Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν γειτόνων (see. γείτων) ἐν αὑτοῦ (αὑτῷ codex Rav.) Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.I.3 in, within, surrounded by, οὐρανὸς ἐν αἰθέρι καὶ νεφέλῃσι Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐν ὅπλοισι in or under arms, Refs 5th c.BC+; also of particular kinds of arms, ἐν τόξοις, ἀκοντίοις, etc., equipped with them, uncertain in Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν μεγάλοις φορτίοις βαδίζειν καὶ τρέχειν Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.I.4 on, at or by, ἐν ποταμῷ Refs 8th c.BC+; νευρὴ ἐν τόξῳ the string on the bow, Refs 8th c.BC+; κατεκλάσθη ἐνὶ καυλῷ ἔγχος was broken off at or by the shaft,Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν οἴνῳ at wine, probably in Refs 3rd c.BC+ __A.I.5 in the number of, amongst, frequently in Refs 8th c.BC+; and with Verbs of ruling, ἐν δ᾽ ἄρα τοῖσιν ἦρχ᾽ Refs 8th c.BC+ —for ἐν τοῖς with _superlative_, V. ὁ. __A.I.5.b in the presence of, ἐν πᾶσι Refs 8th c.BC+; λέγειν ἐν ἀνδράσιν (of a woman) Refs 5th c.BC+; of a trial, διαγωνίζεσθαι, διαδικάζεσθαι ἔν τισι, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.I.6 in one's hands, within one's reach or power, νίκης πείρατ᾽ ἔχονται ἐν ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσι Refs 8th c.BC+, with infinitive, it depends on him to.., rests with him to.., ἔστιν ἐν σοὶ ἢ.. ἤ.. Refs 5th c.BC+; also ἐν τούτῳ εἰσὶν πᾶσαι αἱ ἀποδείξεις depend on this, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἔν γ᾽ ἐμοί so far as rests with me, Refs 5th c.BC+; also ἐν ἐμοί in my judgement, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν θεοῖς καλά in the eyes of the gods, Refs __A.I.7 in respect of, ἐν πάντεσσ᾽ ἔργοισι δαήμονα φῶτα Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐν γήρᾳ σύμμετρός τινι in point of age.., Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν ἐμοὶ θρασύς in my case, towards me, Refs; ἡ ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις μάθησις Refs 5th c.BC+; also οὐδὲν δεινὸν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ στῇ stop with me, Refs __A.I.8 in a pregnant construction with Verbs of motion, into; implying both motion to and subsequent position in a place, ἐν κονίῃσι χαμαὶ πέσεν fell [to the dust and lay] in it, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐν στήθεσσι μένος βαλεῖνRefs 8th c.BC+: in Trag. and Attic dialect, ἐν ποίμναις πίτνων Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν χωρίῳ ἐμπεπτωκώς Refs 5th c.BC+; later, with Verbs of coming and going, διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ LXX+2nd c.AD+ is falsa lectio in Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.I.9 πίνειν ἐν ποτηρίῳ to drink from a cup, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __A.I.10 ἄργυρος ἐν ἐκπώμασι silver in the form of plate, Refs 1st c.AD+; ἐμ φέρνῃ, ἐν θέματι, as a dowry, pledge, Refs 1st c.BC+ __A.I.11 in citations, ἐν τοῦ σκήπτρου τῇ παραδόσει in the passage of the Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II OF STATE, CONDITION or POSITION: __A.II.1 of outward circumstances, ἐν πολέμῳ Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐν γένει εἶναί τινι to be related to.., Refs 5th c.BC+; of occupations, pursuits, ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ εἶναι to be engaged in philosophy, Refs 5th c.BC+; οἱ ἐν ποιήσι γενόμενοι poets, Refs 5th c.BC+; οἱ ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι ministers of state, Refs 5th c.BC+; οἱ ἐν τέλει the magistrates, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ μάντις ἦν ἐν τῇ τέχνῃ in the practice of it, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.2 of inward states, of feeling, etc., ἐν φιλότητι, ἐν δοιῇ, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐν ὀργῇ ἔχειν τινά to make him the object of one's anger, Refs 5th c.BC+ to blame him, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν αἰτίᾳ εἶναι to have the blame, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.3 frequently with neuter adjective, ἐν βραχεῖ, ={βραχέως}, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν τάχει, ={ταχέως}, Refs; ἐν καλῷ ἐστί, ={καλῶς ἔχει}, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ [ἐστί] Refs; ἐν εὐμαρεῖ [ἐστί] Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν ἴσῳ, ={ἴσως, ἐν ὁμοίῳ}, ={ὁμοίως}, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν κενοῖς, ={κενῶς}, Refs substantive, ἐν δίκᾳ, ={δικαίως}, opposed to παρὰ δίκανRefs 5th c.BC+ __A.III OF THE INSTRUMENT, MEANS or MANNER, ἐν πυρὶ πρήσαντες Refs 8th c.BC+; but in most cases the originally sense may be traced, to put in the fire and burn, infetters and bind, etc.; so ἐν πόνοις δαμέντα Refs 4th c.BC+; ἔζευξα πρῶτος ἐν ζυγοῖσι κνώδαλαRefs; also ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν or ἐν ὄμμασιν ὁρᾶσθαι, ἰδέσθαι, to see with or before one's eyes, i.e. have the object in one's eye, Refs 8th c.BC+; also ἐν λιταῖς by prayers, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν δόλῳ by deceit, Refs; ἐν λόγοις by words, Refs 5th c.BC+; especially with Verbs of showing, σημαίνειν ἐν ἱεροῖς καὶ οἰωνοῖς Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰ πραχθέντα.. ἐν.. ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε ye know by letters, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.2 of a personal instrument, ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια NT __A.IV OF TIME, ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐν τούτῳ (i.e. τῷ χρόνῶ) in this space of time, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν ᾧ (i.e. χρόνῳ) during the time that, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς in the time of the truce, Refs 5th c.BC+ in the course of the mysteries, Refs 5th c.BC+; τραγῳδοῖς at the performance of.., Refs 4th c.BC+ __A.IV.b ἐν ἄρχοντι Μητροδώρῳ during the archonship of M., Refs 2nd c.AD+ __A.IV.2 in, within, ἐν ἡμέρῃ Refs 5th c.BC+; μυρίαις ἐν ἁμέραις in, i.e. after, countless days, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.V OF NUMBERS generally, ἐν δυσὶ σταδίοις within two stadia, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.V.2 with genitive of price, ἐν δύο ταλάντων LXX __A.V.3 amounting to, προῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις Refs 2nd c.AD+ __B WITH Acc., into, on, for, Refs 4th c.AD+; also poetry, ἐν πάντα νόμον Refs 5th c.BC+ __C WITHOUT CASE, AS adverb, in the phrase ἐν δέ.., __C.1 and therein, Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.2 and among them, Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.3 and besides, moreover (not in Attic dialect Prose), Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.4 ἔνι, ={ἔνεστι, ἔνεισι}, Refs 8th c.BC+ __D POSITION: ἐν frequently stands between its substantive and the adjective agreeing therewith, Refs 8th c.BC+: without an adjective, τῷ δ᾽ ἐν ἐρινεός ἐστι μέγας Refs 8th c.BC+ between substantive and genitive, χόρτοις ἐν λέοντος Refs--One or more independent words sometimes come between the preposition and its dative, as in Refs 8th c.BC+; also in Prose, Refs 5th c.BC+ __E IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), __E.I with Verbs, the preposition mostly retains its sense of being in or at a place, etc., with dative, or followed by εἰς.., or ἐν..: in such forms as ἐνορᾶν τινί τι, in translating, we resolve the compound, to remark a thing in one. __E.I.b also, at a person, ἐγγελᾶν, ἐνυβρίζειν τινί. __E.I.2 with adjectives, it expresses __E.I.2.a a modified degree, as in ἔμπηλος, ἔμπικρος, ἔνσιμος, rather... __E.I.2.b the possession of a quality, as in ἔναιμος with blood in it, ἐνάκανθος thorny: ἔμφωνος with a voice: ἔννομος in accordance with law, etc. __E.II ἐν becomes ἐμ- before the labials β μ π φ ; ἐγ- before the gutturals γ κ ξ ; ἐλ- before ; ἐρ- before ; rarely ἐσ- before ; but Inscrr. and Papyri often preserve ἐν- in all these cases.	grc	Prep	5	2772
H6213a	I. עָשָׂה I. עָשָׂה vb. do, make (NH = BH; MI23.26 עשתי, l.3.9 ואעש, l.24 Imv. עשו; OH n.pr. עשיו, אלעשה, מעשיהו; not Aramaic, and not certainly found in S. Sem. lang.; on Sab. v. especially DHMSB Berl. Akkadian 1886, 849);— Qal2524 Pf. 3 ms. Gn 3:1 +, sf. עָשָׂהוּ Ho 8:6 +; 3 fs. עָֽשְׂתָה Dt 22:21 +, וְעָשָׂת consec. Lv 25:21; 2 ms. עָשִׂיתָ Gn 3:14 +, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יַעֲשֶׂה Gn 18:25 +, וַיַּעֲשֶׂה 1 K 16:25 + 3 times, וַיַּעַשׂ Is 5:2 +; יַעֲשֵׂה Is 64:3, 2 ms. תַּעֲשֶׂה 1 S 10:8, תַּעֲשֵׂה Gn 26:29 Jos 7:9, juss. (c. אַל) תַּעַשׂ Gn 22:12 +, תַּעֲשֵׂה 2 S 13:12 Je 40:16 Qr (Kt תַּעַשׂ); 1 s. אֶעֱשֶׂה Gn 2:18 +, וָאֶעֱשֶׂה Ez 20:14 Dn 8:27, וָאַעַשׂ Dt 10:3 + 4 times Ez; etc.; Imv. ms. עֲשֵׂה Ju 10:15 +; fs. עֲשִׂי Je 6:26 +, etc.; Inf. abs. עָשׂה 44:17 +; עָשׂוֹ 7:5 + 2 times (4:18 van d. H. עָשׂוּ); cstr. עֲשׂוֹת Gn 2:4 +, עֲשֹׂה 50:20 + 2 times, עֲשׂוֹ 31:28, sf. עֲשׂתוֹ 41:32 +, עֲשׂהוּ †Ex 18:18, etc.; Pt. act. עֹשֶׂה Is 5:5 +, sf. הָעשֹׁוֹ Jb 40:19 (but v. infr.); pl. עֹשִׂים Gn 24:49 +; sf. עֹשָׂ֑י Jb 35:10 (yet v. Ges§ 124 k), etc.; pass. עָשׂוּי Ex 3:16 +, הֶעָשׂוּ Jb 41:25 (Ges§ 75 k); f. עֲשׂוּיָה Ez 21:20 +, etc.;— I. 1. do (1560 + times): a. (1) c. acc. act. Gn 3:14 (J) 20:10 (E) + often; do right in eyes of י׳ 2 K 12:3; 14:13 +, evil 8:18, 27 + (cf. i. עַיִן 3 c); do God’s commands, statutes, etc., Dt 16:12; 30:8, Nu 15:39 (P); ע׳ חַיִל 1 S 14:48 + do might, i.e. mightily, valiantly; Pr 31:29 do efficiency, i.e. efficiently; = commit (offence) Lv 20:13 (H), Dt 20:18; sq. מִן part., וְעָשָׂה מֵאַחַת מֵהֵנָּה Lv 4:2 and shall do a single one of them (things prohibited; v. מִן 3 b (d)), cf. וְעָשׂוּ אַחַת מִכָּל־מִצְוֹת י׳ v 13, 22; 5:17 (all P); do = perform a work, c. acc. cogn. מַעֲשֶׂה Ex 18:20; 23:12 (E), also (י׳ subj.) Dt 11:7 Dn 9:14 Ec 3:11; c. acc. מְלָאכָה Gn 2:2, 2 (J), Ex 20:9, 10 = Dt 9:13 (10 Words); c. acc. דְּרָכֶיךָ †Is 58:13; ע׳ מְלוּכָה עַל 1 K 21:7 = exercise sovereignty over; of י׳ performing signs (אֹתֹת) Jos 24:17 (E), Nu 14:11, 22 (JE), Dt 11:3, so Moses Ex 4:17 and (מֹפְתִים) v 21. (2) do something to one (ל pers.) Gn 20:9 (E), Ju 9:56 +; c. עַל reflex. Je 26:19 do evil against ourselves; especially י׳ subj., c. לְ, do good to Ex 18:9 (E), 1 K 8:66, or evil Gn 42:28 (E); in phr. so may God do to me, etc. 1 S 3:17 2 K 6:31 + (v. יסף Hiph. 1). (3) do something for one (ל pers.) Gn 30:31 1 K 11:8 +, dir. obj. om. 1 S 20:4; + ל rei Ju 21:7, 16 what shall we do for them, for wives? c. עַל pers. Ne 5:19; c. dat. eth. (ל) 1 S 10:7; c. לְ, of י׳ doing kindness for 1 S 22:3; executing vengeance for Ju 11:36 (+ מִן of enemy); י׳ doing a sign (אוֹת) for †Ju 6:17 (elsewhere נָתַן אוֹת לְ), cf. עֲשֵׂה־עִמִּי אוֹת לְטוֹבָה ψ 86:17. (4) do someth. (in relation or intercourse) with (עִם, אֵת pers.), י׳ subj. Ex 34:10 Dt 1:30 all that he did with you, 10:21 (cf. ψ 86:17 supr.), human subj. 2 Ch 24:24 (obj. שְׁפָטִים), Ru 2:11. (5) seldom c. ב, usually of executing judgment upon 1 S 28:18 Is 48:14, more gen. Est 1:15 what shall we do with the queen? also, subj. י׳, Ez 25:11; 28:26 ψ 149:7, 9 Nu 33:4 (on false gods); in good sense, ע׳ חֲסָדִים בּ׳ Ne 13:14. (6) of י׳ doing the justice (מִשְׁפַּט) of any one, i.e. maintaining his cause 1 K 8:45, 49 ψ 9:5. (7) c. adv. do thus, כֹּה, Jos 6:14 (JE), according to, כְּ, Gn 6:22 (P), 18:21 (J), 1 K 2:6; acc. as, כַּאֲשֶׁר Gn 27:19 (J); Ex 1:17 (E) +; c. בְּ of manner, Ju 9:16a, Ez 8:18; 25:15. b. work for (ל rei) Gn 30:30 (J); c. ל pers. 1 S 14:6 Ez 29:20 (for י׳); work in (ב) gold or other material 1 K 7:14 2 Ch 2:6, 13 Ex 31:4, 5; 35:32 (all P); c. בָּהּ (i.e. בָּעֲבֹדָח) Ex 5:9 (J) in toil Ne 4:10; work w. (עִם) God 1 S 14:45, so prob. of God’s working with (אֵת) Moses and Aaron 1 S 12:6 (usually appoint); c. עִם with (of pers. in whose company, in whose field) Ru 2:19(×2) (gleaning); work בְּחֵפֶץ כַּפֶּיהָ Pr 31:13; without prep. Ex 36:1 Ne 3:38. 2. deal with, c. עִם, 2 Ch 2:2 Dn 1:13 (כַּאֲשֶׁר acc. as); c. אֵת, Ez (17:17) 20:44 Mic 5:14 ψ 109:21; Ez 22:14 Zp 3:19 (Gr Now ins. כָּלָה, v. ii 1 g), + כְּ Je 21:2, + בְּ of manner Ez 23:25, 29; c. לְ pers. + בְּ 25:12; c. בְּ pers., Je 18:23 Dn 11:7, + כְּ according toNe 9:24 Est 3:11. 3. often in phr., do kindness (חֶסֶד) with: c. עִם, (עִמָּדִי) Gn 19:19; 24:12, 14 (J), Ju 1:24; 8:35 1 S 15:6 2 S 2:5; 10:2 = 1 Ch 19:2 +; c. עַל, 1 S 20:8 (but read עִם Vrss We Dr al.); abs., ψ 109:16; obj. חֶסֶד + אֱמֶת, c. עִם, Jos 2:14 (JE) Ju 9:19 2 S 2:6; c. אֵת with, Gn 24:49; 32:11; 47:29 (all J); c. לְ, Ex 20:6 = Dt 5:10, 2 S 22:51 = ψ 18:51; so ע׳ טוֹב, c. עִם, Gn 26:29 (J), cf. Ju 8:35; 9:16; c. אֵת with, 1 S 24:19 2 S 2:6. 4. abs. act, act with effect, especially of י׳, 1 K 8:32, 39 Je 14:7 Ez 20:9, 14, 22 ψ 22:32; 37:5; 52:11 Dn 9:19; of men 2 Ch 31:21 Dn 8:12, 24; 11:28, 30, 32; c. ל pers. Ez 31:11. II. 1. make (670 + times): a. c. obj. concr., ark Gn 8:6, altar 13:4, idols Ju 18:24, 31 +, etc. b. often of God’s making (creating) Gn 3:1 (J), 1:7, 16, 25 (P), Ne 9:6 Jb 9:9 Pr 8:26 2 Ch 2:11 ψ 95:5 +; making man ψ 100:3; 119:73 (made by God’s hands), in the womb Jb 31:15(×2); making constituting, nation Dt 26:19; 32:6, 15; pt. sf. עֹשֵׂהוּ his Maker Is 17:7 Pr 14:31; 17:5 (הָעֹשׂוֹ Jb 40:19 is improb., most read הֶעָשָׂוּי, with various interpr. of foll. words); עֹשֶׂךָ Is 51:13, עֹשֵׂנִי Jb 32:22 (Ginsb; v 22 van d. H. Baer), עֹשֵׂנוּ ψ 95:6; so appar. pt. pl. עֹשָׂ֑י Jb 35:10, עֹשַׂיִךְ Is 54:5 (Ges§ 124 k expl. as sg.). c. make something, c. לְ reflex., make for thee Ex 20:4 Dt 9:12; 10:1 +, for (ל) another 1 S 2:19 2 S 7:11 1 K 2:24 +; obj. מִשְׁתֶּה banquet Gn 40:20 Est 5:4, also (no ל) Gn 29:22 (E) Ju 14:10 Est 5:5, 12 and (fig., י׳ subj.) Is 25:6; c. ל rei, Dt 22:8; c. ל of animal Gn 33:17 (J). d. make a name (שֵׁם) for oneself (ל) 2 S 7:9 1 Ch 17:8, also (no ל) 2 S 8:13; a new heart for oneself (ל) Ez 18:31. e. make war with (אֶת) Gn 14:2 Jos 11:18 (D); c. עִם, Dt 20:12, 20 1 Ch 5:10, 19; abs. 1 Ch 22:8; c. ל reflex. Pr 24:6; pt. עֹשֵׂה מִלְחָמָה 2 Ch 11:1; 26:11, 13; make peace, c. ל pers. Jos 9:15 (J); ע׳ אִתִּי בְרָכָה 2 K 18:31 make an agreement with me. f. c. ב, ע׳ פֶּרֶץ בּ׳ Ju 21:15 י׳ brought a catastrophe upon (cf. פרץ). g. c. 2 acc., make something out of (acc. mater.) Ex 25:18; 28:13; 37:17, 24 Ct 3:10 Dt 10:3 +; make something into something (Ges§ 117 ii) Ho 8:4 Gn 27:9 Ju 17:4 Nu 11:8; 17:3 ψ 104:4; make something כָּלָה, i.e. utterly destroy it Na 1:8 Zp 1:18 Ez 20:17 Ne 9:31; c. pt. pass. as 2nd acc. Ex 38:7 they made it נְבוּב לֻחֹת hollow with boards, 39:9; but also c. acc. + לְ, Ho 2:10 gold they made into (ל) the Baal, Ju 8:27 Ex 27:3 (P), Dt 9:14 Je 37:15 Ez 4:9 IS 44:17, 19; make something for (ל pers.), + מִן of material Ct 3:9. 2. produce, yield: of grain, yielding meal Ho 8:7(×2), vineyard, grapes Is 5:2(×2), 4(×2), 10, tree, fruit 2 K 19:30 = Is 37:31, Ho 9:16 Je 12:2; 17:8 Ez 17:23 (all fig.), Gn 1:11, 12 (P); branches Jb 14:9 and (fig.) Ez 17:8; land, fruit Lv 25:21 cf. Hb 3:17, abs. Gn 41:47; of seed Is 5:10, vine, shoots Ez 17:6 (fig.); of cows, yielding milk Is 7:22; hippop. producing fat Jb 15:27. 3. prepare, especially of dressing and cooking food, Gn 18:7, 8 Ju 6:19; 13:15 1 S 25:18 (pass.), 2 S 12:4(×2) Gn 27:14, 17, 31 2 S 13:5, 7 1 K 17:12 Ex 12:39 (+ ל reflex.) Ez 35:6; a bullock for sacrifice 1 K 18:23, 25, 26; כְּלֵי גוֹלָה Ez 12:3 (+ ל reflex.); a chamber Ne 13:7; prepare to build (+ ל pers. and inf.). 4. make offering, e.g. עוֹלָה Ju 13:16 Je 33:18 Lv 16:24, עוֹלָה וָזֶבַח 2 K 5:17 (+ ל dei), הַחַטָּאת Lv 14:19, אִשֶּׁה Nu 15:3, 14, various offerings 1 K 8:64 Lv 9:22 Ez 45:17; 46:2 +; + לי׳ to י׳ Lv 17:9 +; also c. acc. of thing sacrificed (perhaps orig. prepare or provide, v. supr.) Ez 43:25(×2); 46:15 Lv 14:30; 15:15, 30; 16:9 Nu 6:11, 17 ψ 66:15 (+ ל dei) +; abs. = offer sacrifice Ex 10:25 (E + לי׳), to (ל) heathen gods 2 K 17:32. 5. attend to, put in order: pare (the nails) Dt 21:12; wash (feet) 2 S 19:25; trim (beard) v 25 (cf. Fr faire la barbe, Ger. die Haare machen). 6. observe, celebrate, religious festival, e.g. pass-over Ex 12:47, 48; Nu 9:4, 6, 13; Jos 5:10, also (+ לי׳) Ex 12:48 Nu 9:10, 14 (all P), Dt 16:1 +; sabbath Ex 31:16; Dt 5:15; feast of weeks 16:10, booths 16:13, Purim Est 9:21, 27, etc. 7. acquire property of various kinds (cf. ‘make money’) Gn 12:5; 31:1 (J); Is 15:7; Je 17:11; 48:36; Dt 8:18; Ez 22:13; 28:4(×2); 38:12; 2 Ch 32:29; Ec 2:8; + ל reflex. Dt 8:17; 2 S 15:1; 1 K 1:5; of fruits from vineyards, etc. ψ 107:37. 8. appoint priests 1 K 12:31; 13:33; 2 Ch 2:17 (all + מִן source), a feast 1 K 12:32, 33 (+ ל pers.); ordain a sacrifice Nu 28:6, a festal day ψ 118:24; institute, אוֹב וְיִדְּעֹנִי ghost and familiar spirit 2 K 21:6 = 2 Ch 33:6 (cf. Dr Dt 18:11). 9. bring about, of י׳’s effecting a deliverance Ex 14:13 (לָכֶם), 1 S 11:13; 2 S 23:10 (ins. also ‖ 1 Ch 11:13 Dr), v 12; cause, sq. cl. c. שֶׁ Ec 3:14. 10. use, וְע׳ לִמְלַאכְתּוֹ 1 S 8:16; pass. Ex 38:24 11. spend, pass, days of life Ec 6:12. Niph.97 Pf. 3 ms. נַעֲשָׂה Ju 16:11 +; 3 fs. נֶעֶשְׂתָה 2 S 17:23 +, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יֵעָשֶׂה Gn 29:26 +, 3 fs. c. ו subord. וְתֵעָשׂ Est 5:6; 7:2; 9:12 (Ges§ 109 f), etc.; Inf. cstr. הֵעָשׂוֹת Est 9:1, 14, etc.; Pt. נַעֲשֶׂה Ne 5:18, etc.;— 1. be done (pass. of Qal I 1): a. subj. מְלָאכָה Ju 16:11 (c. ב instr.), Ne 6:16 (c. מֵאֵת אֱלֹהִים), v 9 Ex 12:16 + 4 times; subj. om. Ez 44:14, indef. Est 4:1; c. כֵּן 9:14; be done, כַּתּוֹרָה Ezr 10:3; be committed, of offence, Dt 13:15; Nu 15:24; Ec 4:1 + 3 times; c. neg. not (yet) done, i.e. future Is 46:10; be accomplished, performed, fulfilled Ez 12:25, 28; Dn 11:36; Est 5:5; 7:2; 9:12; be executed, carried out, of sentence Ec 8:11, decree Est 9:1; be followed, of counsel 2 S 17:23; nearly = occur Ec 1:9(×2), 13; 9:3, 6, subj. מַעֲשֶׂה 1:14; 2:17; 4:3; 8:9, 17, subj. הֶבֶל v 14, עִנְיָן v 15. b. Impf. c. neg., is (are) not done, not according to usage, of flagrant offences Gn 20:9 (E), 29:26 (c.כֵּן), 34:7 (both J), 2 S 13:12 (כֵּן); hence (P) not to be done, forbidden by י׳ Lv 4:2, 13, 22, 27; 5:17. c. be done to, c. ל of animal 1 S 11:7 (כֹּה); ל pers. Ex 2:4 (E) 21:31 (E; כַּמִּשְׁפָּט), Is 3:11; Je 5:13 (כֹּה), Lv 24:19 (H; כֵּן), Nu 15:34 (P) + 8 times; be done for, ל pers. Ju 11:37; Est 6:3, עִם pers v 3; ל rei Nu 15:11 (כָּכָה). d. be done upon, against (ב) Dn 9:12. †2. (pass. of Qal II): a. be made, of concr. things 1 K 10:20 = 2 Ch 9:19 (throne), Je 3:16 (ark), 2 K 12:14; Ez 43:18; Ex 25:31; Nu 4:26 (P); c. acc. mat. Lv 2:7. b. be produced from (מִן) vine Nu 6:4. c. be prepared, of food Ex 12:16; Lv 6:14; 7:9 (all P), Ne 5:18(×2). d. be offered, מִנְחָה Lv 2:8, 11, kid Nu 28:15, 24. e. be observed, passover 2 K 23:22, 23 (ל dei) = 2 Ch 35:18, 19; Purim Est 9:28. f. be used + ל rei Lv 7:24; 13:51 (P), Ez 15:5(×2); cf. Ex 38:24; 1 S 8:16. †Pu. Pf. 1 s. עֻשֵּׂיתִי ψ 139:15 I was made.	heb	Conj-w \| V-Qal-ConjPerf-2mp	6	2630
G1473	ἐγώ, I: pronoun of the first person:—Epic dialect mostly ἐγών before vowels (so in Doric dialect, before consonants, Refs 5th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect ἱών Refs 2nd c.AD+:— strengthened ἔγωγε, I at least, for my part, indeed, for myself (more frequently in Attic dialect than in Refs 8th c.BC+: Doric dialect ἐγώνγα Refs 7th c.BC+: Boeotian dialect ἱώνγα Refs 6th c.BC+; ἱώνει Refs; ἰώγα Refs 5th c.BC+: Laconian dialect and Tarentum dialect ἐγώνη, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __II oblique cases from a different root, genitive ἐμοῦ, enclitic μο; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect ἐμέο, ἐμεῦ, μευ, also ἐμέθεν Refs 8th c.BC+; Aeolic dialect ἔμεθεν Refs 7th c.BC+; Doric dialect ἐμέος, ἐμεῦς, Refs 5th c.BC+; Boeotian dialect ἐμοῦς Refs 6th c.BC+ — _dative_ ἐμοί, enclitic μοι (which may be compared with Sanskrit genitive me in κλῦθί μοι Refs 8th c.BC+; Doric dialect ἐμίν Refs 5th c.BC+; Tarentum dialect ἐμίνη Refs 3rd c.BC+, enclitic μ; Refs 5th c.AD+ __III dual, nominative and accusative, νῶι, we two, Refs 8th c.BC+; accusative νῶιν Zenod.ad Refs 8th c.BC+; Attic dialect νώ Refs 8th c.BC+; νῶι dative, Refs 5th c.AD+; νῶιν, ={ἡμῖν}, Refs 4th c.AD+ __IV plural, nominative ἡμεῖς (ἡμέες falsa lectio in Refs 5th c.BC+; Aeolic dialect ἄμμες Refs 8th c.BC+; Doric dialect ἁμές Refs 7th c.BC+; Ionic dialect ἡμέων Refs 8th c.BC+; Aeolic dialect ἀμμέων Refs 7th c.BC+; ἄμμων Refs 2nd c.AD+; Doric dialect ἁμέων Refs 7th c.BC+; ἁμῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+; Cretan dialect, Boeotian dialect ἁμίων Refs 5th c.BC+ (ῐ) (or ἧμιν Aristarch.ad Refs 8th c.BC+; also rarely in Comedy texts, Refs 5th c.BC+; Aeolic dialect ἄμμῐν, ἄμμῐ, Refs 8th c.BC+; Doric dialect also ἁμίν or ἇμιν, Refs 7th c.BC+; with ῑ, Refs 8th c.BC+; Ionic dialect ἡμέας Refs 8th c.BC+; ἥμεας Refs 8th c.BC+; Aeolic dialect ἄμμε Refs 8th c.BC+, Theocr.8.25; Doric dialect ἁμέ Refs 6th c.BC+—On these dialectic varieties, Refs 2nd c.AD+ ff. (Cf. Sanskrit ahám (ἐγών), accusative plural asmā´n; for νώ cf. Sanskrit nau):—frequently in answers, as an affirmative, especially in form ἔγωγε, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὗτος ἐ. here am Refs 5th c.BC+; rarely with Article, τὸν ἐμέ myself, Refs 5th c.BC+ the Self, the Ego, Refs 5th c.AD+; τίς ὢν οὗτος ὁ ἐγὼ τυγχάν; Refs 4th c.BC+; τί τοῦτ᾽ ἐμο; ἡμῖν τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔστ; Latin quid mea hoc refert ? Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐγ; in a question, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡμεῖς the self, ἔνθα δὴ ἡμεῖς μάλιστα Refs 3rd c.AD+	grc	PPro-N1P	2	2602
H0430	אֱלֹהִים2570 n.m.pl. (f. 1 K 11:33; on number of occurrences of אֵל, אֱלוֹהַּ, אֱלֹהִים cf. also Nesl.c.) 1. pl. in number. †a. rulers, judges, either as divine representatives at sacred places or as reflecting divine majesty and power: האלהים Ex 21:6 (Onk 𝔖, but τὸ κριτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 𝔊) 22:7, 8; אלהים 22:8, 27 (𝔗 Ra AE Ew RVm; but gods, 𝔊 Josephus Philo AV; God, Di RV; all Covt. code of E) cf. 1 S 2:25 v. Dr.; Ju 5:8 (Ew, but gods 𝔊; God 𝔖 BarHeb.; יהוה 𝔙 Be) ψ 82:1, 6 (De Ew Pe; but angels Bl Hup) 138:1 (𝔖 𝔗 Rab Ki De; but angels 𝔊 Calv; God, Ew; gods, Hup Pe Che). †b. divine ones, superhuman beings including God and angels ψ 8:6 (De Che Br; but angels 𝔊 𝔖 𝔗 Ew; God, RV and most moderns) Gn 1:27 (if with Philo 𝔗 Jer De Che we interpret נעשה as God’s consultation with angels; cf. Jb 38:7). †c. angels ψ 97:7 (𝔊 𝔖 Calv; but gods, Hup De Pe Che); cf. בני (ה)אלהים = (the) sons of God, or sons of gods = angels Jb 1:6; 2:1; 38:7 Gn 6:2, 4 (J; so 𝔊 Bks. of Enoch & Jubilees Philo Jude v 6; 2 Pet 2:4 JosAnt. i, 3, 1, most ancient fathers and modern critics; against usage are sons of princes, mighty men, Onk and Rab.; sons of God, the pious, Theod Chrys Jer Augustine Luther Calv Hengst; 𝔊L read οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ), cf. בני אלים. d. gods האלהים Ex 18:11; 22:19 (E) 1 S 4:3; 2 Ch 2:4 ψ 86:3; אלהי האלהים the God of gods, supreme God Dt 10:17 ψ 136:2; אלהים Ex 32:1, 23 (JE) Ju 9:13; אלהים אחרים other gods Ex 20:3; 23:13 Jos 24:2, 16 (E) Dt 31:18, 20 (JE) 5:7 + (17 times in D, not P) Ju 2:12, 17, 19; 10:13 1 S 8:8; 26:19 1 K 9:6, 9 (= 2 Ch 7:19, 22) 11:4, 10; 14:9 2 K 5:17; 17:35, 37, 38; 22:17 (= 2 Ch 34:25) 2 Ch 28:25 Je 1:16 + (18 times Je) Ho 3:1; אלהי (ה)נכר foreign gods Gn 35:2, 4 Jos 24:20, 23 (E) Dt 31:16 (JE) Ju 10:16 1 S 7:3 2 Ch 33:15 Je 5:19; א׳ נחור (v. 4 b); א׳ מצרים Ex 12:12 (P) Je 43:12, 13; א׳ האמרי Jos 24:15 (E) Ju 6:10; א׳ ארם etc. Ju 10:6; אלהים מעשה ידי Dt 4:28; א׳ הגוים gods of the nations 2 K 18:33; 19:12 Dt 29:17; 2 Ch 32:17, 19 Is 36:18; 37:12; א׳ העמים Dt 6:14; 13:8 Ju 2:12 ψ 96:5 1 Ch 5:25; 16:26; 2 Ch 32:13, 14; א׳ כסף Ex 20:23 (E); א׳ זהב Ex 20:23 (E) 32:31 (JE); א׳ מַסֵּכָה Ex 34:17 (J) Lv 19:4 (H). 2. Pl. intensive. a. god or goddess, always with sf. 1 S 5:7 (Dagon), Ju 11:24 (Chemosh), 1 K 18:24 (Baal), Ju 9:27 Dn 1:2(×2); or cstr. לעשתרת א׳ צדנים לכמוש א׳ מואב to Ashtoreth goddess of the Zidonians, Chemosh god of Moab, etc. 1 K 11:33; א׳ הארץ god of the land 2 K 17:26(×2), 27, and so the Syrians suppose that Yahweh is a mountain-god and not a god of valleys 1 K 20:28. b. godlike one Ex 4:16 (J; Moses in relation to Aaron), Ex 7:1 (P; in relation to Pharaoh), 1 S 28:13 (the shade of Samuel), ψ 45:7 (the Messianic king, O God, 𝔊 𝔖 Jer, most scholars ancient and modern, but thy throne is God’s = God’s throne AE Ki Thes Ew Hup, cf. 1 Ch 28:5). c. works of God, or things specially belonging to him (vid. אֵל 5) הר אלהים ψ 68:16; Ez 28:14, 16; אש אלהים Jb 1:16; גן (ה)אלהים Ez 28:13; 31:8, 9. d. God (vid. 3 & 4). 3. הָאֱלֹהִים the (true) God, י׳ הוא האלהים Yahweh is (the) God Dt 4:35, 39; 7:9 1 K 8:60; 18:39(×2) 2 Ch 33:13 הוא האלהים 1 K 18:24 Is 45:18; י׳ האלהים Jos 22:34 (P?) 1 K 18:21; 2 Ch 32:16; אתה הוא האלהים 2 S 7:28; 1 K 18:37; 2 K 19:15; 1 Ch 17:26; Is 37:16; Ne 9:7; האלהים as subj. or obj. is used in E 33 times, Chr 38 times, Ec 31 times, Jon 5 times, elsewhere Gn 5:22, 24; 6:9, 11 (sources of P) 17:18 (P) Jos 22:34 (P?) Gn 44:16 (J) Dt 4:35, 39; 7:9; Ju 6:36, 39; 7:14; 10:14; 16:28; 21:2 1 S 10:3, 7; 14:36; 2 S 2:27; 6:7; 7:28; 12:16 1 K 8:60; 18:21, 24(×2), 37, 39(×2) 2 K 19:15 (Ephr) Jb 2:10 Je 11:12 Is 37:16; 45:18 ψ 108:14 Dn 1:9, 17; י׳ הא׳ הקדוש 1 S 6:20; י׳ הא׳ הגדול Ne 8:6; הא׳ אשר בירושלם Ezr 1:3; אדני האלהים Dn 9:3; in many phrases, as איש האלהים the man of God, acting under divine authority and influence: = (a) angel Ju 13:6, 8, (b) prophet (the term coming into use in the Northern kingdom in the age of Elijah 1 S 9:6–10, cf. אִישׁ הָרוּחַ Hos 9:7): of Moses Dt 33:1 Jos 14:6 (E) 1 Ch 23:14 2 Ch 30:16 Ezr 3:2 ψ 90:1; of Samuel 1 S 9:6–10; of David 2 Ch 8:14 Ne 12:24, 36; Shemaiah 1 K 12:22 (= 2 Ch 11:2); Elijah, Elisha, and others of their time 1 K 13:1–31; 17:18–24; 20:28 2 K 1:9–13; 4:7–42; 5:8–20; 6:6–15; 7:2, 17; 8:2–11; 13:19; 23:16–17 (Ephr.) 2 Ch 25:7, 9; unnamed prophet 1 S 2:27; Hanan Je 35:4; a later title of prophet was עֶבֶד האלהים the servant of God, used of Moses 1 Ch 6:34 2 Ch 24:9 Ne 10:30 Dn 9:11. בית האלהים the house of God, Ju 18:31, especially late, Chr (52 times) Ec 4:17 Dn 1:2; בית י׳ הא׳ 1 Ch 22:1; האלהים (ברית) ארון the ark (of the covenant) of God Ju 20:27 1 S 4–5. 14, 2 S 6–7. 15 (23 times) 1 Ch 13. 15. 16, 2 Ch 1:4 (13 times); מטה האלהים the rod of God Ex 4:20; 17:9 (E); הר האלהים the mount of God (Horeb) Ex 3:1; 4:27; 18:5; 24:13 (E) 1 K 19:8 (Ephr.); מלאך האלהים the (theophanic) angel of God Gn 31:11 Ex 14:19 (E) Ju 6:20; 13:6, 9 2 S 14:17, 20; 19:28; in other combinations Ex 18:16 Nu 23:27 (E) Ju 20:2 1 S 4:8; 5:11; 10:5 2 S 16:23 1 K 12:22 1 Ch 21:7 + ψ 87:3 Ec 9:1. 4. אֱלֹהִים = God י׳ אֱלֹהִים אֱמֶת = Yahweh is God in truth Je 10:10. a. אלהים (as subj. obj. direct or indirect) is used by P (50 times in story of creation and deluge, elsewhere 28 times), by E (91 times), J chiefly in poetic sources Gn 3:1, 3, 5(×2); 9:27; 39:9 Dt 32:17, 39, by D (11 times) Ju (21 times) S (50 times) K (29 times) Chr (45 times); in ψ 42–86 (180 times often by editorial change for an original יהוה), elsewhere ψ 3:3; 5:11; 7:11, 12; 9:18; 10:4, 13; 14:1, 2, 5; 25:22; 36:2, 8; 77:14; 100:3; 108:2, 6, 8, 12(×2), 14 Jb 5:8; 20:29; 28:23; 32:2; 34:9 (& in Prologue 6 times) Pr 2:5; 3:4; 25:2 Ec (7 times) Hos (5 times) Am 4:11 (כמהפכת אלהים את סדם as God overthrew Sodom = Je 50:40 = Is 13:19) Zc 8:23; 12:8 Mi 3:7 (but אליהם 𝔊 𝔖) Is 35:4 Is 2 (9 times) Je 10:10 Ez (13 times) Mal (5 times) Jon (4 times); the phrase היה ל׳ לאלהים Gn 28:21 (ER) 17:7, 8 Ex 6:7; 29:45 Lv 11:45; 22:33; 25:38; 26:12, 45 Nu 15:41 (P) Dt 26:17; 29:13 2 S 7:24 (= 1 Ch 17:22) Zc 8:8 Je (6 times) Ez (6 times); אלהים צדיק righteous God ψ 7:10; א׳ קדשים holy God Jos 24:19 (E); א׳ חיים living God Dt 5:23 1 S 17:26, 36 Je 10:10; 23:36; א׳ חי 2 K 19:4, 16 (= Is 37:4, 17). For the phrases יהוה א׳, י׳ א׳ צבאות, א׳ צבאות, אל א׳ י׳, יה א׳, י׳ צבאות א׳, י׳ אלהי צבאות, אדני א׳ vid. יהוה" dir="rtl" >יהוה, יָהּ" dir="rtl" >יה, צְבָאוֹת" dir="rtl" >צבאות & אדני. b. cstr. אֱלֹהֵי (α) with persons אֱלֹהֵי אַבְרָהָם = God of Abraham, a phrase of J, Gn 26:24; 28:13; 31:53, Gn 31:42 (ε) Ex 3:6 ψ 47:10 1 K 18:36 1 Ch 29:18 2 Ch 30:6; א׳ אדני אברהם Gn 24:12, 27, 42, 48 (J); אלהי אב father’s God (various sf. & names), a phrase of E, Gn 31:5, 29, 42; 46:3; 50:17 Ex 3:6, 13, 15, 16; 15:2; 18:4 Jos 18:3, elsewhere Gn 32:10; 43:23 (J) Ex 4:5 (J?) Dt (8 times) Ju 2:12 2 K 21:22 Chr (31 times) Dn 11:37; אֱלֹהֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel’s God, phrase of E, Gn 33:20 Ex 5:1; 24:10; 32:27 Jos 8:30; 14:14; 22:16; 24:2, 23, elsewhere Ex 34:23 Jos 7:13, 19, 20 (JE) Nu 16:9 Jos 9:18, 19; 22:24; 10:40, 42; 13:14, 33 (R vid. Di Jos 7:13) Ju 4:6; 5:3, 5; 6:8; 11:21, 23; 21:3 1 S 1:17 + (20 times) K (26 times) Chr (45 times) ψ 41:14; 106:48 (doxol.) 59:6; 69:7 Is 17:6; 21:10, 17; 29:23 Is 3; 24:15; 37:16, 21 Is 2; 41:17 + (6 times) Je 35:17 + (48 times), Ez 8:4 + (7 times) Zp 2:9 Mal 2:16 Ru 2:12; א׳ מערכות ישראל God of the battle array of Israel 1 S 17:45; א׳ יַעֲקֹב 2 S 23:1 (poet.) ψ 20:2; 46:8, 12; 75:10; 76:7; 81:2, 5; 84:9; 94:7 Is 2:3 (= Mi 4:2); א׳ העבריים God of the Hebrews Ex 3:18; 5:3; 7:16; 9:1, 13 (JE); it is used with other proper names, Nahor Gn 31:53 (E), Shem Gn 9:26 (J), David 2 K 20:5 2 Ch 21:12; 34:3 Is 38:5, Hezekiah 2 Ch 32:17, Elijah 2 K 2:14; א׳ אדני המלך the God of my lord the king 1 K 1:36. (β) with nouns of attributes or relationships, א׳ קֶדֶם ancient God Dt 33:27; א׳ עולם everlasting God Is 40:28; א׳ אֱמֶת true God 2 Ch 15:3; א׳ אָמֵן Is 65:16 (vid. אָמֵן); א׳ משפט Is 30:18 Mal 2:17; א׳ מרום Mi 6:6; א׳ כָל בָשָׂר God of all flesh Je 32:27; cf. א׳ הרוחת לכל בשר Nu 16:22; 27:16 (P); א׳ השמים God of heaven Gn 24:7 (JR) 2 Ch 36:23 Ezr 1:2 Ne 1:4, 5; 2:4, 20; cf. א׳ כל הארץ Is 54:5; י׳ א׳ השמים וא׳ הארץ Gn 24:3 (JR); א׳ מִקָּרֹב a God at hand opp. א׳ מֵרָחֹק Je 23:23, א׳ ישועתי, א׳ יִשְׁעִי God of my salvation ψ 18:47 (= 2 S 22:47) 24:5; 25:5; 27:9; 65:6; 79:9; 85:5 Is 17:10 Mi 7:7 Hb 3:18 1 Ch 16:35; א׳ ישועתי ψ 88:2; א׳ תשועתי ψ 51:16; א׳ צִדְקִי God of my righteousness ψ 4:2; א׳ חַסְדִּי ψ 59:11, 18; א׳ צוּרִי God who is my rock 2 S 22:3 (cf. ψ 18:3); א׳ מָעוּזִּי֯ God who is my stronghold ψ 43:2; א׳ תְהִלָּתִי God who is my praise ψ 109:1. c. with sf. in P (22 times incl. phr. ויראת מאלהיך) Lv 19:14, 32; 25:17, 36, 43 (H) Ex 8:21 Jos 24:27 (E) Dt 32:37 (poet.) Jos 9:23 (JE) Dt 10:21; 31:17 Ju 10:10; 16:23, 24 1 S 10:19 2 S 10:12; 22:32 + (4 times poet.) 1 K 12:28; 20:23 2 K 19:10 Chr (83 times) ψ (62 times) Pr 2:17; 30:9 Ru 1:15, 16(×2) Is 1:10; 7:13; 8:19, 21 Is 2 (29 times) Je 5:4, 5; 23:36; 51:5 Ez 34:31 Dn (5 times) Ho (12 times) Am 2:8; 4:12 Jo 1:13(×2), 16; 2:17 Mi 6:8; 7:7 Jon 1:5, 6 Zp 3:2 Na 1:14 Zc 9:7; 12:5; אלהים with sf. is also used with יהוה several hundred times (vid. יהוה).	heb	Prep-m \| N-mpc \| 1cp	4	2599
H0935	בּוֹא2569 vb. come in, come, go in, go (Assyrian bâʾu HptKAT 499, Ethiopic ቦአ Arabic بَآءَ return)— Qal Pf. בָּא Gn 6:13 +; 3 fs. בָּ֫אָה Gn 15:17 +; sf. בָּאַתְנוּ ψ 44:18; 2 ms. בָּ֫אתָ Jos 13:1 +, בָּ֫אתָה 2 S 3:7; 2 fs. בָּאתְ Gn 16:8 Ru 2:12, וּבָאתְ consec. Ru 3:4 2 S 14:3 Mi 4:10; 3 pl. בָּאוּ Gn 7:9 +; 1 pl. בָּאנוּ Gn 32:7 + (בָּנוּ 1 S 25:8), etc.; Impf. יָבוֹא Gn 32:9 +, יָבֹא Gn 49:10 +; 3 fs. תָּבוֹא Gn 41:50 +; sf. תְּבוֹאָֽתְךָ Jb 22:21 (but text dub. v. Köi. 644); 2 ms. תָּבוֹא Gn 15:15 +; 2 fs. תָּבוֹאִי Ru 3:17 +; 1 s. אָבוֹא Gn 33:14 +; cohort. אָבֹ֫אָה Ju 15:1, אָב֫וֹאָה Gn 29:21 +, וַתָּבֹאתִי 1 S 25:34 (Qr וַתָּבֹאת, but text prob. wrong, v. Köi. 647 Dr, read וַתָּבֹאִי); 3 pl. m. יָבוֹאוּ Gn 6:20 +, also (by textual error) בֹּאוּ Je 27:18 cf. Köi. 645, יְבֹא֑וּן ψ 95:11, sf. יְבֹאוּנִי ψ 119:77, וִיבֹאֻנִי v 41; 3 f. pl. תָּבֹאןָ Gn 30:38, תָּבוֹאנָה 1 S 10:7 +; תְּבֹאֶינָה 1 S 10:7 ψ 45:16, etc.; Imv. בּוֹא, בֹּא Gn 7:1 +, בֹּ֫אָה 1 S 20:21 1 K 13:7, בּ֫וֹאִי, בֹּ֫אִי 2 S 13:11 +; mpl. בֹּ֫אוּ Gn 45:17 +; Inf. בּוֹא, בֹּא Gn 39:16 +; sf. בֹּאִי, בּוֹאִי Gn 48:5 +, בּוֹאֲךָ 1 S 29:6 +, בֹּאֲכָה Gn 10:19 +, etc., בֹּאָם Gn 34:5 +, בֹּאָן Gn 30:38 cf. Ez 42:12 (where Co for בְּבוֹאָן reads לבוא להנה); Pt. בָּא Gn 33:1 +; f. בָּאָ֫ה Gn 29:6 +, הַבָּ֫אָה Gn 18:21 + (accent wrong Ew§ 331 b N.); pl. בָּאִים Gn 18:11 +; cstr. בָּאֵי Gn 23:10 +; f. abs. בָּאוֹת Gn 41:29; (see further on forms Köi. 634 f.);— 1. come in, sq. אֶל Gn 6:18; 7:9, 13, sq. בְּ Gn 19:8 & so (subj. רוּחַ) Ez 2:2; 37:10, sq. לְ Est 6:4, sq. ה—ָ loc. Gn 12:11; 41:57 Nu 14:24, sq. acc. (בית) Ju 18:18 2 K 11:19 cf. ψ 100:4 (שַׁעֲרָיו), & בָּאֵי שַׁעַר עִירוֹ Gn 23:10, 18; even of lifeless things 2 K 18:21, וּבָא בְכַפּוֹ (of broken reed) = pierce; of food and drink (sq. אֶל־) Dn 10:3 cf. Gn 41:21 (fat kine when eaten by lean kine); v. also (sq. בְּ) Nu 5:22, 24, 27; abs. Gn 7:16; 24:31 1 K 1:42; 14:6 cf. 2 K 11:5, 9 = 2 Ch 23:4, 8 +; more partic. a. opp. יָצָא, go out and come in (Sab. וצֿאם או בהאם Hal152) Jos 6:1 1 K 15:17 = 2 Ch 16:1 2 K 11:8 = 2 Ch 23:7; especially in sense of going about one’s affairs Dt 28:6; 19 Zc 8:10 ψ 121:8; id. + ישׁב 2 K 19:27 = Is 37:28; also sq. לִפְנֵי הָעָם etc. = act as ruler (judge) of, Nu 27:17 2 Ch 1:10 cf. 1 K 3:7; of leading an army 1 S 18:13, 16 cf. also Jos 14:11; v. further Dt 31:2 1 S 29:6 & sub c. infr. b. of taking part in worship of congregation Dt 23:2, 3(×2), 4(×2) + (sq. בְּ); or entering into tabernacle for priestly service Ex 28:29, 35 Lv 16:22 (all sq. אֶל־), Ex 28:30 (sq. לִפְנֵי יהוה), Lv 16:17 (sq. inf.) +. c. of entering on official duty 2 K 11:9 = 2 Ch 23:8 1 Ch 27:1 (all opp. יצא). d. of bride coming into her husband’s house Jos 15:18 = Ju 1:14. e. of entering a woman’s tent or apartment (with implication coire cum femina, cf. Arabic بَآءٌ NH בִּיאָה coitio; on origin of this use of word cf. RSK 90, 167, 291) Ju 15:1 אֶל־אִשְׁתִּי הֶחָ֑דְרָה, 16;1 Gn 6:4; 16:2; 30:3; 38:8, 9; 39:14 Dt 22:13 2 S 12:24; 16:21; 20:3 Ez 23:44(×3) Pr 6:29 (all sq. אֶל־); sq. עַל־ Gn 19:31 Dt 25:5 יָבֹא עָלֶיהָ וּלְקָחָהּ לוֹ לְאִשָּׁה; cf. בָּאֶיהָ Pr 2:19;—subj. rarely woman Gn 19:34 2 S 11:4. f. of associating with (sq. בְּ) Jos 23:7, 12 cf. Gn 49:6 בְּסֹדָם אַל תָּבֹא נַפְשִׁי (אַל־תֵּחַד ‖ בִּקְהָלָם). g. of entering into specific relations, בּ׳ בְאָלָה, בּ׳ בִבְרִית (v. אלה, ברית); בּוֹא בְדָמִים come into blood-guiltiness, became guilty of murder 1 S 25:26. h. of burial, בּ׳ אֶל־קֶבֶר 1 K 13:22; 14:13 cf. תָּבוֹא אֶל־אֲבוֹתֶיךָ Gn 15:15 (‖ תִּקָּבֵר). i. of sun, set (go in, enter, cf. Assyrian erîb šamši COT Gn 19:23; opp. יצא go forth, rise) Gn 15:12, 17; 28:11 Ex 17:12; 22:25 Lv 22:7 Dt 16:6; 23:12; 24:13, 15 Jos 8:29; 10:13, 27 Ju 19:14 Ec 1:5 2 S 2:24; 3:35 1 K 22:36; 18:34; so also fig. Je 15:9 of calamity בּאה שִׁמְשָׁהּ בְּעוֹד יוֹמָם (‖ אֻמְלְלָה יֹלֶדֶת הַשִּׁבְעָה etc.), cf. Is 60:20; Mi 3:6 וּב׳ הַשֶּׁמֶשׁ עַל־הַנְּבִיאִים of ignorance and confusion. j. of harvest, come in = be gathered Lv 25:22 (cf. תְּבוּאָה); so of revenue (income) 1 K 10:14 = 2 Ch 9:13 (sq. לְ pers.),—opp. יצא be expended. k. in other phrases: וַתָּבֹא הָעִיר בַּמָּצוֹר 2 K 24:10 + and the city came into siege; cf. ψ 105:18 בַּרְזֶל בָּאָה נַפְשׁוֹ his soul came into iron (v. AV RVm; Che felt iron chains, cf. Ew Ol Hup Pe; 𝔗 Hi De al. iron came upon his soul); בָּא בַּיָּמִים come into (the) days, = advanced in age Gn 24:1 Jos 13:1; 23:1 (all ‖ זָקֵן); on 1 S 17:12 v. Dr 2. come (approach, arrive) opp. הָלַךְ Gn 16:8 1 S 20:21 (cf. v 22) Ne 6:17 Ec 5:14, 15 (of birth opp. death); sq. אֶל־ pers. vel rei Gn 14:7; 37:23; sq. עַל־ Ex 18:23 2 Ch 20:24 (come up upon, almost = ascend); cf. also Lv 21:11 Nu 6:6; sq. לְ 1 S 9:12 2 Ch 29:17; sq. עַד Nu 13:22 Ju 15:14 2 S 16:5; cf. בָּאוּ בָנִים עַד־מַשְׁבֵּר 2 K 19:3 = Is 37:3 children have come to the birth; sq. עַד + אֶל 2 K 9:20 בָּא עַד אֲלֵיהֶם; sq. ָה loc. Ju 11:16 2 K 6:4; sq. acc. 1 S 4:12; 2 K 8:7 Je 32:24; cf. also La 1:4 בָּאֵי מוֹעֵד those coming to an appointed feast; abs. Gn 45:16 Joseph’s brethren are come, & often; also of lifeless things, ark of י׳ 1 S 4:6; wind Jb 1:19; so כַּסְפְּכֶם בָּא אֵלָ֑י Gn 43:23 your money came unto me = I received your money; our inheritance has fallen to us Nu 32:19 (c. אֶל־); so 1 S 9:16 its cry is come unto me, cf. Gn 18:21 Ex 3:9 La 1:22; of time, often of imminent future, especially in phr. הִנֵּה יָמִים בָּאִים Is 39:6 = 2 K 20:17 Je 7:32; 9:24; 16:14; 19:6; cf. also 1 S 26:10 Ez 7:7 +; of day of י׳ Jo 2:1; 3:4 Zc 14:1 Mal 3:2, 19, 23; also ptcp. as adj. הַיָּמִים הַבָּאִים Ec 2:16 cf. Je 47:4; as subst. הַבָּאוֹת Is 41:22 things to come, future things; & הַבָּאִים alone = adv. in (days) to come Is 27:6; partic. a. come with, i. e. come, bringing, sq. בְּ: אָבוֹא בֵיתְךָ בְעוֹלוֹת ψ 66:13; אָבוֹא בִּגְבֻרוֹת אדני י׳ ψ 71:16 (‖ אַזְכִּיר צִדְקָֽתְךָ) so Lv 16:3 & perhaps Pr 18:6—cf. בְּ III. 1. b. b. come upon, fall or light upon, of enemy, attack, sq. עַל־ Gn 34:27 1 S 11:12 cf. Gn 32:9 (sq. אֶל־); sq. sf. Jb 15:21, so also 20:22 Ez 32:11; of calamity, etc. Pr 10:24; 28:22 ψ 36:12; 44:18 (all c. sf.); sq. לְ Jb 3:25 (‖ אתה c. sf.) Is 47:9 (‖ בוא על); of blessing, sq. עַל־ Jos 23:15; sq. sf. Jb 22:21 (cf. Di) ψ 119:41, 77. c. come to pass, of signs, wonders, predictions, etc. Dt 13:3 Jos 23:14 1 S 9:6 (בֹּא יָבֹא) Is 42:9 Je 28:9 Pr 13:12 Jb 6:8 +. d. Gn 6:13 קֵץ כָּל־בָּשָׂר בָּא לְפָנַי perhaps has presented itself before me (v. Kn), cf. La 1:22 supr. & 2 Ch 7:11 (where בוא for usual עלה); but perhaps (cf. Di) has come to pass before me, i. e. in my mind it is already a fact. e. † in phr. עַד־בּוֹאֲךָ עַזָּה Ju 6:4 cf. 11:33 1 S 17:52 2 S 5:25 1 K 18:46 (עַד־בֹּאֲכָה) until thou comest to = as far as; so also בּוֹאֲךָ (בֹּאֲכָה) alone, = as far as, or in the direction of, Gn 10:19(×2), 30; 13:10; 25:18 1 S 27:8 (all sq. ָה loc.) 1 S 15:7; so לְבֹא חֲמָת Nu 13:21; 34:8 Ez 48:1, cf. Ez 47:15 (in a different connexion לָבוֹא אפרתה Gn 35:16; 48:7); עַד לְבוֹא ח׳ Jos 13:5 Ju 3:3 1 Ch 13:5, cf. 5:9 2 Ch 26:8 Ez 47:20; מִלְּבוֹא ח׳ Am 6:14 1 K 8:65 2 K 14:25 2 Ch 7:8; of Isaac בָּא מִבּוֹא בְּאֵר לַחַי רֹאִי Gn 24:62 (but text dub.) f. attain to וְעַד הַשְּׁלשָׁה לֹא בָא 2 S 23:19 = 1 Ch 11:21. g. be enumerated הַבָּאִים בְּשֵׁמוֹת, lit. those coming with names 1 Ch 4:38. 3. go, i.e. walk, associate with (עִם) ψ 26:4, so c. אֵת Pr 22:24 (cf. הלך את 13:20 & התהלך את Gn 5:22, 24; 6:9). 4. go (cf. הלך) from speaker, but with limit of motion given Is 22:15 לֶךְ־בֹּא אֶל־, so Ez 3:4, 11; Gn 45:17 וּלְכוּ־בֹאוּ אַרְצָה כְּנָ֑עַן; 1 S 22:5 לֵךְ וּבָאתָ־לְךָ אֶרֶץ יְהוּדָה; Is 47:5 Jon 1:3 אֳנִיָּה בָּאָה תַרְשִׁישׁ a ship going to Tarshish; go to war יָבֹאוּ לַמִּלְחָמָה Nu 32:6. Hiph. Pf. הֵבִיא Gn 4:4 +; sf. הֱבִיאַנִי Dt 9:4 +, etc.; 2 ms. הֵבֵיאתָ Is 43:23, הֵבֵאתָ Gn 20:9 +, etc.; sf. הֲבִיֹאתַנִי 2 S 7:18 1 Ch 17:16, הֲבִיאֹתָנוּ Nu 16:14, הֲבֵתָנוּ ψ 66:11; 1 s. הֵבֵאתִי Gn 31:39 +, והבאיתי Je 25:13 Kt (Qr וְהֵבֵאתִי); sf. וַהֲבִיאוֹתִיךָ Ez 38:16 +, הֲבֵאתִיהָ Is 37:26, etc.; 3 pl. הֵבִיאוּ Gn 43:2 +; sf. הֱבִיאוּהוּ 2 Ch 28:27 etc.; 2 mpl. הֲבֵאתֶם Nu 20:4 +; וַהֲבִיאֹתֶם 1 S 16:17; 1 pl. sf. הֲבִיאֹנֻם Nu 32:17; Impf. יָבִיא (יָבִא) Lv 4:32 +, וַיָּבֵא Gn 2:19 +; sf. וַיְבִיאֵנִי Ez 40:17, etc.; 2 ms. תָּבִיא Jb 14:3; sf. תְּבִיאֵהוּ Je 13:1, וַתְּבִיאֵם Ne 9:23, תְּבִאֵ֗מוֹ Ex 15:17, אָבִיא Ex 11:1 + (אָבִי 1 K 21:29 Mi 1:15), etc.; Imv. הָבֵא Gn 43:16 Ex 4:6, הָבֵיא 1 S 20:40, הָבִיאָה Gn 27:7 +; fs. הָבִיאִי 2 S 13:10 +, etc.; Inf. abs. הָבֵא Hg 1:6; cstr. הָבִיא Gn 18:19 +; Pt. מֵבִיא ψ 74:5 +, מֵבִי 1 K 21:21 + 3 times, מְבִיאֲךָ Dt 8:7; pl. מְבִיאִים (מְבִאִים) 1 K 10:25 +; cstr. מְבִאֵי Je 17:26, מְבִיאֶיהָ Dn 11:6;— 1. cause to come in, bring in (conduct, lead, obj. persons and animals), sq. אֶל־ Gn 6:19 Ct 2:4; 3:4; sq. בְּ Lv 26:41 ψ 66:11; sq. לְ Ju 19:21 1 S 19:22; sq. לִפְנֵי Est 1:11, 17; sq. ָה loc. Gn 24:67; 46:7; sq. ָה + אֶל־ Gn 19:10, sq. acc. (חֶדֶר) Ct 1:4 2 K 9:2; also bring, carry in (lifeless things), sq. אֶל־ Nu 31:54 Mal 3:10; sq. בְּ Je 17:21; send, of sending (shooting) arrows (fig.) La 3:13; cf. Lv 26:36; of sending breath (רוּחַ) into dry bones Ez 37:5 (Co על); sq. לְ Ne 13:12; sq. ָה loc. Ex 26:33 2 K 20:20 וַיָּבֵא אֶת־הַמַּיִם הָעִ֑ירָה; sq. acc. (חֶדֶר) 2 S 13:10; also 2 Ch 15:18 (בֵּית); abs. 2 S 6:17; partic. a. opp. הוֹצִיא (bring out) Dt 9:28 (sq. אֶל־); especially in combination with הוֹצִיא lead out and in (to and from battle) Nu 27:17 1 Ch 11:2. b. bring in women as wives for sons (sq. מִן הַחוּץ) Ju 12:9 (opp. שִׁלַּח הַחוּצָה). c. bring into judgment וְאֹתִי תָבִיא בְּמִשְׁפָּט עִמָּ֑ךְ Jb 14:3 cf. Ec 11:9; 12:4. d. cause sun to go down Am 8:9 (symbol of judgment). e. of harvest, bring in, gather 2 S 9:10 Hg 1:6 (opp. זרע) cf. Ne 13:15. f. put staves into (בְּ) rings Ex 25:14; 37:5; 38:7 cf. 26:11 Lv 14:42; hand into (בְּ) bosom Ex 4:6(×2); girdle into (בְּ) water Je 13:1. g. other phrases, הֵבִיאוּ צַוָּ֯רָם בַּעֲבֹדַת אֲדֹנֵיהֶם Ne 3:5 put their necks to the work, etc.; fig. הביאו את־צואריכם בְּעֹל Je 27:12; הָבִיאָה לַמּוּסָר לֵבֶּ֑ךָ Pr 23:12 apply to instruction thy heart; וְנָבִא לְבַב חָכְמָה ψ 90:12 that we may gain a heart of wisdom. 2. cause to come, bring, bring near, etc. (animate obj.) sq. אֶל־ Gn 2:19, 22; 43:9 Lv 24:11 Nu 5:15; often of bringing Isr. to Canaan Ex 6:8; 23:23 +, cf. Is 14:2; 56:7 Ne 1:9; abs. Dt 4:38; 6:23; sq. לְ Gn 39:14, 17; sq. ָה loc. Ez 12:13; sq. הֲלֹם Ju 18:3, & עַד־הֲלֹם (fig. of Yahweh’s prospering care) 2 S 7:18 = 1 Ch 17:16; abs. Gn 46:32; also with lifeless obj., Gn 27:10 (sq. לְ), so 2 Ch 36:7; Gn 31:39 (sq. אֶל־); sq. acc. 2 K 12:5 2 Ch 36:18 Dn 1:2(×2); sq. ָה loc. Ex 26:33 Je 20:5; sq. לִפְנֵי 2 Ch 24:14; of ravens bringing food 1 K 17:6 (sq. לְ); of bringing presents Gn 43:26 1 S 9:7; 10:27 (all sq. לְ); cf. 1 S 17:18; especially offerings, sq. לְ Gn 4:3 Nu 15:25 Ne 10:35, 37 (לְבֵית), etc.; Lv 2:2 sq. אֶל־ of priest; abs. Gn 4:4 Lv 4:32; 23:14, 15 Mal 1:13(×2) 2 Ch 31:5; cf. also Ex 35:21, 22, 23, 24:(×2), 27, 29 (sq. לְ for) so 36:3 +; of time, cause a day to come La 1:21; cause cry to come (עַל־) Jb 34:28; = carry והב׳ בָּנַיִךְ בְּחֹצֶן Is 49:22 (‖ עַל־כָּתֵף נשׂא); carry God in (בְּ) the hand Jb 12:6 (cf. אֱלהַּ p. 43); allow to come, almost = invite Est 5:12 (sq. אֶל־) cf. v 10; partic. a. sq. עַל־ bring against, or upon, bring enemies against Je 25:9 cf. Ez 23:22; obj. sword Lv 26:25 Ez 5:17; 11:8; 14:17; 33:2; plague Ex 11:1; curse or calamity Gn 27:12 Dt 29:26 1 K 9:9 = 2 Ch 7:22 Jb 42:11 cf. Je 25:13; 36:31; 44:2; 49:8, 37 Ez 14:22; sin Gn 20:9; 26:10 Ex 32:21; cf. also sq. אֶל־ Je 32:42; 49:36. b. bring to pass 2 K 19:25 = Is 37:26 cf. 1 Ch 4:10 ψ 78:29. c. bring, bring forward, bring on the scene Mi 1:15 Zc 3:8. d. bring for a purpose, sq. inf. ψ 78:71 עָלוֹת הֱבִיאוֹ לִרְעוֹת בְּיַעֲקֹב עַמּוֹ מֵאַחַר. e. bring, procure בְּנַפְשֵׁנוּ נָבִיא לַחְמֵנוּ La 5:9, ψ 90:12. †Hoph. Pf. הוּבָא Lv 10:18 +; 3 fs. הֻבָאת Gn 33:11 (v. infr.); 2 ms. הֻבָ֫אתָה Ez 40:4; 3 pl. הוּבְאוּ Gn 43:18; Impf. יוּבָא Lv 6:23 +, יוּבָ֑אוּ Je 27:22; Pt. מוּבָא 2 K 12:10 +; pl. מוּבָאִים Gn 43:18 Ez 30:11 + 23:42 (Co מרבדים), מוּבָאוֹת ψ 45:15;— a. be brought in (of pers. and things), abs. Gn 43:18; sq. בית into a house Gn 43:18; temple 2 K 12:5, 10, 14, 17; 22:4 2 Ch 34:9, 14. b. be brought, sq. לְ Gn 33:11 (but 𝔊 read Hiph. I have brought), ψ 45:15; sq. אֶל־ unto Lv 6:23; 10:18; 13:2, 9; 14:2; cf. Ez 23:42 (but v. Co VB); sq. הֵ֫נָּה Ez 40:4; sq. בָּבֶ֫לָה Je 27:22; sq. inf. Lv 16:27 Ez 30:11; sq. מִן Je 10:9. c. be introduced, put, sq. בְּ, staves into rings Ex 27:7; vessel into water Lv 11:32.	heb	Conj-w \| V-Hifil-Imp-mp	4	2592
H4428	I. מֶ֫לֶךְ2513 n.m. king (NH id.; MI 1.5.10.18.23 מלך; 1:4 המלכן; Ph. מלך; Zinj. מלך DHMSendsch. 60; Assyrian maliku, malku, prince (Assyrian šarru = king); Arabic مَلِكٌ king (orig. Heb. מַלִךְ inferred, LagBN 73 BaNB § 112 WMMAs. u. Europ. 76); Sab. מלכן SabDenkmNo. 1; cstr. מלך, pl. אמלך CISiv. 37; cf. Ethiopic አምላክ God (and Nöl.c.); Aramaic ܡܠܶܟ, מְלֵיךְ; Palm. מלך מלכא VogNo. 28; Nab. מלכא EutNab. 1);—מ׳ abs. Gn 36:31 + (ins. also 2 S 13:17 𝔊 Th We Dr Kit Bu, and v 34 𝔊 We Dr Kit Bu); in p. always מֶ֑לֶךְ Gn 49:20 + 238 times (so also n.pr. in -מֶלֶךְ); cstr. Gn 14:1 +; sf. מַלְכִּי 2 S 19:44 + 6 times, etc.; pl. מְלָכִים Gn 14:9 +; מְלָכִין Pr 31:3; cstr. מַלְכֵי Gn 17:6 +; sf. מְלָכֶיהָ Is 7:16 + 3 times; מַלְכֵיהֶם Dt 7:24 + 16 times, etc.;— 1. king: of Egypt Gn 39:20 f. Ex 1:8 f. Dt 11:3 1 K 3:1; of Mesopotamia, Shinar, Assyrian, Babyl., Pers., etc. Ju 3:8, 10 Gn 14:1 f. 2 K 15:19, 20, 29; 17:3 f.; 18:13 f.; 24:1, 11 f. Ezr 1:1 f.; 4:3 f. Est 1:2 +, 1 K 11:18, 40; 14:25 2 K 17:4 f.; 23:29 +; of Canaan, Philist., Edom, Moab, etc. (often of single city): Gn 14:2 f. v 18; 20:2; 26:1, 8; 36:31 Nu 20:14; 21:1 f.; 22:4, 10 Dt 1:4; 3:1 f. Jos 2:2 (often in Jos), Ju 1:7; 5:19; 8:5, 12; 11:12 f.; 2 K 3:4 f. +; of Aram, Hamath, etc. 2 S 8:3 f. v 9 1 K 15:18; 20:1 f.; 22:3 2 K 5:1 f.; 8:7 f v 29; 9:14, 15; 15:37; 16:5 f. +; of Tyre, etc. 2 S 5:11; 1 K 5:15; 9:11; 16 +, etc.; especially of Israel (undivided, and of both divisions) Gn 36:31 Nu 23:21; 24:7 Dt 17:14 f. Ju 17:6; 18:1; 19:1; 21:25; 1 S 2:10; 8:5 f. 2 S 2:4 f. 1 K 1:33, 34 f. + very often; cf. also Ju 9:5.—2 S 18:29b del. הַמּ׳ We Klo Dr Kit Bu. Note that in early books המלך דוד is nearly always said; in late books usually דוד (שׁלמה וגו׳) המלך; cf. Aramaic כּוֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּא, etc. 2. of Davidic king, as under divine protection, 1 S 2:10 (‖ מְשִׁיחוֹ), ψ 2:6; 18:51; 89:19; 61:7, cf. 99:4; so in (Messianic) prediction Ho 3:5 Is 32:1 Je 23:5 Ez 37:22, 24 Zc 9:9. 3. used of י׳ as king of Israel 1 S 12:12; poet. Dt 33:5 cf. ψ 5:3; 10:16; 29:10; 44:5; 48:3; 68:25; 74:12; 84:4; 145:1; 149:2 Is 41:21; 43:15; 44:6 Zp 3:15; מֶלֶךְ הַכָּבוֹד ψ 24:7, 8, 9, 10(×2); universal king ψ 47:3, 8; 95:3; 98:6 Je 10:7, 10, cf. 46:18; 48:15; 51:57 Zc 14:9, 16, 17 Mal 1:14; of false god Am 5:26. 4. in fable, king of trees Ju 9:8, 15; fig. of crocodile Jb 41:26; מ׳ אֵין לָאַרְבֶּה Pr 30:27; of death, מֶלָךְ בַּלָּהוֹת Jb 18:14. 5. combinations are:— a. הַמּ׳ הַגָּדוֹל 2 K 18:19, 28 = Is 36:4, 13 (of Assyrian king: cf. Assyrian šarru rabû); מ׳ גָּדוֹל Ec 9:14 (indef.); of י׳ Mal 1:14, מ׳ ג׳ עַל־כל־אלהים ψ 95:3; עוֹלָם מ׳ Je 10:10 (of י׳); מ׳ מְלָכִים Ez 26:7 (king of Babyl.) b. יְחִי הַמֶּלֶךְ 1 S 10:24 2 S 16:16(×2) 1 K 1:34, 39 2 K 11:12 2 Ch 23:11; מֶלָךְ בירושׁלם Ec 1:1, cf. 1 Sa 15:26; 2 S 5:2 1 K 14:2 1 Ch 29:25 2 S 2:11 (היה מ׳ בחברון על־) 1 K 11:37 2 Ch 28:4 Ec 1:12. c. following a very (one or two acc.) שִׂים מ׳ על Dt 17:14, 15(×2) 1 S 10:19; שִׂים לָנוּ מ׳ 1 S 8:5; שִׂים לְמ׳ 1 K 10:9; נָתַן מ׳ לְ 1 S 8:6 Ho 13:10, 11; נָתַן עַל 1 S 12:13 2 Ch 2:10 Ne 9:37; 13:26; הִמְלִיךְ לְמֶלֶךְ Ju 9:6 1 S 15:11; הִמְלִיךְ מ׳ על 1 S 12:1; הִמְלִיךְ מ׳ לְ 1 S 8:22; מָשַׁח מ׳ עַל Ju 9:8; מָשַׁח לְמ׳ 1 K 1:45; מָשַׁח לְמ׳ עַל Ju 9:15 1 S 15:1, 17; 2 S 2:4; 5:3, 12; 12:7 1 K 1:34 1 Ch 11:3; 14:8; מ׳ יִהְיֶה על 1 S 8:19; בִּקֵּשׁ למ׳ על 2 S 3:17; הֵכִין לְמ׳ על 2 S 5:12 1 Ch 14:2; הֵקִים מ׳ על 1 K 14:14 Dt 28:36; יָשַׁב עַל־כִּסֵּא י׳ לְמ׳ תַּחַת וגו׳ 1 Ch 29:23, cf. Pr 20:8; נָתַן עַל־כִּסֵּא לְמ׳ לְי׳ אלהיך 2 Ch 9:8. d. מַעֲדַנֵּי־מֶלֶךְ Gn 49:20 royal dainties, fig.; מִשְׁתֵּה הַמּ׳ 1 S 25:36 royal feast (in sim.); אֶבֶן הַמּ׳ 2 S 14:26 king’s weight; יַד־הַמּ׳ 1 K 10:13 royal bounty (in sim.); גִּזֵּי הַמּ׳ Am 7:1 king’s mowings; מִקְדַּשׁ מ׳ Am 7:13 royal sanctuary; עֲטֶרֶת מַלְכָּם 2 S 12:30 crown of their king = 1 Ch 20:2 (but read מִלְכֹּם 𝔊 We Klo Dr Kit Kau—not Bu KitChr. Hpt); cf. also בַּ֫יִת²" dir="rtl" >בַּיִת, עֵ֫מֶק" dir="rtl" >עֵמֶק, גַּן²" dir="rtl" >גַּן, שָׁוֵה²" dir="rtl" >שָׁוֵה, etc.—N.pr. אבימלך, אחימלך, אלימלך, נתן מלך, עבד מלך, v. sub אָב" dir="rtl" >אב, אח, etc.	heb	N-msc \| 2ms	2	2526
H3478	יִשְׂרָאֵל2507 n.pr.m. et gent. Israel (E†l persisteth, persevereth (or juss. Let E†l persist) [usually contendeth (NesEg 60 ff.) or Let E†l contend (GrayProp. N. 218), but v. DrHastDict. Bib. Jacob 530]; on vocalization v. LagBN 131 f. Kit 1 Ch 4:16 (Hpt); MI5, + 5 times ישראל; in Egyptian Y-si-r-ʾl SteindorffZAW xvi (1896), 331, cf. BreastedBib. World ix (1897), 62 ff. PatonSyriac and Pal. 134; Assyrian Sir-ʾ-lai (= יִשְׂרְאֵלִי) SchrKG 356 ff., 364; COT Gn 36:31, 1 K 16:29.—On a poss. relation of יִשׂ׳ to n.pr. שָׂרַי, שָׂרָה v. RSK 257, 2nd ed. 34;—cf. שְׂרָיָה(וּ));—Ισραηλ: 1. n.pr.m. second name of Jacob Gn 32:29 + 28 times Gn (JE), Ex 32:13 (JE), Ho 12:13; Ju 18:29; Ex 6:14; Nu 1:20; 26:5 (all P), 2 K 17:34 1 Ch 1:34 + 8 times Chr, ψ 105:23; בֵּית יִשׂ׳ Ru 4:11; בְּנֵי יִשׂ׳ (lit.) Gn 42:5 + 3 times E, 2 times P + Ex 1:7 (P; transition to wider use), 1 K 18:31 1 Ch 2:1 +; = 12 tribes Ex 28:9 + 7 times P; אֱלֹהֵי אַבְרָהָם יִצְחָק וְיִשׂ׳ †1 K 18:36; 1 Ch 29:18; 2 Ch 30:6. 2. n.pr.gent. (usually m. Ju 11:17 f. but f. 1 S 17:21; 2 S 24:9 [not ‖ 1 Ch 21:5], cf. Drad loc. AlbrZAW xvi (1896), 57 f.): name of Hebrew nation; usually der. from 1, but יִשׂ׳ more common in early usage than בְּנֵי יִשׂ׳ (v. בֵּן p. 120b): a. (1) undivided kingdom; יִשׂ׳ Gn 47:27 (J), 49:7 (poem in J) + 108 times JE, Dt 1:1; 18:6; 33:10 (poem) + 76 times D, Gn 34:7 Ex 12:15 + 42 times P; Ju 5:2, 7(×2) + 104 times Ju, often 1 and 2 S, 1 K 1–12; כָּל־יִשׂ׳ of whole people 2 S 8:15 +, of whole army 11:1 +, opp. Judah 2:9 + (so also later). (2) יִשׂ׳ = N. tribes, disting. from Judah, even before disruption, 2 S 2:9, cf. v 10 3:10; 4:1; 5:5; 12:7; 20:1 1 K 1:35; 4:20; 5:5 +; so at disruption 12:16(×3), 18, 19; then usually of N. kingdom, till its fall, v 28; 24:7, 10 + very often K, Am 1:1; 2:6; 3:14 +, Ho 1:5; 4:15(×2); 5:3(×2), 5 +, Mi 1:13, etc. (3) יִשׂ׳ of S. kingdom, Judah, rarely bef. fall of Samaria Is 1:3; 8:18 Mi 1:14, 15, so בְּנֵי יִשׂ׳ 1 K 12:17; after fall of Sam., יִשׂ׳ (less often בְּנֵי יִשׂ׳) occurs of entire people, in reference to past or future 2 K 21:8; 23:22; Is 17:9 ψ 103:7; Je 2:3; 50:17, 19 +; יִשׂ׳ also = Judah Je 2:14, 31; 4:1 +, Ez 13:2, 4, 16; 14:1, 7, 9 +, Is 40:27; 41:8; 42:24 +, Ezr 2:59 = Ne 7:61, Ezr 2:70; 3:11 +, Ne 10:34; 10:3 +, ψ 14:7(×2) = 53:7(×2), 147:2; 149:2 +, etc. (4) usage in Chr: יִשׂ׳ of whole people 1 Ch 2:7 + 110 times, of N. kingdom 2 Ch 11:1 + 16 times, of Judah 12:6; 19:8 + 9 times (5) יִשׂ׳ personif. as עֶבֶד י׳, Is 44:1, 21; 49:3 b. בְּנֵי יִשׂ׳, (1) of undiv. people Ex 1:12 (J), 3:9 (E) + 72 times JE, Dt 3:18; 10:6 + 25 times D, Gn 32:33 + 327 times P; Ju 1:1 + 60 times Ju; seld. 1 and 2 Sm, 1 K 1–12; in 13–2 K 25 pass. in ref. to older hist. (rarely otherwise). (2) seldom of N. kingdom Am 2:11 + 9 times Am Ho, 2 Ch 13:12 + 7 times Chr. (3) of Judah (late) Ez 2:3; Ne 1:6(×2) Ezr 3:1; Jo 4:16 +, 2 Ch 31:5. c. בֵּית יִשׂ׳ Ex 16:31; 40:38 + 142 times (v. בַּיִת 5 d (δ); 81 times Ez, where = Judah; v. especially 37:16); שְׁנֵי בָֽתֵּי יִשׂ׳ Is 8:14. d. other phrases, v. sub אִישׁ" dir="rtl" >אִישׁ, אֶ֫רֶץ" dir="rtl" >אֶרֶץ, בַּת" dir="rtl" >בַּת, בְּתוּלָה" dir="rtl" >בְּתוּלָה, גְּבוּל" dir="rtl" >גְּבוּל, הַר" dir="rtl" >הַר, כִּסֵּא" dir="rtl" >כִּסֵּא, מֶ֫לֶךְ" dir="rtl" >מֶלֶךְ, מַטֶּה" dir="rtl" >נטה) מַטֶּה), עֵדָה⁵" dir="rtl" >יעד) עֵדָה), עַם²" dir="rtl" >עַם, שֵׁ֫בֶט" dir="rtl" >שֵׁבֶט; also (in epith. of י׳) sub אָבִיר, אוֹר, אֱלֹהִים, I. גָּאַל, מֶלֶךְ, מִקְוֶה (I. קוה), i. צוּר (V. צור), קָדוֹשׁ, I. רָעָה 1 d (3). †e. יִשׂ׳ =the laity, opp. priests, etc. (late): Ezr 10:25; Ne 11:3; 1 Ch 9:2 כָּל־יִשׂ׳ Ezr 2:70; 10:5; הָעָם יִשׂ׳ 9:1; בְּנֵי יִשׂ׳ Ne 10:40, cf. שְׁאָר" dir="rtl" >שְׁאָר יִשׂ׳ 11:20.	heb	Conj-w	1	2507
H0776	אֶ֫רֶץ2407 n.f. Gn 10:11 & (seld.) m. Ez 21:24 earth, land (Ph. MI ארץ, Assyrian irṣitu COTGloss, Arabic أَرْضٌ, Sab. ארץֿ e.g. Os 9 DHMZMG 1875, 594, 614; Sem. Sprachf. 12, cf. PräBAS i. 374 n., Aramaic אֲרַע, ܐܰܪܥܳܐ )—א׳ abs. Gn 1:24 +; cstr. 2:11 +; אָ֑רֶץ 1:10 +; c. art. always הָאָ֫רֶץ 1:11 +; c. ה—ָloc. אַ֫רְצָה 11:31 +, (poet. = אָרֶץ Jb 34:13; cf. 1 S 25:23 1 K 1:31); sf. אַרְצִי 20:15 + אַרְצְךָ (אַרְצֶ֑ךָ) 12:1 +, etc.; pl. אֲרָצוֹת Je 28:8 + 65 times; cstr. אַרְצוֹת Ez 39:27 + 6 times; sf. אַרְצֹתָם Gn 10:5 + 2 times;— 1. a. earth, whole earth (opp. to a part) Gn 18:18, 25; 22:18 (= הָאֲדָמָה 12:3) Je 25:26, 29, 30; 26:6 Is 37:16, 20 = 2 K 19:15, 19 Zc 4:10, 14 +. b. earth, opp. to heaven, sky Gn 1:2 Ex 20:4 Dt 5:8; 30:19 Ju 5:4 La 2:1 Is 37:16 = 2 K 19:15 ψ 146:6 1 Ch 21:16; 29:11 2 Ch 2:11 +; as permanent Ec 1:4; built on foundations, or pillars 1 S 2:8 ψ 104:5 Jb 38:4 Is 48:13; 51:13, 16 cf. also Is 24:18 ψ 82:5; firm, so that its shaking is something terrible, & token of terrible power 1 S 14:5 2 S 22:8 = ψ 18:8 Jb 9:6 cf. ψ 46:3 & v 7; so also Am 8:8 Is 2:19, 21; 24:18, 19, 20 ψ 60:4; 77:19; 99:1; 114:7; as hung on nothing Jb 26:7; with waters under it Ex 20:4 = Dt 5:8 cf. Gn 7:11; personified, especially as addressed, called to witness, etc. Dt 32:1 Je 6:19; 22:29 Is 1:2 Mi 1:2 Jb 16:18. c. earth = inhabitants of earth Gn 6:11; 11:1 1 K 2:2; 10:24 ψ 33:8; 66:4 + cf. תֵּבֵל א׳ Pr 8:31 Jb 37:12. 2. land = a. country, territory, א׳ שִׁנְעָר Gn 10:10, א׳ מִצְרַיִם 21:21; cf. also 10:11; 11:28, 31; 13:10; 47:6, 27; 50:8 Is 7:18; 23:1, 13; 27:13 ψ 78:12 Je 25:20 1 Ch 1:43; personif. Is 62:4 Ec 10:16, 17. b. district, region Gn 19:28; 22:2 Jos 11:3 ψ 42:7. c. tribal territory Dt 34:2 Ju 21:21 1 S 9:4, 16; 13:7 1 K 15:20 Is 8:23; and still smaller territories 1 S 9:4, 5. d. piece of ground Gn 23:15. e. specif. land of Canaan, or Israel Gn 11:31; 12:1, 5, 6, 7; 31:3 Lv 14:34 Dt 17:14; 18:9 2 K 5:2, 4 +; especially obj. of יָרַשׁ possess Dt 3:20 + often Dt ψ al.; so after נָחַל Jos 19:49 +; נָתַן Dt 1:21 +. f. = inhabitants of land Lv 19:29 Ez 14:13 + cf. Dt 24:4 Zc 12:12 etc. g. used even of Sheʾôl Jb 10:21, 22 (cf. Assyrian irṣit la târat, land without return, in Descent of Ishtar, v. Jr 10.65); v. also ψ 139:15 Is 44:23. 3. a. ground, surface of ground = אֲדָמָה q.v. Gn 1:26, 30; 18:2; 33:3; 38:9 Ex 4:3; 16:14 Ru 2:10 1 S 5:4 + very often in S. b. soil, as productive = אֲדָמָה Gn 1:11, 12 Lv 19:9; 25:19; 26:4 cf. Nu 14:7, 8 Is 36:17 = 2 K 18:32 ψ 72:6, 16; 107:34, 35 Ezr 9:12 Ne 9:35. 4. אֶרֶץ in phrases: a. people of the land עַם־הָא׳ of non-Israelites Gn 23:7, 12, 13 (P) Nu 14:9 (JE); as well as Isr. Lv 20:4 (H) 2 K 15:5; 16:15; 21:24(×2); especially common people, opp. officials, princes Lv 4:27 (P) Ez 7:27 2 K 11:18, 19. †b. in measurements of distance, כִּבְרַת הָא׳ the space or distance of country (v. כּברה) Gn 35:16, so כִּבְרַת א׳ some distance Gn 48:7 2 K 5:19. c. אֶרֶץ הַמִּישׁוֹר the country of the plain, level or plain country Dt 4:33 Je 48:21; א׳ מִישׁוֹר fig. ψ 143:10 (but read אֹרַח 𝔖 Bi Gr Che, cf. ψ 27:11). d. א׳חַיִּים land of the living ψ 27:13; א׳ הַחַיִּים ψ 142:6 +. e. קְצֵה הָא׳ end(s) of the earth Is 42:10; 43:6 (‖ רָחוֹק) ψ 135:7 Pr 17:24, so אַפְסֵי א׳ Pr 30:4 +; קְצוֹת הָא׳ Is 40:28; 41:5, 9. 5. pl. אֲרָצוֹת is almost wholly late, Je 16:15 + 6 times Je; 23 times Ez; Is 36:20; 37:11 = 2 K 18:35; 19:11 (Is 37:18 read הַגּוֹיִם v. Che Di & cf. 2 K 19:17); 22 times Chr; Dn 9:7; 11:40, 42; ψ 105:44; 106:27; 107:3; 116:9; besides these only P Gn 10:5, 20, 31 Lv 26:36, 39, except Gn 26:3, 4 (JR) 41:54 (JE); it denotes lands, countries, often in contrast to Canaan, lands of the nations, etc., v. especially abs. Ez 20:32; 22:4; = the various petty divisions of Canaan afterward united under Israel’s control Gn 26:3, 4, cf. 1 Ch 13:2 אַרְצוֹת יִשְׂרָאֵל, 2 Ch 11:23 אַרְצוֹת יְהוּדָה.	heb	N-fsc \| 2ms	4	2505
G1510	εἰμί (sum), Aeolic dialect ἔμμι Refs 7th c.BC+; Cretan dialect ἠμί Refs; 2nd pers. singular εἶ, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect εἰς Refs 8th c.BC+, Epic dialect and Doric dialect ἐσσί Refs 8th c.BC+; 3rd.pers. singular ἐστί, Doric dialect ἐντί Refs 3rd c.BC+; 3rd.pers. dual ἐστόν Refs 5th c.BC+; 1st pers. plural ἐσμέν, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect εἰμέν (also in Refs 5th c.BC+, Doric dialect εἰμές Refs 3rd c.BC+; 3rd.pers. plural εἰσί (-ίν), Epic dialect and Ionic dialect ἔασι (-ιν) Refs 8th c.BC+, Doric dialect ἐντί Refs 5th c.BC+, Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also in middle form ἔσσο Refs 8th c.BC+; 3rd.pers. singular ἔστω (ἤτω LXX+5th c.BC+; 3rd.pers. plural ἔστωσαν, but ἔστων Refs 8th c.BC+, and early Attic dialect Inscrr., Refs 2nd c.BC+subjunctive ὦ, ᾖς, ᾖ, Epic dialect ἔω Refs 8th c.BC+; 3rd.pers. singular ἔῃ Refs 8th c.BC+, also Boeotian dialect ἔνθω Refs 8th c.BC+; Doric dialect 3rd.pers. plural ὦντι Refs, Boeotian dialect ἴωνθι Refs 6th c.BC+, -η, also ἔοις, ἔοι, Refs 8th c.BC+; 3rd.pers. plural εἴοισαν Ἀρχ. Ἐφ. Refs; 3rd.pers. dual εἴτην Refs 5th c.BC+; 1st pers. plural εἶμεν Refs 5th c.BC+; 2nd pers. plural εἶτε Refs 8th c.BC+; 3rd.pers. plural εἶεν Refs 8th c.BC+; Elean ἔα, ={εἴη}, Refs 6th c.BC+infinitive εἶναι, Refs 4th c.BC+; Epic dialect ἔμμεναι (also Aeolic dialect ἔμμεν᾽ Refs 7th c.BC+; Doric dialect εἶμεν Foed. cited in Refs 5th c.BC+participle ὤν, Epic dialect ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, Refs 5th c.AD+; Boeotian dialect feminine ἰῶσα Refs, Aeolic dialect and Doric dialect feminine ἔσσα Refs 7th c.BC+ (also Ionic dialect, Refs 5th c.BC+; nominative singular εἴς in Refs 7th c.BC+: imperfect ἦν Refs 8th c.BC+ (also Aeolic dialect, Refs 7th c.BC+ (uncertain in Aeolic dialect, Refs 7th c.BC+ is required by metre in Refs 8th c.BC+, whence Hom.and later Ionic dialect ἔᾱ Refs 8th c.BC+; Epic dialect 3rd.pers. singular ἦεν, always with ν in Refs 8th c.BC+; ἔην as 1st pers. singular, only Refs 8th c.BC+; 2nd pers. singular ἦσθα, later ἦς (which is variant in NT+5th c.BC+; 3rd.pers. singular ἦν, Epic dialect ἔην, ἤην, ἦεν (see. above), Doric dialect and Aeolic dialect ἦς Refs 7th c.BC+; 3rd.pers. dual ἤστην Refs 8th c.BC+; Doric dialect 1st pers. plural ἦμες Refs 1st c.AD+; 2nd pers. plural ἦτε Refs 5th c.BC+; 3rd.pers. plural ἦσαν, Ionic dialect and poetical ἔσαν (in Refs 8th c.BC+, but is rather a peculiarity of syntax, see below see, but is 3rd.pers. plural in Refs 5th c.BC+; Aeolic dialect ἔον NT+5th c.BC+, 2nd pers. singular ἦσο Refs, 3rd.pers. singular ἦστο Refs, 1st pers. plural ἤμεθα NT+3rd c.BC+; subjunctive ὦμαι Refs 2nd c.BC+; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect also ἔσκον, used by Refs 4th c.BC+future ἔσομαι, ἔσται, Epic dialect and Aeolic dialect also ἔσσομαι, ἔσεται, ἔσσετα; Aeolic dialect 2nd pers. singular ἔσσῃ probably in Refs 8th c.BC+, infinitive ἐσσεῖσθαι Refs 5th c.BC+ —All forms of the present indicative are enclitic (except 2nd pers. singular εἶ and 3rd.pers. plural ἔασι); but 3rd.pers. singular is written ἔστι when it begins a sentence or verse, or when it immediately follows οὐκ, καί, εἰ, ὡς, ἀλλά, or τοῦτ᾽, Hdn.Gr.Refs; later Grammars wrote ἔστι as substantive Verb, Refs 9th c.AD+ __A as the substantive Verb, __A.I of persons, exist, οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ᾽ ἔσσεται Refs 8th c.BC+; ἔτ᾽ εἰσί they are still in being,Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐκέτ᾽ ἐστί he is no more, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδὲ δὴν ἦν he was not long-lived, Refs 8th c.BC+; ὁ οὐκ ὤν, οἱ οὐκ ὄντες, of those who are no more, Refs 5th c.BC+; οἱ ὄντες the living, Refs 2nd c.BC+; ὁ ὤν the LXX+8th c.BC+; ἐσσόμενοι posterity,Refs 5th c.BC+; ὡς ἂν εἶεν ἅνθρωποι might continue in being, Refs 5th c.BC+; of things, εἰ ἔστι ἀληθέως [ἡ τράπεζα] Refs 5th c.BC+; of cities, ὄλωλεν, οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἐστὶ Τροία Refs 5th c.BC+; δοκεῖ μοι Καρχηδόνα μὴ εἶναι censeo Carthaginem esse delendam, Refs 1st c.AD+; ἂν ᾖ τὸ στράτευμα be in existence, Refs 4th c.BC+; of money, to be in hand, τῶν ὄντων χρημάτων καὶ τῶν προσιόντων Refs; τὰ ὄντα property, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐκ.. future revenue from.., Refs 1st c.BC+; of place, τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν the local church, NT; of time, τοῦ ὄντος μηνός in the current month, Refs; in office, ἱερέων τῶν ὄντων Refs 2nd c.BC+; αἱ οὖσαι [ἐξουσίαι] the powers that be, Ep. Rom.Refs __A.II of the real world, be, opposed to become, γίγνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ ὄν Refs 5th c.BC+; opposed to τὸ μὴ ὄν, LXX+5th c.BC+; τὰ ὄντα the world of things, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὄνindeclinable, τῶν ὂν εἰδῶν species of Being, Refs 3rd c.AD+ __A.II.2 of circumstances, events, etc., to happen, τά τ᾽ ἐόντα, τά τ᾽ ἐσσόμενα, πρό τ᾽ ἐόντα Refs 8th c.BC+; τῆς προδοσίας οὔσης since treachery was there, Refs; ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ᾖ so long as it last, Refs; τί ἐστι; what is it? what's the matter? Refs 5th c.BC+; τί οὖν ἦν τοῦτ; how came it to pass? Refs 5th c.BC+ things are as they are, i.e. are ill, Refs 4th c.BC+ __A.III be the fact or the case, διπλασίαν ἂν τὴν δύναμιν εἰκάζεσθαι ἤ ἐστιν twice as large as it really is, Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστι καλόν beauty in its essence, Refs 5th c.BC+; frequently in participle, τὸν ἐόντα λόγον λέγειν or φαίνειν the true story, Refs 5th c.BC+; τῷ ἐόντι χρήσασθαι tell the truth,Refs 5th c.BC+; σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν, λόγον οὐκ ὄντα, Refs 5th c.BC+; τῷ ὄντι in reality, in fact, Refs 5th c.BC+; to apply a quotation to a case in point, τῷ ὄντι κλαυσίγελως real 'smiles through tears' (with allusion to Refs 8th c.BC+; κατὰ τὸ ἐόν according to the fact, rightly, Refs 5th c.BC+; πᾶν τὸ ἐόν the whole truth, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.IV followed by the relative, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς or ὅστις no one, οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὃς.. ἀπαλάλκοι Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐκ ἔ. ὅτῳ, ={οὐδενί}, Refs 4th c.BC+, = Latin sunt qui, used exactly like{ἔνιοι}, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐστὶν ἃ χωρία, πολίσματα, Refs 5th c.BC+; the singular Verb is used even with masculine and feminine plural, ἐστὶν οἵ, αἵ, Refs 5th c.BC+; more frequently in oblique cases, ποταμῶν ἐστὶ ὧν Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐστὶ παρ᾽ οἷς, ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς, Refs 5th c.BC+, = Latin est ubi, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐ. ὅπῃ, ἔσθ᾽ ὅπου, somehow, somewhere, Refs 5th c.BC+; in questions expecting a negative answer, ἐ. ὁπόθεν, ὅπω; Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐκ ἔ. ὅπως οὐ in any case, necessarily, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐ. ὅτε, ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε, sometimes, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.V ἦν is sometimes used with plural masculine and feminine, usually at the beginning of a sentence, there was, τῆς δ᾽ ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί Refs 8th c.BC+; ἦν δ᾽ ἀμφίπλεκτοι κλίμακες Refs 5th c.BC+; ἦν ἄρα κἀκεῖνοι ταλακάρδιοι epigram cited in Refs 5th c.BC+; before dual Nouns, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VI ἔστι impersonal, with infinitive, it is possible, ἔστι γὰρ ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι Refs 8th c.BC+; εἴ τί πού ἐστι (i.e. πιθέσθαι)Refs 5th c.BC+; so in imperative, optative, and subjunctive, ἔστω ἀποφέρεσθαι τῷ βουλομένῳ Refs 8th c.BC+; followed by ὥστε with infinitive, Refs 5th c.BC+: with accusative et infinitive, ἁδόντα δ᾽ εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν Refs 5th c.BC+: sometimes not impersonal in this sense, θάλασσα δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἦν ἰδεῖν Refs __A.VI.b ἔστω in argument, let it be granted, ἔστω τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἶναι Refs 4th c.BC+ __B most frequently, to be, the Copula connecting the predicate with the Subject, both being in the same case: hence, signify, import, τὸ γὰρ εἴρειν λέγειν ἐστίν Refs 5th c.BC+; especially in the phrase τοῦτ᾽ ἔστι, hoc est; Σκαιόλαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ Λαϊόν Refs 1st c.AD+ twice five are ten, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἶναί τις or τι, to be somebody, something, be of some consequence, see at {τι; οὐδὲν εἶναι} Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.2 periphrastic with the Participle to represent the finite Verb: with perfect participle once in Refs 8th c.BC+; so in Trag. and Attic dialect, ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, Refs 4th c.BC+; ἔσται δεδορκώςRefs 5th c.BC+: with aorist participle, once in Refs 8th c.BC+; so προδείσας εἰμί, οὐ σιωπήσας ἔσε; Refs 5th c.BC+: with present participle, ἦν προκείμενον Refs 5th c.BC+; τί δ᾽ ἐστί.. φέρο; Refs 5th c.BC+ — if the _Article_ is joined with the Part., the noun is made emphatic, Κᾶρές εἰσι οἱ καταδέξαντες the persons who showed her were Carians, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C εἶναι is frequently modified in sense by the addition of adverbs, or the cases of Nouns without or with Preps.: __C.I εἶναι with adverbs, where the adverb often merely represents a Noun and stands as the predicate, ἅλις δέ οἱ ἦσαν ἄρουραι Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀκέων, ἀκήν εἶναι, to be silent,Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀσφαλέως ἡ κομιδὴ ἔσται will go on safely, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐγγύς, πόρρω εἶναι, Refs 5th c.BC+ it fared ill with them, Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.II with genitive, to express descent or extraction, πατρὸς δ᾽ εἴμ᾽ ἀγαθοῖο Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.II.b to express the material of which a thing is made, ἡ κρηπίς ἐστι λίθων μεγάλων consists of.., Refs 5th c.BC+; τοιούτων ἔργων ἐστὶ ἡ τυραννίς is made up of.., Refs.ή, etc. __C.II.c to express the class to which a person or thing belongs, εἶ γὰρ τῶν φίλων you are one of them, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἔστι τῶν αἰσχρῶν it is in the class of disgraceful things, i. e. it is disgraceful, Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.II.d to express that a thing belongs to another, Τροίαν Ἀχαιῶν οὖσαν Refs 5th c.BC+: hence, to be of the party of, ἦσαν.. τινὲς μὲν φιλίππου, τινὲς δὲ τοῦ βελτίστου Refs 4th c.BC+; to be de pendent upon, Refs 5th c.BC+; to be at the mercy of, ἔστι τοῦ λέγοντος, ἢν φόβους λέγῃ Refs __C.II.e to express one's duty, business, custom, nature, and the like, οὔτοι γυναικός ἐστι 'tis not a woman's part, Refs 4th c.BC+; τὸ δὲ ναυτικὸν τέχνης ἐστίν is matter of art, requires art, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.II.f in LXX, to be occupied about, ἦσαν τοῦ θύειν LXX; ἔσεσθαι, with genitive, to be about to, ἐσόμεθα τοῦ σῶσαί σε LXX __C.III with the dative, ἐστί μοι I have, frequently in Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.III.2 with two datives., σφίσι τε καὶ Ἀθηναίοισι εἶναι οὐδὲν πρῆγμα that they and the Athenians have nothing to do one with another, Refs 5th c.BC+; more shortly, σοί τε καὶ τούτοισι πρήγμασι τί ἐστ; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ βασάν; Refs 4th c.BC+; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σο; Latin quid tecum est mihi? NT; also ἐμοὶ οὐδὲν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους (i.e. ἐστίν) Refs 5th c.BC+; ἔσται αὐτῳ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, in tomb inscriptions, Refs __C.III.3 with ἄσμενος, βουλόμενος, etc., added, ἐμοὶ δέ κεν ἀσμένῳ εἴη 'twould be to my delight, Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.IV with Preps., εἶναι ἀπό τινος, ={εἶναί τινος}Refs 5th c.BC+; but εἶναι ἀπ᾽ οἴκου to be away from.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.IV.2 εἶναι ἔκ τινος to be sprung from, εἴμ᾽ ἐκ Παιονίης, Μυρμιδόνων ἔξ εἰμι, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἔστιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης it is of necessity, i. e. necessary, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.IV.3 εἶναι ἐν.. to be in a certain state, ἐν εὐπαθείῃσι Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν ἀθυμία, etc., Refs 5th c.BC+; εἶναι ἐν ἀξιώματι to be in esteem, Refs 5th c.BC+; οἱ ἐν τέλεϊ ἐόντες those in office, Refs 5th c.BC+; but εἶναι ἐν τέχνῃ, ἐν φιλοσοφία to be engaged in.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.IV.3.b ἐν σοί ἐστι it depends on thee, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.IV.4 εἶναι διά.., much like{εἶναι ἐν}.., εἶναι διὰ φόβου, ={φοβεῖσθαι}, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἶναι δι᾽ ὄχλου, ={ὀχληρὸν εἶναι}, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἶναι δι᾽ αἰτίας, ={αἰτιᾶσθαι}, Refs 1st c.BC+; Geometry texts, pass through, διὰ τᾶς ἑτέρας διαμέτρου ἐόντος τοῦ ἐπιπέδου Refs 3rd c.BC+ __C.IV.5 εἶναι ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῆς to be by oneself, Refs 4th c.BC+; εἶναι ἐπὶ ὀνόματος to bear a name, Refs; εἶναι ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν to be engaged in.., Refs; εἶναι ἐπί τινα to be against him, Refs; εἶναι ἐφ᾽ ἑξήκοντα στάδια to reach sixty stadia, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὰς ἁφάς pass through the points of contact, Refs 2nd c.AD+; εἶναι ἐπί τινι, see above 3 b. __C.IV.6 εἶναι πρός τινος to be in one's favour, Refs 5th c.BC+; to suit, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἶναι πρός τινι engaged in, Refs 5th c.BC+; πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις mind one's own affairs, Refs 4th c.BC+; πρὸς τὸ πονεῖνRefs 5th c.BC+ __C.IV.7 εἶναι παρά τινι or τινα, = παρειναι, Refs 5th c.BC+ (assuming variant). __C.IV.8 εἶναι ὑπό τινα or τινι to be subject to.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.IV.9 περὶ τούτων ἐστίν that is the question, Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.IV.10 εἶναι ἀπό.., in Geometry texts, to be constructed upon, Refs 3rd c.BC+ __D ἐστί is very frequently omitted, mostly in the present indicative before certain predicates, as ἀνάγκη, ἄξιον, δυνατόν, εἰκός, ἕτοιμον, οἷόν τε, ῥᾴδιον, χρεών, etc., and after the neuter of Verbals in -τέος, and such forms as θαυμαστὸν ὅσον: less frequently with other persons and moods, εἰμί omitted, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἶ, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐσμέν, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐστέ, Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰσί, Refs 5th c.BC+; subjunctive ᾖ, Refs 8th c.BC+; optative εἴη, Refs; imperfect ἦν, Refs; future ἔσονται, Refs 8th c.BC+ __E the Inf. frequently seems redundant, __E.1 in phrases implying power or will to do a thing, ἑκὼν εἶναι (see. ἑκών) κατὰ δύναμιν εἶναι Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνοις εἶναι, quantum in illis esset, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ τήμερον, τὸ νῦν εἶναι, Refs 4th c.BC+ __E.2 after Verbs of naming or choosing, σοφιστὴν ὀνομάζουσι τὸν ἄνδρα εἶναι Refs 5th c.BC+; of giving, δῶκε ξεινήϊον εἶναι Refs 8th c.BC+ __F imperfect ἦνissts. used where other languages take the present, __F.1 after ἄρα, to express a fact which is and has always been the same, δέρμα δὲ ἀνθρώπου.. ἦν ἄρα σχεδὸν δερμάτων πάντων λαμπρότατον human skin then it appears is.., Refs 5th c.BC+; ὡς ἄρ᾽ ἦσθ᾽ ἐμὸς πατὴρ ὀρθῶςRefs 3rd c.BC+; so also when there is reference to a past thought, τουτὶ τί ἦ; what is this? Refs 5th c.BC+, used to express the essential nature of a thing, where τί ἦν (for ἐστί) takes the place of the dative in such phrases as τὸ ἀγαθῷ εἶναι, τὸ μεγέθει εἶναι, Refs __G ἐγώ εἰμι, in LXX	grc	V-PPA-AMP	6	2479
H3117	יוֹמָם51 subst. and adv. daytime, by day (cf. Aramaic יְמָמָא, ܐܻܝܡܳܡܳܐ day (as opp. to night); 𝔗 יֵמָם by day; perhaps Ph. ימם (in dates, before num.), CISI. i. 10. 1(see note); so NöZDMG 1886, 721: on ם—ָ, v. sub חִנָּם)— 1. subst. daytime (rare) Je 15:9 בעוד יומם while it is yet daytime, 33:20b לְבִלְתִּי הֱיוֹת יומם ולילה daytime and night, v 25 בְּרִיתִי י׳ ולילה (? read יוֹם as v 20a); Ez 30:16 צָרֵי יוֹמָם foes of daytime, i.e. coming by day (cf. Je 15:8; but text appar. defective, v. 𝔊 Sm); once (late) בְּיוֹמָם (cf. 𝔊 בְּיֵמָם 1 S 25:16 Jb 5:14), Ne 9:19 (varied from Ex 13:21 Dt 1:33 יומם).—Nu 9:21 the sense required is (during) a day and a night; read prob. יוֹם. 2. adv. in the daytime, by day, Nu 10:34 Jb 24:16 (but v. חִתֵּם), Is 4:6 Ez 12:3, 4, 7; mostly c. לַיְלָה, and then often poet. = continually: so יוֹמָם וָלַיְלָה Ex 13:21 Jos 1:8 1 K 8:59 ψ 1:2; 32:4 +, לַיְלָה וְיוֹמָם †Dt 28:66 Is 34:10 Je 14:17, in parallel clauses (especially in poetry) 2 S 21:10 Is 21:8 Je 31:35 ψ 22:3; 42:9; 91:5; 121:6 +. ψ 13:3 by day yields a lame sense: either add וָלַיְלָה (𝔊 Del Gr Ch), or read יֹם יֹם (יוֹם יוֹם) LagNov. Psalt. Gr. Ed. Spec, 13 Now.	heb	Prep-k	5	2304
G3004	λέγω, __B pick up, etc.: tenses for signification 1 and 11, future λέξω Refs 8th c.BC+: aorist ἔλεξα Refs 4th c.BC+:—middle, future in passive sense λέξομαι Refs 5th c.BC+: aorist ἐλεξάμην Refs 8th c.BC+; Epic dialect ἐλέγμην Refs 8th c.BC+:—passive, aorist ἐλέχθην Refs 8th c.BC+-; post-Refs 8th c.BC+perfect εἴλοχα (κατ-, συν-), passive εἴλεγμαι, in these senses rarely λέλεγμαι (see. the compounds); also future λεγήσομαι (συλ-): aorist 2 ἐλέγην (κατ-, συν-):—gather, pick up, ὀστέα.. λέγωμεν Refs 8th c.BC+; αἱμασιάς τε λέγων picking out stones for building walls, Refs 8th c.BC+:—middle, gather for oneself, ἐπὶ δὲ ξύλα πολλὰ λέγεσθε Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.2 middle, choose for oneself, pick out, λέξαιτο.. ἄνδρας ἀρίστους Refs 8th c.BC+:—passive, to be chosen, εἰ.. λεγοίμεθα πάντες ἄριστοι Refs __B.II count, tell, ἐν δ᾽ ἡμέας λέγε κήτεσιν he counted us among the seals, Refs 8th c.BC+; and in aorist middle, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐγὼ πέμπτος μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself.., Refs 8th c.BC+; λέκτο δ᾽ ἀριθμόν he told him over the number, Refs:—passive, μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέχθην I was counted among these, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.II.b so, but not frequently, after Refs 8th c.BC+; also καὶ σὲ δ᾽ ἐν τούτοις λέγω count you among.., Refs 4th c.BC+; λ. τινὰ οὐδαμοῦ count him as naught, Refs 5th c.BC+; κέρδος λ., εἰ.. count it gain, that.., Refs:—middle, λέξατο πάντας [ναύτας] Refs 5th c.BC+:—passive, λέγεσθαι ἐν τοῖς ἱππικωτάτοις Refs 5th c.BC+: future middle in passive sense, ἐν τοῖς οὐκέτ᾽ οὖσι λέξομαι Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.2 recount, tell over, οὔ τι διαπρήξαιμι λέγων ἐμὰ κήδεα Refs 8th c.BC+; also Ἀγαμέμνονι.. λέγ᾽ ὀνείδεα repeated reproaches against him, Refs 8th c.BC+ —middle, τί σε χρὴ ταῦτα λέγεσθα; why need'st thou tell the tale thereof? Refs 8th c.BC+; and so, μηκέτι ταῦτα λεγώμεθα νηπύτιοι ὥςRefs 8th c.BC+ __B.III say, speak, first in Refs 8th c.BC+: future λέξω Refs 5th c.BC+: aorist ἔλεξα Refs 6th c.BC+ and the Orators, common in some dialects, as Boeotian, Refs 5th c.BC+perfect λέλεχα Refs 2nd c.AD+:—passive, future λεχθήσομαι Refs 5th c.BC+: also future middle in passive sense, Refs 5th c.BC+aorist ἐλέχθην (never ἐλέγην in this sense) Refs 5th c.BC+: perfect λέλεγμαι Refs 5th c.BC+ in this sense only in compound δι-): rare in compounds (only ἀντιλέγω, ἐπιλέγω, καταλέγω, προλέγω), the present in most compounds being supplied by ἀγορεύω, the future by ἐρῶ, the aorist by εἶπον, the perfect by εἴρηκα: __B.III.1 say, speak, never in Refs 8th c.BC+ and Trag. downwards; of all kinds of oral communications, ἐκέλευε λέγειν εἴ τι θέλοι Refs 5th c.BC+; so λέγοις ἄν speak, say on, Refs 5th c.BC+ (so in passive, λόγος λέλεκται πᾶς Refs 5th c.BC+; of oracles, say, declare, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὥσπερ τοὔνομα λέγει indicates, Refs 6th c.BC+; ὑπέρ τινος in his defence, Refs 5th c.BC+; κατά τινος against him, Refs 6th c.BC+; λ. ἐπί τισι εὐχὰς ἀγαθάς express good wishes for them, Refs 4th c.BC+; λ. τά τινος take his part, Refs 4th c.BC+; λ. πρός τι in reference or in answer to.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.2 with accusative et infinitive, say that.., Refs 5th c.BC+, and usually in later Gr., LXX+NT+5th c.BC+participle, λ. Οἰδίπουν ὀλωλότα speak of him as dead, Refs 5th c.BC+:—passive, λέξεται ἔχων Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.III.3 λέγειν τινά τι say something of another, especially κακὰ λ. τινά speak ill of him, revile him, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰ ἔσχατα, τὰ ἀπόρρητα λ. ἀλλήλους, Refs 5th c.BC+; also εὖ or κακῶς λ. τινά, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.4 call by name, ἃς τρέμομεν λ. Refs 5th c.BC+: with double accusative, call so and so, λέγοιμ᾽ ἂν ἄνδρα τόνδε τῶν σταθμῶν κύνα Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.5 λ. τινὰ ποιεῖν τι tell, command one to do, Refs 5th c.BC+: so with τινι, Refs 5th c.BC+; λέγε τὸν ἐρωτῶντα ἵνα.. εἴπῃ σοι.. NT+4th c.BC+ __B.III.6 λ. τι say something, i.e. speak to the point or purpose, βούλῃ λέγειν τι, καὶ λέγων μηδὲν κλύει; Refs 5th c.BC+; λέγω τ; am I right? the answer being λέγεις, Refs 5th c.BC+; opposed to οὐδὲν λέγει has no meaning, no authority, οὐδὲν λ. τὸ σωφρόνως τραφῆναι Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδὲν λέγεις nonsense! Refs; but οὐδὲν λέγειν, also, say what is not, lie, Refs 5th c.BC+; also εὖ γε λέγεις, εὖ λέγεις, εὖ ἂν λέγοις, good news!, that is well!,Refs; καλῶς, ὀρθῶς λ., you are right, Refs 5th c.BC+; κοὔπω λέγω and what is more, Refs 3rd c.BC+; τί λέγει; τὸν ἔποπα παῖ καλεῖ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.7 pleonastic, ἔφη λέγων Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.8 at the beginning of letters or documents, Ἄμασις Πολυκράτεϊ ὧδε λέγει.., Μαρδόνιος τάδε λέγει.., etc., Refs 5th c.BC+. ά, etc.; τὰ γράμματα ἔλεγε τάδε Refs; γράμμασι λέγον τάδε, of an inscription, Refs 5th c.BC+: in roman edicts, Μάρκος Μέττιος Ῥοῦφος.. λέγει Refs 1st c.AD+ __B.III.9 wish to say, mean, οὔτοι γυναῖκας ἀλλὰ Γοργόνας λέγω Refs 4th c.BC+; τί τοῦτο λέγει, πρὸ Πύλοι; what does πρὸ Πύλοιο mean? Refs 5th c.BC+; how do you mean? in what sense do you say this? Ap.Refs; ἢ πῶς λέγομε; or what do we mean to say? Grg.Refs; πῶς δὴ οὖν αὐτὸ λέγει; Refs; ποῖόν τί ποτε ἄρα λέγοντές φασι.. what they can possibly mean by saying.., Refs you, I mean Cassandra, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐμὲ λέγων meaning me, Refs 5th c.BC+ is put in apposition with the word to be explained, Ἀντικλείας.., τῆς σῆς λέγω τοι μητρός Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.9.b περὶ ἃς (i.e. ἀπολαύσεις) λέγομεν τὸν σώφρονα in regard to which we use the term 'temperate', Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.10 ὡς λέγουσι as they say, Refs 5th c.BC+ —passive, λέγεται it is said, c.accusative et infinitive, Refs 5th c.BC+; but also πατρὸς λέγεται γενέσθαι.. Refs; θανεῖν ἐλέχθη he was said to have been killed, Refs 5th c.BC+ absolutely, as the saying goes, Refs 5th c.BC+ the so-called.., Refs 5th c.BC+; οἱ λ. ὅτι.. of whom it is said that.., Refs __B.III.11 of orators, speak (emphatically), λέγειν δεινός Refs 5th c.BC+; plead one's cause in a court of law, Refs; δίκας λέγειν ὑπέρ τινος speak as an advocate for.., Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.III.12 boast of, tell of, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ῥώμην Refs 5th c.BC+; in Poets, sing of, θέλω λ. Ἀτρείδας Refs __B.III.13 recite what is written, λαβὲ τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λέγε Refs 5th c.BC+ and 10, etc.; of lectures, ἀκούσατέ μου σχόλια λέγοντος Refs 2nd c.AD+ (the sense of Latin lego, read, occurs only in the compounds ἀναλέγομαι, ἐπιλέγομαι). __B.III.14 say or send word by another, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.15 maintain as a thesis, οἱ τὰς ἰδέας λέγοντες Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.III.16 nominate, Latin dicere [dictatorem], Refs 2nd c.AD+. (Cf. Latin lègo, legio, legulus ('olivegatherer').)	grc	V-AMA-2P	5	2265
H0376	אִישׁ2166 n.m. man (= vir) (MI, SI, Ph. אש, perh. also Sab. אסם cf. Prät l.c., but DHMZMG 1883, 330)—א׳ abs. Gn 2:23 +; cstr. Gn 25:27 +; sf. אִישִׁי Gn 29:32 +, etc.; pl. אִישִׁים ψ 141:4 + 2 textual (Ph. אשם); usually אֲנָשִׁים Gn 12:20 +, fr. √ אנשׁ q.v.; cstr. אַנְשֵׁי Ju 6:27 +; sf. אֲנָשַׁי 1 S 23:12 etc.;—man, opp. woman Gn 2:23, 24 Lv 20:27 Nu 5:6 Dt 17:2f Jos 6:21; 8:25 Je 40:7, emph. on sexual distinction & relation Gn 19:8; 24:16; 38:25 Ex 22:15 Lv 15:16 (שִׁכְבַת זָ֑רַע) v 18 (וְאִשָּׁה אֲשֶׁר יִשְׁכַּב אִישׁ אֹתָהּ שׁ׳־ז׳) 20:10f Nu 5:13f Dt 22:22f Is 4:1 +; thence = husband, especially c. sf. Gn 3:6, 16; 16:3; 29:32, 34 Lv 21:7 Nu 30:7f Dt 28:56 Ju 13:6f Ru 1:3f 1 S 25:19 Je 29:6 Ez 16:45 +; fig. of י׳ as husb. of Isr. אִישִׁי Ho 2:18 (opp. בַּעְלִי); man as procreator, father Ec 6:3; of male child Gn 4:1 cf. זֶרַע אֲנָשִׁים 1 S 1:11, man, opp. beast Ex 11:7 Lv 20:15 (cf. אָדָם); cf. fig. ψ 22:7 but also of male of animals Gn 7:2(×2) (אִישׁ וְאִשְׁתּוֹ); man, opp. God Gn 32:29 Nu 23:19 לֹא אִישׁ אֵל וִיכַזֵּב (‖ וּבֶן־אָדָם וְיִתְנֶחָ֑ם); Jb 9:32; 32:13 Ho 11:9 cf. Is 31:8 Jb 12:10 (רוּחַ כָּל־בְּשַׂר־אִישׁ); hence in phrases to denote ordinary, customary, common שֵׁבֶט אֲנָשִׁים 2 S 7:14 (‖ נִגְעֵי בְּנֵי אָדָם); לֶחֶם אֲנָשִׁים Ez 24:17, 22 (cf. Is 8:1); אֲנָשִׁים Ez 24:17, 22 is textual error; We (ap. Sm) אֲנֻשִׁים; ToyHpt אוֹנִים (Ho 9:4). אַמַּת־אִישׁ Dt 3:11; but also contr. אָדָם ψ 49:3; 62:10; man, as valiant 1 S 4:9(×2) (וִהְיוּ לַאֲנָשִׁים) so 1 K 2:2 cf. 1 S 26:15; so אִישׁ חַיִל 31:12 2 S 24:9 1 K 1:42 +; also אִישׁ מִלְחָמָה Nu 31:49 Dt 2:14, 16 Jos 5:4, 6 +; even of י׳ Ex 15:3 יהוה אִישׁ מִלְחָמָה; oft. prefixed to other nouns in app. הא׳ אָדוֹן Gn 42:30, 33, א׳ שַׂר וְשֹׁפֵט Ex 2:14, א׳ כֹּהֵן Lv 21:9, א׳ סָרִיס Je 38:7; partic. bef. adj. gent. אִישׁ מִצְרִי Gn 39:1 Ex 2:11, 19 cf. Gn 37:28; 38:1, 2; 39:14 1 S 17:12; 30:11, 13 +; a man as resident in, or belonging to a place or people Nu 25:6 Ju 10:1 + (so Ph.); usually pl. אַנְשֵׁי יִשְׂרָאֵל 1 S 7:11; 31:7(×2) cf. Jos 7:4, 5 +; also sg. coll. Dt 27:14 Jos 9:6, 7 Ju 20:11 1 S 11:8 (v. Dr) +; 2 S 10:6, 8 (א׳ טוֹב); (so MI 10. 13); men = retainers, followers, soldiers 1 S 18:27; 23:3f; 24:3; 25:13 + cf. Dt 33:8 sg. coll. v. Di; אִישׁ אֱלֹהִים man of God = proph. Dt 33:1 Jos 14:6 1 S 9:6f 1 K 12:22; 13:1f + (v. אלהים); in phrase sq. abstr. v. supr.; א׳ רִיב Ju 12:2 Je 15:10, א׳ שֵׂיבָה Dt 32:25, א׳ הַדָּמִים 2 S 16:7 cf. v. 8, א׳ הַבְּלִיַּעַל 2 S 16:7, א׳ מָוֶת 1 K 2:26, א׳ חָמָס ψ 140:12 Pr 3:31 +; sq. word of occupation, etc. א׳ שָׂדֶה Gn 25:27, א׳ הָאֲדָמָה Gn 9:20 (cf. Zc 13:5), א׳ הַבֵּנַיִם champion 1 S 17:4 (cf. Dr) v 23, א׳ בְּשֹׂרָה 2 S 18:20, אִישׁ עֲצָתוֹ his counsellor Is 40:13, cf. אִישׁ חֶרְמִי 1 K 20:42, א׳ רֵעִים Pr 18:24; oft. distrib. = each, every Gn 9:5; 10:5; 40:5(×2) Ex 12:3 +; incl. women Jb 42:11 1 Ch 16:3 וַיְחַלֵּק לְכָל־אִישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵל מֵאִישׁ וְעַד אִשָּׁה לְאִישׁ כִּכַּר־לֶחֶם; of inanim. things 1 K 7:30, 36; also אִישׁ אִישׁ Ex 36:4 Nu 4:19, 49 Ez 14:4, 7 +; any one Ex 34:3(×2), 24 +; also אִישׁ אִישׁ Lv 15:2; 22:4, 18 +; of gods 2 K 18:33 = Is 36:18; one … another וְהִרְגוּ אִישׁ־אֶת־אָחִיו וְאִישׁ אֶת־רֵעֵהוּ וְאִישׁ אֶת־קְרֹבוֹ Ex 32:27, אִישׁ … אָחִיו Dt 1:16 Mi 7:2 (v. אָח), אִישׁ … רֵעֵהוּ Gn 11:3, 7 + (v. רֵעַ) of inanimate things Gn 15:10.	heb	Art \| N-mp	4	2187
H6440	[פָּנֶה] pl. פָּנִים 2123 n.m. Pr 25:23 and (Ez 21:21 = edge; on 2 S 10:9 v. infr.) f. face, also faces (as turned toward one);—pl. abs. פָּנִים Gn 32:31 +; cstr. פְּנֵי 2 S 14:32 +; sf. 1 s. פָּנַי Gn 43:3 +; 3 ms. פָּנָיו Gn 4:5 +, פָּנֵ֑ימוֹ ψ 11:7 (Köii. 1, 446); 2 mpl. פְּנֵיכֶם Gn 40:7 +, etc.;—usually c. vb. pl., Gn 4:5, 6; Ex 33:14 +; c. vb. sg. La 4:16 (through influence of intervening י׳, Ges§ 146 a), Pr 15:14 (but read פִּי, as Qr, v. פֶּה);— I. 1. face, faces (Je 30:6; Ez 27:35 +, cf. 1:6; 10:14, 21 etc.): a. lit., of man Gn 43:31; 2 S 19:5; 1 K 19:13; Lv 13:41; Dn 8:18; 10:9, 15 +; עוֹר פ׳ Ex 34:29, 30, 35; pale (from alarm) Is 29:22; Je 30:6, flushed Is 13:8;Ez 21:3, cf. Na 2:11; Jo 2:6; tearful Is 25:8; Jb 16:16; sad, פ׳ רעים Gn 40:7, cf.Ne 2:2, 3, also רֹעַ פ׳ Ec 7:3 i.e. sadness; יֵיטִב פ׳ Pr 15:13 maketh glad the face; נָֽפְלוּ פָנֶיךָ Gn 4:5, 6 why is thy face fallen (in displeasure), cf. 1 S 1:18 (reading נָֽפְלָה, נָֽפְלוּ, or הִפִּילָה); covered with shame Ez 7:18; whence fig. of confusion, discomfiture Je 51:51 ψ 69:8; 83:17, etc. b. of י׳ Ex 33:20, cf. v 23. c. פָּנִים אֶל־פָּנִים face to face, of seeing (God) Gn 32:31, cf. Ju 6:22, knowing Dt 34:10, judging Ez 20:35, speaking Ex 33:11, and so פ׳ בְּפ׳ Dt 5:4; נִתְרָאֶה פָּנִים 2 K 14:8 see each other (in the) face = meet each other in battle, cf. v 11 = 2 Ch 25:17, 21. d. of relations with י׳: הֵרִים פ׳ Ezr 9:6, in worship (v. also נשׂא); in spiritual sense Je 2:27; 32:33 (פָּנָה אֵלַי עֹרֶף וְלֹא פָנִים); נָתַן פ׳ לִדְרוֹשׁ י׳ 2 Ch 20:3; נָתַן אֶת־פ׳ אֶל־אֲדֹנָי Dn 9:3; הַבָּנִים קְשֵׁי פָנִים Ez 2:4. e. of י׳ himself, לֹא יָסִיר פָּנִים מִכֶּם 2 Ch 30:9; פְּנֵי י׳ בְּעֹשֵׂי רָ֑ע ψ 34:17; גַּעֲרַת פָּנֶיךָ 80:17.—Vid. further sub 7. 2. a. = presence, person, of י׳ Ex 33:14, 15, בְּפָנָיו Dt 4:37, מַלְאַךְ פָּנָיו Is 63:9; לֶחֶם הַפָּנִים, v. לָחֶם" dir="rtl" >לֶחֶם; of י׳ in anger La 4:16 ψ 21:10; 139:7; of Absalom; 2 S 17:11; in weakened sense, nearly = sf. (cf. נפשׁ 4 a), ψ 42:12; 43:5 Pr 7:15. †b. c. ראה technically, see one’s face, i.e. appear before one, in one’s presence: before a man Gn 32:21 (+ 3 other uses of פ׳), (God, c. יראה pointed as Niph., v. II 2); especially as privilege, = have access to, man of rank Gn 43:3, 5; 44:23, 26, king Ex 10:28(×2) cf. v 29 (all J), 2 S 14:24(×2), 28, 32 cf. 3:13(×2); רֹאֵי פְנֵי הַמֶּלֶךְ 2 K 25:19 = Je 52:25;Est 1:14; implying favour of person seen, man Gn 33:10 (J), God v 10, cf. Jb 33:26 (Hiph.), and, c. חזה, ψ 11:7; 17:15. 3. face of seraphim Is 6:2, cherubim Ex 25:20(×2) = 37:9(×2), Ez 1:8, 11; 2 Ch 3:13 +. 4. face of animals, פְּנֵי הַצֹּאן Gn 30:40; פ׳ אַרְיֵה וּפ׳ שׁוֹר ופ׳ נֶשֶׁר Ez 1:10 (in descr. of cherubim), cf. 10:14; פ׳ אַרְיֵה also 1 Ch 12:8 (fig.), פ׳־כְפִיר Ez 41:19; פִּתְחֵי פ׳ Jb 41:6 of crocodile. 5. face (= surface) of ground (הָאֲדָמָה) Gn 2:6; 4:14; 7:4 ψ 104:30 +, so פ׳ הָאָרֶץ Gn 1:29; 7:3; 8:9; 11:4, 8, 9; 19:28; Is 24:1, פ׳ תֵבֵל Is 14:21; 27:6; of a field; Pr 24:31; פ׳ תְהוֹם Gn 1:2(×2) Jb 38:30, פ׳ הַמַּיִם Gn 7:18; פ׳ רְקִיעַ הַשָּׁמַיִם 1:20; פ׳־כִסֵּה Jb 26:9 i.e. of God’s throne (but Bu reads כֶּסֶה fullmoon); פ׳ הַלּוֹט Is 25:7 v. [לוּט" dir="rtl" >לוּט]; פ׳ לְבוּשׁוֹ Jb 41:5 the expanse of his [the crocodile’s] coat; front (especially Ezek.), of house Ez 41:14; 47:1, פ׳ הַקֹּדֶשׁ 41:21; of gate 40:6, 20, 22; 42:15; 43:4; of chamber 40:44(×2), 45, 46; of pot (סִיר) Je 1:13; פ׳ הַמִּלְחָמָה 2 S 10:9 battle-front = 1 Ch 19:10 (vb. agrees with הַמּ׳ in gender, Ges§ 146 a); = van of locust-army Jo 2:20 (opp. סֹפוֹ); front, i.e. edge, of sword Ez 21:21, of axe Ec 10:10; = condition, state of a thing, as denoted by its appearance; of flock Pr 27:23; פ׳ הַדָּבָר 2 S 14:20 the appearance (situation, attitude) of the affair. 6. as adv.loc. מִפָּנִים וּמֵאָחוֹר 2 S 10:9 before and behind = פ׳ וְא׳ 1 Ch 19:10, also Ez 2:10; 2 Ch 13:14; פְּנֵי toward Ct 7:5, also in front (to the East?) of 2 Ch 20:16 (v. לִפְנֵי d infr.); לְפָנִים forward Je 7:24 (opp. לְאָחוֹר); מִלִּפְנִים 1 K 6:29 v. פְּנִ֫ימָה" dir="rtl" >פְּנִימָה; adv.temp. לְפָנִים formerly Dt 2:12, 20; Jos 11:10; Ju 1:10, 11, 23 + 12 times; מִלְּפָנִים Is 41:26 from beforetime (‖ מֵרֹאשׁ). 7. for other phrases see: אוֹר²" dir="rtl" >אוֹר vb. Hiph. 5; אוֹרָה" dir="rtl" >אוֹר n. 10; בּוֹשׁ" dir="rtl" >בּוֹשׁ Hiph.; בקשׁ Pi. 3; בשׁס" dir="rtl" >בּשֶׁת 1, p. 102; [הַכָּרָה" dir="rtl" >הַכָּרָה], p. 648; הָדַר" dir="rtl" >הָדַר 2; זָעַם" dir="rtl" >וָעַם Niph.; זָעַף" dir="rtl" >וָעַף 1; חָבַשׁ" dir="rtl" >חָבַשׁ 1 a; חָדָה" dir="rtl" >I. חָדָה; חָוַר" dir="rtl" >I. חָוַר; חָזַק" dir="rtl" >חָזַק Pi. 5; חלה" dir="rtl" >II. חלה; חמר²" dir="rtl" >IV. חמר; חָפָה" dir="rtl" >חָפָה; טָחַן" dir="rtl" >טָחַן; יָעַד" dir="rtl" >יָעַד Hoph.; יְשׁוּעָה" dir="rtl" >יְשׁוּעָה 3, p. 447; כּוּן²" dir="rtl" >כּוּן Hiph. 3; כִּפֶּר" dir="rtl" >כִּפֶּר 1, p. 497; כָּסָה" dir="rtl" >כָּסָה Pi. 1, 2; מָאוֹר" dir="rtl" >מָאוֹר, p. 22; מְגַמָּה" dir="rtl" >מְגַמָּה p. 169; I. מוּל²" dir="rtl" >מוּל; מַשֹּא" dir="rtl" >מַשּׂא, p. 673; [נָבַט" dir="rtl" >נָבַט] Hiph. 3; נָגַד" dir="rtl" >נֶגֶד 1, 2 c; נֹכַח; נָכַר" dir="rtl" >נָכַר Hiph.; נָפַל" dir="rtl" >נָפַל 3 b, and Hiph. 5; נָשָׂא" dir="rtl" >נָשָׂא 1 b (3); נָתַן" dir="rtl" >נָתַן 2 b; סָבַב" dir="rtl" >סָבַב Hiph. 1 a; סָתַר" dir="rtl" >סָתַר Hiph. 2; סֵ֫תֶר" dir="rtl" >סֵתֶר 2 a; עַז" dir="rtl" >עַז, עָזַז" dir="rtl" >עָזַז Hiph.; עָמַד" dir="rtl" >עָמַד Hiph. 6 a; ii. עֻמָּה²" dir="rtl" >עֻמָּה; [צָרַב" dir="rtl" >צָרַב]; [קָדַם" dir="rtl" >קָדַם] Pi.; שִׂים" dir="rtl" >שִׂים; שׁוּב" dir="rtl" >שׁוּב Hiph.; שִׁית²" dir="rtl" >שִׁית; שׁנה" dir="rtl" >II. שָׁנָה Pi.; תֹּפֶת" dir="rtl" >תֹּפֶת עֵ֫בֶר" dir="rtl" >I. עֵבֶר 2. II. פְּנֵי, with prepositions:— 1. אֶל־פְּנֵי: a. to the presence of, Ex 23:17 pregn. יֵרָאֶה … אֶל־פְּנֵי הָאָדוֹן shall appear (coming) to the presence of (= before) י׳ (‖ 34:23 אֶת־פְּנֵי הָא׳); c. יָצָא = to confront 2 Ch 19:2. b. to the front of, after a vb. of motion, Lv 6:7 הַקְרֵב אֹתָהּ … אֶל־פְּנֵי הַמִּזְבֵּחַ, 9:5; 16:2 Nu 17:8; 20:10. c. towards or on the front of (אֶל = עַל: see p. 41), Ez 41:4, 12, 15, 25; 42:2, 3, 7, 10, 13; 45:7; 48:21. d. on to the surface of, Lv 14:53 וְשִׁלַּח … אֶל־פְּנֵי הַשָּׂדֶה, Ez 16:5. †2. אֶת־פְּנֵי close by (II. אֵת) the face or front of: hence a. in the presence of, 1 S 2:11 אֶת־פ׳ עֵלִי 1 K 12:6 who stood אֶת־פ׳ שְׁלֹמֹה (cf. לִפְנֵי 10:8), Est 1:10; Pr 17:24; pregn. (nisi וַיַּנִּחֵם leg., 𝔖 𝔗 We Dr al.) 1 S 22:4. Spec. אֶת־פְּנֵי י׳ Gn 19:13 (1 S 2:17), v 27 1 S 2:18; and with נִרְאָה of the appearance of all males at the three annual חַגִּים, Ex 34:23 יֵרָאֶה כָּל־זְכוּרְךָ אֶת־פ׳ הָאָדֹן, v 24 Dt 16:16 (cf. Dr), 31:11; 1 S 1:22 (‖אל־פ׳ י׳ Ex 23:17); so פָּנַי alone Ex 23:15 = 34:20 (לֹא יֵרָאוּ פָנַי רֵיקָם), Is 1:12, פָנֶיךָ ψ 42:3 (according to many, as GesThes Di Ex 23:15 Che Is 1:12, crit. n., the vb. in all these passages was originally Qal, afterwards pointed as Niph. to avoid the expression see the face of י׳); אֶת־פָּנֶיךָ in thy presence ψ 16:11; 21:7; 140:14. b. in front of, Gn 33:18 וַיִּחַן אֶת־פ׳ הָעִיר, Lv 4:6 לִפְנֵי י׳ אֶת־פ׳ פָרֹכֶת הַקֹּדֶשׁ, v 17.—מֵאֵת פְּנֵי from before, v. אֵת²" dir="rtl" >II. אֵת 4 a. 3. בִּפְנֵי: †(a) in the face of, mostly in partic. phrases, with hostile import: thus, with יָרַק to spit Nu 12:14; Dt 25:9; התיצב to make a stand Dt 7:24; 11:25, and עמד Jos 10:8, לֹא יַעֲמֹד אִישׁ בְּפָנֶיךָ 21:42; 23:9; עָנָה to answer (give evidence) against, Ho 5:5 וענה גאון ישׂראל בפניו, 7:10; Jb 16:8; וְנָקֹטּוּ בִּפְנֵיהֶם = feel loathing against their own selves, Ez 6:9, so 20:43; 36:31. †(b) in front of, Ez 42:12. 4. לִפְנֵי, proposes at the face or front of, the most general word for in the presence of, before: as Gn 18:22 עֹמֵד לִפְנֵי אַבְרָהָם, Ex 4:21; 11:10; 2 S 2:14; Pr 17:18 + often; after a vb. of motion, Gn 47:2 וַיַּצִּיגֵם לפני פ׳ and set them before Ph., 27:20 כִּי הִקְרָה י׳ לפני lit. made (it) to meet before me (cf. 24:12), Ex 29:10; Pr 18:16 etc. In partic., a. With the implication of (a) under the eye or oversight of, Dt 25:2; 1 S 3:1. (b) under the eye and regard of, Gn 17:18 לוּ יִשְׁמָעֵאל יִחְיֶה לְפָנֶיךָ, Ho 6:2; Is 53:2 ψ 61:8; cf. Je 30:20; 31:36; Is 66:22 ψ 102:29: also 1 S 2:28; 2 S 19:14. (c) fig. for in (or into) the full (mental) view of, Gn 6:13 קֵץ כָּל־בָּשָׂר בָּא לְפָנַי is come in before me, La 1:22 תָּבֹא כָל־רָעָתָם לְפָנֶיךָ, Jon 1:2 עָֽלְתָה לְפָנַי (cf. אֶל Gn 18:21; Ex 2:23), Is 65:6 כְּתוּבָה לְפָנָ֑י, Je 2:22 נִכְתָּם עֲוֹנֵךְ לְפָנַי (cf. נֶגְדִּי Is 47:12). (d) openly before, 1 S 12:2 הִתְהַלֵּךְ לִפְנֵי, and with collat. idea of deserving (and receiving) regard 2:35, especially לפני י׳ Gn 17:1 al. (v. p. 236a). (e) in presence of the moon or sun, ψ 72:5, 17, i.e. as long as they endure. (f) free before, at the disposal of, Gn 13:9 הֲלֹא כָל־הָאָרֶץ לְפָנֶיךָ (cf. 20:15; 34:10; 47:6; Je 40:4; 2 Ch 14:6), 24:51; Ct 8:12. (g) in the sight (estimation) of, Gn 7:1 thee have I seen to be just before me, 10:9 a mighty hunter before י׳, Dt 24:4 תּוֹעֵבָה ל׳ י׳, v 13 צְדָקָה ל׳ י׳, 1 S 20:1b, אָרוּר ל׳ י׳ Jos 6:26; 1 S 26:19, לְרָצוֹן ל׳ י׳ acceptable before י׳, Lv 1:3 +, ψ 19:15; 2 K 5:1 a great man לִפְנֵי אֲדֹנָיו, Pr 14:12 ψ 143:2; וַיִּיטַב ל׳ (late syn. of earlier בְּעֵינֵי) †Ne 2:5, 6; Est 5:14; טוֹב ל׳ Ec 2:26; 7:26; cf. also נָתַן לְרַחֲמִים לִפְנֵי, v. רַחֲמִים" dir="rtl" >רַחֲמִים. (h) לִפְנֵי י׳, spec. of acts done with a solemn sense of י׳’s presence, often, but not always, at a sanctuary: Gn 27:7 that I may eat and bless thee before י׳, before I die, Ex 18:12 to eat bread before God, Dt 1:45 ye wept before י׳, 6:25; 12:7 (to eat, so v 18 14:23, 26; 15:20), v 12 (rejoice, so v 18 27:7; Is 9:2), Jos 18:6; 24:1; Ju 11:11; 20:23, 26; 21:2; 1 S 7:6; 10:19; 11:15; 12:7; 15:33; 23:18; 2 S 5:3; 7:18; 21:9; and constantly in P, as Ex 16:9, 33, 34; Lv 1:5, 11; 3:1, 7 etc.; of residents in Jerus. Is 23:18. So in הָלַךְ ל׳ י׳ 1 K 2:4 al. (v. p. 234b c). b. In other phrases:—(a) עָמַד לִפְנֵי to stand before, i.e. wait upon, be in attendance on, Dt 1:38 al. (v. עָמַד 1 e). Simil. הָיָה לְפְנֵי 1 S 19:7 (cf. 29:8), 2 K 5:2; עָבַד ל׳ 2 S 16:19. (b) הִשְׁתַּחֲוָה לִפְנֵי to bow down before Gn 23:12; Dt 26:10; 2 K 18:22 al. (v. sub שָׁחָה; also נָפַל 3 b): so with הִתְפַּלֵּל to pray 1 S 1:12 +; cf. הלך לפני 1 K 12:30; 1 Ch 21:30. (c) to be smitten (נִגַּף) before a foe; v. נָגַף" dir="rtl" >נָגַף Niph. [contrast נוּס מִפְּנֵי: infr. 6 a]. So with נָפַל 1 S 14:13; נָתַן (in helplessness or flight), especially in Dt, as 1:8, 21; 7:2, 23; Jos 10:12; 11:6 + (Dr Dt lxxxii): cf. Ju 4:15; 2 S 5:20; Is 45:1; Je 1:17. (d) עָמַד לִפְנֵי to stand (make a stand) before (not quite so strong as ע׳ בִּפְנֵי, supr. 3), Ex 9:11; Ju 2:14; 2 K 10:4; Je 49:19 ψ 76:8; 147:17; Na 1:6; so with הִתְיַצֵּב Dt 9:2; Jos 1:5; Jb 41:2, קוּם Jos 7:12, 13. (e) in hostile sense (rare), יָצָא לִפְנֵי go forth to face 1 Ch 14:8; 2 Ch 14:9. (f) לִפְנֵי (נָתַן) שִׂים, of food, to set or place before, Gn 18:8; 24:33 +. (g) נָתַן לִפְנֵי to set before, i.e. propound for acceptance or choice, usually of laws (especially Dt Je), Dt 4:8; 11:26, 32; 30:1, 15, 19; 1 K 9:6 (D2), Je 9:12; 21:8; 26:4; 44:10; Dn 9:10, cf. Ez 23:24 (place at disposal of): so with שִׂים Ex 19:7; 21:1. c. With reference to position: (a) in front of, before, especially with vbs. of motion (with which נֶגֶד is hardly used), Gn 32:21 בַּמִּנְחָה הַהֹלֶכֶת לְפָנָ֔י that goeth before me, 33:14 the cattle אֲשֶׁר לְפָנַי, Ex 17:5; 23:20 etc.; in the description of a march or procession, Ex 13:21, 22; Nu 10:33; Is 52:12; 58:8 +; 2 S 3:31 and wail before Abner (before his bier); of flocks before a shepherd Gn 32:18; of captives or booty driven before a conqueror 1 S 30:20 (read וַיִּנְהֲגוּ לְפָנָיו We Dr), Is 8:4; 40:10 = 62:11 וּפְעֻלָּתוֹ לְפָנָיו his recompence (i.e. his newly-recovered people, regarded as his prize of war) before him, Am 9:4; La 1:5, 6. (b) of a leader, etc. = at the head of, Dt 10:11; Ju 9:39; 1 S 8:20; Mi 1:13 al.; cf. בא ויצא לפני (העם) Nu 27:17; 1 S 18:13, 16; 2 Ch 1:10; Ec 4:16 before whom (at whose head) he was. (c) denoting superiority, before, above, Gn 48:20 וַיָּשֶׂם את־אפרים לפני מנשׁה, Jb 34:19. d. Of places (not very common): Ex 14:2 before Pi-haḥiroth …, before Baal-ẓephon, Nu 33:7b; Gn 23:17 אשׁר ל׳ מַמְרֵא (usually על פני מ׳: v. 7 a d), 1 Ch 19:7; Ne 8:1, 3; before the temple, veil, altar, etc., Ex 16:34 + ל׳ הָעֵדֻת, 30:6 + ל׳ הַפָּרֹכֶת, 40:5, 6; Nu 3:38; 7:10 al. (all P), 1 K 6:20(?), 21; 7:49 +. e. Of time, before: Am 1:1 לפני הָרָֽעַשׁ׃ before the earthquake, Gn 29:26; 30:30 לְפָנַי before me (i.e. before I came to thee), Ex 10:14 לפניו לא היה כן before it there was not the like, Nu 13:22; 1 K 16:25, 30 מִכֹּל אֲשֶׁר לְפָנָיו, Is 43:10; 48:7; Pr 8:25; Jb 15:7 etc. Sq. inf., Gn 13:10 לִפְנֵי שַׁחֵת י׳ before י׳’s destroying, etc., 27:7 לִפְנֵי מוֹתִי, 36:31; 1 S 9:15 +. Once, in late Heb., לִפְנֵי מִזֶּה before this Ne 13:4. f. In the manner of, like (rare and dub.), 1 S 1:16 אַל־תִּתֵּן אֶת־אֲמָֽתְךָ לִפְנֵי בַת־בִּלִיַּעַל like a worthless woman, Jb 3:24 like my food, 4:19 they are crushed like the moth (cf. Lat. pro). 5. מִלִּפְנֵי73 from before:— a. from the presence of (properly, from a position before a person or object: to be distinguished from מִפְּנֵי; v. 6): (a) Gn 41:46 ויצא יוסף מִלִּפְנֵי פ׳ from before Ph. 47:10; 2 K 5:27; 6:32 +; מל׳ י׳ Gn 4:6 Cain went forth from before י׳, Jon 1:3, 10; spec. of the sanctuary, Lv 9:24 ותצא אשׁ מלפני י׳ (so 10:2), קֶצֶף Nu 17:11 (cf. 2 Ch 19:2), with לָקַח etc. Lv 16:12; Nu 17:24; 20:9; 1 S 21:7 the shew-bread that was removed from before י׳; from before a place 1 K 8:54; Ezr 10:6 2 Ch 1:13. (b) of taking, etc., from before a person, Gn 23:4 to bury my dead from before me, v 3 Ex 36:3; Dt 17:18 וכתב לו מִשְׁנֵה התורה הזאת מל׳ הכהנים from (the copy) before the priests, 28:31 גָּזוּל מלפניך. (c) with בקשׁ Est 4:8 [cf. מִן קֳדָם Dn 2:18]; and to express the idea of proceeding from a person, Est 1:19 [cf. Dn 2:15], Ec 10:5; 1 Ch 29:12 הָעשֶׁר וה��בוד מלפניך (cf. Acts 3:19); ψ 17:2 מלפניך יֵצֵא משׁפטי. (d) of cutting off, etc., from before י׳ (cf. לִפְנֵי a b, c), Lv 22:3; 1 K 8:25 לֹא־יִכָּרֵת לְךָ אִישׁ מִלְּפָנַי, Je 31:36; 33:18; Is 48:19: ψ 51:13 אַל־תַּשְׁלִיכֵנִי מִלְּפָנֶיךָ (cf. 8 a); Je 16:17 לֹא נִסְתְּרוּ מִלְּפָנַי, 18:23; Ne 3:37. (e) of expelling from before an invader, Ex 23:28; Dt 9:4; 11:23; 31:3 + (but much less common than מִפְּנֵי). †b. (Chiefly late) to express the source or cause, with the force of the לְ weakened, in cases where the earlier language would have used מִפְּנֵי: with vbs. of fearing, 1 S 18:12; Ec 3:14; 8:12, 13; 1 Ch 16:30 חִילוּ מִלְּפָנָיו [‖ ψ 96:9 מפניו], ψ 114:7(×2); Est 7:6; 2 Ch 32:7 (+ מפני); failing, etc., Is 57:16 ψ 97:5; being humbled, 1 K 21:29 (+ מפני), 2 Ch 32:12, 23; 34:27 [‖ 2 K 22:19 מפני], 36:12; crying for help 1 S 8:18 [cf. מפני Ex 3:7], singing 1 Ch 16:33 [‖ ψ 96:13 לפני], fleeing 19:18 [‖ 2 S 10:18 מִפְּנֵי]. †c. of time, once, = לִפְנֵי Ec 1:10. With later usages of מל׳, cf. מִן קֳדָם in Biblical Aramaic and 𝔗 (DrSm lxx–lxxi, lxxiii); v. also Köii. 320. Cp. מִלְּפָנִים Is 41:26 (‖מֵרֹאשׁ). 6. מִפְּנֵי from the face or presence of, from before, Ex 14:19 וַיִּסַּע עמוד הענן מִפְּנֵיהֶם removed from before them, Is 30:11; Ho 11:2; so a. (often with suggestion of causation (v. מִן 2 d, e, f), because of, for fear of [so AV RV Ju 9:21; 1 S 21:11; 23:26; Je 35:11(×2); 37:11; 41:9; 50:16]) after vbs. of hiding Gn 3:8; 4:14; Is 2:10 (cf. v 19, 21); and especially of escaping, Ju 9:21 (Thes ‘bene 𝔙 ob metum A.’), 1 S 18:11; 19:10; 23:26, or fleeing, Ex 4:3; 14:25; 1 S 17:24 + often (v. בָּרַח and נוּס), and expelling, destroying, etc. Ex 23:30 אֲגָֽרְשֶׁנּוּ מִפָּנֶיךָ I will expel them from before thee, 34:11, 24 אוֹרִישׁ גּוֹיִם מִפָּנֶיךָ (v. הוֹרִישׁ), Lv 18:24; Dt 8:20; Am 2:9 ψ 89:24 + often (as though clearing the way for Israel, for Israel’s sake: cf. Is 63:12 בּוֹקֵעַ מַיִם מִפְּנֵיהֶם, Jos 2:10; 4:23). Pregn. Is 17:9 כַּעֲזוּבַת … אשׁר עזבו מפני בני ישׂר׳ which they forsook (fleeing) from before, etc. b. implying causation more distinctly, ψ 9:4 יאבדו מפניך perish from before thee or at thy presence, Dt 7:20: very often with vbs. of fearing, as נור, יגר, חיל, ירא, ערץ, פחד, קוץ Ex 9:30; Nu 22:3(×2); Dt 1:17; Je 5:22 etc. (mostly when the object inspiring fear is a person: when it is a thing, מִן alone is preferred; but see Dt 5:5; 9:19); of being alarmed or dismayed Gn 45:3; Jos 2:9; Je 1:17; Jb 23:15, etc.; of humbling oneself Ex 10:3; Ju 11:33 +; with other words, to indicate the external ground of an action or effect, as הַס מִפָּנָיו be silent at (i.e. because of) his presence Zp 1:7; Hb 2:20; Ju 5:5 the mts. flowed מפני י׳ at the presence of י׳, Is 63:19; Je 4:26; Na 1:5, ψ 68:3 as wax melteth מפני אשׁ; Dt 20:19; Is 19:1; 26:17 כן היינו מפניך so were we through thy presence (more than לפניך,—implying that their state was due to י׳); קום מפני to rise up at the presence of Gn 31:35; Lv 19:32. (N.B. In a, b, freq. rendered before in AV RV, and so confused with לפני; but the מִן retains always its full force in the Heb.) c. of the cause, whether nearer or more remote: (a) Gn 6:13 מָֽלְאָה הָאָרֶץ חָמָס מִפְּנֵיהֶם because of them (i.e. occasioned by them), 27:46 I loathe my life because of the daughters of Heth, 36:7 the land could not support them because of their cattle, 41:31; 47:13; Ex 3:7 their cry by reason of their task-masters, 8:20 תִּשָּׁחֵת הָאָרֶץ מִפְּנֵי הֶעָרֹב, 9:11; Jos 2:11; 23:3; Ju 2:18; 6:6; 1 K 5:17; 8:11; + often; Is 10:27 (RVm), Je 15:17 ψ 38:4, 6, etc.; Je 4:4 + מִפְּנֵי רֹעַ מַעַלְלֵיכֶם by reason of the evil of your doings, 7:12; 9:6; 13:17; 14:16; 23:9 + often (b) stating the reason for which a thing is not done (Lat. prae), 1 K 8:11 Jb 37:19. †(c) with אֲשֶׁר as a conj., twice, because that, Ex 19:18; Je 44:23.—Nu 33:8 v. פִּי הַחִירֹת" dir="rtl" >פִּי הַחִירֹת. 7. עַל־פְּנֵי (cf. Ph. עַל פְּנֵ, עלת פְּנֵ, Lzb352) has different meanings according to the different senses of the noun and the prep.:— a. From the sense of face or front: (a) in front of (more definite and distinct than לפני): ψ 18:43 as dust before the wind (cf. לפני 35:5; 83:14 +), Gn 32:22 the present passed on על־פניו in front of him, Ex 33:19 אעביר כל־טוּבי על־פניך, 2 S 15:18, 23 (read על־פניו: v. Dr), Jb 4:15; = in the sight of, Lv 10:3 ועל־פני כל העם אֶכָּבֵד, Je 6:7 עַל־פָּנַי תָּמִיד חֳלִי וּמַכָּה, 13:26 (cf. Na 3:5), ψ 9:20 יִשָּֽׁפְטוּ גוים על־פניך before thee: defiantly, Jb 1:11 אם־לא על־ פניך יְרָֽרְכֶךָּ will renounce thee to thy face, 6:28 ועל־פניכם אם אֲכַזֵּב, 21:31; to die in the presence of any one (= in his lifetime) †Gn 11:28; Nu 3:4. (b) before, to the exclusion of another, i.e. in preference to, Dt 21:16, and perhaps (Ew§ 217 l) Ex 20:3 (Dt 5:7) לא יהיה לך אלהים אחרים על־פני (Thes al. as c). (c) in addition to, Jb 16:14 פֶּרֶץ עַל־פְּנֵי־פֶרֵץ יִפְרְצֵנִי. (d) of localities, in front of, mostly (but not always: v. GFM Ju., p. 351) = east of, 1 K 6:3 the porch in front of, etc., v 3 7:6; 8:8; 2 Ch 3:17; Ez 42:3; Gn 16:12 על־פני כל־אחיו ישׁכן (cf. 25:18b), perhaps (Di al.) with collateral idea of defiance; עַל־פ׳ מַמְרֵא 23:19 (50:13), Ex 16:14; often in אשׁר על־פני … Gn 25:9 (49:30), מצרים v 18a (Jos 13:3 1 S 15:7), Nu 21:11; 33:7a, ירחו Dt 32:49 (34:1), Jos 13:3, 25; 15:8 (18:16), 17:7; 18:14; 19:11; Ju 16:3; 1 S 24:3 (prob.), 26:1, 3; 2 S 2:24; 1 K 11:7 (the Mt. of Olives, E. of Jerus.; so 2 K 23:13; Zc 14:4), 17:3, 5.—Gn 1:20 let fowl fly על־פני רקיע השׁמים in front of the firmament of heaven, viz. as looked up to from below, i.e. between the firmament and the earth. (e) with vbs. implying direction, over towards, Gn 18:16 וישׁקף על־פני סדם, 19:28; Nu 21:20 (23:28) נשׁקפה על־פני הישׁימן overlooking; to sprinkle against the front of Lv 16:14; in a hostile sense (rare), Na 2:2 עָלָה מֵפִיץ עַל־פָּנַיִךְ, ψ 21:13; Ez 32:10. b. From the sense of surface, Gn 1:2 על־פני תהום upon the face of the deep, Ex 16:14 על־פ׳ המדבר: often in the phrases הארץ (כל) על־פני Gn 1:29; 7:3; 11:4, and (more freq.) על־פני האדמה on the face of the ground 6:1; 7:23 etc.; על פני השׂדה Lv 17:5; Nu 19:16; 1 S 14:25 +; after vbs. of motion, 11:4 lest we be scattered over the face of all the earth, v 8, 9; Ex 32:20; Lv 14:7 (v 53 אל), Is 18:2; 19:8; Am 5:8; Ez 32:4; Jb 5:10 +. 8. מֵעַל־פְּנֵי: a. from before the face of, Gn 23:3 Abraham rose up מֵעַל פְּנֵי מֵתוֹ from before his dead, i.e. from mourning before or beside it; †(פניו) מֵעַל פני from before my (his) face, often in K Je of the rejection of Isr. or the temple, as with שִׁלַּח 1 K 9:7 (‖ 2 Ch 7:20 השׁליך), Je 15:1, השׁליך 2 K 13:23; 24:20 (Je 52:3), Je 7:15, נטשׁ Je 23:39, הסיר 2 K 17:18, 23; 23:27; 24:3; Je 32:31. b. from off the surface of, often in the phrase מֵעַל פְּנֵי הָאֲדָמָה, with verbs of cutting off, removing, expelling, etc., †Gn 4:14; 6:7; 7:4; 8:8; Ex 32:12; Dt 6:15; 1 S 20:15; 1 K 9:7; 13:34; Am 9:8; Je 28:16; Zp 1:2, 3.	heb	Conj-w	5	2127
H1004b	בַּ֫יִת2034 n.m. Dt 8:12 house (Ph. בת, MI. בת, sf. ביתה, Arabic بَيْتٌ, Aramaic בַּיְתָא, ܒܰܝܬܳܐ, Assyrian bîtu, COTGloss., Sab. בית, בת, fortress DHMZMG 1883, 387; temple Hal257 DHMZMG 1876, 697, Ethiopic ቤት: Palm. in בת עלמא, בת מקברתא sepulchre Vog32, 64 al.; etym. dub.; Thes √ בות, Aramaic בּוּת, ܒܳܬ spend the night, Arabic بَاتَ, Ethiopic ቤተ: but this perhaps denom., & בית from √ ל״י c. ת afform. cf. Sta§ 187 a)—abs. בַּיִת Ex 12:30 +; בָּ֑יִת Gn 33:17 +; בַּ֫יְתָה (ָה loc.) ψ 68:7 +; cstr. בֵּית Gn 12:15 +; sf. בֵּיתִי Gn 15:2 +; בֵּיתְךָ Gn 7:1 +, etc.; הַבַּ֫יְתָה, בַּיְתָה (in) to the house, homeward, Gn 19:10 ψ 68:7 +; also בֵּ֫יתָה (in) to the house of …; pl. בָּֽתִּים Ex 1:21 + (i.e. bâttîm, v. Nö in MeArchaeology i. 456 f., cf. Ges§ 96); cstr. בָּתֵּי Ex 8:17 +; sf. בָּתֶּיךָ Ex 10:6; בָּֽתָּיו 1 Ch 28:11; בָּתֵּינוּ Ex 12:27 +; בָּֽתֵּיכֶם Gn 42:19; בָּתֵּיהֶם Nu 16:32 +; (בָּֽתֵּ֫ימוֹ ψ 49:12), etc.;— 1. house, a. as dwelling, habitation Gn 19:2, 3, 4, 11; 27:15 33:17 (obj. of בָּנָה) Ex 12:7 + often; בּ׳ מוֹשַׁב Lv 25:29 (cf. בַּיִת לְשִׁבְתִּי 2 S 7:5); בֵּית = in the house of, when modifying word follows, cf. DrSm 29, n. 2 (after st. cstr. מוֹלֶדֶת בַּיִת אוֹ מוֹלֶדֶת הוּץ Lv 19:9); e.g. בּ׳ אָבִיךָ Gn 24:23; בּ׳ אִישָׁהּ Nu 30:11; בּ׳ יהוה 2 K 23:24; so in n.pr. ביתאל Am 7:13; (ה)בַּ֫יְתָה into the house, home Ex 9:19 (of man & beast) cf. Ju 19:18 1 S 6:7 (cf. v 10) 1 K 13:7, 15 ψ 68:7 Is 14:17 etc.; cf. sub 7 infr.; partic. (α) in J occasionally of tent Gn 27:15 cf. 33:17 c.בנה; here of nomad’s hut); usually (β) house of solid materials, with doorposts, etc. Ex 12:7 Dt 6:9; 11:20, walls Lv 14:37, 39, of stones, timber & mortar v 45 (cf. v 40, 42, 43); so also Jos 2:15; supported by pillars Ju 16:26 f.; with roof on which one could walk 2 S 11:12 etc.; v. especially temple and king’s house in Jerusalem 1 K 5–7 etc.; cf. Ct 1:17 Je 22:14; of Ezekiel’s temple Ez 40f.; בָּֽתֵּכֶם סְפוּנִים of luxurious houses Hg 1:4; בנה בָּֽתִּים טֹבִים Dt 8:12; בּנה בַּיִת־חָדָשׁ Dt 20:5 cf. 22:8; also c. בנה Dt 28:30 + often; (γ) cstr. before word of material, בּ׳ אֲרָזִים 2 S 7:2, 7 = 1 Ch 17:1 (בּ׳ הָא׳) v 6; בּ׳ הַשֵׁן 1 K 22:39 cf. Am 3:15; בּ׳ גָּזִית house of hewn stone Am 5:11; cf. בֵּית יַעַר הַלְּבָנוֹן 1 K 7:2 2 Ch 9:20, בֵּית הַיַּעַר Is 22:8; (δ) also before word of quality or characteristic, בֵּית אֵבֶל Ec 7:2 ‖ בּ׳ מִשְׁתֶּה; v 4 ‖ בּ׳ שִׂמְחָה; בּ׳ מַרְזֵחַ Je 16:5; בּ׳ מִשְׁתֶּה Je 16:8; בָּֽתֵּי חֶמְדָּתֵךְ Ez 26:12; בֵּית תַּעֲנֻנֶי֑הָ Mi 2:9; cf. מְרִיא" dir="rtl" >בּ׳ מְרִי rebellious house sub 5. d infr.; (ε) in combinations, of structures for various purposes:—(1) בֵּית הַמֶּלֶךְ = palace 1 K 9:1, 10; 10:12 +, etc.; בֵּית מַמְלָכָה Am 7:13 cf. sub 2 infr.; בּ׳ הַמַּלְכוּת Est 5:1 cf. 2:16; בּ׳ לְמַלְכוּתוֹ 2 Ch 1:18; (2) בֵּית הַסֹּהַר = the prison Gn 39:20(×2), 21, 22(×2), 23(×2); 40:3, 5; cf. בּ׳ מִשְׁמַרְכֶם Gn 42:19; בּ׳ מִשְׁמֶרֶת 2 S 20:3; בּ׳ הָאָסוּר Je 37:15; בּ׳ הָאֲסיּרים Ju 16:21, 25; בּ׳ הָסֿוּרִים Ec 4:14; בּ׳ הַכֶּלֶא 1 K 22:27 2 K 17:4 2 Ch 18:26 Je 37:15, 18 cf. Is 42:7; בּ׳ כֶּלֶא 2 K 25:27; בּ׳ הַמַּהְפֶּכֶת 2 Ch 16:10; בּ׳ הַכְּליּ֯א Je 37:4; 52:31; בָּֽתֵּי כְלָאִים Is 42:22; בֵּית־הַבּוֹר Je 37:16; בּ׳ הַפְּקֻדּוֹת Je 52:31; (3) בֵּית הַנָּשִׁים house of the women, harem Est 2:9, 11, 13, 14; (4) בּ׳ מִשְׁתֵּה הַיַּיִן Est 7:8; בּ׳ הַיָּ֑ין Ct 2:4; cf. מָשׂוֹשׂ בָּֽתֵּי Is 32:13; (5) בֵּית הַחֹרֶף Am 3:15 Je 36:22; בּ׳ הַקָּ֑יִץ Am 3:15; (6) בֵּית נְכֹתֹה & בֵּית כֵּלָיו 2 K 20:13 = Is 39:2; (7) בֵּית הַגָּן garden-h. (or n.pr.? cf. p. 111) 2 K 9:27; (8) בֵּית־עֵקֶד binding-h. (or n.pr.?) 2 K 10:12, 14; (9) בֵּיתעֲבָדִים h. of slaves (where slaves live), only fig. of Egypt Ex 13:3, 14; 20:2 Dt 5:6; 6:12; 7:8; 8:14; 13:6, 11 Jos 24:17 Ju 6:8 Mi 6:4 Je 34:13;—on בּ׳ הַחָפְשִׁית 2 K 15:5 = 2 Ch 26:21 cf. חפשׁית; especially (10) בֵּית י׳ = temple 1 K 7:12, 40, 45, 51 & very often; also (mostly late) בֵּית הָאֱלֹהִים 1 Ch 9:11, 13, 26 + often; but also of earlier tent of worship Ju 18:31; v. also בּ׳ הָאֹהֶל 1 Ch 9:23; cf. אֱלֹהִים" dir="rtl" >בּ׳ אֱלֹהִים of local shrine 17:5; & also in mouth of Jacob, as explanation of name of Bethel Gn 28:17 (cf. v 19), & as name of stone, or Mac̦c̦eba v 22 (all E); also ב׳ י׳ of earlier tent of worship Ju 19:18 1 S 1:7, 24 2 S 12:20 (cf. further אֱלֹהִים, יהוה); בּ׳ הָאוֹצָר Mal 3:10; cf. הֵיכַל הַבַּיִת 1 K 6:3, & בּ׳ alone in same sense, especially 1 K 6 cf. 2 Ch 1:18; 2:3, 11 +; v. 1 Ch 28:2 בּ׳ מְנוּחָה לַאֲרוֹן בְּרִית־י׳ וְלַהֲדֹם רַגְלֵי אֱלֹהֵינוּ; also בֵּית הַקֹּדֶשׁ 29:3; בּ׳ קֹדֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁים 2 Ch 3:8, 10; בּ׳ קָדְשֵׁנוּ וְתִפְאַרְתֵּנוּ Is 64:10; בֵּית־זְבֻל 2 Ch 6:2; בֵּית זָ֑בַח 2 Ch 7:12; בֵּית מִקְדָּשָׁם 2 Ch 36:17; בּ׳ תְּפִלָּה Is 56:7(×2); בּ׳ תִּפְאַרְתִּי 60:7; also of heathen temples ב׳ בַּעַל־בְּרִית Ju 9:4; ב׳־דָּגוֹן 1 S 5:5; ב׳ עַשְׁתָּרוֹת 1 S 31:10; ב׳ רִמּוֹן 2 K 5:18(×3); ב׳ הַבַּעַל 2 K 10:21(×2), 23, 25, 26, 27; 11:18; בּ׳ עֲצַבֵּיהֶם 1 S 31:9 (but read rather את־עצביהם as in ‖ 1 Ch 10:9 so 𝔊 We Dr); בֵּית בָּמוֹת 1 K 12:31 (cf. MI בת במת), v. also 13:32 2 K 17:29, 32; בֵּית אוֹצַר אֱלֹהָיו Dn 1:2, etc.; made of woven material 2 K 23:7; אֲשֶׁד הַנָּשִׁים אֹרְגוֹת שָׁם בָּֽתִּים לָאֲשֵׁרָה perhaps = tent-shrines but textdub. 𝔊 χεττιεῖν (כתנות?); 𝔊L στολάς; cf. EwH iii. 718 & Klo; (ζ) of portion of larger building (late), so pl. בָּֽתָּיו 1 Ch 28:11 i.e. of the temple (‖ גַּנְזַכָּיו, עֲלִיֹּתָיו, חֲדָרָיו); cf. בּ׳ הַכַּפֹּרֶת ib.; בּ׳ הַמְֿבַשְּׁלִים Ez 46:24. b. as shelter or abode of animals 1 S 6:7, 10 cf. Ex 9:19; בֵּית עַכָּבִישׁ Jb 8:14 spider’s web (cf. בָּנָה כָעָשׁ בֵּיתוֹ 27:18); of wild ass Jb 39:6 שַׂמְתִּי עֲרָבָה בֵיתוֹ; צִפּוֹר מָֽצְאָה בַּיִת ψ 84:4 (‖ קֵן); חֲסִידָה בְּרוֹשִׁים בֵּיתָהּ ψ 104:17 (cf. ‖ & Che); Pr 30:26 (of the שְׁפַנִּים ‘conies’). c. fig. of human bodies בָּֽתֵּי־חֹמֶר Jb 4:19 houses of clay, cf. in phr. שֹׁמְרֵי הַבַּיִת Ec 12:3 keepers of the house, i.e. the arms; v. further בֵּית מְגוּרָ֑י ψ 119:54. d. of She’ôl, שְׁאוֹל בֵּיתִי Jb 17:13, cf. בֵּית מוֹעֵד לְכָל־חָ֑י 30:23 (‖ מָוֶת); בֵּית עוֹלָמוֹ Ec 12:5 (perhaps = tomb, v. De). e. of abode of light & darkness Jb 38:20. f. Ephraim as בּ׳ יהוה Ho 8:1; 9:15 (cf. אֶרֶץ י׳ 9:3); cf. Zc 9:8. 2. place, of Jerusalem בֵית קִבְרוֹת אֲבֹתַי Ne 2:3 (‖ עִיר v 5), cf. also n.pr. cpd. with בֵּית, infr., & בֵּית מַמְלָכָה Am 7:13 (pred. of Bethel); בֵּית נְתִיבוֹת Pr 8:2 i.e. where paths meet RV; בּ׳ אֲבָנִים Jb 8:17; on both these v. בֵּית" dir="rtl" >בֵּית sub [בַּ֫יִן" dir="rtl" >בַּיִן] בִּיתָן" dir="rtl" >בֵּין p. 108. †3. receptacle, תְּעָלָה כְּבֵית סָאתַיִם 1 K 18:32 a trench like a receptacle of two seahs; בָּֽתֵּי נֶפֶשׁ Is 3:20 i.e. vials of perfume; especially בָּֽתִּים לְבַדִּים Ex 25:27 holders for the staves, i.e. rings, טַבָּעֹת ib.; so 37:14, 27; 38:5; cf. בָּֽתִּים לַבְּרִיחִם 26:29; 36:34 holders for the bars (all P, & all expl. by טבעת); בֵּית־לָהּ סָבִיב Ez 1:27 (si vera l.) its [cstr. as ψ 58:5] house (= enclosing cage) was round about (del. BHi Co). 4. of house as containing a family, hence in phr. of slaves belonging to household יְלִידֵי בֵיתוֹ Gn 14:14 cf. 17:12 (opp. מִקְנַת־כֶּסֶף) v 13 (all ‖ id.); fig. of Israel Je 2:14 (‖ עֶבֶד); cf. בֶּן־בֵּיתִי Gn 15:3; בְּנֵי־בַיִת הָיָה לִי Ec 2:7 (as token of wealth & prosperity); also of one’s sister מוֹלֶדֶת בַּיִת Lv 18:19 (‖ מ׳ חוּץ cf. infr.); אַנְשֵׁי בֵיתוֹ Gn 17:27; נַפְשׁוֹת בּ׳ Gn 36:6; כָּל־הַנֶּפֶשׁ לְבֵית־יַעֲקֹב Gn 46:27. Hence 5. household, family (592 times) a. ordinary sense, those belonging to the same household Gn 7:1; 12:1, 17 +, Dt 6:22; 11:6 +; Hex mostly JD; E Gn 35:2; 42:33; 50:22 cf. Ex 1:21 infr.; P Gn 36:6 Ex 1:1; 12:4 Lv 16:6, 11, 17 Nu 16:32; 18:31 Jos 22:15; even where expressly said to inhabit tents Nu 16:32 Dt 11:6 אֶת־בָּֽתֵּיהֶם וְאֶת־אָהֳלֵיהֶם; specif. זְקַן־בּ׳ Gn 24:2 cf. 50:7 (of rank & dignity in household); of a family of handicraftsmen מִשְׁפְּחוֹת בֵּית־עֲבֹדַת הַבֻּץ 1 Ch 4:21 (v. בוץ); also, with fig. of house clearly in mind מִשְׁקֹלֶת בּ׳ 2 K 21:13; מַפְתֵּחַ בּ׳ Is 22:22. b. family of descendants, descendants as organized body Gn 18:19 (J ‖ בָּנִים) +, & so c. בָּנָה (q.v.) יִבְנֶה בּ׳ אחיו Dt 25:9 cf. Ru 4:11 &, subj. י׳, בָּנָה בּ׳ לְ 2 S 7:27 = 1 Ch 17:10, 25; also 1 S 2:35 1 K 11:38 (both בּ׳ נֶאֱמָן), so עשׂה בּ׳ לְ 2 S 7:11 1 K 2:24; also pl. וַיַּעַשׂ לָהֶם בָּֽתִּים Ex 1:21; עשׂה ב׳ נֶאֱמָן לְ 1 S 25:28; cf. especially c. n.pr., e.g. c. †בֵּית שָׁאוּל 2 S 3:1(×2), 6(×2), 8, 10; 9:1, 2, 3, 9; 16:5 (משׁפחת בּ׳ שׁ׳), v 8; 19:18 (cf. 21:1 where read וְאֶל־בֵּיתֹה דָמִים, so 𝔊 We Dr) 1 Ch 12:29; †בֵּית דָּוִד 2 S 3:1, 6; 7:26 = 1 Ch 17:24 (cf. context in both), 1 K 12:19 = 2 Ch 10:19, v 20, 26; 13:2; 14:8 2 K 17:21 Is 7:2, 13; 22:22 Je 21:12 Zc 12:7, 8, 10, 12 (משׁפחת בּ׳ דּ׳) 2 Ch 21:7 ψ 122:5; †בּ׳ יָרָבְעָם 1 K 13:34; 14:10(×2), 13, 14; 15:29; 16:3 21:22 2 K 9:9; 13:6; †בּ׳ אַחְאָב 2 K 8:18, 27(×3) (of Ahaziah חֲתַן בּ׳ א׳), 9:7, 8, 9; 10:10, 11; 21:13 Mi 6:16 2 Ch 21:6, 13; 22:3, 4, 7, 8; etc. d. especially of Hebrew people & subdivisions: (α) †בֵּית יִשְׂחָ֑ק Am 7:16; (β) †בּ׳ עֵשָׂו Ob 18(×2); (γ) †בֵּית יַעֲקֹב Gn 46:27 (P) Ex 19:3 (E) Am 3:13; 9:8 Mi 2:7; 3:9 Ob 17, 18 Is 8:17; 10:20; 14:1; 29:22; 46:3; 48:1; 58:1 Je 2:4; 5:20 ψ 114:1; also זֶרַע בּ׳ יעקב Ez 20:5 (del. Co); most frequently (δ) בֵּית יִשְׂרָאֵל (Vrss & var. sometimes בני v. בֵּן) †Hex Ex 16:31; 40:38 Lv 10:6 Nu 20:29 (all P) Lv 17:3, 8, 10; 22:18 (H) Jos 21:43 (D) †; 1 S 7:2 + 8 times S K; Ho 1:4, 6; 5:1; 6:10; 12:1; Am 5:1 + 7 times Am; † Mi 1:5; 3:1, 9 Is 5:7; 14:2, also 46:3; 63:7 Zc 8:13†; but especially Je 2:4, 26 + 17 times Je; Ez 3:1, 4, 5, 7(×2), 17 + 75 times Ez; also זֶרַע בּ׳ יִשְׂרָאֵל Je 23:8 Ez 44:22 (Co del. בּ׳); +שְׁנֵי בָֽתֵּי יִשְׂרָאֵל Is 8:14; בֵּית יִשְׂרָאֵל וִיהוּדָה Ez 9:9 + 25:8 Co; further בֵּית מְרִי rebellious house (of Isr.) Ez 2:5, 6; 3:9, 26, 27; 12:2, 3, & בּ׳ הַמֶּ֑רִי Ez 2:8; 12:2, 9, 25; 17:12; 24:3 [+ 44:6 Co]; (ε) בֵּית יְהוּדָה 2 S 2:4, 7, 10, 11 1 K 12:21 = 2 Ch 11:1, 2 K 19:30 = Is 37:31, Is 22:21 Ho 1:7; 5:12, 14 Zp 2:7 Zc 8:13, 15, 19; 10:3, 6; 12:4, & especially Je 3:18 + 9 times Je; Ez 4:6 + 4 times Ez + 9:9 supr. also †בּ׳ יְהוּדָה וּבִנְיָמִן 1 K 12:23; †בּ׳ מֶלֶךְ יְהוּדָה Je 21:11; 22:6; (ζ) †בּ׳ יוֹסֵף Gn 50:8 Jos 17:17; 18:5 (all JE) Ju 1:22, 23, 35 2 S 19:21 1 K 11:28 Am 5:6 Ob 18 Zc 10:6; (η) †בּ׳ אֶפְרַיִם Ju 10:9; (θ) בּ׳ בִּנְיָמִן 2 S 3:19 cf. 1 K 12:23 supr.; (ι) †בּ׳ יִּשָּׂשכָר 1 K 15:27; (κ) †בּ׳ לֵוִי Ex 2:1 (E) Nu 17:23 (P) Zc 12:13 (משׁפחת ב׳ ל׳), ψ 135:20; & (λ) בּ׳ אַהֲרֹן ψ 115:10, 12; 118:3; 135:19. e. technically, yet with some looseness of usage, בֵּית אָב father’s house, of family or clan, pl. בֵּית אָבוֹת father-houses, families (e.g. Nu 1:2) (79 times; only P & Chr) Ex 6:14; 12:3 Nu 1:2, 4, 18 + 41 times Nu; Jos 22:14(×2) 1 Ch 4:38; 5:13 + 25 times Ch; Ezr 2:59; 10:16 Ne 7:61; 10:35; = tribe Nu 17:17(×2), 18, 21; = main division of tribe Nu 3:20, 24 +, cf. 34:14(×2) etc.; further subdivision Ex 12:3 1 Ch 7:2, 7 +; cf. especially 1 Ch 23:11 Jeush and Beriah had not many sons, therefore they became לְבֵית אָב לִפְקֻדָּה אֶחָ֑ת (cf. ראשׁי אבות, sub אב). 6. house, including household affairs, persons, property, etc. וַיַּפְקִדֵהוּ עַל־בֵּיתוֹ Gn 39:4 cf. בְּבֵיתוֹ v 5; אֲשֶׁר עַל־בֵּיתוֹ Gn 44:1, 4; hence אשׁר על הבית as title of governor of the palace (EwH iii. 269) Is 22:15; 36:3 cf. 1 K 4:6 2 K 15:5; in Israel 1 K 16:9; 18:3 2 K 10:5: further 2 S 17:23 2 K 20:1 = Is 38:1; hence of personal property 1 K 13:8 אִם־תִּתֶּן־לִי אֶת־חֲצִי בֵּיהֶ֑ךָ; family and property (everything on which one depends) Jb 8:15. 7. בַּ֫יְתָה, בָּ֑יְתָה, lit. housewards, hence metaph. inwards, †Ex 28:26 = 39:19 (sc. of the ephod), 1 K 7:25 = 2 Ch 4:4 (sc. of the circle of oxen supporting the molten sea); 2 S 5:9 מִן־הַמִּלּוֹא וָבָ֑יְתָה from the Millo and inward, Ez 44:17. 8. מִבַּיִת a. adv. on the inside (of a building, chest, etc.: opp. מִחוּץ) †Gn 6:14 Ex 25:11 = 37:2 Lv 14:41 1 K 6:15, 16; 7:9 2 K 6:30 (of a person’s clothes), Ez 7:15; so with ה loc. מִבַּ֫יְתָה †1 K 6:15. b. †מִבֵּית לְ (cstr. Ges§ 130, 1 n.) prep. within (opp. מִחוּץ לְ), מִבֵּית לַפָּרֹכֶת within the veil Ex 26:33 Lv 16:2, 12 Nu 18:7 לְכָל־דְּבַר הַמִּזִבֵּחַ וּלְמִבֵּית לַפָּרֹכֶת for everything of the altar, and for (that) within the veil; 1 K 7:8, 31 (read לַכְּתֵפֹת; see VB & StaZAW 1883, 165); אֶל־מִבֵּית לְ (after a verb of motion) in within Lv 16:15 2 K 11:15 = 2 Ch 23:14. Note.—בית perhaps occurs abbrev. into בּ in n.pr. בְּעֶשְׁתְּרָה q.v. so Thes al.; cf. also Aramaic בא = בית in like usage LagArmen. Stud. § 339; Se i. 51; GGA 1884, 276. On בְּ as abbrev. בית v. Wetzst Hauran 110 KampffmeyerZPV xv (1892), 111.	heb	Prep-b \| N-msc \| 3fs	4	2052
H5414	נָתַן2007 vb. give, put, set (Ecclus נתן 44:19 + often; OHeb נתן־יהו n.pr.m. Lzb 327; NH = BH; Ph. יתן, נתן in n.pr. מתנת, etc., Lzb 292, 327; Assyrian nadânu DlHWB 450 (rarely ittan Id ib. 488); Zinj. נתן, also in n.pr., Lzb 327 Cook 84; Nab. Impf. ינתן, and n.pr.; Palm., also n.pr. Lzb l.c. Cook l.c.; 𝔗 Impf. יִתֵּן, Inf. מִתַּן; Sab. נתן Hal 154, Liḥ n.pr. נתנבעל [North-&Sem. form] DHMEpigr. Denkm. 80, No. 35; Chr Pal. Aramaic ܢܬܢ (rare) SchwallyIdiot. 58; Syriac Impf. ܢܶܬܶܠ, Inf. ܡܶܬܰܠ LindbergVergl. Sem. Gram. 93 f., but Mand. נתן NöM 52);— Qal1917 Pf. נ׳ Gn 24:53 +; 2 ms. נָתַ֫תָּ Ju 15:18 +, נָתַ֫תָּה Gn 3:12 +, תַּתָּה 2 S 22:41 (defended as vulg. form with aphaer. of נ׳ by Th Ges Lgb. 139 Ew§ 195 b Köi. 300 De ψ 18:41 al.; נָתַתָּה (so ‖ ψ 18:41) Ol§ 89 Sta§ 127 b Ges§ 19 i (hesitantly), Klo Bu Löhr HPS, cf. Hup-Now ψ 18:41); 2 fs. נָתַתְּ Ez 16:33, 36, נָתַתְּי v 18, sf. נְתַתִּיהוּ v 19; 1 s. נָתַ֫תִּי Ju 1:2 +, etc.; Impf. יִתֵּן Gn 43:14 +, וַיִּתֵּן 15:10 +; sf. 3 ms. יִתְּנֶ֫נּוּ Lv 5:24 Ec 2:21; 1 s. אֶתֵּן Gn 12:7 +; 1 pl. נִתֵּן 34:21 +, נִתַּן־ Ju 16:5, etc.; Imv. ms. תֵּן 2 K 4:42 +, תֶּן־ Gn 14:21, תְּנָה 1 S 2:15 +, sf. תְּנֵ֫הוּ Ne 1:11 1 Ch 21:22, תְּנֶנָּה 1 S 21:10; fs. תְּנִי Gn 30:14 +, תֵּ֑נִי Is 43:6; mpl. תְּנוּ Gn 34:8 +; Inf. abs. נָתוֹן Dt 15:10 +, נָתֹן Nu 21:2 +; cstr. נְתֹן 20:21, נְתָן־ Gn 38:9, לְתִתֵּן 1 K 6:19 (but read לָתֵת so Ol§ 224 d Ges§ 66 i Benz), תתן also 17:14 Kt (Qr תֵּת)—> these forms retained by Ew§ 238 c Köi. 305;—תֵּת Gn 4:12 +, especially לָתֵת 15:7 +, לָתֵת־ Ju 21:18, לָתֶת־ Ex 5:21 (so Ginsb, van d. H. לָתֵת־, cf. also Ki in Köi. 304 f.) +; sf. תִּתִּי Gn 29:19 +, תִּתְּךָ Dt 15:10 +, etc.; Pt. נֹתֵן Ju 21:18 +, etc.;— 1. give: a. = give personally, deliver or hand to, c. acc. rei + ל pers. 1 S 10:4; 22:10 2 K 22:10 Lv 5:16 (P) 22:14 (H) Ru 4:7 + often; in trade Pr 31:24; אֶל־ pers. Gn 21:14 (E), Je 3:8 Lv 15:14 + often; explicitly נ׳ בְּיַד Dt 24:1, 3 (bill of divorce); c. acc. rei alone Ju 5:25. b. = bestow upon, c. acc. rei + ל pers. Gn 24:53 (J) 20:16 (E) 1:29 (P) + often; an understanding heart 1 K 3:9, 12, blessing Dt 12:15, mercy 13:18, cf. Je 16:13; 42:12; strength Dt 8:18 ψ 68:36; the sabbath Ex 16:29 (J) Ez 20:12; = procure for (לְ) one 1 S 17:10 1 K 21:7; יִתֵּן לָכֶם רַחֲמִים לִפְנֵי Gn 43:14 (J) he will give you compassion in the eyes of the man (cf. also 2 b, 3 b); give persons 46:18, 25 (P); of Levites given to (לְ) Aaron and his sons Nu 3:9 cf. 8:19, to י׳ 8:16 cf. 18:6 (all P); especially of י׳’s giving land to Abr. and his descendants Gn 15:18; 26:4 (J) 17:8 (P) Ex 6:8 (P; + מוֹרָשָׁה) + often (pt. in this sense 37 times Dt.), + לִרִשְׁתָּהּ Dt 3:18 +; אַל־תִּתֵּן לַנָּשִׁים תֵילֶ֑ךָ Pr 31:3; + מִן of source נָתַתִּי מִמֶּנָּה לְךָ בֵּן Gn 17:16 (P); c. acc. alone ψ 61:6 Ec 12:7 (רוּחַ); give something to (ל) one for (ל) sthg., in some capacity, אֶת־כָּל־אֶחָיו נ׳ לוֹ לַעֲבָדִים Gn 27:37 +; prob. also נ׳ בְּבָרוּתִי רֹאשׁ ψ 69:22 they gave, as my food, gall (בְּ essentiae), cf. supr. בְּ" dir="rtl" >בְּ 7 c, Hup-Nowad loc.; acc. + inf. נ׳־לִי לֶחֶם לֶאֱכֹל וּבֶגֶד לִלְבּשׁ Gn 28:20 (J), cf. Ex 16:15 (P), Ne 9:15, 20; לֹא נ׳ לָכֶם לֵב לָדַעַת וְעֵינַיִם לִרְאוֹת וְאָזְנַיִם לִשְׁמֹעַ Dt 29:3. Especially c. give woman to (ל) man as (ל) wife, Gn 29:28 (E), 34:8, 12 (J), Jos 15:16, 17 (JE), = Ju 1:12, 13 +; without 2nd ל Gn 29:19(×2) (E), Gn 38:26 Ex 2:21 (J), Gn 34:9, 14, 16 (P), Ju 15:2, 6 +; c. acc. alone, Gn 29:26 (E), 1 S 25:44. d. of (gracious) bestowals of various kinds: give = grant, send rain, גִּשְׁמֵיכֶם Lv 26:4 (H), מְטַר־אַרְצְכֶם Dt 11:14, מָטָר עַל־אַרְצְךָ 1 K 8:36, etc.; also of sending plague of hail Ex 9:23 (E); send herbage (עֵשֶׂב) in (בְּ) your field for (לְ) your cattle Dt 11:15; grant a remnant to (לְ) Judah Je 40:11; וְנָתַתִּי לְךָ אֶת־נַפְשְׁךָ לְשָׁלָל 45:5 and I will grant thee thy life as spoil; grant revenge (acc.) to (לְ) the king on (מִן) Saul, etc. 2 S 4:8, cf. הָאֵל הַגֹּתֵן נְקָמוֹת לִי 2 S 22:48 = ψ 18:48; other gifts Ju 15:18 (בְּיַד), 1 S 1:11 (לְ), Ru 4:13. e. grant a request, שְׁאֵלָה 1 S 1:17, 27 Est 5:3 ψ 106:15 (+ ל pers.), בַּקָּשָׁה Ezr 7:6, תַּאֲוָה Pr 10:24, (רָשָׁע) מַאֲוַיֵּי ψ 140:9, תִּקְוָה Jb 6:8, מִשְׁאֲלֹת לִבֶּ֑ךָ ψ 37:4, cf. יִתֵּן י׳ לָכֶם וּמְצֶאןָ מְנוּחָה Ru 1:9. Especially †f. מִי יִתֵּן who will give or grant, in expressions of wish = O that (I had! etc.; = Assyrian mannu inamdin JägerBAS ii. 279), especially (9 times) Jb.: c. acc. מִי־יִתֵּן עֶרֶב Dt 28:67 cf. v 67, Jb 14:4 ψ 14:7 = 53:7, 55:7 Je 9:1; c. 2 acc. כָּל־עַם י׳ נְבִיאִים Nu 11:29 (JE), lit. who will make all י׳’s people prophets? cf. Je 8:23; c. acc. + כְּ, מִי יִתֶּנְךָ כְאָח לִי Ct 8:1, cf. Jb 29:2; c. acc. + בְּ, אֶת־הָעָם הַזֶּה בְּיָדִי Ju 9:29 O that this people were in my charge! c. acc. + לְ Jb 31:35, lit. who will give to me (לִי) one hearing me? also מִי יִתְּנֵנִי Is 27:4 where sf. appar. = לִי; c. inf. מִי יִתֵּן מוּתֵנוּ Ex 16:3 (P), so 2 S 19:1, מִי יִתֵּן אֱלוֹהַּ דַּבֵּר Jb 11:5; c. impf. תָּבוֹא שֶׁאֱלָתִי Jb 6:8 O that my request might come to pass! 14:13; 31:31; impf. + וְ 19:23(×2); c. pf. יָדַעְתִּי 23:3 O that I knew! (+ וְאֶמְצָאֵהוּ); c. pf. consec. Dt 5:26†. g. permit, c. acc. + inf., לֹא־נְתַתִּיךָ לִנְגֹּעַ אֵלֶיהָ Gn 20:6 (E), cf. 31:7 (E) Ex 3:19 (J) Nu 20:21; 21:23 (JE) + often; om. לְ Jb 9:18; c. ל pers. + inf. 2 Ch 20:10, also לֹא כֵן נ׳ לְךָ י׳ Dt 18:14 not thus hath י׳ permitted to thee; אִם־אֶתֵּן שְׁנָת לְעֵינָ֑י וגו׳ ψ 132:4 Pr 6:4; give thyself (לְ) no rest La 2:18, give him (לְ) no rest Is 62:6. h. = ascribe glory, etc. (acc.) to (לְ) God 1 S 6:5 Jb 36:3, especially imv. Je 13:16 Ezr 10:11 ψ 68:35 cf. 115:1 (so הָבוּ, v. יהב 4); to man 1 S 18:8(×2); unseemliness (תִּפְלָה) to God Jb 1:22. i. = apply, devote heart to seek out, acc. + inf. Ec 1:13, 17; 8:9, 16 Dn 10:12, נ׳ לֵב לְ Ec 7:21 = attend to; conversely אֶת־כָּל־זֶה נָתַתִּי אֶל־לִבִּי Ec 9:1 = all this I set before my mind, 7:2; also (with subj. diff. from ind. obj.) מָה אֱלֹהַי נֹתֵן אֶל־לִבִּי לַעֲשׂוֹת Ne 2:12 cf. 7:5. j. = employ, devote money (acc.) עַל־עֲבֹדַת אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד Ex 30:16 (P). k. give offerings, לְי׳ Nu 18:12 (P), תְּרוּמַת י׳ Ex 30:15 (P), cf. give spoil to (לְ) י׳ Dt 20:14 (י׳ subj.); מִיָּֽדְךָ נָתַנּוּ לָ֑ךְ 1 Ch 29:14; offering to (לְ) idols Ez 6:13; especially to Moloch Lv 20:2, 4, to pass through fire to (ל) M 18:21, etc. l. = consecrate, dedicate to (לְ) י׳ 1 S 1:11 Ex 22:29 (E). m. give a sign or wonder, acc. 1 K 13:3, 5, + לְ pers. Jos 2:12 (JE), with reflex. לְ Ex 7:9 (P), alm. = display, exhibit; cf. נָֽתְנוּ הֲדָרֵךְ Ez 27:10 they set forth, exhibit thy splendour; כִּי יִתֵּן בַּכּוֹס עֵינוֹ Pr 23:31 when it sheweth its sparkle in the cup. n. = pay, wages (acc., + sf.), נ׳ שְׂכָרִי Gn 30:18 (E) he hath paid my hire, Ex 2:9 (E) Dt 24:15, cf. Is 61:8; + ל pers. Je 22:13; a price, נ׳ מִכְרָם Nu 20:19 (JE), וַיִּתֵּן שְׂכָרָהּ Jon 1:3, i.e. paid his fare, passage-money; money (as) price (מחיר) 1 K 21:2, cf. נ׳ כֶּסֶף הַשָּׂדֶה Gn 23:13 (P); pay money for (ב) something Dt 14:26; wealth for (ב) love Ct 8:7; tax or rent, c. acc. rei + ל pers. Gn 47:24 (J); fine (c. id.) Ex 21:32 (E) Dt 22:29, acc. om. v 19, cf. וְנָתַן בִּפְלִלִים Ex 21:22 (v פָּלִיל), נ׳ שִׁבְתּוֹ v 19 (i.e. pay for his lost time), נ׳פִּדְיוֹן נַפְשׁוֹ v 30 (pay redemption-money; all E), cf. וְנ׳ אִישׁ כֹּפֶר נַפְשׁוֹ לְי׳ 30:12 (P); pay votive offering (c. acc. + ל) Lv 27:23 (P); a wager (c. acc. + ל) Ju 14:12, 13. o. c. בְּ, give for (ב) money = sell, תְּנָה־לִּי אֶת־כַּרְמְךָ בְּכֶסֶף 1 K 21:6, cf. Dt 2:28; 14:25 1 Ch 21:22;—נ׳ Ez 27 is trading term, but sometimes connexion obscure and text dub.: give wares for (בְ) 27:12 (but read prob. ך for ב 𝔊 𝔖 Co Berthol), v 13, 16 (del. 2nd ב), v 17, 19, 22 (cf., further, Co Berthol and especially Sm); נ׳ הַיֶּלֶד בַּוּוֹנָה Jo 4:3 (‖ מָכַר); ב instr., give בַּגּוֹרָל by lot Jos 21:8. p. give instead of, exchange for, c. תַּחַת Ex 21:23 (E) 1 K 21:2, 6 Is 43:4; 61:3, בְּעַד Jb 2:4. q. give, i.e. lend, at interest, כַּסְפּוֹ לֹא נ׳ בְּנֶשֶׁךְ Lv 25:37 ψ 15:5, so (acc. om.) Ez 18:8, 13. r. = commit, entrust to, c. acc. + אֶל־ pers. Ex 22:6, 9 (E), c. ל pers. Ct 8:11, c. בְּיַד Gn 30:35; 39:4, 8, 22 (all J), 2 S 10:10. s. give over, deliver up, c. acc. Nu 21:3 (JE) Ju 20:13 1 S 11:12 2 S 14:7; 20:21 1 K 14:16 Ho 11:8 (‖ מִגֵּן), Mi 5:2; נ׳ בָּנָיו פְּלֵיטִים וּבְנֹתָיו בַּשְּׁבִית לְמֶלֶךְ אֱמֹרִי Nu 21:29 (JE); + ל, נ׳ פ׳ לַמָּוֶת ψ 118:18; + לִפְנֵי Dt 7:2, 23; 31:5 + (see Dr Dt. lxxxiii, No. 52, and v. further 2 b ad fin.); especially נ׳ בְּיַד, c. acc., Nu 21:34 (JE) Jos 2:24 (JE) Dt 2:24 + often t. yield produce, fruit, etc., especially of land, ground, Gn 4:12 (J), Lv 25:19; 26:4, 20 (all H), Dt 11:17 Is 55:10 (+ ל pers.) Zc 8:12 ψ 67:7; 85:13 cf. Ez 36:8; of tree Ez 34:27 Lv 26:4, 20 (H) ψ 1:3, + vine Jo 2:22, vine Zc 8:12; abs. root of righteous yields, יִתֵּן Pr 12:12 according to De Str (dub.; proposes to insert פְּרִי); Dy Kau Wild proposes אֵיתָן (as ψ 74:15, etc.), cf. as to sense Ew; other conj. v. Now; cf. Nu 20:8 (P) Zc 8:12 Ct 1:12; 2:13; 7:14. u. = occasion, produce, שֵׂכֶל טוֹב יִתֶּן־חֵ֑ן Pr 13:15 cf. 29:15, חֶרְדַּת אָדָם יִתֵּן מוֹקֵשׁ v 25 trembling before man occasioneth a snare. v. requite to (לְ) a man, according to (כְּ) character 1 K 8:39 = 2 Ch 6:30 Je 17:10; 32:19 ψ 28:4(×2) c. עַל־ + כְּ Ez 7:9; c. עַל־ pers. + acc. of sin 7:3, 4, 8; 23:49 (cf. 2 b). w. = report, mention, וַיִּתֵּן אֶת־מִסְפַּר … אֶל־הַמֶּלֶךְ 2 S 24:9 he reported the number unto the king; וָאֶתְּנָה לוֹ זְמָ֑ן Ne 2:6 and I mentioned to him a time. x. = utter, usually c. acc. קוֹל, utter a sound, lift up the voice: Je 4:16 (+ עַל against), 22:20; 48:34 La 2:7; in weeping, וַיִּתֵּן אֶת־קֹלוֹ בִּבְבִי Gn 45:2 (E), וַיִּבְכּוּ Nu 14:1 (P); + ל pers. Pr 2:3 (‖ לַבִּינָה תִּקְרָא); of wisdom Pr 1:20; 8:1 (‖ קרא); of י׳, especially in thunder of theoph. Am 1:2 2 S 22:14 (‖ יַרְעֵם), = ψ 18:14, Je 25:30 Jo 2:11; of clouds ψ 77:18, the deep Hb 3:10; of young lion’s roaring Am 3:4 Je 2:15; of birds ψ 104:12; קוֹל om., נ׳ דָּוִד … לְהֹדֹת לְי׳ 1 Ch 16:7; so of י׳’s voice in thunder, לְקוֹל תִּתּוֹ Je 10:13 (sc. קוֹלוֹ) at the sound of his uttering (his voice) = 51:16; נ׳ בְּקוֹל Je 12:8 (+ עַל־ against), of י׳ ψ 46:7, הֵן־יִתֵּן בְּקוֹלוֹ קוֹל עֹז 68:34; נ׳ with other words, אֹמֶר v 12 (of י׳); of confession, (acc. + ל pers.) Jos 7:19 (JE) Ezr 10:11. y. give = stretch out, extend, וַיִּתֶּן־יָד Gn 38:28 (J) it put out a hand; וַיִּתֵּן צַמַּרְתּוֹ אֶל־בֵּין עֲבוֹתִים (read עָבוֹת) Ez 31:10, 14 and it stretched its top amid the clouds. z. combinations are: יִתֵּן לְמַכֵּהוּ לֶחִ֑י La 3:30 (humiliation), cf. Is 50:6; וַיִּתְּנוּ כָתֵף סֹרָ֑רֶת Zc 7:11 (of stubbornness), so Ne 9:29 (‖ עָרְפָּם הִקְשׁוּ); also וַיִּתְּנוּ עֹרֶף 2 Ch 29:6 gave, i.e. turned (their) back (on י׳; ‖ וַיַּסֵּבּוּ פְנֵיהֶם מִמִּשְׁכַּן י׳); of compact, תְּנָה אֶת־יָדֶ֑ךָ 2 K 10:15 cf. v 15, so מִצְרַיִם נָתַנּוּ יָד La 5:6; of submission, נָֽתְנָה יָדָהּ Je 50:15 = she (Babyl.) hath surrendered; תְּנוּ יָד לְי׳ 2 Ch 30:8 = submit to י׳; more explicitly, נ׳ יָד תַּחַת שְׁלֹמֹה 1 Ch 29:24; נ׳ מָקוֹם לְ Ju 20:36 give place to (retire before); of sexual relation, אֶל־אֵשֶׁת … לֹא־תִתֵּן שְׁכָבְתְּךָ לְזָ֑רַע Lv 18:20 (H), וַיִּתֵּן אִישׁ בָּךְ אֶת־שְׁכָבְתּוֹ Nu 5:20 (P), so (בְּכָל־בְּהֵמָה) Lv 18:23 (H), cf. 20:15 (H).—יִתֵּן is taken impers. = ‘es giebt,’ there is, there are, in Jb 37:10 Pr 10:24; 13:10 by De, citing Ew§ 295 d, Now Pr 13:10 Str Frankenb (in transl., dub. in note), BaeJb in Kau; but improbable Kau Pr Di Jb, so Hi Bu Du (on Jb 37:10), reading יֻתַּן; cf. KöSynt. § 324 d β. 2. Put, set, nearly = שִׂים, and sometimes ‖ with it: a. lit., (especially often in Ez P); c. acc. + עַל־ on, ring on hand Gn 41:42 (E), cf. Ez 16:11, helmet on head 1 S 17:38, also Je 27:2; 28:14 (in fig.), 1 K 12:4, 9 (in fig.), 18:23 (‖ שִׂים), Ex 12:7 (acc. om.), cf. 25:12, 26, 30 + often P; c. עַל־ = above Ex 25:21; 26:34 (P), = for, נ׳ גֹּרָלֹת עַל־ Lv 16:8 (P), cast lots for; = against Ez 26:8; c. אֶל־ into: ark into cart 1 S 6:8, put one in the stocks Je 29:26 (also c. עַל־ 20:2), in prison 37:18; 38:11, cf. Ex 25:16; 28:30 (P); put water upon (עַל־) sthg. into (אֶל־) vessel Nu 19:17; = toward וַיִּתֵּן פְּנֵי הַצֹּאן אֶל־עָקֹד Gn 30:40 (J; del. Ol Di al.); c. בְּ, cup into hand Gn 40:13 (E), cf. Ju 7:16, also Gn 41:48 (E), cf. 1 K 7:51, Gn 1:17 (P), 9:13 (P), 2 K 19:18, Je 27:8, נ׳ בֶּעָפָר פֶּה La 3:29 (in fig.), נָתַתִּי שִׁפְחָתִי בְּחֵיקֶ֑ךָ Gn 16:5 (J), וְנָתַתָּה בְאָזְנוֹ וּבַדֶּלֶת Dt 15:17 and thou shalt put (the awl) into his ear and into the door (pin his ear to the door); put disease into one Dt 7:15 (‖ שִׂים); inflict blemish (מוּם) on (בְּ), Lv 24:19, 20; וּכְתֹבֶת קַעֲקַע לֹא תִתְּנוּ בָּכֶם 19:28; c. בְּ + לְ, שֶׂרֶט לָנֶפֶשׁ לֹא תִתְּנוּ בִּבְשַׂרְכֶם v 28 (all H); c. לִפְנֵי before, in front of, set food before one, 2 K 4:43, 44; cf. Zc 3:9 Ez 3:20 Ex 30:6; 40:5, 6 (all P); c. בֵּין between, Ex 30:18; 40:17 (P); c. לְ, מִגְרָעוֹת נ׳ לַבַּיִת סָבִיב 1 K 6:6 he put ledges to the house; c. other preps. הָאִשָּׁה אֲשֶׁר נָתַתָּ עִמָּדִי Gn 3:16 (J), the woman whom thou hast set at my side, cf. Ex 31:6 (נ׳ אִתּוֹ; fig. of association, assistance); c. לִקְרַאת Gn 15:10 (J), lay each piece to meet its fellow; he set the sea מִכֶּתֶף הַבַּיִת 1 K 7:39; c. ה loc. put money שָׁמָּה into it 2 K 12:10, so of water Ex 30:18 (P), cf. 40:7 (שָׁם); c. 2 acc. נ׳ אוֹתוֹ בֵּית הַכְּלוּא Je 37:4 cf. v 15; put, place, abs. Ex 40:8 (P; ‖ שִׂים, cf. 26:32); set up, אֶבֶן מַשְׂכִּית בְּ Lv 26:1 (H; ‖ הֵקִים); + לְ pers., lay snare for me ψ 119:110 (in fig.). b. fig., in many phr.: c. עַל, put my spirit upon him Is 42:1, reproach upon one Je 23:40, blessing on Mt. Gerizim, etc., Dt 11:29, curses on enemies 30:7; impose tax upon Ne 10:33 cf. 2 K 23:33; נָתַן הוֹד עַל put majesty upon one 1 Ch 29:25 Dn 11:21 Nu 27:20 (P; מֵהוֹד; cf. ψ 21:6); so also perhaps ψ 8:2 hast set thy majesty upon (over) the heavens, cf. 𝔖 𝔙 𝔗 (read נָתַתָּה for תְּנָה, Hup De Pe Bae al.; other views v. in Thes Ew Ol Now Che We Du); = above, וּנְתָֽנְךָ עֶלְיוֹן עַל־כָּל־גּוֹיֵי הָאָרֶץ Dt 28:1 cf. 26:19; put (sthg.) over mouth Mi 3:5 (i.e. stop one’s mouth, by a gift); = against נ׳ מָצוֹר עַל־ Ez 4:2 (siege), cf. v 2b; c. אֶל־, וָאֶתְּנָה אֶת־פָּנַי אֶל־אֲדֹנָי … לְבַקֵּשׁ Dn 9:3; c. בְּ, words into mouth Dt 18:18 Je 1:9, cf. 1 K 22:23; wisdom into heart, or person, 1 K 10:24 Ex 31:6; 36:1, 2 (all P), cf. ψ 4:8; set peace in earth Lv 26:6 (H); (the idea of) perpetuity (עוֹלָם) in heart Ec 3:11; a purpose, וּלהוֹרֹת נ׳ בְּלִבּוֹ Ex 35:34 (P); וְנָתַתִּי אֶת־יָדִי בְּמִצְרַיִם Ex 7:4 (P); אַל־תִּתֵּן דָּם נָקִי בְּקֶרֶב עַמְּךָ Dt 21:8; וַיִּתֵּן חִנּוֹ בְּעֵינֵי Gn 39:21 (J), and he put his favour in the eyes of the prison-keeper (made the keeper favourable to him), cf. Ex 3:21; 11:3; 12:36 (all E; cf. also 1 b, 3 b); c. בְּ pers. = against, in phr. set my face against, oppose Ez 14:8; 15:7 Lv 17:10; 20:6 (both H); c. בֵּין, = put, i.e. make a covenant between Gn 17:2 (P), cf. Lv 26:46 (H); נ׳ אֶרֶץ לִפְנֵיכֶם i.e. place at your disposal Dt 1:8, 21 cf. 2:36; set ordinances, etc., before, לִפְנֵי (for observance), 1 K 9:6 Je 26:4; 44:10 Dn 9:10; blessings and cursings (for choice) Dt 30:1, 15, 19; נ׳ דֶּרֶךְ בְּרֹאשׁ פ׳ set or place one’s way upon his head, i.e. requite him, Ez 9:10; 11:21; 16:43; 22:31 cf. 17:19, also 1 K 8:32 = 2 Ch 6:23 + (cf. 1 v); לָתֵת נִקְמַת י׳ בְּמִדְיָן Nu 31:3 to set the vengeance of י׳ upon Midian; נ׳ ב׳ ψ 50:20 = set in, i.e. impute to (usually שִׂים ב׳). c. set, appoint, c. acc. + עַל־ over, י׳ hath set a king over you 1 S 12:13 cf. Gn 41:41 (E); c. עַל־ on, נ׳ ישֵׁב עַל־כִּסְאִי 1 K 1:48; c. בְּ in = over, 1 Ch 12:9 Ne 13:4; c. לְ, Nethînîm לַעֲבֹדָה Ezr 8:20; c. acc. alone, idol-priests 2 K 23:5, prophet Je 1:5 (2 acc.), leader Nu 14:4; one instead of (תַּחַת) another 1 K 2:35. d. = assign, designate, c. לְ: God hath assigned victim-flesh to (ל) you, in order to bear sins of people Lv 10:17, cf. Nu 18:8 (both P); cities for (ל) flight of man-slayer Nu 35:6 (P); נָתַתִּי לָכֶם עַל־הַמִּזְבֵּחַ לְכַפֵּר Lv 17:11 (H). 3. Make, constitute, a. c. 2 acc., וְנָתַתִּי נְעָרִים שָׂרֵיהֶם Is 3:4 and I will make boys their princes, cf. Gn 17:5; Ex 7:1 (both P), ψ 18:33 (> וַיַּתֵּר in ‖ 2 S 22:33), 39:6; 69:12; 135:12, etc.; + בֵּין Jos 22:25 (P); + אֶל־ pers. וְנָתַתִּי אֶת־כָּל־אֹיְבֶיךָ אֵלֶיךָ עֹרֶף Ex 23:27 (E), and I will make all thine enemies unto thee a back, i.e. make them shew thee their back, flee from thee, so c. לְ ψ 18:41 = 2 S 22:41. b. c. acc. + לְ, וְנָתַתִּי אֶת־יְרוּשָׁלַיִם לְגַלִּים Je 9:10 and I will make Jerusalem into ruin-heaps, cf. Dt 28:13; Is 42:24; Gn 17:6, 20; 48:4; Nu 5:21; Jos 17:3 (all P) +; נ׳ פ׳ לְרַחֲמִים לִפְנֵי 1 K 8:50 make persons an object of compassion before (in the eyes of), so Ne 1:11 ψ 106:46 Dn 1:9 (cf. also 1 b, 2 b); + לְ pers. for (especially Je.), וּנְתַתִּים לִזְוָעָה לְכֹל מַמְלְכוֹת הָאָרֶץ Je 15:4 and I will make them a terror for all kingdoms of the earth, cf. 24:9; 29:18; 34:17. c. c. acc. + כְּ, וְאֵת הָאֲדָזִים נ׳ כַּשִּׁקְמִים 1 K 10:27 and the cedars he made like the sycomores, i.e. as common, = 2 Ch 1:15, cf. 1 K 16:3 Ez 28:6 Lv 26:19 (H), Ru 4:11; וַיִּתֵּן אֹתָנוּ כִּמְרַגְּלִים Gn 42:30 (E), i.e. regarded, treated us as spies, but ins. בַּמִּשְׁמָר 𝔊 Ol Di Ball Holz,—אַל־תִּתֵּן אֶת־אֲמָֽתְךָ לִפְנֵי בַת בְּלִיַּעַל 1 S 1:16 difficult, (notwithstanding Jb 3:24; 4:19), read prob. כְּ (HPS), or לְ, for לִפְנֵי. d. rarely c. acc. alone: וּמִבְּנֵי יִשׂ׳ לֹא נ׳ שְׁלֹמֹה עֶבֶד 1 K 9:22 and of the sons of Israel Sol. made no slave, but read prob. לְמַם עֹבֵד (as v 21; 𝔊 A εἰς πράγμα om. B 𝔊L; cf. Klo Benz), וָאֶתֵּן עֲלֵיהֶם קְהִלָּה Ne 5:7 and I made (held) over their case a great assembly; make a decree, חֹק, ψ 148:6; perhaps also וַתִּתֵּן אֹתֹת בְּפַרְעֹה Ne 9:10 and thou didst perform signs and wonders against Pharaoh, etc. (cf. שִׂים אוֹתֹת בְּ Ex 10:2 ψ 78:43). Niph.82 Pf. נִתַּן Is 9:5 +; 3 fs. נִתְּנָה Gn 38:14 +; 2 mpl. וְנִתַּתֶּם consec. Lv 26:25; 1 pl. נִתַּ֫נּוּ Ezr 9:7; Impf. יִנָּתֵן Ex 5:18 +, יִנָּ֫תֶן לוֹ 2 Ch 2:13 (Gi v. d. H. יִנָּ֫תֶן־לוֹ); Ptcp. נִתָּן 2 K 22:7; Inf. abs. הִנָּתֹן Je 32:4; 38:3; cstr. לְהִנָּתֵן Est 3:14; 8:13;— 1. be given to (usually c. ל pers.): a. = bestowed upon Jos 24:33 (E), Ez 11:15 (+ לְמוֹרָשָׁה), 33:24 (+ id.), Jb 15:19; Ez 16:34; Nu 26:62 (P), Is 9:5, portion from sacrifice Lv 10:14 (P), glory Is 35:2, birthright 1 Ch 5:1, freedom Lv 19:20 (H). b. given to one (ל) for wife (ל) Gn 38:14 (J), 1 S 18:19. c. provided, usually c. ל Ex 5:16, 18 (J); 1 S 25:27; 2 K 25:30 = Je 52:34, Is 33:16; Ne 13:10; נ׳ מֵרֹעֶה אֶחָד Ec 12:11 they are given from one shepherd (i.e. words of wise) according to Ew De Hi-Now RüetschiKau; Wild underst. subj. of compilers. d. = entrusted to Je 13:20 cf. 2 Ch 2:13; c. עַל־יָדָם 2 K 22:7, בְּיַד 2 Ch 34:16. e. = be given into the power of (usually c. בְּיַד), especially of city (kg., people) given into the hand of foe 2 K 18:30 (+ אֶת־ acc.), 19:10 = Is 36:15; 37:10; Je 21:10 + 18 times Je Lv Chr Dn; earth into hand of wicked Jb 9:24; in good sense Gn 9:2 (P); delivered to death (ל), unto lower world (אֶל־), Ez 31:14; given to us (ל) for devouring (ל) 35:12; חֶרֶב נ׳ Ez 32:20 delivered to the sword (del. 𝔊 𝔖 Co SgfrKau Toy); abs., of צָבָא, Dn 8:12 (al. was appointed, v. especially Dr), 11:6. f. of request, be granted to (ל), Est 2:13; 5:3 (בַּקָּשָׁה), v 6; 7:2; 9:12 (all שְׁאֵלָה), cf. 7:3 (בִּשְׁאֵלָה, בְּבַקָּשָׁה). g. = be permitted Est 9:13 (+ inf.). h. = be issued, published (of royal decree), abs. Est 3:5, 14; 4:8; 8:13, 14; 9:14; of law given בְּיַד מֹשֶׁה Ne 10:30. i. = be uttered, נ׳ שְׁאוֹן קוֹלָם Je 51:55 (of stormers of Babylon). j. be assigned for (ל), Ez 47:11. 2. Be put, set: a. lit., crown בְּרֹאשׁ Est 6:8; of personif. folly נ׳ הַסֶּכֶל בַּמְּרוֹמִים Ec 10:6. b. in imagery of Ezek. נ׳ … בְּיַרְכְּתֵי־בוֹר Ez 32:23, c. אֵת (with) v 29, c. בְּתוֹךְ v 25, vine put (cast) לָאֵשׁ לְאָכְלָה Ez 15:4 into the fire for consuming; fig. of terror נ׳ בארץ 32:25. c. = be made, בֶּן־אָדָם חָצִיר יִנָּתֵן Is 51:12. d. = be inflicted, of blemish (מוּם) Lv 24:20 (c. בְּ pers.). †Hoph. (or Qal pass. Ges§ 53 u) Impf. יֻתַּן 1 K 2:21 + 5 times + 2 S 21:6 Qr (Kt ינתן); וַיֻּתַּן 2 S 18:9;— 1. a. be given, bestowed, abs. Nu 26:54; c. לְ pers. 2 K 5:17; Nu 32:5 (אֶת־ c. acc.; both P); in exchange for (תַּחַת) Jb 28:15. b. = be given to one (ל) for wife (ל) 1 K 2:21 (Abishag, אֶת־ c. acc.). c. = be given, delivered, up to (ל) 2 S 21:6. 2. be put upon (עַלִ־) Lv 11:38 (P); of Absalom וַיֻּתַּן בֵּין הַשָּׁמַיִם וגו׳ 2 S 18:9, וַיִּתָּל (√ תלה) 𝔊 𝔖 We Dr (?), Klo Kit Bu HPS.	heb	Conj-w \| V-Qal-ConjPerf-1cp	7	2015
H1931	הוּא m. הִיא f. (pl. m. הֵ֫מָּה, הֵם; fem. הֵ֫נָּה, הֵן [the latter only with prefixes]; see these words), pron. of the 3rd ps. sing., he, she, used also (in both genders) for the neuter, it, Lat. is, ea, id. (The א is not orthographic merely, but radical, being written on Moab. and Ph. inscriptions, though dropped in some of the later dialects. [In Heb. only Je 29:23 Kt, and in the prn. אֱלִיהוּ.] Moab. (MI 6.27) and Ph. (often) הא; Aramaic of Zinjirli הא, once הו (DHMInschr. von Sendschirli 55); 𝔗 הוּא, הִיא, Syriac ܗܽܘ, ܗܺܝ Arabic هُوَ, هِىَ (for hūʾa, hīʾa, WSG 104); Ethiopic ውእቱ, ይእቲ weʾĕtū, yeʾĕtī; perhaps also Assyrian šû, šî, himself, herself, suff. s̆u, ši, cf. demonstr. šuatu, šiati (v. KraetzschmarBAS i. 383 & reff., WSG 98, 105 Dl§ 55 b, 57). In the Pent., הוא is of common gender, the fem. form הִיא occurring only 11 times, viz. Gn 14:2; 20:5; 38:25 (v. Mass here), Lv 11:39; 13:10, 21; 16:31; 20:17; 21:9 Nu 5:13, 14. The punctuators, however, sought to assimilate the usage of the Pent. to that of the rest of the OT, and accordingly wherever הוא was construed as a fem. pointed it הִוא (as a Qrê perpetuum). Outside the Pent. the same Qrê occurs 1 K 17:15 Is 30:33 Jb 31:11a—prob. for the sake of removing gramm. anomalies: five instances of the converse change, viz. of היא to be read as הוּא, occur for a similar reason, 1 K 17:15 (וַתֹּאכַל הוּא־וָהִיא to be read as וַתֹּאכַל הִיא־וָהוּא, on account of the fem. verb) ψ 73:16 Jb 31:11b (כי הוא זמה והיא עָוֹן פלילים to be read as כי היא זמה והוא עון פלילים), Ec 5:8 1 Ch 29:16. The origin of the peculiarity in the Pent. is uncertain. It can hardly be a real archaism: for the fact that Arabic, Aramaic, & Ethiopic have distinct forms for masc. & fem. shews that both must have formed part of the original Semitic stock, and consequently of Hebrew as well, from its earliest existence as an independent language. Nor is the peculiarity confined to the Pent.: in the ms. of the Later Prophets, of a.d. 916, now at S. Petersburg, published in facsimile by Strack (1876), the fem. occurs written הוא (see the passages cited in the Adnotationes Criticae, p. 026). In Ph. both masc. and fem. ar alike written הא (CIS i. 1:9 מלך צדק הא, 1:13 מלאכת הא, 3:19 אדם הא, l:11 ממלכת הא, 93:2; 94:2), though naturally this would be read as hu’ or hi’ as occasion required. Hence, as 𝔊 shews that in the older Heb. MSS. the scriptio plena was not yet generally introduced, it is prob. that originally הא was written for both genders in Hebrew likewise, and that the epicene הוא in the Pent. originated at a comparatively late epoch in the transmission of the text—perhaps in connexion with the assumption, which is partly borne out by facts (cf. DeZKWL 1880, pp. 393–399), that in the older language fem. forms were more sparingly used than subsequently.) In usage הוּא (f. הִיא; pl. הֵ֫מָּה, הֵם, הֵ֫נָּה: v. הֵ֫מָּה" dir="rtl" >הֵ֫מָּה is 1. an emph. he (she, it, they), sometimes equivalent to himself (herself, itself, themselves), or (especially with the art.) that (those): a. Gn 3:15 הוא ישׁופך ראשׁ he (𝔊 αὐτὸς) shall bruise thee as to the head (opp. to the foll. אתה thou), v 20 for she (and no one else) was the mother of all living (so often in causal sentences, where some emph. on the subject is desirable, as Ju 14:3 ψ 24:2; 25:15; 33:9; 91:3; 103:14; 148:5 Jb 5:18; 11:11; 28:24 Je 5:5; 34:7b Ho 6:1; 11:10: Dr 1 S 14, 18), 4:20 Adah bare Jabal הוא היה אבי ישׁב אהלים he (ἐκεῖνος) was the father of tent-dwellers, v 21; 10:8 he began to be a mighty one in the earth, 20:5 (αὐτός), Ju 13:5 Is 32:7; 33:22 2 K 14:7, 22, 25; Ho 10:2 he—the unseen observer of their thoughts and deeds (Che), 13:15b (he, the foe figured by the E. wind). (For its use thus in circ. clauses v. Dr§ 157, 160, 168, 169.) And where the predic. is a subst. or ptcp., Gn 2:11 הוּא הַסֹּבֵב … that is the one which encompasseth etc., v 13, 14 10:12 that is the great city. So in the explanatory notices, Gn 14:3 הוּא יָם הַמֶּלַח that is the salt sea, v 8 הוּא־צֹעַר that is Zoar, 36:1 + often b. pointing back to the subj. and contrasting it with something else: Gn 4:4 הבל גם־הוא Abel, he also … v 26; 10:21; 20:5 וְהִיא־גַם־הִוא and she, herself also said, Ex 1:10 + often c. appended alone to a verb (more rarely, but always with intentional emphasis), Ex 4:14 I know כי דבר ידבר הוא that he can speak, v 16 1 S 22:18 ויפגע הוא בכהנים and he (though none else would do it) smote the priests, 23:22 for one hath told me, עָרֹם יַעְרִם הוּא He can deal subtilly, Ez 12:12 (peculiarly), cf. Dr§ 160 n.: very rarely indeed to a noun Nu 18:23 הַלֵּוִי הוּא, Is 7:14 י׳ הוא, Est 9:1 (הֵמָּה) being probably all the exx. in the OT d. Gn 13:1 and Abram came up out of Egypt, הוּא וְאִשְׁתּוֹ himself and his wife, and all that he had, 14:15 הוּא וַעֲבָדָיו he and his servants, 19:30; so very often e. prefixed to a noun (very rare, and mostly late), Ex 12:42b Ez 3:8 & 33:8 הוּא רָשָׁע: to pr. names Ex 6:27 הוא משׁה ואהרן, 1 Ch 26:26 that Shelomoth, 27:6 2 Ch 28:22; 32:12 (diff. from 2 K 18:22), v 30; 33:23 Ezr 7:6: cf. הֵם Ne 10:38 (comp. in Syriac ܗܽܘ, Nö§ 227): cf. ψ 87:5 1 S 20:29. 2. It resumes the subj. with emph.: a. when the predic. is a verb (especially if it be separated from its subject by an intervening clause), Gn 15:4 but one that shall come forth out of thine own bowels, הוּא יִירָשֶׁ֑ךָ he shall be thy heir, 3:12 the woman whom thou gavest to be with me, הוא נתנה לי she gave to me, 24:7; 44:17 etc. Ju 7:4 2 S 14:19 (throwing stress on יוֹאָב) 1 Ch 11:20 Is 33:15–16; 34:16; 38:19; 47:10; 59:16; 63:5 Ho 7:8; often in Pr, as 10:18, 22, 24; 11:28; 13:13; 19:21; 22:9; 24:12; 1 S 1:13 (v. Dr), ψ 68:36. b. when the predic. is a noun, Gn 2:14 and the fourth river, הוּא פְרָת it was the Euphrates, v 19 9:18; 15:2; 42:6 וְיוֹסֵף הוּא הַשַּׁלִּיט and Joseph, he was the ruler etc.: in sentences of the type י׳ הוּא הָאֱלֹהִים, י׳ הוּא הַנִּלְחָם לָכֶם, י׳ הוּא נַחֲלָתְֽךָ, Dt 3:22; 4:35; 7:9; 10:9 Jos 13:14, 33 Is 9:14; 33:6 Ho 11:5 (in these cases, to avoid stiffness, it is convenient often to drop the pron. in translating, as ‘And the fourth river was the Euphrates:’ the pronoun, however, though it then corresponds to the substantive verb in English, does not really express it, the copula, as the exx. shew, being in fact understood. Sts. in AV the pron. is retained for emphasis, as Dt. ll. cc.) So c. after אֲשֶׁר in an affirmative sentence, Gn 9:3 all creeping things אֲשֶׁר הוּא־חַי which are living, Lv 11:39 Nu 9:13; 14:8; 35:31 אֲשֶׁר הוּא רָשָׁע לָמוּת who is guilty of death, Dt 20:20 1 S 10:19 Hg 1:9 Ru 4:15 +. (On 2, cf. Dr§ 199, with Obs.) 3. Where, however, the pron. follows the pred., its position gives it the minimum of emphasis, and it expresses (or resumes) the subject as unobtrusively as possible: thus a. Gn 12:18 why didst thou not tell me כי אשׁתך הוא that she was thy wife? 20:13; 21:13 כי זרעך הוא for he is thy seed, 31:20 because he told him not כִּי בֹרֵחַ הוּא, 37:3 + often (the opp. order rare and emph.: Gn 24:65 Dt 4:6; 30:20 Jos 10:2 1 K 2:22; 3:4; 21:2 Ho 2:4 ψ 45:12). b resuming the subj., Gn 31:16 all the wealther which God hath taken etc., לנו הוא ולבנינו it is ours and our children’s, v 43 and all that thou seest, לי הוא it is mine (or, omitting the pronoun, as not required in our idiom, simply) is mine, 41:25 חלום פרעה אחד הוא the dream of Pharaoh is one, 48:5 (לי הם), Ex 3:5 for the place whereon thou standest, אַדְמַת קֹדֶשׁ הוּא it is holy ground, Nu 13:22; 21:26; Dt 1:17; Jos 5:15; 6:19; Jb 3:19 + often; Gn 23:15 ארץ … מַה־הִוא, so ψ 39:5 Is 41:22 (הֵנָּה); אַתֶּם … הֵמָּה (unusual) Zp 2:12. (In all such cases the predicate is not referred directly to the subject, but, the subject being made a casus pendens, it is resumed by the pron., and the pred. thus referred to it indirectly. By this means the sentence is lightened and relieved, especially if the subject consist of many words: in Gn 31:16 for instance, the direct form of predicate כִּי לָנוּ וּלְבָנֵינוּ כָּל־הָעֹשֶׁר אֲשֶׁר הִצִּיל אֱלֹהִים מֵאָבִינוּ would have been heavy and inelegant.) So c. after אֲשֶׁר in a negative sentence, Gn 7:2; 17:12 אֲשֶׁר לֹא מִוַּרְעֲךָ הוּא which is not of thy seed, Nu 17:5; Dt 17:15; 1 K 8:41 (cf. הֵמָּה 3 c). d. peculiarly, as the subject of לֹא, Je 5:12 לוֹא הוּא He is not; and as embracing its predicate in itself, Is 18:2, 7 a nation terrible מִן־הוּא (= מֵאֲשֶׁר הוּא) from (the time that) it was, Na 2:9 מִימֵי הִיא from the days that (st. c. Ges§ 130.4) it was, 2 K 7:7 they left the camp כַּאֲשֶׁר הִיא as it was (cf. כַּאֲשֶׁר הֵמָּה v 10). (On 3, cf. Dr§ 198, with Obs.) 4. It anticipates (as it seems) the subject viz. a. (rare) Ct 6:9 אַחַת הִיא יוֹנָתִי תַמָּתִי one is she, my dove my perfect one, Lv 25:11; Ez 11:15; 21:16, La 1:18 צַדִּיק הוּא י׳ (often so in NH); Ec 6:10 וְנוֹדָע אֲשֶׁר הוּא אָדָם and that which he, even man, is, is known (De Now); cf. 1 S 6:19 מִקְרֶה הוּא הָיָה לָנוּ an accident is it, (that) hath befallen us. (Cf. הֵמָּה 4 a.) b. after pronouns—(α) 2 S 7:28 אַתָּה הוּא הָאֱלֹהִים Thou art he—God, ψ 44:5 אתה הוא מלכי thou art he—my king, Is 37:16; 43:25 (אנכי), 51:9, 10, 12; 52:6; Je 14:22; 29:23 Kt +; cf. Je 49:12 וְאַתָּה הוּא נָקֹה תִנָּקֶה and art thou he (that) shall be unpunished? (with change of pers. κατὰ σύνεσιν, cf. Ju 13:11; 1 Ch 21:17; Ez 38:17.) So Ew§ 297 b Müll § 499. But others, as GesThes Roo § 563 De Is 37:16; ψ 44:5, treat הוא as emphasizing the pronoun, ‘Thou, he, art God’ i.e. Thou and none else art God; ‘Thou (emph.) art my king.’ (β) מִי הוּא, sq. a ptcp. or subst. Gn 27:33 ψ 24:10 מִי הוּא זֶה מֶלֶךְ הַכָּבוֹד who is he, then—the king of glory? (according to others, as before, ‘Who (emph.), then, is the king of glory?’); sq. a verb Is 50:9 מִי הוּא יַרְשִׁיעֵנִי who is he (that) will condemn me? (al. ‘Who (emph.) will condemn me?’) Jb 4:7; 13:19; 17:3; 41:2 Je 30:21 (so with הֵנָּה Gn 21:29, הֵמָּה Zc 1:9; 4:5). (γ) זֶה־הוּא †1 Ch 22:1; Ec 1:17 (freq. in NH, where the two words coalesce into one זֶהוּ). On the analogous אֵלֶּה הֵם …, v. הֵ֫מָּה" dir="rtl" >הֵמָּה 4 b (γ). (Cf. Dr§ 200, 201.) 5. As an emph. predicate, of God, ‘I am He,’ i.e. I am He Who is (opp. to unreal gods, named in context, or to transitory world), the Unseen, yet Omni-present, and Self-consistent, Ruler of the world, †Dt 32:39 אֲנִי אֲנִי הוּא I, I am he, and beside me there is no God, Is 41:4 (v. Che) 43:10, 13 even from to-day I am he, 46:4; 48:12 ψ 102:28 (v. Che) thou art he, and thy years have no end (𝔊 usually ἐγώ εἰμι: in ψ σὺ δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς εἶ). So also, according to many, Jb 3:19, but is הוא a mere predicate of identity? v. rather 3 b. 6. In a neuter sense, that, it (of an action, occurrence, matter, etc.)— a. Jos 2:21 כְּדִבְרֵיכֶם כֶּן־הוּא according to your words, so be it; Gn 42:14 הוא אשׁר דברתי that is what I said, Ex 16:23; Lv 10:3; 2 K 9:36; Jb 8:19 הן הוא משׂושׂ דרכו lo that (what has just been described) is the joy of his way, 13:16; 15:9; 31:28; Pr 7:23; Ec 2:1; 3:22; 9:9; Est 9:1b; similarly the fem. הִיא, Ju 14:4 they knew not כי מי׳ היא that it was from י׳, Nu 14:41; Jos 10:13; Is 14:24; ψ 77:10 חַלּוֹתִי הִיא it (this perplexity) is my sickness, Jb 9:22; Pr 18:13; Je 22:16; 2 Ch 25:20 Ec 3:13; ref. to זאת Am 7:6; ψ 118:23 Jb 5:27, זֹה Ec 2:24. (Where there is a predicate, the gender of this usually regulates the choice of m. or f.: hence הִוא Gn 34:14; Ex 8:15; Nu 15:25 (Ec 5:5) Dt 4:6 +.) b. affirming the presence or existence of something (rare): 2 K 18:36 = Is 36:21 כִּי מִצְוַת הַמֶּלֶךְ הִיא for it was the king’s command, saying etc., 1 S 20:33 (text dub.), Je 50:15, 25; 51:6, 11; Mi 2:3, perhaps Jb 32:8. Cf. Dr§ § 198–201. 7. With the art. הַהוּא, הַהִיא, הָהֵ֫מָּה, הָהֵם, הָהֵ֫נָּה: so regularly when joined to a subst. defined itself by the art.: Gn 2:12 הָאָרֶץ הַהִוא that land, 19:35 ובלילה ההוא and in that night, 21:22 בָּעֵת הַהִוא at that time, Dt 1:19 המדבר הגדול והנורא ההוא. Only four times does there occur the anomalous construction בַּלַּיְלָה הוּא Gn 19:33; 30:16; 32:23; 1 S 19:10.	heb	Pro-3ms	3	1885
H5971a	I. עַם, עָם n.m. Gn 11:6 (v. infr.) people (NH id., plebeian, common man; 𝔗 עַמָּא people, pl. peoples, tribes, etc.; Syriac ܥܰܡܳܐ; Arabic عَمٌّ v. supr.; orig. meaning prob. those united, connected, related, cf. WeGGN 1893, 480);—abs. עַם Gn 11:6 +, עַם Ju 9:36 +, הָעָם Jos 8:11 +; cstr. עַם Nu 21:29 +; sf. עַמִּי Ex 3:7 +, עַמְּךָ 22:27 +, etc.; pl. עַמִּים Is 2:3 +, עֲמָמִים (cf. Biblical Aramaic) Ne 9:22; cstr. עַמֵּי 1 K 8:43 +, עַמְמֵי Ne 9:24; pl. c. sf. v. ii. עַם³" dir="rtl" >עַם;—(Thes cites foll. as f. וְחָטָאת עַמֶּ֑ךָ Ex 5:16 [but corrupt and unintellig.; read perhaps וְחַטָאתָ לְע׳, so 𝔊 𝔖 Di]; Ju 18:7 [but ישֶׁבֶת must agree with lost word city, or the like, v. GFM]; Je 8:5 [but read שׁוֹבַב for שׁוֹבְבָה Gie]);— 1. a people, nation (sometimes ‖ גּוֹי), n. coll. (sg. Ex 21:8 Jos 17:14, 15, 17; 2 S 17:29 + often, or pl. Ex 20:15; 24:2; Je 5:31 + often, or both in same clause Ex 1:20; 2 S 13:24): עַם אֶחָד = all mankind Gn 11:6 (J); peoples in gen. 27:29 (J; ‖ לְאֻמִּים), Ex 19:5 (E), Dt 2:25; 4:6 + often Dt, Ne 13:24 + often; קְהַל עַמִּים Gn 28:3 (P) an assembly (multitude) of peoples, 48:4 (P), Ez 23:24; 32:3 (+ דַבִּים); one’s own people Je 46:16 ψ 45:11; Ru 1:10, 15, 16(×2) + (on עַמִּי נָדִיב Ct 6:12 v. especially Bu); particular peoples, Egypt Gn 41:40 (E), Ex 1:22 (E), Ne 9:10 +; עַם־אֲרָם Am 1:5; עַם־כְּמוֹשׁ (i.e. Moab) Nu 21:29 (JE), Je 48:46; but especially Isr. Ex 1:20 (E) + often; עַם־בְּנֵי יִשׂ׳ v 9 (J); called ע׳ יהוה Nu 11:29 (E), 1 S 2:24 +, and (by י׳) עַמִּי Ex 3:7; 5:1 (J) + often (all periods); קְהַל עַם־הָאֱלֹהִים Ju 20:2, עַם־הַקָּהָל Lv 16:33 (P), קְהַל עָם ψ 107:32; especially הָעָם הַזֶּה (often in contempt or disgust) Nu 11:1, 12, 13 +; fig. of ants Pr 30:25, the shaphan v 26, locusts Jo 2:2, cf. לְעַם לְצִיִּים ψ 74:14 (where read לְעַם צִיִּים Hup-Now).—On Ju 1:16 v. עֲמָלֵקִי" dir="rtl" >עֲמָלֵקִי. 2. = smaller units, e.g. a. inhab. of a city Gn 19:4 (J), 1 S 9:12, 13; Je 29:16, 25; 2 Ch 31:4 + (Je 8:5 del. יְרוּשׁ׳ 𝔊 Gie Co Rothst). b. inhab. of a locality Je 37:12 [appar. not = tribe, Dt 33:3 read עַמּוֹ 𝔊 Di Dr, Ho 10:14; Ju 5:8, 14 read בְּעָרֶיךָ We Now; v. sub d]. c. retainers, followers Gn 14:16; 32:8; 33:15; 35:6; Ju 3:18; 8:5; 2 S 15:17; Je 41:13, 14 +. d. people bearing arms 1 S 11:11; 1 K 20:10 +; ע׳ כָּבֵד Nu 20:20 (JE), i.e. a powerful force; עַם הַצָּבָא Nu 31:32 (P), ע׳ הַמִּלְחָמָה Jos 8:1, 3, 11; 10:7; 11:7 (all JE); so prob. Ju 5:8 a (fighting) band; perhaps also v 14 (read sg.? v. GFM Bu). 3. = common people Je 21:7; 22:4, Lv 4:27 (opp. ruler v 22), Ne 5:1 (opp. יְהוּדִים), 7:5 (opp. rulers). 4. people in gen., persons Gn 50:20 (E), so appar. כָּל־הָעָם אֲשֵׁר וגו׳ Ex 33:16 (J), Nu 11:34 (J), Jos 5:5(×2) (D), Ju 9:36 (as sg.), v 37 (as pl.), Je 36:9; persons labouring 1 K 9:23; superior persons Jb 12:2 (iron.); עַם עוֹלָם Ez 26:20 people of long ago (now in Sheʾôl). 5. phrases are: a. (עַמָּהּ, עַמִּי, עַמְּךָ) כְּנֵי עַמּוֹ members of one’s people, compatriots, fellow-countrymen, etc. Nu 22:5 (E), Gn 23:11 (P) Lv 19:18 (H), Ju 14:16, 17; Ez 33:2, 12 +. b. בְּנֵי הָעָם = common people (v. 3) 2 K 23:6; Je 26:23 +; people in gen. שַׁעַר בְּנֵי הָעָם Je 17:19 i.e. public gate 2 Ch 35:5, 12. c. עַם הָאָרֶץ the people at large, as a body 2 K 11:14, 18, 19, 20; 15:5; 16:15; 21:24(×2) +, Je 37:2; 44:21 Lv 20:2 (H), Gn 23:7, 12, 13 (P); common people Je 34:19, cf. דַּלַּת ע׳ הא׳ 2 K 24:14; disting. from prince Ez 45:22; 46:3, 9, from priests Hg 2:4 Zc 7:5; = Canaanites Nu 14:9 (JE), cf. עַמֵּי הָאָרֶץ 1 Ch 5:25; mixed post-exil. population Ezr 4:4. d. עַמֵּי הָאָרֶץ usually peoples of the earth Jos 4:24 (D), 2 Ch 32:19 +; of heathen peoples about and in Pal. after exile Ezr 10:2, 11; traders Ne 10:31; עַמֵּי הָאֲרָצוֹת 9:30; 10:29; 2 Ch 32:13. e. מִשְׁפְּחוֹת עַמִּים ψ 96:7 = 1 Ch 16:28 (cf. ψ 22:23). f. בַּת־עַמִּי = people personif. Is 22:4; Je 4:11 + 7 times Je + 6:14 (van d. H.; om. בַּת Baer Gi), La 2:11; 3:48; 4:3, 6, 10; בְּתוּלַת בַּת־עַמִּי Je 14:17. g. designations of Isr. are: עַם־קָדוֹשׁ Dt 7:6 + 3 times, ע׳ קְדוֹשִׁים Dn 8:24, ע׳ (ה)קֹדֶשׁ Is 62:12; 63:18; Dn 12:7; ע׳ סְגֻלָּה Dt 7:6; 14:2; 26:18. h. of foreign (non-Isr.) peoples: ע׳ נָכְרִי Ex 21:8 (E), ע׳ אַחֵר Dt 28:32, and especially from language, ע׳ עִמְקֵי שָׂפָה Ez 3:5 cf. v 6, כִּלְשׁוֹן עַם וָעָם Ne 13:24 cf. Est 1:22(×2); 3:12, ע׳ לֹעֵג ψ 114:1. i. עַם עֶבְרָתִי Is 10:6, ע׳ חֶרְמִי 34:11, ע׳־מִבְחָרָיו Dn 11:15, עַמֵּי תּוֹעֵבוֹת הָאֵלָּה Ezr 9:14; לֹא עַם בִּינוֹת Is 27:11.—For עַם־עוֹלָם Is 44:7 read (אֹתִיּוֹת) מֵעוֹלָם (מִי הִשְׁמִי)עַ Oort Du Kit CheHpt cf. PerlesAnal. 40, 64.	heb	Conj-w	3	1838
G1519	ἐν εἰς or ἐς, PREP. WITH ACC. ONLY:—both forms are found in Refs 8th c.BC+, Ionic dialect poets, and early metrical Inscrr.; ἐς is best attested in Refs 5th c.BC+, and is found in nearly all early Ionic dialect Inscrr. (except Refs 5th c.BC+; and usually in Attic dialect Prose (except Refs 5th c.BC+ is used before vowels for the sake of meter; ἐς was retained in the phrases ἐς κόρακας (whence the Verb σκορακίζω), ἐς μακαρίαν. Aeolic dialect poets have εἰς before vowels, ἐς before consonants, and this is given as the rule in Refs 8th c.BC+; compare ἐν, ἰν. The diphthong is genuine in Aeolic dialect εἰς, but spurious in Attic dialect-Ionic dialect) Radical sense into, and then more loosely, to: __I OF PLACE, the oldest and commonest usage, εἰς ἅλα into or to the sea, Refs 8th c.BC+; frequently of places, to, εἰς Εὔβοιαν Refs; ἐς Αἴγυπτον, etc., Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐς Μίλητον into the territory of Miletus,Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰς ἅρματα βαίνειν to step into.., Refs 8th c.BC+; opposed to ἐκ, in such phrases as ἐς σφυρὸν ἐκ πτέρνης, ἐς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς, from heel to ankle-joint, from head to foot, Refs 8th c.BC+; κἠς ἔτος ἐξ ἔτεος from year to year, Refs 3rd c.BC+: with Verbs implying motion or direction, as of looking, ἰδεῖν εἰς οὐρανόν Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι to look in the face, Refs, etc.; εἰς ὦπα ἔοικεν he is like in face (i.e. ἰδόντι), Refs, etc.; ἐς ὀφθαλμούς τινος ἐλθεῖν to come before another's eyes,Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐς ταὐτὸν ἥκειν come to the same point, Refs 5th c.BC+: less frequently after a substantive, ὁδὸς ἐς λαύρην Refs 8th c.BC+; τὸ ἐς Παλλήνην τεῖχος facing Pallene, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.b Epic dialect and Ionic dialect, also with accusative person (Attic dialect ὡς, πρός, παρά), Refs 8th c.BC+; also in Attic dialect with collective Nouns, ἐς τὸν δῆμον παρελθόντες Refs 5th c.BC+; especially of consulting an oracle, ἐς θεὸν ἐλθεῖν Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.2 with Verbs expressing restin a place, when a previous motion into or to it is implied, ἐς μέγαρον κατέθηκεν ἐπὶ θρόνου he put it in the house (i.e. he brought it into the house, and put it there), Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐς θρόνους ἕζοντο they sat them down upon the seats, Refs; ἐφάνη λὶς εἰς ὁδόν the lion appeared in the path, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀπόβασιν ποιήσασθαι ἐς.. Refs 5th c.BC+; later used like{ἐν}, τὴν γῆν εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς κατοικεῖτε LXX+1st c.BC+: generally, τοὔνομα εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, φασίν, Ἱππομιγὴς δύναται Refs 2nd c.AD+ __I.3 with Verbs of saying or speaking, εἰς relates to the persons to or before whom one speaks, εἰπεῖν ἐς πάντας, ἐς πάντας αὔδα, Refs 5th c.BC+: with other Verbs, εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας σαυτὸν σοφιστὴν παρέχων Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐπαχθὴς ἦν ἐς τοὺς πολλούς Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.4 elliptical usages, __I.4.a after Verbs which have no sense of motion to or into a place, τὴν πόλιν ἐξέλιπον εἰς χωρίον ὀχυρόν they quitted the city for a strong position, i.e. to seek a strong position, Refs 5th c.BC+; γράμματα ἑάλωσαν εἰς Ἀθήνας letters were captured [and sent] to Athens, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.4.b participles signifying motion are frequently omitted with εἰς, τοῖς στρατηγοῖς τοῖς εἰς Σικελίαν (i.e. ἀποδειχθεῖσιν) Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.4.c with genitive, mostly of proper names, as εἰς Ἀΐδαο, Attic dialect εἰς Ἅιδου [δόμους], Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐς Ἀθηναίης [ἱερόν] to the temple of Athena, Refs; εἰς Αἰγύπτοιο [ῥόον] Refs 8th c.BC+ to a rich man's house, Refs 8th c.BC+; πέμπειν εἰς διδασκάλων send to school, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐς σεωυτοῦ, ἑωυτοῦ, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II OF TIME, __II.1 to denote a certain point or limit of time, up to, until, ἐς ἠῶ Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐς ἠέλιον καταδύντα till sunset, Refstowards or near sunset,Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐς ἐμέ up to my time, Refs 5th c.BC+ against the time when.., Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰς πότ; until when ? how long ? Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐς τ; ={εἰς πότε}; Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐς ὅ until, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 to determine a period, εἰς ἐνιαυτόν for a year, i.e. a whole year, Refs 8th c.BC+; within the year,Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐς θέρος ἢ ἐς ὀπώρην for the summer, i.e. throughout it, Refs; ἡ εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν κειμένη δαπάνη εἰς τὸν μῆνα δαπανᾶται the expenditure for a year is expended in the month, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰς ἑσπέραν ἥκειν to come at even, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰς τρίτην ἡμέραν or εἰς τρίτην alone, on the third day, in two days, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐς τέλος at last, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐς καιρόν in season, Refs; οὐκ ἐς ἀναβολάς, ἀμβολάς, with no delay, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐς τότε at this time, variant in Refs 8th c.BC+ at that time (in the future), Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐς ὕστερον or τὸ ὕστερον, Refs 8th c.BC+ (; ἐς αὐτίκα μάλ᾽ Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰς ἔπειτα (see. εἰσέπειτα (; ἐς τὸ ἔ., Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰς ἅπαξ, see at {εἰσάπα; εἰς ἔτι}, see at {εἰσέτι}. __III to express MEASURE OR LIMIT, without reference to Time, ἐς δίσκουρα λέλειπτο was left behind as far as a quoit's throw, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐς δραχμὴν διέδωκε paid them as much as a drachma, Refs 5th c.BC+; so ἐς τὰ μάλιστα to the greatest degree, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐς ὅ ἐμέμνηντο so far as they remembered, Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.2 frequently with Numerals, ἐς τριακάδας δέκα ναῶν Refs 4th c.BC+; ναῦς ἐς τὰς τετρακοσίας, διακοσίας, to the number of Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰς ἕνα, εἰς δύο, εἰς τέσσαρας, one, two, four deep, Refs 5th c.BC+; but εἰς τέσσαρας four abreast, Refs 4th c.BC+ thrice, Refs 5th c.BC+; of round numbers, about, Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.3 distributive, εἰς φυλάς by tribes, LXX __III.4 __IV to express RELATION, towards, in regard to, ἐξαμαρτεῖν εἰς θεούς Refs 4th c.BC+; ἁμάρτημα εἴς τινα, αἰτίαι ἐς ἀλλήλους, Refs 5th c.BC+; λέγειν ἐς.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.b of the subject of a work, especially in titles, e.g. τὰ ἐς Ἀπολλώνιον Refs 2nd c.AD+; of the object of a dedication, as in titles of hymns, ἐπινίκια, etc. __IV.2 in regard to, πρῶτος εἰς εὐψυχίαν Refs 5th c.BC+; in respect of, εὐτυχεῖν ἐς τέκνα Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐς τὰ ἄλλα Th.I.I; εἰς ἄπαντα Refs 5th c.BC+; τό γ᾽ εἰς ἑαυτόν, τὸ εἰς ἐμέ, Refs 5th c.BC+; for τελεῖν ἐς Ἕλληνας, Βοιωτούς, ἄνδρας, etc., see at {τελέω}. __IV.3 of Manner, ἐς τὸν νῦν τρόπον Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐς τὸ πᾶν, ={πάντως}, Refs; ἐς τάχος, ={ταχέως}, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐς εὐτέλειαν, ={εὐτελῶς}, Refs 5th c.BC+ __V ofan end or limit, ἔρχεσθαι, τελευτᾶν, λήγειν ἐς.., to end in.., Refs 5th c.BC+; καταξαίνειν ἐς φοινικίδα to cut into red rags, NT+5th c.BC+; εἰς ἄνδρας ἐκ μειρακίων τελευτᾶν, εἰς ἄνδρα γενειᾶν, Refs 5th c.BC+ to form a predicate, ἔσται εἰς ἔθνη LXX; πιστὸς (i.e. ἦν) εἰς προφήτην LXX+NT __V.2 of Purpose or Object, εἰπεῖν εἰς ἀγαθόν, πείσεται εἰς ἀγαθόν, for good, for his good, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐς φόβον to cause fear, Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰς κάλλος ζῆν to live for show, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰς τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι to be pertinent, to the purpose, Refs 4th c.BC+; frequently of expenditure on an object, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B POSITION: εἰς is sometimes parted from its accusative by several words, εἰς ἀμφοτέρω Διομήδεος ἅρματα βήτην Refs 8th c.BC+ put after its case, Refs 8th c.BC+: after an adverb, αὔριον ἔς· τῆμος δὲ.. Refs 8th c.BC+	grc	Prep	8	1774
G3756	οὐ, the negative of fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compounds of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, see infr. G. USAGRefs 5th c.BC+ __I as the negative of single words, __II as the negative of the sentence. __I οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compound with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, Refs; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, Refs; οὔ φημι deny, Refs 4th c.BC+; but sometimes οὐ is retained, εἰ δ᾽ ἂν.. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐάντε.. οὐ (variant{μή}) φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε Refs 8th c.BC+ —On the use of οὐ in contrasts, see below Refs 5th c.BC+ __II as negativing the whole sentence, __II.1 οὐ is frequently used alone, sometimes with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (i.e. ἀποκερῇ), ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ Refs 5th c.BC+: sometimes as negativing the preceding sentence, Refs 5th c.BC+ and the accusative; sometimes without μά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 with indicative of statement, τὴν δ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.3 with subjunctive in future sense, only in Epic dialect, οὐ γάρ τίς με βίῃ γε ἑκὼν ἀέκοντα δίηται Refs __II.4 with optative in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also Epic dialect, ὃ οὐ δύο γ᾽ ἄνδρε φέροιεν Refs __II.5 with optative and ἄν, κείνοισι δ᾽ ἂν οὔ τις.. μαχέοιτο Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.6 in dependent clauses οὐ is used, __II.6.a with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing, ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω.. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι Refs 8th c.BC+: so with indicative or optative and ἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν Refs 5th c.BC+ in such sentences, see at {μή} Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.6.b in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning, χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια.. ῥέξε Refs 8th c.BC+: in causal relative sentences, οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν Refs 5th c.BC+; especially in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ.., as οὐκ ἔστ᾽ ἐραστὴς ὅστις οὐκ ἀεὶ φιλεῖ Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.6.c after ὥστε with indicative or optative with ἄν, ὥστ᾽ οὐ δυνατόν σ᾽ εἵργειν ἔσται Refs 5th c.BC+infinitive is almost invariably due to indirect speech, ὥστ᾽ οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) Refs 5th c.BC+—Rarely not in indirect speech, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.7 in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except, __II.7.a in Refs 8th c.BC+ clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indicative, εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ᾽ ἐπιπείσεται Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.7.b when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion, μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.7.c when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (see. Refs 4th c.BC+, or is quoted unchanged, εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο Refs 4th c.BC+; εἰ δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἐστί (i.e. ὥσπερ λέγεις), τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.8 οὐ is used with infinitive in indirect speech, when it represents the indicative of orat. recta, φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι Refs 8th c.BC+; sometimes we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses, οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ᾽ ἐπιθύνειν χερί Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.9 οὐ is used with the participle, when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing, τὸν κατθανόνθ᾽ ὁρῶντες οὐ τιμώμενον Refs 5th c.BC+; or into a causal sentence, τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι Refs 5th c.BC+; or into a concessive sentence, δόξω γυναῖκα καίπερ οὐκ ἔχων ἔχειν Refs 5th c.BC+ and participle, ὡς οὐχὶ συνδράσουσα νουθετεῖς τάδε Refs 5th c.BC+:—for exceptions, see at {μή} Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.9.b when the participle is used with the Article, μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.10 Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (see. μή Refs 5th c.BC+ is occasionally used, τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις Refs 5th c.BC+; τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, Refs 5th c.BC+; so without the article, ἐν οὐ καιπῷ Refs __II.11 for οὐ μή, see entry __II.12 in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι..; Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐχ ὁράᾳς..; dost thou not see? NT+8th c.BC+: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου (ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr., Refs 4th c.BC+; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid. see at {Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον}. __H ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone accusative to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): Refs 8th c.BC+ __H.I οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared.	grc	Prtcl	1	1635
H3027	יָד1604 n.f. Gn 25:26 + often (m. †Ex 17:12 †v. Di; on יִרְפּוּ יָדַיִם 2 S 4:1 Zp 3:16 2 Ch 15:7 Ne 6:9, v. Ges§ 145. 7 a, R. 1) hand (NH id.; Aramaic יְדָא, ܐܻܝܕܳܐ; Zinj. יד DHMSendsch. Gloss.; Arabic يَدٌّ; Sab. יד DHMZMG 1883, 343 Mordt ib. 1879, 492; Ethiopic እድ (v. LagBN 22); Sam. ࠀࠃ; Assyrian idu, hand, strength COTGloss.; der. by most from √ ל״י, on ground of pl. and sf. forms in cogn. lang., v. especially Philippi ZMG 1878, 74 Ba ZMG 1887, 637, but no trace of final י or ו in Heb., and meaning of such √ ל״י not clear; Thes al. from ידה extend, throw, but this in Arabic Ethiopic פ״ו, not פ״י, cf. Heb. Hiph.; Philippi comp. Arabic يَدَى iv. strengthen;—Sta§ 182, 183 regards יד as bilit.)—abs. יָד Gn 38:28 +; cstr. יַד 41:35 +; sf. יָדִי 14:22 +; יָֽדְךָ 22:12 +; יָֽדְכָה Ex 13:16; יֶדְכֶם Gn 9:2 +; יֶדְכֶן Ez 13:21(×2), 23, etc.; du. יָדַיִם Gn 34:21 +; cstr. יְדֵי 24:30 +; וִידֵי Ex 15:17 +, etc.; fpl. (in fig. senses) abs. יָדוֹת Gn 43:34 + 8 times; יָדֹת 47:24 + 2 times; cstr. וִידוֹת 1 K 7:32; sf. יְדֹתָיו Ex 26:19(×2) + 2 times; יְדֹתֶיהָ 1 K 7:35, 36; יְדוֹתָם 1 K 7:33;— 1. hand of man Gn 3:22; 4:11; 8:9 + often; תַּבְנִית יָד Ez 8:3 the shape of a hand (of God in Ezek.’s vision); of cherubim ת׳ יַד אָדָם 10:8, דְּמוּת יְדֵי אָדָם v 21: a. right hand יַד־יְמִינ(וֹ) Gn 48:17 (JE), Ju 7:20 2 S 20:9 Je 22:24 Ez 39:3 ψ 73:23; 121:5; יד[ם] הַיְמָנִית Ex 29:20 Lv 8:23, 24; 14:14, 17, 25, 28 (all P); a left-handed man is אִטֵּד יַד־יְמִינוֹ Ju 3:15; 20:16 (v. אטד); left hand יַד שְׂמֹאל(וֹ) 3:21; 7:20 Ez 39:3; both hands of one pers. are denoted by du., יָדַיִם Gn 27:22 2 K 3:11 + often; occasionally + numeral, שְׁתֵּי יָדָ֑י Dt 9:15, 17, so Lv 16:21 (P); du. also of hands of several persons Gn 5:29 Ex 29:10, 15, 19 Dt 31:29 2 K 11:16 = 2 Ch 23:15, Ez 21:12 +; yet sometimes sg. of hand of several persons Gn 19:16 Ex 29:9 Lv 8:24 Dt 1:25; 17:7(×2) Ju 7:20(×2) +. b. שְׁתֵּי כַּפּוֹת ידיו 1 S 5:4 the two palms of his hands; כַּפּוֹת הידים 2 K 9:35 Dn 10:10; אַצִּילוֹת יָדֶיךָ 9 Je 38:12 Ez 13:18; בֹּהֶן יָדָיו Ex 29:20 (P) = his thumbs (opp. בֹּהֶן רַגְלָם); בְּהֹנוֹת יד(יו) ורגל(יו) Ju 1:6, 7; bracelets were worn on hands, i.e. wrists Gn 24:22, 30, 47 (J), cf. thread bound on hand of Zerach 38:28(×2), 29, 30 (J), and cords on hands of Samson Ju 15:14; the ring was worn on hand, i.e. finger Gn 41:42 (E), Est 3:10. c. as to hands in use, note זְרֹעֵי ידיו Gn 49:24 arms of his hands, i.e. arms which make his hands serviceable; מִלֵּא יָדוֹ בַּקֶּשֶׁת 2 K 9:24 he filled his hand with the bow, i.e. caused his hand to grasp it, seized it; הַרְכֵּב יָֽדְךָ עַל־הַקֶּשֶׁת 2 K 13:16(×2); especially fig. of consecrating or installing (as priest), מִלֵּא יַד he filled the hand of any one (perhaps orig. gave the selected portions of animal-sacrifices to, v. Lv 8:25 ff., so Di), installed as priest Ju 17:5, 12 1 K 13:33 (sq. וְ subord.); elsewhere only P and late: Ex 28:41 (‖ קִדַּשׁ), 29:9 also v 29 (‖ משׁח), v 33 (קדּשׁ), v 35 Lv 8:33 2 Ch 13:9; 29:31, sq. inf. Lv 16:32 (‖ משׁח), 21:10 (‖ יוּצַק שֶׁמֶן), Nu 3:3 (‖ משׁת); מִלֵּאתֶם יֶדְכֶם ליהוה 2 Ch 29:31 = ye have consecrated yourselves to י׳, is addressed appar. to the whole congregation (otherwise Be Öt and Di Ex 32:29); so the same expression Ex 32:29 (poss.) and 1 Ch 29:5 (certainly) of offering gifts to י׳; מִלְאוּ יָד֯ו Ez 43:26 of consecrating the altar (‖ כִּפֶּר, טִהַר); שָׁלַח יַד לְ Ju 5:26 stretch out hand to, so ישׁלח אֶל־ 2 S 6:6 (insert ידו Vrss Dr); hence מִשְׁלַח יד(כ)ם that to which one puts the hand, fig., = undertaking, †Dt 12:7, 18; 15:10; 23:21; 28:8, 20 †; שׁלח יד also in hostile sense, c. בְּ, Ex 22:7 1 S 24:7, 11; 26:11 ψ 55:21 +; cf. מוֹאָב מִשְׁלוֹחַ יָדָם Is 11:14; אֶבֶן יָד Nu 35:17 (P) a stone (thrown from) the hand; כְּלִי עֵץ־יָד v 18 a weapon in the hand; מַקֵּל יָד Ez 39:9 a staff in the hand; idols are מַעֲשֵׂה יְדֵי וגו׳ Is 2:8 + often v. מַעֲשֶׂה²" dir="rtl" >מַעֲשֶׂה; man is work of God’s hand Jb 14:15. d. special phrases: kissing with the hand וַתִּשַּׁק יָדִי לְפִי Jb 31:27; (in silence) יָדִי שַׂמְתִּי לְמוֹ פִי 40:4 Mi 7:16 (עַל־פֶּה); the creditor is בַּעַל מַשֵּׁה יָדוֹ Dt 15:2; the debt מַשָּׁא כָל־יָד Ne 10:32; תְּרוּמַת יֶדְכֶם Dt 12:6, 11, 17 heave-offering of your hand; the hand is placed תחת יָרֵךְ in taking an oath Gn 24:2 (J); lifted (הרים) to י׳ 14:22; so perhaps יָד עַל־כֵּם יָהּ Ex 17:16 (E) hand on the throne of Yah! (but difficult, v. Di VB); often c. נשׂא: the hand is lifted (נשׂא) to heaven Dt 32:40 (of י׳’s oath, poem); elsewhere chiefly Ez and P: simply lift (נשׂא) the hand (= נשׁבע), sq. inf. Ex 6:8 Nu 14:30 (both P), Ez 20:28, 42; 47:14; sq. לְ pers. Ez 20:5(×2) (del. Co as gloss); sq. לְ pers. + inf. Ez 20:6, 15, 23; abs. 36:7; hence (citations) Ne 9:15 ψ 106:26; cf. Ne 8:6 the people answered אָמֵן אָמֵן בְּמֹעַל יְדֵיהֶם; נשׂא יד(ים) elsewhere (of men) in prayer ψ 28:2; cf. 68:32, and יָדִי לַיְלָה נִגְּרָה 77:3. Also of God, to give a signal Is 49:22; to rescue ψ 10:12. יְנֹפֵף יָדוֹ Is 10:32 he brandisheth his hand (Assyrian, in defiance); הֵנִיף יָדוֹ Is 11:15 (of י׳ in judgment), cf. 19:16 Zc 2:13 (sq. על); הֵנִיעַ יָדוֹ Zp 2:15 (in derision); הוֹשִׁיעַ יד לְ one’s hand bringing deliverance to, gaining success, by force, for 1 S 25:26 + (v. Dr), ins. also v 31 (𝔊 We Dr); the hand is weary יָֽגְעָה 2 S 23:10, it cleaves (דבק) to the sword (אֶל־הַחֶרֶב) v 10 (both om. by accident in ‖ 1 Ch 11:13, see VB); שֶׁבֶר יָד Lv 21:19 (H) fracture of hand = arm (‖ שֶׁבֶר רגל); after נָתַן: give a pledge וַיִּתְּנוּ יָדָם לְהוֹצִיא נְשֵׁיהֶם Ezr 10:19; submit נָתַן יַד תַּחַת שְׁלֹמֹה 1 Ch 29:24, i.e. they acknowledged him as their lord; תְּנוּ־יָד ליהוה 2 Ch 30:8; other phr. c. prep. v. infr. e. of hand as strong, helpful, etc.:—(1) of man: עֹצֶם יָדִי Dt 8:17 (‖ כֹּחִי); of fighting power of Edom בְּיָד חֲזָקָה Nu 20:20 (JE; ‖ בְּעַם כָּבֵד; cf. infr. of God); קִצְרֵי־יָד small in power 2 K 19:26 = Is 37:27 (cf. infr. of God); Isr. went out of Egypt בְּיָד רָמָה according to P, Ex 14:8 Nu 33:3 i.e. boldly, defiantly; same phr. of presumptuousness (against י׳) Nu 15:30 (P, cf. יָדֵנוּ רָ֫מָה Dt 32:27). Phrases of strengthening are: חִזַּק יָדָיו Ju 9:24 Ne 6:9; חִזַּק בְּיָדַיִם Ezr 1:6; החזיק בְּיַד־ Jb 8:20 (v. חזק); לִהְיוֹת יָדָיו אִתּוֹ 2 K 15:19 that his hands might be with him, to confirm his position; cf. 2 S 14:19 Je 26:24 1 Ch 4:10; note also מִי־הוּא לְיָדִי יִתָּקֵעַ Jb 17:3 who is he (that) will strike his hand into mine, i.e. give me a pledge (v. sub תקע); strength fails when hands drop: וַיִּרְפּוּ יָדָיו 2 S 4:1 then his hands dropped down, he grew feeble, spiritless (v. רפה); רְפֵי יָדַיִם 17:2 11 weak-handed, weak (‖ יָגֵעַ). (2) of (mighty) hand of God, pointing to earlier anthropomorphism; as strengthening Joseph Gn 49:24 (poem in J); as stretched out (שׁלח) to smite Ex 9:15 (J); so of מַלְאַךְ י׳ 2 S 24:16, sq. acc. + לְ inf., opp. הֶ֫רֶף יָדֶ֑ךָ v 16; as smiting (נָֽגְעָה בְּ) 1 S 6:9 Jb 19:21; as against (בְ among, in) cattle, etc., v 3 (J); city 1 S 5:9; the murrain v 3 (J); יַד־יהוה as heavy against (כבדה אֶל) 1 S 5:6; כָּֽבְדָה שָׁם v 11; קָֽשְׁתָה עַל v 7; of withdrawal of י׳’s chastising hand תָּסוּר יָדוֹ מִכֶּם 1 S 6:3; and (י׳ subj.) יָקֵל אֶת־יָדוֹ מֵעֲלֵיכֶם v 5; of י׳’s power to deliver his people:—†חֹ֫זֶק יָד Ex 13:3, 14, 16 (all JE) †; יָד חֲזָקָה 6:1(×2) (JE), 13:9 (JE), Dt 6:21; 7:8 Jos 4:24 (D); especially in phr. (בְּ)יָד חֲזָקָה וּ(בִ)זְרוֹעַ נְטוּיָה Dt 4:34 + (v. זְרוֹעַ p. 284); יד חזקה + כֹּחַ גָּדוֹל Ex 32:11 (JE), Ne 1:10; הֲיַד י׳ תִּקְצָ֑ר Nu 11:23 (JE) is the hand of י׳ shortened? Is 50:2; 59:1 (both sq. מִן); יָד נְטוּיָה in judgment Is 9:11, 16, 20; 10:4; הָֽיְתָה יַד־י׳ עלי(ו) of grasp of י׳’s hand in prophetic inspiration Ez 1:3; 3:22; 37:1; 40:1 2 K 3:15; יַד־י׳ עָלַי חזקה Ez 3:14; so בְּחֶזְקַת הַיָּד֑ Is 8:11; of God’s (י׳’s) good hand = favour, (late) יַד אלה(יו) טוֹבָה על(יו) Ezr 7:9; 8:18 Ne 2:8, 18; without טוֹבָה Ezr 7:6, 28; 8:22, 31; sq. inf. יַד האלהים לָתֵת לָהֶם 2 Ch 30:12; בֳּיֽדְךָ לְגַדֵּל 1 Ch 29:12; in gen. בֳּיֽדְךָ כֹּחַ וּגְבוּרָה v 12; of protection בְּצֵל יָדוֹ Is 49:2 in the shadow of his (י׳’s) hand. 2. Fig. = strength, power:—לֹא הָיָה בָהֶם יָדַיִם לָנוּס Jos 8:20 (JE) there was not in them strength to flee; לֹא מָֽצְאוּ כָל־אַנְשֵׁי־חַיִל יְדֵיהֶם ψ 76:6 none of the men of might have found their hands, i.e. their powers are paralyzed in death (‖ נָמוּ שְׁנָתָם); with ref. to pecuniary ability: תַּגִּיעַ יָדוֹ דֵּי שֶׂה Lv 5:7 (on this and others c. דֵּי v. דַּי p. 191); תַּגִּיעַ יָדוֹ לִשְׁתֵּי תוֹרִים v 11 if his hand do not reach to two turtledoves; אֵין יָדוֹ מַשֶּׂגֶת 14:21 if his hand be unable to reach; so combinations with נשׂג Hiph.: v 22, 30, 31, 32 Nu 6:21 (all foregoing P), Lv 25:26, 47, 49; 27:8 (all H), Ez 46:7; כְּמַתְּנַת יָדוֹ Dt 16:17 according to the giving of his hand, i.e. his ability; similarly מַתַּת יָדוֹ Ez 46:5, 11; on יֶשׁ־לְאֵל יָדִי Gn 31:29, etc., v. אֵל⁴" dir="rtl" >ii. אֵל p. 43a supr.; other phr. c. prep. v. infr.; of dominion of king לְהָשִׁיב יָדוֹ בְּ 2 S 8:3 read prob. as ‖ 1 Ch 18:3 לְהַצִּיב יָדוֹ בְּ to establish his dominion at; hand = display of strength, action of י׳ ψ 78:42 Jb 27:11 Dt 34:12; especially הַיָּד הַגֶּדֹלָה אֲשֶׁד עָשָׂה י׳ Ex 14:31 (J) = the great achievement which י׳ did. 3. Fig. = side: a. of way יַד דֶּרֶךְ 1 S 4:13 Qr (Kt יך; but read prob. לְיַד השׁער v. Dr). b. of gate בְּעַד יַד־הַשַּׁעַר 1 S 4:18 (text dub., v. Dr). c. of stream or wady כָּל־יַד נַחַל יַבֹּק Dt 2:37. Especially du.: d. of land, ארץ רַחֲבַת יָדַיִם Gn 34:21 (P) the land is wide of (on) both hands, i.e. in both directions, Ju 18:10 Is 22:18 1 Ch 4:40; of city Ne 7:4; of sea ψ 104:25; of streams רַחֲבֵי יָדָ֑יִם Is 33:21; מִיַּד כִּתִּים Nu 24:24 (JE) from the direction of Kittim.—Other phr. c. prep. v. infr. e. side = place, properly place at one side וְיָד תִּהְיֶה לְךָ מִחוּץ לַמַּחֲנֶה Dt 23:13; אִישׁ אֶת־יָדוֹ Je 6:3 each (in) his place; so כָּל־אִישׁ עַל־יָדוֹ Nu 2:17 (P);—v. other phrases c. prep. infr. 4. יָד is used also in special senses:— a. monument 1 S 15:12; 2 S 18:18; 1 Ch 18:3 Is 56:5 sign Ez 21:24. †b. part, fractional part or share: of seed Gn 47:24 (J); share in king 2 S 19:44; of fighting men 2 K 11:7; of people Ne 11:1. †c. time, repetition Gn 43:34 (J), Dn 1:20. Also f.pl. (only in fig. senses):— †d. axle-trees 1 K 7:32, 33 (𝔖 ܐܻܝ̈ܕܰܗܳܬܳܐ). †e. stays, supports for laver 1 K 7:35, 36; stays at sides of throne 1 K 10:19(×2) = 2 Ch 9:18(×2). †f. tenons on sides of boards of tabernacle שְׁתֵּי יָדוֹת Ex 26:17 (P), also v 19(×2) 36:22, 24(×2). g. יָד חָזִית Is 57:8 according to Hi De Che Or Brd Du and most = a phallus thou beholdest; this favoured by context but without support in Heb. usage; Di a (beckoning) hand. 5. יָד with prep.:— a. אֶל־יַד:—(1) after vb. of motion, into the charge, custody, of Est 2:3, 8(×2), 14; (2) אֶל־יַד by the side of gate 2 S 18:4; אֶל־יָדִי by my side, next to me 14:30; אֶל־יַד דֶּרֶךְ Ez 48:1a; אֶל־יַד חֲמָת v b (but on text v. Co); cf. also לְיַד, עַל־יַד. b. בְּיַד into the hand: (1) נָתַן בְּיַד give into the hand of, lit., Gn 27:17; (2) into the possession of נָתַן בְּיַד Ex 10:25 (JE); especially (3) נתן ביד = give into the power of, deliver over to Jos 6:2; 7:7 (both JE), Dt 1:27 Ju 2:14a; 13:1; 15:12 1 K 22:6 2 K 18:30; 19:10; מָכַר בְּיַד sell into the hand of Ju 2:14b; 3:8; 4:2, 9; 10:7; נפל בְּיַד fall into the hand of 15:18 2 S 24:14; וַיְשַׁלְּחֵם בְּיַד פִּשְׁעָם Jb 8:4 and he delivered them into the power of their transgression, gave them over to it; also Is 64:6, which read וַתְּמַגְּנֵנוּ for MT וַתְּמוּגֵנוּ; (4) נתן בְּיַד = entrust to Gn 30:35; 32:17. c. בְּיַד in the hand of: (1) lit. מַטְּךָ אֲשֶׁר בְּיָדֶ֑ךָ Gn 38:18 (J) thy staff which is in thy hand, Ex 7:17 (J), 17:9 (E), 32:15 Nu 22:23, 31 Jos 5:13; 8:18 (all JE), 1 S 13:22; 14:27; 17:50; 18:10; 20:10 2 K 11:8, 11 = 2 Ch 23:7, Am 7:7 Is 6:6 Ez 40:3, 5; 47:3 Zc 2:5; 8:4; אֵין בְּיָדִי רָעָה וָפֶ֫שַׁע 1 S 14:12 there is not in my hand evil or transgression (orig. prob. of stains of blood, or other evidences of crime); מַה־בְּיָדִי רָעָה 26:18; (2) fig. in the possession of, Ex 21:16 (JE); נִמְצָא בְּיָדִי 1 S 9:8 there is found in my hand, i.e. I happen to have (¼ shekel); (3) in the (physical) power of Gn 16:6 (J; cf. תִּתְעַנִּי תַּחַת יָדֶיהָ v 9), Jb 1:12; בְּיַד לָשׁוֹן Pr 18:21 in the power of a tongue; in the care or charge of, entrusted to, Gn 39:23 (J); under the authority of 2 S 18:2(×3); Nu 31:49 (P);—in Je 41:9 (AV because of Gedaliah), read בּוֹר גָּדוֹל הוּא for ביד גדליהו הוא 𝔊 Hi Kue Gf Che Gie DrSm 291; (4) בְּיַד also with vbs. of taking, וַיִּקַּח בְּיָדוֹ אֶת־הָאֵשׁ Gn 22:6 and he took the fire in his hand, Ex 4:17, 20, 21 (all E), 1 S 17:40 2 K 9:1; thence to denote accompaniment, taking or being with one Jos 9:11 (JE), 2 S 8:10; 1 K 14:3 2 K 5:5; אִישׁ שׁוֹרוֹ בְּיָדוֹ 1 S 14:34 cf. 16:2; קַח בֳּי��דְךָ שְׁלשִׁים אֲנָשִׁים Je 38:10. d. בְּיַד by the agency or instrumentality of Gn 38:20 (J), Ju 6:36; 1 S 11:7; 16:20 2 S 3:18; 10:2; 11:14; 12:25; 2 K 14:27; 2 Ch 1:17; 7:6 (orig. lit. sense discernible sometimes); especially of י׳’s speaking by the agency of prophets Ex 9:35 (R), Lv 8:36; 10:11 Nu 4:37, 45; 9:23; 10:13; 17:5; Jos 14:2; 20:2; 21:2, 8 (all P), 1 S 28:15, 17; 1 K 16:7, 12, 34; 2 K 9:36; 17:18, 28; 2 Ch 10:15; 33:8; 34:14; 35:6; Ne 8:14; 9:14, 30; מוּת בְּיַד י׳ Ex 16:3 (P) die by the hand of י׳; בְּיַד by the side of (very rare) ψ 141:6; Zc 4:12 olive-branches beside the two golden pipes; = near to, in time, נָכוֹן בְּיָדוֹ יוֹם חשֶׁךְ Jb 15:23 ready at his hand is a day of darkness (i.e. near at hand). e. כְּיַד הַמֶּלֶךְ 1 K 10:13; Est 1:7; 2:18 according to the hand (bounty) of the king. f. יָד לְיָד ‘hand to hand, surely’ Pr 11:21 לְיַד by the side of 1 S 19:3; 1 Ch 18:17; 23:28; Ne 11:24; Pr 8:3 ψ 140:6. g. מִיַּד out of the hand:—(1) out of the power of, often nearly = מִן, used idiomat. c. many vbs.: c. הִצִּיל Gn 32:12(×2) (J), Ex 2:19; 18:9, 10(×2) (all JE), 1 S 17:37; מִתַּחַת יַד Ex 18:10 (JE; so c. פשׁע 2 Ch 21:8, 10(×2); cf. i. infr.); of animals מִיַּד 1 S 17:37(×2), מִיַּדִ־כֶּלֶב ψ 22:21; even of inanimate things י׳ לֶהָבָה Is 47:14 י׳ פַּח ψ 141:9; c. לָקַח Nu 21:26 (JE), 1 K 11:34, 35; c. קָרַע v 12, 31; c. מִלֵּט, מ׳ מִיַּד שְׁאוֹל ψ 89:49; c. פָּדָה, פ׳ מִיַּד שְׁאוֹל Ho 13:14 (‖ מִמָּ֫וֶת), ψ 49:16; פ׳ מִידֵי חֶרֶב Jb 5:20; pregn. יִשְׁפְּטֵנִי מִיָּדֶ֑ךָ 1 S 24:16 may he (י׳) judge (and save) me out of thy hand; so 2 S 18:19 and (with רִיב for שׁפט) 1 S 25:39; (2) מִיַּד of separation, מִיָּֽדְךָ נִגְזָ֑רוּ ψ 88:6 of wicked, cut off from nearness to God; (3) דָּרַשׁ מִיַּד exact (at the hand) of 2 S 4:11; Gn 9:5(×2) (P), Ez 33:6; 34:10 (= דָּרַשׁ מֵעִם Dt 18:19), also of animals Gn 9:5; בִּקֵּשׁ מִיַּד Ez 33:8; קָנָה מִיַּד Ru 4:5, 9 acquire at the hand of; נִקַּם מִיַּד 2 K 9:7; הִקְרִיב מִיַּד Lv 22:25 (H), רָצָה מִיַּד (י׳ subj.) Mal 1:10, 13; לָקַח רָצוֹן מִיַּד 2:13. h. עַל־יד(י):—(1) upon the hand(s) of תְּנָה אֹתוֹ עַל־יָדִי Gn 42:37 = entrust him to me (E; lit. put him upon my hand); יַגִּירֻהוּ עַל־יְדֵי־חָ֑רֶב ψ 63:11 they shall pour him out upon the hands of the sword = deliver him up to the sword; so Je 18:21 Ez 35:5; (2) עַל־יָד by hand Pr 13:11; עַל־יַד, עַל־יְדֵי according to the hand(s) of = at the guidance, direction of: עַל־יַד 1 Ch 25:2a; 2 Ch 26:13; עַל־יְדֵי Je 5:31; 33:13; so 1 Ch 25:2b, 3, 6(×2); עַל־יְדֵי דָוִיד 2 Ch 23:18 Ezr 3:10; עַל־יְדֵי כְּלִי דָוִיד 2 Ch 29:27 according to the guidance of the instruments of David; (3) by the side of, way עַל־יַד דֶּרֶךְ הַשַּׁעַר 2 S 15:2; river (היאר) עַל־יַד Ex 2:5 (E), Nu 13:29 (JE; ‖ עַל־הַיָּם), Je 46:6 Dn 10:4; city Jos 15:46 (JE); person (= in the company of) 2 S 15:18; people 2 Ch 21:16; especially late עַל־יַד next to (in a series) 17:15, 16, 18; 31:15 Ne 3:2(×2) + 13 times Ne 3, 13:13; עַל־יְדֵי by the side of Ju 11:26; people (אדום) עַל־יְדֵי Nu 34:3 (P), 1 Ch 7:29; cattle Jb 1:14; הֶעֱמִיד עַל־יְדֵי שִׁיר 1 Ch 6:16 he stationed them by the side of song, i.e. to watch over the singing. i. תַּחַת יַד under the hand = in the possession, at the disposal of; וְאִין יֶשׁ־פֹּה תַֿחַת־יָֽדְךָ חֲנִית וגו׳ 1 S 21:9; = in the power of, subject to Is 3:6 come, thou shalt be our ruler and this ruin under thy hand; pl. sq. vb., וְהִתְעַנִּי תַּחַת יָדֶיהָ Gn 16:9 (J) and submit thyself under her hands, her authority, Is 3:6.—מִתַּחַת יַד v. g. (1) supr., and sub תַּ֫חַת²" dir="rtl" >תַּחַת. for מִתַּחַת יַד, 2 K 8:20, 22 (= 2 Ch 21:8, 10), 13:5; 17:7.	heb	N-fdc \| 1cp	7	1627
H1697	דָּבָר1439 n.m. speech, word—Gn 18:14 + 446 times; cstr. דְּבַר Gn 12:17 + 361 times; sf. דְּבָרִי Nu 11:23 + (sfs. 66 times); sg. in all 875 times; pl. דְּבָרִים Ex 4:10 + 182 times; cstr. דִּבְרֵי Gn 24:30 + 253 times; sf. דְּבָרָיו Gn 37:8 (sfs. 127 times); pl. in all 564 times;— I. sg. speech, discourse, saying, word, as the sum of that which is spoken: 1. of men, a. נְבוֹן דָּבָר discreet in speech 1 S 16:18; ד׳ שְׂפָתַיִם speech of lips ψ 59:13, mere talk Is 36:5 (= 2 K 18:20) Pr 14:23 (cf. ψ 17:4 speech of God’s lips); דָּבָר מָר bitter speech ψ 64:4; ד׳ כָּזָב lying speech Pr 30:8; טוֹב דְּבָֽרְךָ thy saying is good 1 S 9:10; וּדְבַר אַבְנֵר הָיָה עִם and the speech of Abner had been with the elders of Israel 2 S 3:17 (cf. 1 K 1:7); †אמר הדבר הזה say this saying Je 23:38; 31:23 cf. 13:12; 14:17 (of God), 1 S 8:10 (דִּבְרֵי י׳). b. word of command, ד׳ (הַ)מֶּלֶךְ 1 Ch 21:4, 6 Est 1:12 + 6 times Est, Ec 8:4 cf. 2 Ch 30:5; 31:5 Dn 9:23, 25; †ד׳ מַלְכוּת royal edict Est 1:19; עשׂה כדבר do according to the command of Gn 44:2; 47:30 Ex 8:9, 27; 12:35; 32:28 (J) Lv 10:7 (P) Ju 11:10 Ezr 10:5 Ne 5:12, 13; cf. 2 S 17:6 (word of counsel), 1 K 3:12 (request), 1 K 17:13 (proposal; on these meanings v. infr.) c. message, report, tidings, וַיִּשְׁמַע הָעָם אֶת־הַדָּבָר הָרָע הַזֶּה and the people heard this evil report Ex 33:4 (JE) cf. 1 K 20:12; אמת (היה) הדבר the report was true 1 K 10:6 = 2 Ch 9:5; עַד בּוֹא דָבָר מֵעִמָּכֶם until word come from you 2 S 15:28; ויגע הדבר אל מלך נינוה Jon 3:6; †הֵשִׁיב דָּבָר return or bring word, report Gn 37:14 Nu 13:26; 22:8 (J) Dt 1:22, 25 Jos 14:7; 22:32 (D) 1 K 2:30; 20:9 2 K 22:9, 20 (= 2 Ch 34:16, 28), but answer 1 S 17:30 2 S 3:11; 24:13 (= 1 Ch 21:12), 1 K 12:6, 9 (= 2 Ch 10:6, 9), 12:16 Ne 2:20 Pr 18:13; 27:11 Is 41:28 Ez 9:11 (DrSm p. 190 explains the phrase as turn back with a word); cf. ענה (לא) דבר answer something or nothing 1 K 18:21 2 K 18:36 ψ 119:42 Is 36:21 Je 44:20 vid. IV. 6; השׁיב דברים return words Ex 19:8 (E) Pr 24:26 vid. III. 1. d. advice, counsel, בדבר בלעם by advice of Balaam Nu 31:16 (P), cf. Ju 20:7 2 S 19:44 Est 5:5. e. request, אמתו of his maid, עבדו of his servant 2 S 14:15, 22. f. promise, לא יחל דברו he shall not break his word Nu 30:3 (P), cf. הקים דבר perform a promise Ne 5:13, vid. also 2 b. g. charge, complaint, אם אמת היה הדבר הזה if this charge be true Dt 22:20 cf. 13:15; 17:4, שׂים דבר בְּ 1 S 22:15, שׂים עלילות דברים לְ Dt 22:14, 17. h. decision, sentence, דְּבַר דַמִּשְׁפָּט the sentence of judgment Dt 17:9 cf. v 10, 11. i. theme, story, רָחַשׁ לִבִּי דָּבָר טוֹב my heart swells with a good theme ψ 45:2; דְּבַר גְּבוּרוֹת the story of his great might Jb 41:4. 2. word of God, as a divine communication in the form of commandments, prophecy, and words of help to his people, used 394 times. This word is communicated in several ways: a. ויהי דבר י׳ אל then the word of Yahweh came unto 1 S 15:10 2 S 7:4 (cf. אלהים 1 Ch 17:3), 1 K 6:11; 13:20; 16:1; 17:2, 8; 21:17, 28 2 Ch 11:2 (cf. האלהים 1 K 12:22); cf.1 Ch 22:8 (על by confusion), Is 38:4 Je 1:4 + 20 times Je, Ez 3:16 + 41 times Ez, Jon 1:1; 3:1 Hg 2:20 Zc 4:8; 6:9; 7:4, 8; 8:1 (without אל) v 18; †היה ד׳ י׳ אל Gn 15:1 2 Ch 12:7 Je 25:3 + 4 times Je, Ez 1:3 + 7 times Ez, Dn 9:2 Zc 1:1, 7; 7:1; †הנה ד׳ י׳ אל Gn 15:4 1 K 19:9; †ד׳ י׳ היה אל 2 S 24:11 1 K 16:7; 18:1 2 K 20:4 Ez 24:20; †היה ד׳ י׳ ביד Hg 1:1; 2:1, 10; †ויהי ד׳ י׳ ביד Hg 1:3; †ד׳ י׳ אשׁר היה אל Ho 1:1 Jo 1:1 Mi 1:1 Zp 1:1; †אשׁר היה ד׳ י׳ אליו 1 K 18:31 Je 1:2; †אשׁר היה ד׳ י׳ אל יר׳ Je 14:1; 46:1; 47:1; 49:34 (vid. אשׁר 6 a; הדבר אשׁר היה אל Je 7:1 + 11 times Je; †את ד׳ י׳ 2 K 3:12 Je 23:28; 27:18; cf. אֵלַי דָּבָר יְגֻנָּב unto me a word was brought by stealth Jb 4:12, cf. וְטֶרֶם יִגָּלֶה אֵלָיו דְּבַר י׳ and the word of Yahweh was not yet revealed unto him 1 S 3:7. Yahweh also sends his word שׁלח ψ 107:20; 147:18 Is 9:7 Je 42:5 (cf. pl. Zc 7:12) and makes it an object of vision ראה Je 2:31; 38:21 (cf. pl. Ez 11:25), חזה Is 2:1; it is also commanded צוה Ex 16:16, 32; 35:4 Lv 8:5; 9:6; 17:2 Nu 30:2; 36:6 (P) Dt 4:2; 13:1; 15:15 Jos 1:13; 4:10 (D) 1 Ch 16:15 (= ψ 105:8) Ne 1:8 Je 7:23, cf. הדברים אשׁר צוה Ex 35:1 Lv 8:36 (P) Ex 19:7 (E) Dt 6:6. b. Yahweh confirms his word of promise Dt 9:5 1 S 1:23 (where read דְּבָרֵךְ thy word according to 𝔊 𝔖 & Dr), 1 K 2:4; 6:12; 8:20 Je 29:10; 33:14, and his word of warning 1 K 12:15 Dn 9:12; his word stands for ever Is 40:8; it is settled for ever in heaven ψ 119:89; he remembers his holy word דבר קדשׁו ψ 105:42 (cf. דִּבְרֵי קָדְשׁוֹ Je 23:9); he himself Jo 2:11, the angels ψ 103:20, and forces of nature ψ 148:8 עשׂה דברו do his word of command; by his word the heavens were made ψ 33:6; it is near his people, in their mouth and heart Dt 30:14; a lamp to their feet ψ 119:105. II. saying, utterance, sentence, as a section of a discourse:— 1. of men, a. דָּבָר בְּעִתּוֹ a word in due season Pr 15:23 cf. Jb 4:2 Pr 12:25; commonly in plural, †דִּבְרֵי (הַ)שִּׁירָ(ה) words of the song (i.e. its lines of poetry) Dt 31:30; 32:44 ψ 18·1 (= 2 S 22:1) 137:3; הלל בדברי דויד to sing praises with the words of David (his psalms) 2 Ch 29:30; דִּבְרֵי חֲכָמִים sentences of the wise Pr 1:6; 22:17 Ec 9:17; 12:11; these sayings are commonly written, cf. דברי האגרת words of the letter Est 9:26; הדברים עתיקים the records are ancient 1 Ch 4:22; דִּבְרֵי (ה)סֵפֶר Is 29:11, 18 Je 29:1. b. title of writings: דִּבְרֵי קֹהֶלֶת Ec 1:1, ד׳ אגור Pr 30:1, ד׳ למואל Pr 31:1, ד׳ ירמיהו Je 1:1, so Am 1:1 Ne 1:1; cf. in appended phrase or clause, Je 51:64, ד׳ איוב Jb 31:40. c. in Ch name of a work: ד׳ החזים 2 Ch 33:18, 19, בד׳ שׁמעיה 2 Ch 12:15, בד׳ יהוא 2 Ch 20:34, על ד׳ שׁמואל 1 Ch 29:29; על ד׳ נתן 1 Ch 29:29 2 Ch 9:29, על ד׳ גד 1 Ch 29:29. (It is not certain whether writings of prophets or histories about them are referred to; in the latter case they are acts, IV. 2, vid. DrIntr. 497.) 2. of God: עֲשֶׂרֶת הַדְּבָרִים the ten words (sentences in the tables) Ex 34:28 (JE) Dt 4:13; 10:4, referred to as הדברים Ex 34:1 (JE) Dt 4:10, 36; 5:19; 9:10; 10:2; of commands of covenant code Ex 24:3, 4, 8 cf. 34:27 (JE); of Deuteronomic code Dt 17:19 (+ 16 times D) 2 K 22:11; 23:3–24 (cf. 2 Ch 34:19–31) Je 11:2–8; 34:18; the lawbook of joshua Jos 24:26 (E); of the code of Ezra Ezr 7:11; 9:4 Ne 8:9, 13; the words of Yahweh written by Jeremiah Je 25:13; 36:4–32; 51:61; the words of the book of Daniel Dn 12:4; 9 commands in general 1 S 15:11 ψ 50:17; 119:57, 130, 139; promises 2 S 7:28 Ne 9:8, cf. 1 Ch 25:5 2 Ch 36:16. III. a word, words:— 1. of men: שָׂפָה אֶחָ֑ת וּדְבָרִים אֲחָדִים one lip, and one and the same words Gn 11:1 (J); אֵין אֹמֶר וְאֵין דְּבָרִים no speech and no words ψ 19:4; אִישׁ דְּבָרִים man of words, ready in speech, Ex 4:10 (J); רב דברים multitude of words Jb 11:2 Pr 10:19 Ec 5:2; קְחוּ עִמָּכֶם דְּבָרִים take with you words Ho 14:3; דבר(י) (ה)שׁקר lying word(s) Ex 5:9; 23:7 (E) Pr 13:5; 29:12 Is 59:13 Je 7:4, 8; דִּבְרֵי רוּחַ words of wind, vain words Jb 16:3; וּמַה־שֶּׁמֶץ דָּבָר נִשְׁמַע־בּוֹ and what a whisper of a word we hear of him! Jb 26:14. 2. of God. It is difficult to determine how many of the following should come under II. 2. The pl. for words of God is relatively seldom: Gn 20:8 Ex 19:6 Nu 12:6 Jos 3:9 (E) Ex 4:28, 30 Nu 11:24 (J) Dt 18:19 Jos 23:14 (D) 1 S 3:18; 8:10; 15:1 2 Ch 11:4 Jb 42:7 Pr 30:6 Is 31:2 Dn 10:11 Am 8:11 Mi 2:7, apart from Je 3:12 + 30 times Je, Ez 2:7 + 4 times Ez, Zc 1:6 + 4 times Zc. IV. matter, affair, thing about which one speaks:— 1. business, occupation: דְּבַר הַמֶּלֶךְ king’s business 1 S 21:9; לְכָל־דְּבַר for every matter of 1 Ch 26:32; 27:1 2 Ch 19:11; לְכָל־דְּבָרֶיךָ for all thine affairs 1 Ch 28:21; דבר המזבח Nu 18:7; דָּבָר אֵין־לָהֶם עִם they had no dealings with Ju 18:7, 28; †דְּבַר־יוֹם בְּיוֹמוֹ the task or portion of a day in its day, daily duty or due Ex 5:13, 19 (E) 16:4 (J) Lv 23:37 (P) 1 K 8:59 2 K 25:30 1 Ch 16:37 2 Ch 8:13 (ביום) v 14 31:16 Ezr 3:4 Ne 11:23; 12:47 Je 52:34 Dn 1:5; †דבר שׁנה בשׁנה 1 K 10:25 2 Ch 9:24. 2. pl. acts cstr. דִּבְרֵי 1 K 11:41(×2) 1 Ch 29:29 2 Ch 12:15; 16:11; †דְּבָרָיו his acts 2 Ch 13:22; 35:27; especially in phrases, וְיֶתֶר דִּבְרֵי … עַל־סֵפֶר דִּבְרֵי הַיָּמִים and the rest of the acts of … in the book of the chronicles (daily record of events) of 1 K 14:29 + 32: times K.; וְיֶתֶר דִּבְרֵי 2 Ch 13:22 + 8 times Ch, וְיֶתֶר דְּבָרָיו 2 Ch 28:26, שְׁאָר דִּבְרֵי 2 Ch 9:29 are referred to various sources; cf. also במספר דברי הימים 1 Ch 27:24, בדברי דויד 1 Ch 23:27, על־דברי מלכי ישׂראל 2 Ch 33:18: דברים טובים good deeds 2 Ch 12:12; 19:3; דִּבְרֵי עֲוֹנֹת acts of iniquity ψ 65:4 (De, Fälle von Missethaten); דִּבְרֵי־רָע evil deeds Je 5:28. It is used of God, only in כל דבריו לא יענה Jb 33:13, ד׳ אֹתוֹתָיו ψ 105:27, ד׳ נִפְלְאֹתֶיךָ ψ 145:5. 3. matter, affair: דבר אוריה affair of Uriah 1 K 15:5; שׁרשׁ דבר root of the matter Jb 19:28; מה היה הדבר how went the matter? 1 S 4:16 2 S 1:4 cf. Ru 3:18; סבב את פני הדבר change the face of the matter 2 S 14:20; דִּבְרֵי הָאֲתֹנוֹת the matter of the asses 1 S 10:2; זה דבר הרצח this is the case of the slayer Dt 19:4; לְכָל־דְּבָרָיו 1 K 6:38 as to all its particulars; Pr 13:13; 16:20. 4. events, things: †אחר הדברים האלה after these things (events in time) Gn 15:1; 22:1; 40:1 (E) 39:7 (J) 1 K 17:17; 21:1 Ezr 7:1 Est 2:1; 3:1; †אחרי הדברים האלה Gn 48:1 Jos 24:29 (E) Gn 22:20 (J) 2 Ch 32:1. 5. cause, case for judicial investigation: כִּי־יִהְיֶה לָהֶם דָּבָר if they have a case Ex 18:16 cf. 18:22; 22:8; בעל דברים one having a case Ex 24:14, cf. בדבר משׁפט 2 Ch 19:6; דְּבָרֶיךָ טוֹבִים וּנְכֹחִים pleas, good and right 2 S 15:3 cf. Jos 20:4. 6. something, anything (indefinite): עשׂה דבר do a thing Gn 22:16 + (frequent); עשׂה דברים Is 42:16 + (less frequent); היפלא מי׳ דבר Gn 18:14 cf. Je 32:17, 27; לא … דבר nothing 1 K 5:7; 10:3 Is 39:2 Je 42:4 + (frequent), אין דבר Ex 5:11 (E) Nu 20:19 1 S 20:21; לא דבר מ׳ nothing of Ex 9:4 (J) Jos 8:35; 11:15; 21:45; 23:14 (D); כל דבר anything Nu 31:23 Dt 23:20 +; דבר רע ψ 141:4 +; ד׳ טוב 1 K 14:13 +; דְּבַר־מָה whatsoever Nu 23:3 (E); עֶרְוַת דבר Dt 23:15 nakedness of a thing, i.e. unclean or unseemly thing (indecency in camp); so of a wife 24:1. 7. way, manner: זֶה דְּבַר הַשְּׁמִטָּה this is the manner of the release Dt 15:2 (cf. SI1); כֵּן דְּבַר הַמֶּלֶךְ so was the way of the king Est 1:13; כדבר הזה after this manner, thus †Gn 18:25; 32:20; 44:7 (JE) 2 S 15:6 Ezr 10:5 Ne 5:12, 13 with (עשׂה), 1 S 9:21 2 S 14:3; 17:6 (דבר), 1 S 17:27, 30 Is 8:20 (אמר), Ne 6:4, 5 (שׁלח), Ne 6:4 (השׁיב) cf. 1 S 17:30, 2 K 7:19 (היה); (peculiar to D, כדבר הרע הזה such a wicked deed as this Dt 13:12; 19:20, כדבר הגדול הזה Dt 4:32); כדברים האלה עשׂה thus and thus did he Gn 39:19 (J) 1 S 2:23 (but usually the pl. = these words). 8. reason, cause: זֶה דְבַר־הַמַּס 1 K 9:15; זה הדבר אשׁר this is the reason why Jos 5:4 (D) 1 K 11:27; so 1 S 17:29 AV RV, was it not but a word? Th Ke RVm VB Dr; … עַל דְּבַר, עַל־דִּבְרֵי for the sake of, in reference to, v. KöExpositor, Aug. 1902, 142–148; and add for עַל־דְּבַר Nu 25:18(×3); 31:16 2 S 18:5, and for עַל־דִּבְרֵי Je 7:22 2 K 22:13 = 2 Ch 34:21a, and perhaps ψ 7:1. because of, for the sake of Gn 20:11, 18 (E) 12:17; 43:18 Ex 8:8 (J) Nu 17:14 (P) ψ 45:5; 79:9, עַל דִּבְרֵי Je 14:1; עַל־דִּבְרֵיכֶם for your sakes Dt 4:21, עַל דְּבַר אשׁר Dt 22:24(×2); 23:5 2 S 13:22.. Oldest tradition (Jerome) seems to waver between דָּג fish and דָּגָן grain, as explan. of דָּגוֹן, v. דִּבְלָתַ֫יִם" dir="rtl" >בית ד׳.	heb	Conj-w	7	1455
G3739	ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, genitive οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc.; dative plural οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: Epic dialect forms, genitive ὅου (probably replacing Οο) in the phrases ὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ᾽ ὀλεῖται Refs 8th c.BC+; feminine ἕης Refs 8th c.BC+; elsewhere only ἧς Refs; dative plural οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in Refs 8th c.BC+ — _pronoun_ used, __A as demonstrative by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Article ὁ, ἡ, τό: in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases. __B as a Relat. by the side of the Article ὅ, ἥ, τό (see. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstrative and Relat. pronoun must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Sanskrit Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lithuanian jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).) __A DEMONSTR. PRON., ={οὗτος},{ὅδε}, this, that; also, he, she, it: __A.I Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nominative masculine and neuter ὅς, ὅ, and perhaps nominative feminine ἥ and nominative plural οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό (ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codices have ἥ in Refs 8th c.BC+ before it, μηδ᾽ ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ᾽ ὃς φύγοι Refs 8th c.BC+participle, εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών.., ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms: __A.II.1 at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, Refs 5th c.BC+; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.2 ὃς καὶ ὅς such and such a person, Refs 5th c.BC+ —here also the _Article_ supplied the oblative cases. __A.II.3 ἦ δ᾽ ὅς, ἦ δ᾽ ἥ, said he, said she, see at {ἠμί}. __A.II.4 in oppositions, where it sometimes answers to the Article, Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ᾽ οὔ.. Refs 6th c.BC+; ὃ μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.. (neuter) NT+4th c.BC+: so in Doric dialect dative feminine as adverb, ᾇ μὲν.., ᾇ δὲ.. Refs 4th c.BC+: very frequently in late Prose, Refs 2nd c.AD+: also answering to other Prons., ἑτέρων.., ὧν δὲ.. Refs 4th c.BC+ __B RELAT. PRON., who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat., ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in Refs 8th c.BC+ __A0USAGE of the Relat. pronoun (the following remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relative): __A0.I in respect of CONCORRefs 4th c.BC+ —Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or _pronoun_ in the antecedent clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions: __A0.I.1 the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antecedent, φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή Refs 8th c.BC+: so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is frequently put in plural in the gender implied in the Noun, λαόν.., οὕς.. Refs 8th c.BC+; στρατιάν.. τοιαύτην.., οἵ τινες.., τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ.., Refs 5th c.BC+; especially after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ.. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who.. ) Refs 8th c.BC+ adjective, Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ᾽ ἀγυιάς, τάν.. the streets of Thebes, which.., Refs 5th c.BC+; τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς.. the children of Heracles, who.., Refs 5th c.BC+of me whom.., Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ᾽ ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ᾽ ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι.., where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, Refs 4th c.BC+ __A0.I.2 when the antec. Noun in singular implies a class, the Relat. is sometimes in plural, ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ.. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ..) in some places, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὗ μέν.., οὗ δέ.. in some places.., in others.., Refs 4th c.BC+ in what part of the earth, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A0.I.2 in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες..,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) NT+5th c.BC+: but in early writers this is falsa lectio, as in Refs 4th c.BC+ __A0.II dative feminine ᾗ, Doric dialect ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, see at {ᾗ}. __A0.III old locative οἷ, as adverb, see at {οἷ}. __A0.III.2 old ablative (?) ὧ, in Doric dialect (compare ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ (whence) μ᾽ ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ Refs 5th c.BC+ __A0.IV accusative singular neuter ὅ, very frequently ={ὅτι}, that, how that, λεύσσετε γὰρ τό γε πάντες ὅ μοι γέρας ἔρχεται ἄλλῃ Refs 8th c.BC+; and so also, because, ταρβήσας ὅ οἱ ἄγχι πάγη βέλος Refs __A0.IV.2 in Attic dialect ὅ, for which reason, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A0.IV.3 whereas, NT+5th c.BC+ __A0.V ἀφ᾽ οὗπερ from the time that.., Refs 4th c.BC+ __A0.VI ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, see at {ἐπί} Refs 5th c.BC+	grc	Adv	4	1415
G3778	οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, etc.: the dual feminine never in Attic dialect, see ὁ, ἡ, τό, [near the start]:—demonstrative pronoun, this, common from Refs 8th c.BC+ __A ORIGIN and FORMS: οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο probably arose from a reduplication of the demonstrative ὁ, ἡ, τό with insertion of -υ- (= Sanskrit Particle u), e.g. ταῦτα from τα-υ-τα: Doric dialect genitive singular feminine τούτας Refs 5th c.BC+, etc., the latter is uncertain in Refs 5th c.BC+, as genitive singular neuter οὕτω Refs 3rd c.BC+; accusative singular feminine οὕταν Refs 6th c.BC+ —In _Attic dialect_ οὗτος was frequently strengthened by the _demonstrative_ -ί, οὑτοσί, αὑτηί, τουτί, _genitive_ τουτουί, _dative_ τουτῳί, _accusative_ τουτονί; plural nominative οὑτοιί, neuter ταυτί, etc., this man here: sometimes a Particle is inserted between the pronoun and -ί, as αὑτηγί for αὑτηί γε, Refs 5th c.BC+; τουτογί for τουτί γε, Refs; ταυταγί for ταυτί γε, Refs; τουτοδί for τουτὶ δέ, Refs; τουτουμενί for τουτουὶ μέν, Refs —In codices the ν ἐφελκυστικόν is sometimes added in the forms οὑτοσίν, οὑτωσίν, and οὑτοσίν is said to be Attic dialect by Refs 2nd c.AD+. [This ι is always long, and a long vowel or diphthong before it becomes short, as αὑτη?~Xί, τουτω?~Xί, οὑτοῐί, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B USAGE in regard to CONCORRefs 4th c.BC+ is frequently used as a pronoun substantive: hence neuter is followed by genitive, κατὰ τοῦτο τῆς ἀκροπόλιος Refs 5th c.BC+ adjective, in which case its substantive commonly takes the Article, οὗτος ὁ ἀνήρ or ὁ ἀνὴρ οὗτος.—But the Article is absent, __B.1 always in Epic dialect Poets (except Refs 8th c.BC+: sometimes also in Trag., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.2 sometimes when the Noun is so specified that the Article is not needed, ἐς γῆν ταύτην.., ἥντινα νῦν Σκύθαι νέμονται Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.3 when οὗτος is used in local sense, here, see below with Refs __B.4 when the Noun with which οὗτος agrees stands as its Predicate, αὕτη γὰρ ἦν σοι πρόφασις Refs 5th c.BC+; δικαστοῦ αὕτη ἀρετή [ἐστι] Refs 5th c.BC+ these were the grievances which already existed, Refs 5th c.BC+; ταύτην φήμην παρέδοσαν this was the report which.., Refs 5th c.BC+ this was notably the greatest movement which.., NT+5th c.BC+ __B.5 when 3rd pers. is used for 2nd pers. to express contempt, οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὑτοσὶ ἀνήρ, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II though οὗτος usually agrees with the Noun that serves as Predicate, it is not rare to find it in the neuter, μανία δὲ καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἐστί Refs 5th c.BC+: and in plural, οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα ἀρχή Refs 4th c.BC+: so with an explanatory clause added, τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ὁ συκοφάντης, αἰτιᾶσθαι μὲν πάντα ἐξελέγξαι δὲ μηδέν Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.II.2 so also with a Noun in apposition, τούτοισιν μὲν ταῦτα μέλει, κίθαρις καὶ ἀοιδή Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.II.3 the neuter also may refer to a masculine or feminine Noun, καρπὸν φορέει κυάμῳ ἴσον: τοῦτο ἐπεὰν γένηται πέπον κτλ. Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.4 the neuter is also used of classes of persons, μελιτοπῶλαι καὶ τυροπῶλαι: τοῦτο δ᾽ εἰς ἕν ἐστι συγκεκυφός Refs 5th c.BC+; or of an abstract fact, οὐκ Ἰοφῶν ζ;—τοῦτο γάρ τοι καὶ μόνον ἔτ᾽ ἐστὶ λοιπὸν ἀγαθόν Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III with Prons., __B.III.1 personal, οὗτος σύ, in local sense, see below __B.III.2 interrogative, τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔλεξα; what is this that.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+; ποίοισι τούτοι; for ποῖά ἐστι ταῦτα οἷς [ἔχεις ἐλπίδα]; Refs; Νέστορ᾽ ἔρειο ὅν τινα τοῦτον ἄγει whom he brings here, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.III.3 with οἷος, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.III.4 possessive, πατὴρ σὸς οὗτος this father of thine, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.5 demonstrative, οὗτος ἐκεῖνος, τὸν σὺ ζητέεις, where ἐκεῖνος is the Predicate, Refs 5th c.BC+; τοῦτον τὸν αὐτὸν ἄνδρα this same man, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.5.b exceptionally, Διφίλου οὗτος ὅδ᾽ ἐστὶ τύπος Refs __B.III.6 ἄλλος τις οὗτος ἀνέστη another man here, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.IV with Numerals, τέθνηκε ταῦτα τρία ἔτη these three years, Refs 5th c.BC+; [στρατείαν] ἑνδέκατον μῆνα τουτονὶ ποιεῖται for these eleven months, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C SIGNIFICATION AND SPECIAL IDIOMS: __C.I this, to designate the nearer, opposed to ἐκεῖνος, that, the more remote, ταῦτα, like τὰ ἐνταῦθα, things round and about us, earthly things, Refs 5th c.BC+; compare ὅδε [near the start]: but οὗτος sometimes indicates that which is not really nearest, but most important, δεῖ.. τὸ βέλτιστον ἀεί, μὴ τὸ ῥᾷστον λέγειν: ἐπὶ ἐκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ βαδιεῖται, ἐπὶ τοῦτο δὲ κτλ. Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.I.2 when, of two things, one precedes and the other follows, ὅδε properly refers to what follows, οὗτος to what precedes, οὐκ ἔστι σοι ταῦτ᾽, ἀλλά σοι τάδ᾽ ἔστι Refs 5th c.BC+ refers to what follows, Refs 8th c.BC+; οὔκουν.. τοῦτο γιγνώσκεις, ὅτι..; Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.I.3 οὗτος is used emphatic, generally in contempt, while ἐκεῖνος denotes praise, ὁ πάντ᾽ ἄναλκις οὗτος, i.e. Aegisthus, Refs 5th c.BC+ of Philip; but οὗτος is used of Philip, Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.I.3.b of what is familiar, τούτους τοὺς πολυτελεῖς χιτῶνας, of the Persians, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ θυλακῶδες τοῦτο the familiar bag-like thing, Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.I.4 in Attic dialect law-language, οὗτος is commonly applied to the opponent, whether plaintiff (as in Refs 4th c.BC+ or defendant (as in Refs; so, in the political speeches of Refs 4th c.BC+ are the opposite party, Refs, etc.; but in the forensic speeches, οὗτοι frequently means the judges, the court, Refs __C.I.5 much like an adverb, in local sense (compare ὅδε [near the start]), τίς δ᾽ οὗτος κατὰ νῆας.. ἔρχεα; who art thou here that comest.. ? Refs 8th c.BC+; frequently in Attic dialect, τίς οὑτοσ; who's this here? Refs 5th c.BC+; πολλὰ ὁρῶ ταῦτα πρόβατα I see many sheep here, Refs 5th c.BC+ ho you! you there! Refs 5th c.BC+: with a proper name, ὦ οὗτος, Αἴας Refs 5th c.BC+ —This phrase mostly implies anger, impatience, or scorn. __C.II simply as antecedent to ὅς, Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.III = τοιοῦτος, οὗτος ἐγὼ ταχυτᾶτι Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.IV after a parenthesis, the Subject, though already named, is frequently emphatic repeated by οὗτος, οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Ἀριστέης.., οὐδὲ οὗτος προσωτέρω.. ἔφησε ἀπικέσθαι Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.V καὶ οὗτος is added to heighten the force of a previous word, ξυνεστῶτες.. ναυτικῷ ἀγῶνι, καὶ τούτῳ πρὸς Ἀθηναίους Refs 5th c.BC+; see infr. VIII.2. __C.VI repeated, where for the second we should merely say he or it, τοῖσιν τούτου τοῦτον μέλεσιν.. κελαδοῦντες Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VII ταῦτα is used in some special phrases, __C.VII.1 ταῦτ᾽, ὦ δέσποτα yes Sir (i. e. ἔστι ταῦτα, ταῦτα δράσω, etc.), Refs 5th c.BC+; so also ἦν ταῦτα even so, true, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VII.2 ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ὑπάρξει so it shall be, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VII.3 καὶ ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα so much for that, frequently in Attic dialect, as Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VII.4 ταῦτα at end of a formula in epitaphs, etc., probably short for ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει or ὁ βίος ταῦτά ἐστιν, e.g. οὐδὶς (= -εὶς) ἀθάνατος: ταῦτα Refs 2nd c.AD+ __C.VIII Adverbial usages: __C.VIII.1 ταῦταabsolutely, therefore, that is why.., Refs 8th c.BC+; αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἥκω, ἵνα.. Refs 5th c.BC+ is rare in this sense, τοῦτ᾽ ἀφικόμην, ὅπως.. εὖ πράξαιμί τι Refs 5th c.BC+; αὐτὸ γὰρ τοῦτο just because of this, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.1.b πρὸς ταῦτα so then, therefore, properly used in indignant defiance, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.2 καὶ ταῦτα, adding a circumstance heightening the force of what has been said, and that, ἄνδρα γενναῖον θανεῖν, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς γυναικός Refs 4th c.BC+: but mostly with a participle, ὅς γ᾽ ἐξέλυσας ἄστυ.., καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν οὐδὲν ἐξειδὼς πλέον Refs 5th c.BC+; or with a participle omitted, ἥτις.. τὴν τεκοῦσαν ὕβρισεν, καὶ ταῦτα τηλικοῦτος (i.e. οὖσα) Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.2.b καὶ ταῦτα anyhow, no matter what happens (or happened), ἐπεχείρησας, οὐδὲν ὢν καὶ ταῦτα you tried, but were no good anyhow, i.e. try as you might, Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.VIII.3 τοῦτο μέν.., τοῦτο δέ.. on the one hand.., on the other.., partly.., partly.., very frequently in Refs 5th c.BC+; τοῦτο μέν is sometimes answered by δέ only,Refs 5th c.BC+; by δὲ αὖ, Refs 5th c.BC+; by ἔπειτα δέ, Refs 5th c.BC+; by ἀλλά, Refs 4th c.BC+; by εἶτα, Refs 5th c.BC+; by τοῦτ᾽ αὖθις, Refs __C.VIII.4 dative feminine ταύτῃ, __C.VIII.4.a on this spot, here, ταύτῃ μὲν.., τῇδε δ᾽ αὖ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.4.b in this point, herein, μηδὲν ταύτῃ γε κομήσῃς Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.4.c in this way, thus, Refs 5th c.BC+; to ὅπῃ, Refs 5th c.BC+; ταύτῃ καλεῖσθαι, etc., like οὕτω κ., Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.5 ἐκ τούτου or τούτων thereupon, Refs 5th c.BC+; therefore, Refs __C.VIII.6 ἐν τούτῳ in that case, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.6.b in the meantime, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.VIII.7 πρὸς τούτοις (-οισι) besides, Refs 5th c.BC+	grc	DPro-NFS	3	1399
G2316	θεός, ὁ, Boeotian dialect θιός, Laconian dialect σιός (see. below), Refs 5th c.AD+, Cretan dialect θιός Refs, Doric dialect also θεύς Refs 3rd c.BC+; vocative (only late) θεός, also θεέ LXX+NT; but classical in compound names, Ἀμφίθεε, Τιμόθεε:—God, the Deity, in general sense, both singular and plural (εἰ καὶ ἐπὶ θεοὺς καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπὶ θεὸν ἁρμόζει μεταφέρειν Refs 8th c.BC+; σὺν θ. εἰρημένον Refs 5th c.BC+: so in plural, σύν γε θεοῖσιν Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐ θεῶν ἄτερ pi.Refs 8th c.BC+; ὑπὲρ θεόν against his will,Refs 4th c.BC+; θεῶν συνεθελόντων, βουλομένων, Refs 5th c.BC+bless you! good heavens! for heaven's sake! Refs 8th c.BC+: doubled in poets, θεὸν θεόν τις ἀγλαϊζέτω Refs 5th c.BC+; θεοί (Cretan dialect θιοί) as an opening formula in Inscrr. (i.e. τύχην ἀγαθὴν διδοῖεν), Refs.1, etc.: in Prose also with the Article, ὁ θ. πάντων ἂν εἴη αἴτιος Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θ., τὰ παρὰ τῶν θ., Refs 5th c.BC+ __b θεοί, opposed to ἄνδρες, πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Refs 8th c.BC+; also in singular, θεῷ ἐναλίγκιος αὐδήν Refs 8th c.BC+, of an 'angel's visit', Refs 3rd c.BC+ __c of special divinities, νέρτεροι θ. Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐνέρτεροι θ. Refs 8th c.BC+; οἱ κάτωθεν θ. Refs 5th c.BC+; οἱ δώδεκα θ. Refs 5th c.BC+; μὰ τοὺς δώδεκα θ. Refs 4th c.BC+; in dual, τὼ σιώ (Laconian dialect), of Castor and Pollux, ναὶ τὼ σ. Refs 5th c.BC+ __d ὁ θ., of natural phenomena, ὁ θ. ὕει (i.e. Ζεύς) Refs 5th c.BC+; ἔσεισεν ὁ θ. (i.e. Ποσειδῶν) Refs 5th c.BC+; of the sun, Refs 5th c.BC+; δύνοντος τοῦ θ. Refs 2nd c.AD+; the weather, τί δοκεῖ τὰ τοῦ θεο; Refs 4th c.BC+ __e Astrology texts, θεοί,= ἀστέρες, Refs 4th c.AD+ __f θεός (i.e. Ἥλιος), name of the 9th τόπος, Rhetor.Refs __2 metaphorically, of abstract things, τὸ δ᾽ εὐτυχεῖν τόδ᾽ ἐν βροτοῖς θεός τε καὶ θεοῦ πλέον Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ πλοῦτος τοῖς σοφοῖς θ. Refs; φθόνος κάκιστος θ. Refs __3 as title of rulers, θεῶν ἀδελφῶν (i.e. Ptolemy Il and Arsinoe), Refs 3rd c.BC+; Ἀντίοχος ὅτῳ θεὸς ἐπώνυμον γίγνεται Refs 2nd c.AD+; θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ, of Augustus, Refs 1st c.BC+ __3.b = Latin Divus, Refs 1st c.BC+; οἱ ἐν θεοῖς αὐτοκράτορες,= divi Imperatores, Refs __3.c generally of the dead, καὶ ζῶντός σου καὶ εἰς θεοὺς ἀπελθόντος Refs 3rd c.BC+; θεοῖς χθονίοις,= Latin Dis Manibus, Refs __4 one set in authority, judge, τὸ κριτήριον τοῦ θ., ἐνώπιον τοῦ θ., LXX __II θεός feminine, goddess, μήτε θήλεια θεός, μήτε τις ἄρσην Refs 8th c.BC+; especially at Athens, of Athena, Decrees cited in Refs 5th c.BC+; ἁ Διὸς θεός, Ζηνὸς ἡ θ., Refs 5th c.BC+; of other goddesses, ποντία θεός Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡ νερτέρα θ.,= Περσεφόνη, Refs 5th c.BC+; of Thetis, Refs 5th c.BC+; of Niobe, Refs 5th c.BC+: in dual, of Demeter and Persephone, τὰ τοῖν θεοῖν ψηφίσματα Refs 5th c.BC+ __III as adjective in comparative θεώτερος, divine, θύραι θ., opposed to καταιβαταὶ ἀνθρώποισιν, Refs 8th c.BC+; χορὸς θ. Refs 5th c.BC+ (κόσμῳ θέντες τὰ πρήγματα), by Refs 5th c.BC+ [In Epic dialect (twice in Refs 8th c.BC+, as monosyllable by synizesis, θεοί Refs 8th c.BC+	grc	N-NMS	3	1328
H7200	רָאָה1315 vb. see (NH id.; וארא MI4, הראני l7, cf. רית spectacle l12; Sab. ראי see, expect, DHM ZMG xxix (1875), 596, 599; Arabic رَأَى see, so Ethiopic ርእየ: 𝔗 רֵו, רֵיוָא human appearance, features, etc. (cf. Heb. רֳאִי 2));— Qal1141 Pf. 3 ms. ר׳ Gn 29:10 +, sf. וְרָֽאֲךָ consec. Ex 4:14, רָאָהוּ 2 K 2:12 +; 3 fs. רָֽאֲתָה Gn 38:14, sf. רָאָֽתְךָ Jb 42:5; 2 ms. רָאִיתָ Gn 20:10 +, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יִרְאֶה 22:8 +, juss. יֵרֵא Gn 41:33 (Baer Gi, Ges§ 75 p, hh Köi.561; van d. H. יֵרֶא), יֵ֫רֶא Ex 5:21 +, וַיַּרְא Gn 18:2 + (1 S 19:20 read pl. 𝔊 Comm., i.e. וַיִּרְאֻ DrSm lxiii), sf. יִרְאַנִי Ex 33:20, וַיִּרְאֵ֑נִי 2 S 1:7; 3 fs. תִּרְאֶה Lv 20:17; Jb 33:28, juss. תֵּרֵא Mi 7:10; Zc 9:5 (Baer Gi, cf. Ges Kö supr.; van d. H. תֵּרֶא), וַתֵּ֫רֶא Gn 3:6 +; i s. אֶרְאֶה 21:16 +, וָאֵרֶא 31:10 +, etc.; Imv. רְאֵה 27:27 +, etc.; Inf. abs. רָאֹה Ex 3:7 +, רָאוֹ Gn 26:28; Is 6:9; cstr. רְאֹה Gn 48:11, רְאוֹת Ex 10:28 +, רַאֲוָה Ez 28:17, etc.; Pt. act. רֹאֶה Gn 13:15 +, etc.; pass. רְאֻיוֹת (Baer Gi; van d. H. רְאֻיּוֹת):— 1. a. see, subj. עַיִן, עֵינַיִם, c. acc. pers. Is 6:5; 30:20; Je 42:2 + 5 times Jb Pr; subj. pers., c. acc. pers. Gn 12:12, 15 + (מִי רָאָהוּ 1 S 23:22, read הַמְּהֵרָה 𝔊 Th We al. [not HPS]); רֹאִי 16:13 (pt. sf., cf.בְּאֵר לַחַי רֹאִי v 14, p. 91 supr.); acc. of God 32:31 (פָּנִים אֶל־פָּנִים); acc. pers. om. 18:2; 19:1 +; c. acc. פְּנֵי 31:2; 46:30; 48:11; Ex 33:20, opp. אֶת־אֲחֹרָ֑י v 23; c. acc. פְּנֵי specif. of having access to man of rank Gn 43:3, 5 + (v. [פָּנֶה] 2 b). b. see, c. acc. rei: subj. עַיִן, עֵינַיִם Jos 24:7 (E) 1 S 24:11 (van d. H. Baer; v 10 Gi), Dt 3:21 + 5 times Dt, +; וְעֵינָיו אֶת־עֵינָיו תִּרְאֶינָה Je 32:4, cf. 34:3; acc. om. 2 S 24:3 Dt 21:7 + 9 times (לִרְאוֹת 1 S 6:13 read לִקְרָאתוֹ 𝔊 We Dr Kit Bu HPS Now); subj. pers. Gn 13:15; 31:12 + very often; c. acc. cogn. מַרְאֶה Ex 3:3 + 7 times, מַרְאָה Dn 10:7(×2), 8, חָזוֹן 8:15, חֶזְיֹנוֹת Jo 3:1; hence see abs. = receive revelation, Is 30:10 (‖ חזה), cf.Ez 13:3 and v. 1. רֹאֶה" dir="rtl" >רֹאֶה; c.acc. עֶרְוָה, v. ע׳, p. 788 f.; see war, i.e. see it impending Ex 13:17 (E); ר׳ אֶת־הַקּוֹלֹת וְאֶת־הַלַּפִּידִים 20:18 (Gi v 15); רֹאֵי הַשֶּׁמֶשׁ Ec 7:11 those who see the sun = living men; acc. rei om. Ex 22:9 ;2 S 13:5 +, וָאֶרְאֶה בֶּחָזוֹן Dn 8:2(×2) (abs.); לֹא יֵדעוּ רְלֹא יִרְאוּ Ne 4:5; עֵינֵי רֹאִים Is 32:3, מְקוֹם רֹאִים Jb 34:26; c. adv. or adv. phr. instead of acc. rei: כָּהֵנָּה Gn 41:19 cf. Is 66:8; Ez 1:27(×2), כַּאֲשֶׁר 2 K 2:19; 2 Ch 29:8; 30:7; Jb 4:8; Ez 16:50; Dn 1:13, כֵּן ψ 48:9. 2. see, sq. acc. + cl. or phr. of closer design.: (1) + epex. cl. c. כִּי, acc. pers. Gn 6:2 saw them that they were fair, 12:14 (both J), Ex 2:2; 32:25 (both E), 1 K 11:28, acc. of face + id. Gn 31:5 (E), Ex 34:25 (P); acc. rei Gn 49:15 (poem), Is 22:9; Gn 1:4 (P), Ec 2:24; 4:4 and prob. 2 K 14:26 (reading כִּי מַר הוּא); (2) ר׳ כָּל־הַבָּא עָלָיו וְעָמָ֑ד 2 S 20:12; (3) + adj. (incl. pt.), acc. pers. Gn 7:1 (J), Am 9:1; 2 S 18:10 + 39 times (Je 46:5 del. ר׳ 𝔊 Gie), + acc. אֲשֶׁר Ex 14:13(×2) (J); acc. rei, †Ex 23:5; 33:10 (both E), Dt 22:4; Ez 33:3, 6; Dn 1:10; 8:4, 6, 7; †(4) + מָה, acc. rei Nu 13:18 (JE), Hg 2:3; †(5) + prep. phr., acc. pers. Ex 5:19 (J), Zc 4:10; Ec 10:7; Est 5:9; acc. rei + בִּכְבוֹדוֹ Hg 2:3, + ב pers. Je 23:13, 14, + כ pers. Ju 9:36, כ rei 2 S 18:27; (6) acc. pers. + adv. acc. + כ pers. Je 30:6. 3. see, so as to learn to know: c. acc. pers. Dt 33:9 (‖ הִכִּיר, יַדַע);c. acc. rei Dt 1:19, 31; 11:2; Jb 11:11 (‖ ��ַדַע), ψ 16:10; 49:10; = have experience of, Je 5:12; 14:13; 20:18; 42:14; Zp 3:15; ψ 89:49; Ec 5:17, שֵׁנָה בְּעֵינָיו אֵינֶנּוּ רֹאֶה Ec 8:16; מָה ראית Gn 20:10 i.e. what hast thou encountered, that …? BacherZAW xix (1899), 345 ff.; Terminol. 177 f. 4. abs. see, have (power of) vision, Gn 27:1 (J), 48:10 (E), 1 S 3:2; 4:15; 1 K 14:4, miraculous 2 K 6:17(×2), 20(×2); denied of idols Dt 4:28 ψ 115:5; 135:16; fig. of spiritual vision Is 6:10; 29:18; 42:18; 44:18; Je 5:21; Dt 29:3; Ez 12:2(×2) ψ 40:13; 69:24; עַיִן רֹאָה Pr 20:12.—1 S 14:27 read Qr v. אוֹר" dir="rtl" >אור. 5. see = perceive: a. sq. cl. c. כִּי, Ex 3:4; 8:11; Gn 1:10, 12 + often (1 S 23:15 read וַיִּרָא and he feared We Dr Kit Bu HPS Now); om. כִּי (late) †La 1:10 ψ 49:11 Ec 3:16; sq. מָה of indirect question Gn 2:19 (J), 37:20 (E), Ju 9:48; Dt 32:20; Je 7:17; 33:24; Ez 8:6; Jon 4:5 +; בַּמָּה Ju 16:5 cf. 1 S 14:38, כַּמָּה Zc 2:6 ψ 35:17; sq. מִי of indirect question 1 S 14:17; Is 40:26; La 2:20 (+ הַבִּיטָה); sq. אֵי 1 S 26:16, אֵיכֹה 2 K 6:13, אֵיפֹה Je 3:2; sq. cl. c. הֲ whether, Gn 8:8; 18:21; Nu 11:23 (all J), Ex 4:18 (E), ψ 14:2; 53:3 Ct 6:11 b Est 3:4, אִם whether Je 30:6; La 1:12 ψ 139:24 Ct 7:13, אֲשֶׁר that or how 1 S 18:15, אֵי Ec 2:3, שֶׁ that v 13, שְׁ 3:18. b. c. acc. צָרַת נַפִשׁוֹ Gn 42:21 (i.e. saw it by out-ward signs), cf. Ho 5:13. [Note, under 5 (rarely in other cases, and only S K Je), †Imv. + ידע Imv.: דַּע וּרְאֵה 1 S 24:12; 2 S 24:13; 1 K 20:22; דְּעִי וּרְאִי 1 S 25:17; Je 2:19; דְּעוּ וּרְאוּ 1 S 12:17; 14:38; 23:22; 1 K 20:7; 2 K 5:7; in reverse order, רְאוּ וּדְעוּ 1 S 23:23; Je 5:1.]. 6. look at, see, by direct volition: a. subj. men, c. acc. rei, Gn 9:22, 23 (J), 42:9, 12 (E), Lv 13:3, 15 +; c. acc. of land = reconnoitre Jos 2:1; look at sun, etc., for worship †Dt 4:19; Jb 31:26; = inspect 1 K 9:12; Lv 14:36(×2); c. acc. pers. Nu 24:20, 21 (JE), Ex 2:25; Lv 13:3, 5 (all P), 1 S 9:16 +, (1 S 19:15 HPS proposes אֶל־בֵּית for לִרְאוֹת); c. prep. ר׳ אַחֲרִי רֹאִי Gn 16:13 (J) I have looked after one seeing me (interpr. v. Di). b. subj. God, c. acc. rei Gn 9:16 (P); = inspect 11:5 (J); look at with favour, acc. pers. Jb 37:24 ψ 138:6; so perhaps fig., subj. man, regard, c. acc. אָוֶן ψ 66:18 (Hup-Now; Che Bae Dr al. intend); look with pleasure (acc. om., + מִן by reason of, as a fruit of) Is 53:11 (si vera l.; ins. acc. אוֹר 𝔊 Houb Klo Du CheHpt Kit [perhaps], with Hiph. יַרְאֵה 𝔊 Du CheHpt, rescues from travail his soul, makes it see light). c. without acc., look, take a look, etc. (of man and God; often + וְהִנֵּה), Gn 8:13; 18:2;Ex 3:2; Lv 13:8; La 3:50 (מִן loc.), Gn 13:14 (מִן loc. + ה loc.), Dt 3:27; Ez 40:4; 44:5 (all בְּעֵינֶיךָ), + often; peculiarly, מִמֶּנִּי תִרְאוּ וְכֵן תַּעֲשׂוּ Ju 7:17 (cf. GFM). d. look after, see after, learn about, c. acc. rei Gn 37:14 (J), c. acc. pers. = visit (go to see) 1 S 15:35; 20:29; 2 S 13:5, 6; 2 K 8:29 = 2 Ch 22:6; 2 K 9:16, cf. Ez 20:28, עֵין רֹאִי Jb 7:8 (Di Bu al.). e. observe, watch, abs. 1 S 6:9, 16; 17:28; Ec 8:16 (‖ ידע). f. look upon = endure to see, c. acc. rei Hb 1:13 (‖ הִבִּיט). g. look out, find out, acc. pers. 2 K 9:2; Gn 41:33 (E), + ל pers. 1 S 16:17; select, acc. pers. + מִן from among 2 K 10:3, + ב among + ל pers. 1 S 16:1; provide, furnish, c. acc. rei Dt 33:21 (poem), + ל pers. Gn 22:8 (E), cf. abs. י׳ יִרְאֶה as n.pr.loc. = י׳ seeth v 14 a (E;? read יֵרָאֶה, cf. v b, Niph. and Di); רְאֻיוֹת Est 2:9 looked out = suitable (as often NH). h. look at = concern oneself about, acc. rei (+ בְּיָדוֹ) Gn 39:23 (J). 7. of mental observation: a. Imv. see! observe! consider! exclam. (nearly = הִנֵּה), sq. cl.: Gn 27:27; 31:50 see! God is witness 39:14; 41:41; Ex 4:21; Dt 1:8 +; sq. nom. independ. 2 S 24:22 (‖ 1 Ch 21:23 sq. cl.). b. look at, i.e. inquire into, a matter, acc. rei om., of י׳, 1 S 24:16 (Gi v 15). c. give attention to, acc. rei, Je 2:31, abs. give attention! 2 S 13:28; 2 K 6:32; Ex 25:40 ψ 45:11; take heed to, acc. rei, 1 K 12:16 = 2 Ch 10:16; abs. take heed! Ex 10:10, + פֶּן 2 K 10:23. d. discern, לִבִּי ר׳ חָכְמָה Ec 1:16, ר׳ טוֹב 3:13. e. distinguish, c. בֵּין … לְ of pers. Mal 3:18; f. consider, reflect, Ec 7:14 (sq. cl orat. rect.). †8. a. c. ב, lit., look into, hence look at with interest (Germ. ‘sich vertiefen in’): (1) gaze at 1 S 6:19 (on context v. We Dr HPS), so as to become acquainted with Gn 34:1 (P); so as to find out Ec 3:22; inspect liver (for omens) Ez 21:26; somewhat weakened = behold Jb 3:9; 2 Ch 7:3 ψ 64:9. (2) look at with kindness, helpfulness, of י׳, בָּעֳנִי Gn 29:32; 1 S 1:11 (+ inf. abs.), 2 S 16:12, בַּצַּר ψ 106:44. (3) upon a spectacle causing anger Ex 2:11 (E), grief Gn 21:16; (E), 44:34; Nu 11:15 (both J), 2 K 22:20 (subj. עֵינַיִם) = 2 Ch 34:28; Est 8:6(×2), abhorrence Is 66:24. (4) gaze at with apprehension Ec 11:4. (5) with joy, pleasure, 2 K 10:16; Mi 7:9; Je 29:32; Is 52:8 (עַיִן בְּעַיִן, cf. Niph. Nu 14:14); Jb 20:17; 33:28 ψ 54:9; 106:5; 128:5; Ct 3:11; 6:11 a Ec 2:1. (6) especially with exultation, triumph = feast eyes upon, sometimes gloat over enemies (cf. MI7) Ju 16:27; Mi 7:10; Ez 28:17 Ob 12, 13 ψ 22:18; 54:9; 112:8; 118:7. b. c. אֶל Je 4:23. Is 17:7 (subj. עֵינַיִם; ‖ שָׁעָה עַל); עַל pers. Ex 5:21 (J); ר׳ עַל־הָאָבְנָ֑יִם Ex 1:16 v. [אֹבֶן" dir="rtl" >אֹבֶן] and Comm., also SpiegelbZA xiv (June 1900), 269 ff.. c. c. ל, הָאָדָם יִר׳ לַעֵינַיִם וְיהוה יִר׳ לַלֵּבָב 1 S 16:7, מִי יִרְאֶה־לָּ֑מוֹ ψ 64:6.—Corrupt is וּרְאִתַנִי כְתוֹר הָאָדָם 1 Ch 17:17 (and ‖ וְזֹאת תּוֹרַת הָאָדָם 2 S 7:19), read וַתַּרְאֵנִי (with other changes) We Dr Kau Bu HPS Now; Ez 12:12; read prob. Niph. 𝔊 Hi Co Krae; Mi 6:9; read prob. יִרְאָה cf. Now GASm. Niph. Pf. 3 ms. נִרְאָה Gn 48:3 +, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יֵרָאֶה Gn 22:14 +, juss. יֵרָא Ex 34:3; Lv 9:6, וַיֵּרָא Gn 12:7 +; 1 s. וָאֵרָא Ex 6:3; etc.; Imv. ms. הֵרָאֵה 1 K 18:1; Inf. cstr. לְהֵרָאוֹת 1 S 17:17 +, לֵרָאוֹת Is 1:12 + 2 times, הֵרָאֹה Ju 13:21; 1 S 3:21; etc.;— 1. appear, especially a. of י׳ (God): c. אֶל pers. Gn 12:7(×2) + 6 times J, Gn 35:1 (E), v 9 48:3; Ex 6:3; (בְּאֵל שַׁדַּי, ב essent.), Lv 9:4 (all P), 1 K 3:5; 9:2(×2) = 2 Ch 7:12; 1 K 11:9; c. ל pers. Je 31:3; 2 Ch 1:7; 3:1 (ins. י׳ 𝔊 Kau Kit); abs. Gn 22:14 in the mt. where י׳ appeareth (prob., Di Sta G i. 450 DrHast. DB ii. 563; E), Nu 14:14; (JE; עַיִן בְּעַיִן, v Is 52:8 Qal 8 a (5)), Lv 16:2 (P; ב loc. + עַל), 1 S 3:21 (ב loc.), 2 S 22:11 (עַל־כַּנְפֵי־רוּחַ; וַיֵּדֶא ‖ ψ 18:11), + 5 times; of מַלְאַךְ י׳, c. אֶל pers. Ex 3:2 (E), Ju 13:21; of כְּבוֹד י׳; c. אֶל pers. Lv 9:6, 23; Nu 14:10 (ב loc.), 16:19; 20:6 (all P), Ju 6:12; 13:3; עַל pers. Is 60:2; abs. Ex 16:10 (ב loc.), Nu 17:7 (both P). b. appear, of man, = present oneself: c. אֶל pers. Gn 46:29 (J), Ju 13:10; 1 K 18:1, 2, 15; Lv 13:7(×2), 19, אֶל of God ψ 84:8 (ב loc.), אֶל־פְּנֵי הָאָדֹן Ex 23:17 (E); abs. Is 16:12 (del. as dittogr. Lo Du CheHpt Marti al.); especially (Mass.) sq. אֶת־פְּנֵי) of י׳, rendered appear before י׳: so וְנִרְאָה 1 S 1:22, יֵרָאֶה Ex 34:23 (JE), Dt 16:16, וְאֵרָאֶה ψ 42:3, יֵרָאוּ Ex 23:15 (E), 34:20 (JE), Dt 16:16, לֵרָאוֹת Ex 34:24 (JE), Dt 31:11; Is 1:12; read prob. in all Qal (v. [פָּנֶה] II. 2). c. appear, of things: late (Hex only P), abs. Gn 1:9; 8:5, c. ב loc. 9:14; Lv 13:14, 57; elsewhere poet. ψ 18:16 = 2 S 22:16, ψ 90:16 Pr 27:25 (of דֶּשֶׁא), Ct 2:12 (ב loc.; of blossoms); subj. מַרְאֵיהֶם Dn 1:15 (+ adj. pred.), v 13 (+ לְפָנֶיךָ); subj. חָזוֹן, c. אֶל pers. Dn 8:1(×2); subj. כְּנֶגַע Lv 14:35 (c. ל pers.). 2. be seen: a. subj. rei, 1 K 10:12 = 2 Ch 9:11 (where כָּהֶם subj.) Ez 19:11, of sins 21:29 (‖ חִגָּלוֹת), subj. כָּזֹאת Ju 19:30, כְּאֶבֶן etc. Ez 10:1. b. subj. pers. 2 S 17:17 (+ לָבוֹא) be seen to come. c. be seen = occur 2 K 23:24 (ב loc.); = exist, + ל pers. Ex 13:7(×2) (JE), Dt 16:4, cf. Ez 10:8; = be present, + ב loc. Ju 5:8 Ex 34:3 (JE). 3. be visible, Ex 33:23 (JE; subj. י׳’s face), אֵין אֶבֶן נִרְאָה 1 K 6:18, 8:8(×2) = 2 Ch 5:9(×2), Je 13:26 Is 47:3. †Pu. Pf. 3 pl. עַצְמֹתָיו לֹא רֻאוּ Jb 33:21 (Baer Gi; d. f. Ki Köi. 41, 563, Mappik\ Ges§ 14 d; van d. H. רֻאוּ), appar. his bones are not seen, detected; De which were (formerly) not seen; Di are insignificant (‘unscheinbar’), so Bae; prob. corrupt, Bu נָאווּ, Du del. as doublet. †Hithp. recipr. look at each other: Impf. 2 mpl. לָ֫מָּה תִּתְרָאוּ Gn 42:1 (E); techn. 3 mpl. וַיִּתְרָאוּ פָנִים 2 K 14:11 = 2 Ch 25:21 and they looked each other in the face, i.e. met in combat, so i pl. נִתְרָאֶה פ׳ 2 K 14:8 = 2 Ch 25:17, cf. (perhaps) 2 K 23:29, where Wkl Benz conj. כְּהִתְרָאוֹת אִתּוֹ (or Niph. כְּהֵרָאוֹת אִתּוֹ) for MT כִּרְאֹתוֹ אֹתוֹ. Hiph.62 Pf. 3 ms. הֶרְאָה Gn 41:28 +, sf. הִרְאַנִי Am 7:1 +, הֶרְאָ֑נִי Ez 11:25, הֶרְאָנוּ Dt 5:21; Ju 13:23, הֶרְאֲךָ Dt 4:36; i s. וְהַרְאֵיתִ֫י Na 3:5 (Ges§ 53 p), sf. הֶרְאִיתִיךָ Dt 34:4, הִרְאִיתִים Is 39:4 cf. ‖ 2 K 20:15, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יַרְאֶה Is 30:30, וַיַּרְא 2 K 11:4, sf. יַרְאֵנִי Nu 23:3 ψ 59:11; i s. sf. אַרְאֶךָּ Gn 12:1 +, etc.; Imv. ms. sf. הַרְאֵנִי Ex 33:18, etc.; Inf. cstr. הַרְאוֹת Dt 3:24 +, sf. הַרְאוֹתְכָה Ez 40:4, לַרְאֹתְכֶם Dt 1:33, etc.; Pt. מַרְאֶה Ex 25:9 Ez 40:4;— 1. a. cause one to see something, shew: (1) subj. man, c. acc. pers. + rei, Nu 13:26 b (JE), Ju 1:24, 25; 2 K 20:13(×2), 15 = Is 39:2(×2), 4 + 4 times, acc. rei om. Ez 40:4; Est 4:8, acc. refl. נַפְשׁו�� + acc. rei Ec 2:24; מִי יַרְאֵנוּ טוֹב ψ 4:7, acc. pers. om., = exhibit Est 1:4; c. 2 acc. pers. Ju 4:22; 2 K 11:4. (2) especially subj. י׳ (God), c. acc. pers. + rei, Gn 12:1; Ex 9:16 (both J), Gn 41:28; 48:11 (both E), Ex 33:18; Dt 34; 1 b (both JE), Dt 3:24; 4:36; 5:21; Jos 5:6 (D), Ex 25:9 (P), Ju 13:23 + 5 times + (of revelation to prophets) Nu 23:3 (JE), Je 38:21; Ez 11:25, also, c. acc. rei cogn., Nu 8:4 (P), acc. rei om. Dt 34:4 (JE), acc. pers. om. = exhibit, Is 30:30; of visions, י׳ subj., c. acc. pers. + כֹּה Am 7:1, 4, 7; 8:1, + כַּאֲשֶׁר Ex 27:8 (P), c. acc. pers. only = cause to see [a vision] Je 24:1; c. 2 acc. pers. + appos. 2 K 8:13, acc. pers. + cl. c. כִּי v 10. (3) subj. angel, acc. pers. + rei, of revelation to prophet Zc 2:3; 3:1; acc. pers. + cl. c. מָה Zc 1:9. b. cause to experience something, c. acc. pers. + rei, subj. י׳, Hb 1:3 ψ 60:5; 71:20; 85:8. †2. cause to look intently at, to behold, c. acc. pers. + ב rei (cf. Qal 8), subj. י׳: a. cause to gaze at, with joy ψ 50:23; 91:16. b. in exultation, cause to feast one’s eyes upon, fallen enemies ψ 59:11 (cf. MI4). c. in weakened sense, cause to behold Dt 1:33 (cf. Dr). †Hoph. 1. be caused to see, be shewn: Pf. 2 ms. הָרְאֵיתָ, subj. man, acc. rei, Ex 26:30 (P; ב loc.); so Pt. מָרְאֶה 25:40 (P; ב loc.); sq. inf. אַתָּה הָרְאֵתָ לָדַעַת כִּי Dt 4:35. 2. be exhibited to, subj. rei, acc. pers., Pf. 3 ms. consec. וְהָרְאָה אֶת־הַכֹּהֵן Lv 13:49 (P).	heb	Conj-w \| V-Hifil-ConjPerf-1cs	6	1314
G3754	ὅτῐ, Epic dialect ὅττῐ (both in Refs 8th c.BC+: conjunction, to introduce an objective clause, that, after Verbs of seeing or knowing, thinking or saying; in Refs 8th c.BC+ —Usage: __I when ὅτι introduces a statement of fact: __I.a in Refs 8th c.BC+ always with indicative, the tense following the same rules as in English, ἤγγειλ᾽ ὅττι ῥά οἱ πόσις ἔκτοθι μίμνε πυλάων Refs 8th c.BC+ __I.b in Attic dialect, ὅτι takes indicative after primary tenses, indicative or optative after secondary tenses, e.g. ἐνδείκνυμαι ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι σοφός Refs 5th c.BC+ news came that Megara had (literal has) revolted, Refs 5th c.BC+: sometimes optative and indicative are found in the same sentence, ἔλεγον, ὅτι Κῦρος μὲν τέθνηκεν, Ἀριαῖος δὲ πεφευγὼς.. εἴη Refs 5th c.BC+.. and the accusative with infinitive are found together, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.2 when ὅτι introduces a conditional sentence, the Constr. after ὅτι is the same as in independent conditional sentences, εἴ τις ἔροιτο, καθ᾽ ὁποίους νόμους δεῖ πολιτεύεσθαι, δῆλον ὅτι ἀποκρίναισθ᾽ ἄν.. it is manifest that you would answer.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __II ὅτι is frequently inserted pleonastic in introducing a quotation (where we use no conjunction and put inverted commas), λόγον τόνδε ἐκφαίνει ὁ Πρωτεύς, λέγων ὅτι ἐγὼ εἰ μὴ περὶ πολλοῦ ἡγεύμην.. Refs 5th c.BC+; καὶ ἐγὼ εἶπον, ὅ. ἡ αὐτή μοι ἀρχή ἐστι.. Refs 5th c.BC+; even where the quotation consists of one word,Refs __II.2 ὅ. is also used pleonastic with the infinitive and accusative Refs 5th c.BC+; but ὅτι has frequently been wrongly inserted by the copyists, as if εἶπεν or λέγουσιν must be followed by it, as in Refs 5th c.BC+ __III ὅτι in Attic dialect frequently represents a whole sentence, especially in affirmative answers, οὐκοῦν.. τὸ ἀδικεῖν κάκιον ἂν εἴη τοῦ ἀδικεῖσθαι. Answ. δῆλον δὴ ὅτι (i.e. ὅτι κάκιον ἂν εἴη, or ὅτι ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει) Refs 5th c.BC+; compare οἶδ᾽ ὅτι, ἴσθ᾽ ὅτι, οἶσθ᾽ ὅτι, Refs 5th c.BC+ adverb __III.2 what we make the subject of the Verb which follows ὅτι frequently stands in the preceding clause, Αυκάονας δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ εἴδομεν, ὅτι.. καρποῦνται (for εἴδομεν, ὅτι Λυκάονες καρποῦνται) Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV ὅτι sometimes = with regard to the fact that, ὅτι.. οὔ φησι.. ὄνομα εἶναι, ὑποπτεύω αὐτὸν σκώπτειν Refs 5th c.BC+ __V οὐχ ὅ..., ἀλλὰ or ἀλλὰ καὶ.., οὐχ ὅ. ὁ Κρίτων ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ ἦν, ἀλλὰ οἱ φίλοι αὐτοῦ not only Refs 1st c.AD+.., but his friends, Refs 5th c.BC+ not only the powers in Europe, but.., Refs 5th c.BC+., not followed by a second clause, means although, οὐχ ὅ. παίζει καί φησι Refs 5th c.BC+ __V.2 for ὅτι μή, see at {ὅ τι} 11. __B as a causal Particle, for that, because, generally after Verbs of feeling, Refs 8th c.BC+: but without such a Verb, ὃν περὶ πάσης τῖεν ὁμηλικίης, ὅτι οἱ φρεσὶν ἄρτια ᾔδη Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.b followed by τί, ὅτι τ; why? (literal because why?) Refs 4th c.BC+; ὅτι τί δ; Refs 5th c.BC+; ὅτι δὴ τί μάλιστ; Refs 5th c.BC+; ὅτι δὴ τί γ; Refs; compare ὁτιή. __B.2 seeing that, in giving the reason for saying what is said, γλαυκὴ δέ σε τίκτε θάλασσα.. ὅτι τοι νόος ἐστὶν ἀπηνής as is proved by the fact that.., Refs 8th c.BC+ (ὅ τ᾽) probably always represents ὅτε (ὅ τε): there are no examples of ὅττ᾽: hiatus after ὅτι is permitted in Comedy texts, Refs 5th c.BC+	grc	Conj	3	1311
H5704	III. עַד in poetry עֲדֵי (†Nu 24:20, 24 ψ 104:23; 147:6; Jb 7:4; 20:5, and in עֲדֵי עַד Is 26:4; 65:18 ψ 83:18; 92:8; 132:12, 14: cf. אֱלֵי, עֲלֵי), prep. as far as, even to, up to, until, while (Aramaic עד, ܥܕ; Sab. עד, עדי, MordtmZMG xxx (1876), 27; DHMxxxvii (1883), 414, Assyrian adi Dl§ 81 a (Arabic عَدَا is except); perhaps akin to عَدَا pass on, advance to, Köii. 304, 309: עֲדֵי prob. from ground-form ʿădăy, Ol428, 421 Köii. 309 ff.; but LagSym. ii. 101–3, Mitth. i. 231 f.; as plur. like אַחֲרֵי);—with sf. עָדַי Nu 23:18 +, עָדֶיךָ Mi 4:8 +, etc., עָֽדֵיכֶם †Jb 32:12; 2 K 9:18 עַד־הֵם occurs; —as far as,- even to (differing from אֶל, in that the limit is included, as in Arabic حَتَّى FlKl.Schr. i. 402 f.): I. prep. 1. of space:— a. Gn 11:31 ויבאו עד חרן as far as Haran, 12:6; 13:3, 12 + often, Is 8:8 עד צואר יגיע, 15:4 עד יהץ נשׁמע קולם, 25:12; 26:5 ψ 36:6 אמונתך עד שׁחקים, 69:2 באו מים עד נפשׁ (cf. Jon 2:6; Mi 1:9; Je 4:10, 18), 90:3 תָּשֵׁב אֱנוֹשׁ עַד דַּכָּא, Jb 11:7, etc.; pregn. ψ 118:27 אִסְרוּ־חַג עַד וגו׳ bind … (and lead) up to …; Is 57:9 עַד מֵרָחוֹק even to afar (מִן 1 c); with the goal a person, Ex 22:8 עד האלהים יָבֹא דְבַר שְׁנֵיהֶם, 1 S 9:9 ψ 65:3 עָדֶיךָ כָל־בָּשָׂר יָבֹאוּ, Is 45:24; Jb 4:5, שׁוּב עַד י׳ Ho 14:2 al. (v. שׁוּב, stronger than שׁוּב אֶל־י׳); poet. Nu 24:20 וְאַחֲרִיתוֹ עֲדֵי אֹבֵד shall be even unto destruction, shall issue in destruction, v 24; rarely with verbs of attending, הֶאֱזִין עַד †Nu 23:18, הִתְבּוֹנֵן עַד †Jb 32:12; 38:18 (usually אֶל). Before another prep., 1 S 7:11 עַד מִתַּחַת ל׳, 1 K 4:12 עַד מֵעֵבֶר ל׳, עַד מֵעַל Ez 41:20, עַד לִפְנֵי Est 4:2, and even (si vera l.) עַד אֲלֵיהֶם 2 K 9:20: cf. נֶ֫גֶד" dir="rtl" >עַד נֶגֶד Ne 3:16, 26, עַד נֹכַח Ju 19:10 +. b. In the combin. מִן … (וְ)עַד, as Gn 10:19 מצידון … עַד עַזָּה from Sidon … as far as Gaza + often (v. מן 5 a); and idiom., not of actual space, but of classes of objects, to express the idea of both … and, as Gn 19:4 מִנַּעַר וְעַד זָקִן from young to old (inclusively) = both young and old (v. מִן 5 b); without מִן, even to = including, Lv 11:42 Nu 8:4 even to (i.e. including) its base and its flowers, cf. 1 S 18:4. 2. Of time: a. (a) even to, until Gn 8:5 even to the 10th month, Ex 12:6 unto the 14th day, etc., v 15, 18, etc.; עד היום unto this day, Gn 19:37, 38, עד היום הזה 26:33; 32:33, both + often; עד יום sq. inf. Ex 40:37 Jos 6:10 Ju 18:30; עד בקר till morning, Ex 12:10 + (15 times), עד הבקר 16:23 + (11 times); so עד (ה)ערב Ex 18:13, 14 +, poet. עֲדֵי ערב ψ 104:23; עַד עוֹלָם Gn 13:15 + often; עַד שֶׁבַע פְּעָמִים 2 K 4:35; עַד דּוֹר וָדוֹר Is 13:20; v. also בְּלִי" dir="rtl" >בְּלִי, and בֵּ֫לֶת" dir="rtl" >בִּלְתִּי, ad fin. And sq. another prep., Lv 23:16 עַד מִמָּחֳרַת הַשַּׁבָּת, Ne 13:9 עַד אַחַר הַשַּׁבָּת. With the force of against, Ju 6:31 יוּמַת עַד הַבֹּקֶר; cf. (b) end. (b) sq. inf., both of past time, as Gn 8:7; 32:25 עַד עֲלוֹת הַשַּׁחַר, 33:3; 34:5, and especially of future time, as 3:19 עַד שׁוּבְךָ until thy returning, 19:22; 27:45 Dt 7:20, 23; 20:20; 22:2; 28:20, 22,—both + often; cf. בּוֹשׁ" dir="rtl" >עַד בּוֹשׁ Ju 3:25 +; עַד תֹּם … Lv 25:29 + 10 times; עַד תֻּמָּם Dt 2:15 +; עַד כַּלֵּה †2 K 13:17, 19; Ezr 9:14; עַד כַּלּוֹתָ(ם) 1 S 15:18 Je 9:15 +; עַד אוֹר הַבֹּקֶר Ju 16:2 +; also in עַד הִשְׁמִדְךָ אֹתָם Dt 7:24 (cf. 28:48 Jos 11:14; 1 K 15:29; 2 K 3:25; 10:17; 24:20 [‖ Je 52:3 הִשְׁלִיכוֹ]; on the anom. הִ׳, v. Dr, read prob. הַ׳); and most prob. (cf. Köiii. 583) in שָׂרִיד (לָהֶם) עַד בִּלְתִּי הִשְׁאִיר לוֹ Dt 3:3 (v. Dr), + 5 times (v. supr. p. 117), read prob. הַשְׁאִיר. With the force of towards the end of, against, especially in עַד בֹּאָ(ם), Gn 43:25 Ex 22:25 Nu 10:21 והקימו את המשׁכן עַד בֹּאָם used to set up the tab. against their coming, 2 K 16:11; Ez 33:22; cf. 2 S 17:22. Ellipt. Ju 16:2 עַד אוֹר הַבֹּקֶר וַהֲרַגְנוּהוּ (wait) till the morning dawn, and we slay him! (GFM; Dr§ 115). (c) with various adverbs of time (q.v.), as עַד אָנָה, עַד־מָה, עַד מָתַי, עַד הֵנָּה, עַד כֹּה, עַד כֵּן, עַד עַתָּה, cf. עַד כַּמֶּה פְעָמִים (v. מָה 4 b). (d) to suggest also degree (cf. 3), עַד אֵין מָקוֹם until there is no place Is 5:8, עַד אֵין מִסְפָּר †ψ 40:13 Jb 5:9; 9:10; cf. Lv 26:18 וְאִם־עַד־אֵלֶּה and if even up to these things, even the end of all these punishments, you do not hearken to me. b. During (rare; proposes as far as the limit indicated, including the time previous, cf. ἕως: so often Aramaic עַד, ܥܕ, while), 2 K 9:22 with is peace עַד זְנוּנֵי אִיזֶבֶל during, etc.? Jb 20:5 עֲדֵי רָ֑גַע during a moment; sq. inf. Ju 3:26 עַד הִתְמַהְמְהָם during their delaying, Ex 33:22 Jb 7:19 עַד בִּלְעִי רֻקִּי Jon 4:2. 3. Of degree, to suggest a higher or the highest; as עַד מְאֹד even to muchness, i.e. exceedingly (v. מְאֹד), עַד מְהֵרָה even to haste †ψ 147:15; Est 5:6 וּמַה־בַּקָּשָׁתֵךְ עַד־חֲצִי הַמַּלְכוּת וְחֵעָשׂ, v 3; 7:2. See also לְ" dir="rtl" >עַד לְ, below. With a neg., to express not even as much as, Dt 2:5 לא אתן לכם מארצם עַד מִדְרַךְ כַּף רָ֑גֶל, and with אֶחָד, †Ex 9:7 לֹא מֵת … עַד־אֶחָד, simil. 14:28 Ju 4:16; 2 S 17:22 (read אֶחָד for אַחַד: v. Dr). Sometimes almost = Lat. adeo, 1 S 2:5 (si vera l.) עַד עֲקָרָה ילדה שׁבעה even to the barren, she hath borne seven, i.e. even the barren hath, etc., Jb 25:5 הן עד־יָרֵחַ ולא יאהיל, Hg 2:19. In comparisons, to the degree of, even like (rare), Na 1:10 עַד סִירִים סְבֻכִים (text dub.) entangled even like thorns, 1 Ch 4:27 לא הִרְבּוּ עד בני יהודה did not multiply to the degree of (i.e. like), etc. Cf. 2 S 23:19 עַד הַשְּׁלשָׁה לֹא בָא did not attain (in prowess) unto the three. II. Conj. 1. until:— a. עַד אֲשֶׁר until that: (a) with pf., of past time, Ex 32:20 ויטחן עד אשׁר דָּק (Dt 9:21), Dt 2:14 עד אשׁר עָבַרְנוּ, Jos 3:17; 8:26; Ju 4:24; 1 K 10:7 (2 Ch 9:6), 2 K 17:20, 23; 21:16; with suggestion of degree, 1 S 30:4 (sq. אֵין, 1 K 17:17; rarely of future time (the ‘future perfect,’ Dr§17), 2 S 17:13 (of degree), Ez 34:21. So עַד שֶׁ- (often in NH; v. שֶׁ), †Ju 5:7 Ct 3:4(×2); עַד כִּי †Gn 26:13 עַד כִּי־גָדַל מְאֹד, 41:49 2 S 23:10 2 Ch 26:15; and (of future time) עַד אֲשֶׁר אִם †Gn 28:15; Nu 32:17; Is 6:11. (b) with impf., usually of future time, Gn 27:44 עַד אֲשֶׁר תָּשׁוּב חֲמַת אָחִיךָ, 29:8; Ex 23:30; 24:14 Lv 22:4; Nu 11:20; 20:17; 1 S 22:3; Ho 5:15 +; rarely of past time, Jon 4:5 עד אשׁר יראה till he should see, Ec 2:3. So (of the future) עַד שֶׁ- †Ct 2:7, 17; 3:5; 4:6; 8:4 ψ 123:2; and עַד כִּי †Gn 49:10 עַד כִּי־יָבֹא שִׁילֹה. b. עַד alone, until: (a) with pf., of past time, Jos 2:22; 4:23 עַד־עָבַרְנוּ, 1 S 20:41 עַד דָּוִד הִגְדִּיל, 2 S 21:10; 1 K 11:16; Ez 28:15; of the future (rare), 2 K 7:3 עַד מָ֑תְנוּ, Ez 39:15; Dn 11:36 עַד כָּלָה זָ֑עַם. So עַד אִם (of the fut.), †Gn 24:19, 33; Is 30:17; Ru 2:21. (b) with impf., of future time, 1 S 1:22 (ellipt.: cf. Ju 16:2, 12 a (b) end), Is 22:14; 26:20; 32:15; 62:1, 7 ψ 57:2; 71:18; Jb 27:5 +; of the past (rare), Ex 15:16 עד יעבור עמך, v 16 Jos 10:13 (poet.) עַד יִקֹּם גּוֹי אוֹיְבָיו, ψ 73:17; 2 Ch 29:34. In poetry, עַד is sometimes used to mark not an absolute close, but an epoch, or turning-point, in the fut., as ψ 110:1 (v. De) עַד אָשִׁית אֹיְבֶיךָ הֲדֹם לְרַגְלֶיךָ, Ho 10:12; Jb 14:6 (but v. 3); after a neg. cl., Gn 49:10; Nu 23:24 Is 42:4 ψ 71:18; 112:8; Jb 8:21 (but read prob. with Ew Hi Di Du al. עֹד he will yet, etc., understanding v 20 as present, not future). 2. While (rare: cf. 12 b):— a. with pf., 1 S 14:19 עד דִּבֶּר שׁאול while Saul spake. b. with impf., ψ 141:10 יַחַד אָנֹכִי עַד אֶעֱבֹר while I at the same time pass by. c. with ptcp., Jb 1:18 עַד זֶה מְדַבֵּר (but read prob. עֹד, as v 16, 17), Ne 7:3. d. עַד שֶׁ- (without vb.) †Ct 1:12. So עַד לֹא while not = ere yet (of past time) †Pr 8:26 עד לא עשׂה ארץ (so עַד לָא, ܥܰܕ ܠܴܐ, often, e.g. Gn 24:15 𝔗, Mt 1:18); and עד אשׁר לא (of the fut.) †Ec 12:1, 2, 6 (cf. Talm. עַד דְּלָא, Mishn. עַד שֶׁלֹּא). 3. Of degree, to the point that, so that even (rare), Is 47:7 Thou saidst, I shall be for ever a lady, עַד לֹא שַׂמְתְּ אֵלֶּה עַל לִבֵּךְ to the point that (going so far in thy pride that) thou didst not, etc. (but Hi Che Du al. join גְּבֶרֶת עַד I shall be for ever, a lady perpetually; v. 1. עַד); Jb 14:6 (Di De Bu Du) to the point that he may enjoy, etc., Is 22:14 (Du). In Jos 17:14 עַד אֲשֶׂר עַד כֹּה בֵּֽרְכַנִי י׳, read עַל אֲשֶׁר because that (Ges Buhl; cf. Di). †III. עַד לְ, a strengthened from for עַד found chiefly in Ch Ezr, and occurring in most of the above senses. Thus 1. of space: עַר לְבוֹא חֲמָת Jos 13:5; Ju 3:3; 1 Ch 13:5, עד ל׳ מִדְבָּ֫רָה 5:9, עד ל׳ מצרים 2 Ch 26:8; עַד לְמִזְרַח הַנָּ֑יְא 1 Ch 4:39, עַד לַמְצָד 12:17; עַד לִגְרָר 2 Ch 14:12; עַד לַשָּׁמַיִם 2 Ch 28:9; Ezr 9:6; עַד לְמֵרָחוֹק 2 Ch 26:15; Ezr 3:13. 2. Of time: עד לעולם 1 Ch 23:25; 28:7; עד למנחת הערבEzr 9:4; עַד לַדָּבָר הַזֶּה Ezr 10:14 prob. during (Keil: Ges Be with regard to, strengthened for לְּ); sq. inf. עַד לַעֲלוֹת הַמִּנְחָה 1 K 18:29; עַד לִכְלוֹת 1 Ch 28:20; 2 Ch 29:28; עַד לְכַלֵּה 2 Ch 24:10; 31:1; עד להשׁחית 26:16; עַד לָמוּת 32:24 (‖ 2 K 20:1 לָמוּת alone); Ezr 10:14 עד להשׁיב. 3. Of degree: עַד לְמַחֲנֶה גָדוֹל even unto (till there was) a great camp, 1 Ch 12:23; עַד לְמַ֫עְלָה = exceedingly 2 Ch 16:12; 17:12; 26:8; עַד לִמְאֹד 2 Ch 16:14; עַד לְשִׂמְחָה 29:30; עַד לָרֹב 31:10; עַד לְאֵין מַרְפֵּא 36:16.	heb	Conj-w \| Prep \| 2ms	5	1263
G3956	πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, __AAeolic dialect παῖς, παῖσα Refs 7th c.BC+ feminine πάνσα Refs 8th c.BC+, Epic dialect and Delph. πάντεσσι Refs 8th c.BC+; also Locrian dialect πάντεσιν Refs 5th c.BC+; πάντοις Refs 2nd c.BC+ as accusative masculine in LXX+7th c.BC+, etc. (but in compounds sometimes long in Attic dialect, Refs.]—Coll. pronoun, when used of a number, all; when of one only, the whole; of the several persons in a number, every. __A.I in plural, all, πάντες τε θεοὶ πᾶσαί τε θέαιναι Refs 8th c.BC+; πάντες ὅσοι.. Refs 8th c.BC+; πάντας ᾧ ἂνπεριτυγχάνῃ, for ὅσοις ἄν, Refs 5th c.BC+: also with the Article, see.below Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.I.2 strengthened by adverbs, ἅμα πάντες all together, Refs 8th c.BC+, but not always, see Refs 5th c.BC+: with a collective noun, ἅμα πᾶς ὁ δῆμος Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.I.3 with superlative,πάντες ἄριστοι all the noblest, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.I.4 consisting or composed wholly of, i.e. nothing but, only, φρουρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων πολεμίων Refs 5th c.BC+; see 11.2. __A.II singular, all, the whole, πᾶς δ᾽ ἄρα χαλκῷ λάμπε Refs 8th c.BC+; πᾶσα ὕλη all the wood, Refs 8th c.BC+;πᾶσα ἀληθείη all the truth, Refs 8th c.BC+; τὴν φάτνην ἐοῦσαν χαλκέην πᾶσαν all of bronze, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἦν ἡ μάχη καρτερὰ καὶ ἐν χερσὶ πᾶσα, ἦν γὰρ τὸ χωρίον πρόσαντες πᾶν, Refs 5th c.BC+; πᾶν κράτος the whole power, sovereign power, Refs 5th c.BC+; πᾶσαι δ᾽ ὠΐγνυντο πύλαι, πᾶσαι γὰρ ἐπῴχατο [πύλαι], the whole gate was open (shut), i.e. the gate was wide open, quite shut, Refs 8th c.BC+; see below Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.2 as in Refsnought but mischief, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III every, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλκιμον ἦτορ ἔχοντες.. πᾶς πέτεται Refs 8th c.BC+; ἄκουε πᾶς, ={ἀκούετε πάντες}, Refs 5th c.BC+: with the Article, see infr. B; πᾶς τις every single one, Refs 6th c.BC+; πᾶς ὅστις.. Refs; πᾶν ὅσον.. Refs 4th c.BC+ __A.III.2 less frequently, any one, τὸ μὲν ἐπιτιμᾶν.. φήσαιτις ἂν.. παντὸς εἶναι Refs 5th c.BC+; παντὸς ἀκούοντος.. when any one hears.., NT; ἀμήχανον δὲ παντὸς ἀνδρὸς ἐκμαθεῖν ψυχήν any man's soul, Refs 5th c.BC+; πάντων ἀποστερεῖσθαι λυπηρόν to be deprived of anything, Refs 4th c.BC+ __B with the Article, in the sense of all, the whole, when the substantive is to be strongly specified, πᾶς being put either before the Article or after the substantive, πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν all his force, Refs 5th c.BC+: with abstract Nouns and others which require the Article, πάντα τὰ μέλλοντα Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰ τῆς πόλεως π. all the affairs of state, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II πᾶς is put between the Article and substantive, to denote totality (V. Refs 5th c.BC+; οἱ πάντες ἄνθρωποι absolutely all.., Refs 5th c.BC+; so πᾶν the neuter with the Article itself becomes a substantive, τὸ πᾶν the whole, Refs 4th c.BC+; τὰ πάντα the whole, Refs; τοῖς πᾶσιν in all points, Refs 5th c.BC+; οἱ πάντες all of them, Refs 5th c.BC+; but also, the community, opposed to οἱ ὀλίγοι, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡ μὲν [τάξις] πάντα ἕν, ἡ δὲ πάντα ὅλον, ἡ δὲ πάντα πᾶν all things as a unity, as a totality, as an integral sum, Refs 5th c.AD+ __C with Numerals to mark an exact number, ἐννέα πάντες full nine, Refs 8th c.BC+ of all kinds, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸν ἀρχιτέκτονα.. ἐδωρήσατο πᾶσι δέκα with ten presents of all kinds, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.II with the Article, in all, οἱ πάντες.. εἷς καὶ ἐνενήκοντα Refs 5th c.BC+ __D Special Usages: in dative plural masculine πᾶσι, with or in the judgement of all, Refs 8th c.BC+ __D.2 feminine plural, ἔδοξε πάσαις (i.e. ταῖς ψήφοις) carried unanimously, Refs 2nd c.BC+ __D.II neuter plural πάντα all kinds of things, Refs 8th c.BC+ __D.II.2 πάντα γιγνόμενος becoming all things, i. e. assuming every shape, Refs 8th c.BC+ __D.II.3 πάντα εἶναί τινι to be everything to one, ἦν οἱ.. τὰ πάντα ἡ Κυνώ Refs 5th c.BC+; ἦσάν οἱ πάντα —ἅπαντα codices) αἱ Συρήκουσαι Refs 5th c.BC+; π. ἦν Ἀλέξανδρος (i.e. ὑμῖν) Refs; π. εἶναι ἔν τισι to be all in all among them, Refs 5th c.BC+ __D.II.4 πάντα as adverb for πάντως, in all points, entirely, wholly, π. νοήμονες Refs 8th c.BC+; τὰ πολλὰ π. almost throughout, Refs 5th c.BC+; but τὰ π. in every way, by all means, altogether, Refs 5th c.BC+; also ἐς τὰ π. Refs 5th c.BC+; κατὰ π. Refs 5th c.BC+ __D.III neuter singular, τὸ πᾶν the whole (V. Refs 5th c.BC+; ἄξιοι τοῦ π. Refs; τὸ πᾶν as adverb, completely, altogether, Refs 5th c.BC+ (but, for all that, nevertheless, Refs 2nd c.AD+: with negative, at all, οὐκ ἠξίωσαν οὐδὲ προσβλέψαι τὸ πᾶν Refs 4th c.BC+; also πᾶν alone, Refs 5th c.BC+ __D.III.b in Philos., τὸ πᾶν the universe, Refs 5th c.BC+; including τὸ κενόν (opposed to τὸ ὅλον), Refs 4th c.BC+ name for ten, Refs 4th c.AD+ __D.III.c τῷ παντί in every point, altogether, Refs 5th c.BC+ __D.III.d τὸ π., ={μολυβδόχαλκος}, Ps.- Refs 5th c.BC+ __D.III.2 πᾶν anything, πᾶν μᾶλλον ἢ στρατιήν οἱ ἐδίδου Refs 5th c.BC+; εἴη δ᾽ ἂν πᾶν anything is possible, Refs; πᾶν ποιῶν by any means whatever, Refs 5th c.BC+; πᾶν ποιεῖν ὥστε.. Refs 5th c.BC+; π. ποιεῖν ὅπως.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __D.III.3 ἐπὶ πᾶν on the whole, in general, Refs 5th c.BC+ __D.III.4 παντὸς μᾶλλον more than anything, i. e. above all, Refs 5th c.BC+ quite so, Refs __D.IV with Preps., εἰς πᾶν προελήλυθε μοχθηρίας Refs 4th c.BC+; ἐς τὸ πᾶν altogether, Refs 4th c.BC+; ἐν παντὶ ἀθυμίας εἶναι to be in utter despair, Refs 5th c.BC+, to be in great danger or fear, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν παντὶ εἶναι μή.. to be in great fear lest.., Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐπὶ πᾶσιν in all things, καιρὸς δ᾽ ἐπὶ π. ἄριστος Refs 8th c.BC+; but also, finally, Refs 2nd c.AD+; περὶ παντὸς ποιεῖσθαι esteem above all,Refs 5th c.BC+; πρὸ παντὸς εὔχεσθαι wish above all, Refs 5th c.BC+; διὰ παντός (i.e. χρόνου) for ever, continually, Refs 5th c.BC+; also, altogether, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ κατὰ πάντων λόγος the common formula, Refs; ἡ κ. π. τελετή Refs; μέχρι παντός for ever, Refs 4th c.BC+ __D.V διὰ πασῶν (i.e. χορδῶν), see at {διαπασῶν}. __D.VI οὐ πᾶς not any, i.e. none, LXX+NT; ἄνευ πάσης ταραχῆς without any disturbance, Refs 1st c.BC+	grc	Adj-VNP	5	1250
H4480a	מִן־ and מִ·, before יְ (except Dn 12:2 2 Ch 20:11) contr. to מִי (as מִידֵי from מִיְּדֵי), before gutt. and ר, mostly מֵ, occasionally מִ (Ges§ 102, 1 R.; more fully Köii. 291 ff.), מִן before art. in all books much commoner than מֵ-; מִן before other words most freq. in Ch [51 times: elsewhere 47 times (Kö 292)]; poet. also מִנִּי, with the old י of the gen. (Ges§ 90. 3 a) †Ju 5:14(×2) Is 46:3(×2) ψ 44:11, 19; 68:32; 74:22; 78:2, 42; 88:10 + 19 times Jb, and in לְמִנִּי †Mi 7:12(×2), and מִנֵּי־ (on anal. of עֲדֵי, עֲלֵי) †Is 30:11(×2), prep. expressing the idea of separation, hence out of, from, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not (Ph. מ; Aramaic ܡܶܢ; Arabic مِنْ; Ethiopic እምነ; Sab. בן (DHMZMG xxix. 606 ff.; xxxvii. 375)); with suff. מִמֶּנִּי (the מִן reduplicated, Ol§ 223 c Köii. 289 f. Ges§ 103 m), poet. מִנִּי †Is 22:4; 30:1; 38:12 Jb 16:6, מֶ֑נִּי †ψ 18:23; 65:4; 139:19 Jb 21:16; 22:18; 30:10; מִמְּךָ, מִמֶּ֑ךָּ, מִמֵּךְ; מִמֶּ֫נּוּ (†Jb 4:12 מֶ֫נְהוּ), מִמֶּ֫נָּה; 1 pl. מִמֶּ֫נּוּ (according to Orientals מִמֵּ֫נֿוּ: v. Baer Job, p. 57 Kö 290); מִכֶּם; מֵהֶם (מִנְּהֶם †Jb 11:20), מֵהֵ֫מָּה †Je 10:2 Ec 12:12; מֵהֵ֫נָּה 7 times (v. הֵ֫מָּה 8 c), מֵהֶן (edd. מֵהֵן) †Ez 16:47, 52 (v. Zerweck Heb. Präp. Min, 1894):— 1. with verbs expressing (or implying) separation or removal, whether from a person or place, or in any direction, also from guilt, calamity, etc.:—thus a. to descend from a mountain Ex 19:14, to fall from a roof Dt 22:8, from heaven Is 14:12, to go up from a valley Jos 10:7, to raise up from the dunghill 1 S 2:8, or the ground 2 S 12:17. So constantly with vbs. of going, as בא, הלך, שׁב, ברח (sq. a person, usually מפני), of calling, as Is 24:14 צָֽהֲלוּ מִיָּם, 42:10, 11 ψ 148:1, of asking or exacting, as שׁאל, בקשׁ, דרשׁ, נָקַם, הִנָּקִם, of delivering, as הושׁיע, הציל, etc., of hiding, as נעלם, העלים, etc., of taking or withholding, as לקח, חשׂך, מנע, of keeping (from), as נצר, שׁמר, of being far, or desisting, as רחק Ex 23:7, חֲדַל מִמֶּנּוּ desist from us, 14:12, so הֶרֶף Dt 9:14, הֵנִיחַ 12:10, השׁקיט ψ 94:13, שׁבת Gn 2:2, cf. 5:29; note especially the pregn. constructions, שׁפט to judge (and save) from ψ 43:1, sq. מִיַּד 1 S 24:16 +, ענה to answer (and save) from ψ 22:22, חרשׁ and חשׁה to be silent (turning) from ψ 28:1(×2), החרישׁו ממני Jb 13:13 Je 38:27, ψ 18:22 ולא רשׁעתי מאלהי nor did wickedly (turning) from my God, 30:4 Kt., 73:27 כל־זוֹנֶה ממך, Je 3:20 בָּגַד מִן (𝔊 εἰς = ב), 31:13 c. שִׂמַּח (2 Ch 20:27), Ez 27:34 Pr 25:17 הֹקַר רַגְלְךָ מִבֵּית רֵעֶ֑ךָ, Is 29:4; 63:17 Jo 1:12; Je 51:5 אַלְמָן מֵאֱלֹהָיו widowed (and severed) from etc., Ez 44:22; also Ju 7:17 מִמֶּנִּי תִרְאוּ וְכֵן תַּעֲשׂוּ ye shall see from me, i. e. learn what to do by observing me. Some of the verbs mentioned above are construed more precisely with מֵאֵת, מֵעִם, מֵעַל, q.v.: and others, especially לקח, דרשׁ, הושׁיע, הצּיל, פּדה, פִּלֵּט, idiom. with מִיַּד. With inff., v. infr. 7 b. Often also with adverbs, as מִשָּׁם thence, מֵאַיִן whence? מִזֶּה, מִפֹּה hence. Cf. also מַנְגִּינָה" dir="rtl" >חָפְשִׁי מִן free (safe) from Jb 3:19, עֵזֶר מִצָּרָיו a help from his foes Dt 33:7, Na 3:11 מָעוֹז מֵאוֹיֵב, ψ 32:7 סֵתֶר מִצַּר, 60:13 עֶזְרָת מִצָּ֑ר, Is 4:6 צֵל מֵחֹרֶב a shadow from the heat, 25:4. Here also belong Is 40:15 מַר מִדְּלִי a drop from (hanging from) a bucket; Ct 4:1 goats שֶׁנָּֽלְשׁוּ מהר גלעד that sit up (seeming to hang) from the hills of Gilead (cf. Od. 21. 420 ἐκ δίφροιο καθήμενος: also the Arabic idiom قَرِبَ مِنْ, lit. to be near from a thing): prob. also the difficult passage Dn 8:9, and from one of them there came forth קֶרֶן אַחַת מִצְּעִירָה a horn from (being) a little one, i. e. gradually increasing from small beginnings (but? read אַחֶרֶת צְעִירָה Bev cf. 7:8). b. מן also, without a verb of similar significance, sometimes expresses the idea of separation, away from, far from (cf. Il. 2. 162 φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης): Pr 20:3 שֶׁבֶת מֵרִיב to sit away from strife (cf. قَعَدَ عَنْ ap. De), Nu 15:24 if the thing be done מֵעֵינֵי הָעֵדָה away from the eyes of etc., Ju 5:11 De RV (but Be RVm because of), Is 14:19 cast out מִקִּבְרְךָ away from thy sepulchre, Jb 28:4 דַּלּוּ מֵאֱנוֹשׁ, Gn 4:11 cursed art thou מן־האדמה, De Di away from the (tilled) soil, cf. v 14 (but Kn Ke from, cf. v 12a), 27:39 (prob.) מִשְׁמַנֵּי הָאָרֶץ away from the fatness of the earth shall be thy dwelling; almost = without, Jb 11:15 then shalt thou lift up thy face מִמּוּם away from, without spot, 19:26 (prob.) מִבְּשָׂרִי without my flesh shall I see God, 21:9 בָּֽתֵּיהֶם שָׁלוֹם מִפַּחַד are at peace without fear, Pr 1:33 Je 48:45 fleeing עָֽמְדוּ מִכֹּחַ they stand without strength, Is 22:3 מִקֶּשֶׁת אֻסָּ֑רוּ (Hi De Di Che) they were bound without the bow (being used) (but Ges as 2 e: by the bowmen), Zp 3:18. (On 2 S 13:16 v. We or Dr). See also 7 b. c. of position, off, on the side of, on, especially with ref. to quarters of the heavens (cf. πρὸς Νότου, ἐκ δεξιῶν, a fronte, a tergo, etc.): Gn 2:8 י׳ planted a garden in Eden מִקֶּדֶם off, on the east, 12:8 בֵּיתְאֵל מִיָּם וְהָעַי מִקֶּדֶם Bethel off (on) the West and ‘Ai off (on) the East; so מִמִּזְרָח, מִצָּפוֹן, מִנֶּגֶב Jos 11:3; 15:8; 18:5 1 S 14:5, etc.: similarly מִיָּמִין on the right, מִשְּׂמֹאול on the left, מִמּוּל and (more rarely) מִפָּנִים on the front, מֵאָחוֹר = behind (2 S 10:9), מִסָּבִיב Dt 12:10 + round about, מִמַּעַל, מִלְמַעְלָה, and מֵעָ֑ל (rare) = above, מִתַּחַת Ex 20:4 + beneath, מִבַּיִת on the inside, מִחוּץ on the outside Gn 6:14 +, מִנֶּגֶד in front, at a distance, Gn 21:16 +, מֵרָחוֹק Ex 2:4 + afar off, מִפְּנִ֫ימָה within, מִזֶּה … מִזֶּה and מִפֹּה … מִפֹּה on this side … on that side. And so even with verbs of motion, as Gn 11:2 ויהי בנסעם מִקֶּדֶם as they journeyed—not from, but—on the side of the east, virtually = eastwards, 13:11 and Lot journeyed מקדם east, Is 17:13; 22:3 מֵרָחוֹק ברחו they fled—not from afar but—afar, 23:7 whose feet used to carry her מֵרָחוֹק afar off to sojourn, 57:9 thou didst send thy messengers עד־מרחוק even to afar. With a foll. לְ (or sf.), most of these words are freq. in the sense of on the east (west, etc.) of …, as Jos 8:13 מִיָּם לָעִיר on the west of the city, מִקֶּדֶם לְ Gn 3:24, מִצְּפוֹן לְ (cstr. Ges§ 130 a, n.) Jos 8:11, 13; 24:30, מִימִינֶ֑ךָ ψ 91:7, מִתַּחַת לְ Gn 1:7, מִמַּעַל לְ 22:9, מִבֵּית לְ Lv 16:2: מֵאַחֲרֵי behind Ex 14:19, מִצַּד בֵּיתְאֵל beside Bethel Jos 12:9, מִצִּדּוֹ beside it 1 S 6:8, מֵעֵבֶר לַיַּרְדֵּן on the other side of Jordan Nu 21:1 +; מֵהָֽלְאָה לְ beyond Am 5:27; tablets written מִשְּׂנֵי עֶבְרֵיהֶם on both their sides, מִכָּל־עֲבָרָיו Je 49:32 + (v. further the words cited). So מֵהַבַּיִת on the side of the house Ez 40:7, 8, 9, מֵאֵצֶל beside Ez 40:7; 1 S 20:21 the arrows are מִמְּךָ וָהֵנָּה from thee and hither = on this side of thee, v 22 מִמְּךָ וָהָֽלְאָה, cf. Nu 32:19(×2). 2. Out of, Gk. ἐκ, Lat. ex: thus a. מִמִּצְרַיִם out of Egypt: so (a) with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling, etc., as הוֹצִיא, יָצָא (v. יָצָא), שִׁלַּח Gn 3:23, לָקַח 34:26, גָנַב 40:15, הִכְרִית Ex 8:5 ψ 101:8, גֵּרֵשׁ Ju 11:7, etc.; to draw out of water, a pit, etc. Ex 2:10 ψ 40:3; to cast out of the hand Ju 15:17; to rescue out of the mouth Am 3:12; to drink מִכּוֹס 2 S 12:3; Dt 30:3 וְקִבֶּצְךָ מִן־הָעַמִּים, Ez 11:17; 36:24 +: pregn. with חָרֵד Ho 10:10, 11, רגז Mi 7:17 to tremble (and come) out of, חרג ψ 18:46 (‖ 2 S 22:46 חגר), 74:11 Is 38:17 חָשַׁק (ni חָשַׂךְ leg.), Ez 28:16 חִלֵּל, Ezr 2:62; cf. נִשְׁכַּח מִפֶּה Dt 31:21, מִלֵּב ψ 31:13. In this applic., often made more definite by the use of מִתּוֹךְ …, מִקֶּרֶב … out of the midst of. (b) of the place out of which one looks, speaks, exerts power, etc., Gn 4:10 Nu 24:19 (ψ 110:1), Dt 4:36 מן־השׁמים השׁמיעך את־קלו, Am 1:2 י׳ מציון ישׁאג, ψ 14:2; 20:3 send thee help מִקֹּדֶשׁ, v 7 יַעֲנֵהוּ מִשְּׁמֵי קָדְשׁוֹ, 42:7; 68:36; 85:12; 109:10 ודרשׁו מחרבותיהם seek (their bread) out of their desolate homes (but Ew De as 1 b far from; 𝔊 Gr Che יְגֹֽרְשׁוּ let them be driven from), 128:5; 130:1 Jb 27:23 Is 29:18 to see out of darkness, Ct 2:9 to look out מִן־הַחַלֹּנוֹת from the windows (usually בעד), 5:4 he put forth his hand מִן־הַחוֹר from (i.e. in through) the hole (in the door or wall). (c) with בָּחַר to choose out of, Ex 18:25 + often, cf. with הִבְדִּיל Dt 29:20 1 K 8:53, with יָדַע Am 3:2, Ex 19:5 ye shall be to me סְגֻלָּה מכל־העמים a treasure (chosen) out of all peoples (cf. with בָּחַר Dt 7:6; 14:2). b. of the material out of which anything is formed, or from which it is derived: (a) Gn 2:19 to form מן־האדמה out of the soil, v 23 עֶצֶם מֵעֲצָמַי וּבָשָׂר מִבְּשָׂרִי, Ex 39:1 Nu 6:4 Ho 13:2 to make images מִכַּסְפָּם, ψ 16:1 נִסְכֵּיהֶם מִדָּם, 45:14 Ct 3:9; Is 40:17 מאפס ותהו נחשׁבו־לו as made of nought and unreality are they reckoned by him (‖ כְּאַיִן נֶגְדּוֹ), 41:24 הֵן אַתֶּם מֵאַיִן (‖ מֵאָ֑פַע, read מֵאָ֑פֶס), ψ 62:10 מֵהֶבֶל (al. 6 c), Pr 13:11; Ex 25:19, 31 its cups, its knops, etc., ממנה יהיו shall be from it (i.e. of one piece with it), so v 35, 36; 27:2; 30:2 al.; (b) with verbs of eating, filling, etc., as שׁתה Gn 9:21, Jb 21:20 מֵחֲמַת שַׁדַּי יִשְׁתֶּה, Ct 8:2 הִשְׁקָה, רָוָה ψ 36:9 +, רִוָה Is 34:7, שׂבע Pr 18:20 +, השׂביע ψ 81:17 +, מִלֵּא (rare) 127:5: cf. Dt 32:42 אַשְׁכִּיר חִצַּי מִדָּם, Is 51:21; ψ 28:7 (peculiar) וּמִשִּׁירִי אֲהוֹדֶנּוּ out of my song I will thank him (69:31 ב׳), also (unusual) Is 2:3 וְיוֹרֵנוּ מִדְּרָכָיו i.e. out of (the treasure of) his ways (al. part. = some of), ψ 94:12b מִתּוֹרָֽתְךָ תְלַמְּדֶנּוּ; Ec 7:10 to speak מֵחָכְמָה (cf. Rabb. מִתּוֹךְ). c. of the source or origin: viz. (a) of parents, Gn 16:2 אִבָּנֶה ממנה I shall be built up out of her (so 30:3), 17:16 מלכי עמים ממנה יהיו, 35:11a: often of coming forth מִבֶּטֶן Jb 1:21, מֵחֲלָצֶיךָ Gn 35:11b, ממעיך 15:4, 1 S 2:20 י׳ give thee seed from this woman; cf. Jb 16:4 מִי יִתֵּן טָהוֹר מִטָּמֵא. (b) of the tribe or people, from which a person comes (cf. 1 a), Nu 3:12 כל בכור … מבני ישׂר׳, Jos 12:4 2 S 4:2; 21:2 Je 1:1 +; and so of a person’s native place, as Ju 12:8 אבצן מבית לחם Ibzan from B., 13:2 אִישׁ מִצָּרְעָה, 17:1, 7 1 S 1:1; 9:1 2 S 23:20, 30 Am 1:1 +, cf. Je 46:25 אָמוֹן מִנֹּא; Is 48:1 וּמִמֵּי יְהוּדָה יָצָֽאוּ, v 2 מֵעִיר הַקֹּדֶשׁ נִקְרָֽאוּ, 58:12 וּבָנוּ מִמֵּךְ (those) from thee shall build, ψ 68:27 מִמְּקוֹר ישׂראל ye (sprung) from the fountain of Israel, Mi 5:1 Na 1:11 (v 14 fig. מִשִּׁמְךָ), Zp 3:18; Je 30:21 Zc 10:4. (c) of beasts and things, Gn 2:7 עָפָר מִן־הָאֲדָמָה, Je 5:6 אַרְיֵה מִיַּעַר a lion from the forest, ψ 80:14 חֲזִיר מִיַּעַר; cf. 10:18 אֶנוֹשׁ מִן־הָאָרֶץ man from the earth, 72:16 יָצִיצוּ מֵעִיר; Jb 28:12 וְהַחָכְמָה מֵאַיִן תִּמָּצֵא. (d) מִלֵּב Is 59:13 Jb 8:10, especially with reference to what is self-devised, Nu 16:28 כִּ׳ לֹא מִלִּבִּי, 24:13 1 K 12:33 Ne 6:8; נְבִיאֵי מִלִּבָּם Ez 13:2. d. of the source or author of an action, counsel, or event: 1 S 24:14 מֵרְשָׁעִים יֵצֵא רֶשַׁע, 2 S 3:37 לא היתה מהמלך it was not from the king to, etc.; spec. of י׳, Gn 24:50 כי מי׳ יצא הדבר, Ju 14:4 knew כי מי׳ הוא that it was from J., 1 K 2:15 כי מי׳ היתה לו, Pr 16:1; 20:24 מי׳ מִצְעֲדֵי גֶבֶר, ψ 37:39; 62:2 מִמֶּנּוּ יְשׁוּעָתִי, Ho 8:4 they have made kings, וְלֹא מִמֶּנִּי not from me, i.e. not at my prompting, Is 30:1; 50:11 (מִיָּדִי), Ez 3:17 end = 33:7 and warn them from me, 1 Ch 5:22; 13:2 2 Ch 22:7; 25:20 (syn. מֵאֵת, מֵעִם, which are more frequent in this sense); poet. Ho 7:5 חֲמַת מִיַּיִן heat from wine, ψ 9:14 עָנְיִי מִשּֽׂנְאַי at the hands of my haters, 74:22 Jb 4:13 שְׂעִפִּים מֵחֶזְיֹנוֹת לַיְלָה thoughts (arising) out of, etc., 6:25 הוֹכֵחַ מִכֶּם reproof proceeding from you, 20:29(×2), ψ 78:2 חִידוֹת מִקֶּדֶם indirect lessons (springing) out of antiquity; Dn 11:31 זְרֹעִים מִמֶּנּוּ (Köiii. 241). As marking the author of a judgment (rare), Nu 32:22 (cf. Ju 15:3) נְקִיִּם מי׳ וּמִיִּשְׂרָאֵל guiltless at the hands of (= in the judgment of) J. and Israel (cf. מֵעִם 2 S 3:28 Jb 34:33), Jb 4:17 shall man be just מֵאֱלֹהַּ at God’s hands? (‖ מֵעֹשֵׁהוּ), Je 51:5b (Ges Gf); so in חָלִילָה לִי מי׳. e. of the immediate, or efficient, cause (chiefly poet.), in consequence of, at, by (cf. Gk. ἀπό, as Hd. 2:54 ζήτησιν ἀπὸ σφέων γενέσθαι): (a) the cause, a person Gn 19:36 + הָֽרְתָה מן to be pregnant by, 49:25 1 S 31:3 וַיָּחֶל מֵהַמּוֹרִים was in anguish from the archers, Ho 7:4 בֹּעֵ֫רָה מֵאֹפֶה (ni בֹּעֵר הֵם leg.: v. We), ψ 18:9 Na 1:5 הרים רעשׁו ממנו, Dn 11:31 (accents); with pass. vb., Na 1:6 הצורים נִתְּצוּ ממנו, ψ 37:23 (cf. Pr 20:24 d), Jb 24:1 Ec 12:11 Dn 8:11. (b) the cause, a thing, Gn 49:24 his arms were agile מידי אביר יעקב from the hands, etc., Is 6:4 the thresholds shook מִקּוֹל הַקּוֹרֵא (so מקול elsewhere, as 30:31; 33:3 Je 8:16), 28:7 תָעוּ מִן־הַשֵּׁכָר (‖ ב), 31:4, 9 Je 10:10 Ez 19:10 became fruitful מִמַּיִם רַבִּים, 31:5 Jb 4:9 מִנִּשְׁמַת אֱלוֹהַּ יֹאבֵדוּ at the breath of God, 14:9 מֵרֵיחַ מַיִם יַפְרִחַ, 31:23; 39:26 הֲמִבִּינָֽתְךָ יַאֲבֶר־נֵץ ψ 39:11; 73:19 סָפוּ תַּמּוּ מִן־בַּלָּהוֹת, 78:65 מִתְרוֹנֵן מִיַּיִן, 104:15 להצהיל פנים משׁמן from oil, 107:39, cf. Jb 7:14 (‖ ב); so with מִגַּעֲרַת י׳ at J.’s rebuke, 18:16; 76:7 +; with a pass. vb., Gn 9:11 to be cut off מִמֵּי הַמַּבּוּל, 2 S 7:29 וּמִבִּרְכָֽתְךָ יְבֹרַךְ, Is 28:7 נבלעו מן־היין are undone through wine (22:3 is dub.: see 1 b), Ob 9 Jb 28:4 הַנִּשְׁכָּחִים מִנִּי רָ֑גֶל; cf. Is 34:3 Ho 6:8. (c) with verbs of fearing, to express the source of the emotion, as ירא ψ 3:7 + often (also c. מִפְּנֵי), פָּחַד 27:1, נִבְהַל Ez 26:18, גּוּר Dt 18:22 Jb 41:17, Est 5:9 ולא־קם ולא זָע ממנו; with בּוֹשׁ to be disconcerted or disappointed, to express the source of the disappointment, Is 1:29 + often; with שָׂמֵחַ †Pr 5:18 Ec 2:10. f. of the remoter cause, the ultimate ground on account of which something happens or is done. (N. B. The line between e and f is not always clearly defined): Ex 2:23 they sighed מן־העבדה on account of the bondage, 6:9; 15:23 Dt 7:7 not מֵרֻבְּכֶם through, by reason of, your numbers did J. set his love upon you, Jos 22:24 to do a thing מִדְּאָגָה out of carefulness, 2 S 23:4 מִנֹּגַהּ, 1 K 14:4 Is 53:5 wounded מִפְּשָׁעֵינוּ on account of our transgressions, bruised מֵעֲוֹנוֹתֵינוּ, v 8 Jb 4:9 Ob 10 Hb 2:17 ψ 6:8 עשׁשׁה עיני מִכַּעַם from vexation (cf. Jb 17:7: ψ 31:10 ב׳), 31:12; 38:19 I am concerned on account of my sin, Pr 20:4 מֵחֹרֶף עצל לא יחרשׁ by reason of the winter, Jb 22:4 הֲמִיִּרְאָֽתְךָ יֹכִיחֶ֑ךָ on account of thy fear of him? Ct 3:8 Ru 1:13 כִּי־מַר־לִי מְאֹד מִכֶּם because of you: see also Dt 28:34, 67; 32:19 Ju 2:18 Is 65:14 Je 12:4; 24:2 מֵרֹעַ, 50:13; 51:5b (Ew Ke), Ez 7:27 (but read prob. with 𝔊 𝔖 𝔙 Co כְּדרכם), 16:61; 7:27; 35:11 (AV out of), 45:20 Mi 2:12; 7:13 ψ 5:11; 12:6; 107:17; 119:53; Gn 49:12 red of eyes מִיָּ֑יִן, and white of teeth מֵחָלָב. Often also in מֵרֹב from the abundance of, abs. for abundance, with many different verbs, as Gn 16:10 לֹא יִסָּפֵר מֵרֹב Jos 9:13 1 S 1:16, etc. Similarly in מֵאֵין, מִבְּלִי, מִבִּלְתִּי (pp. 35, 115, 117); and before an inf. (7 a), and in מֵאֲשֶׁר (p. 84). g. the cause being conceived as regulative, מן occasionally approaches in sense to according to (cf. Lat. ex more, ex lege), Jon 3:7 proclaimed in Nineveh מטעם המלך וגדליו at, by, in accordance with, the decree of the king (cf. Aramaic Ezr 6:14 Dn 2:8): so Jb 39:26 (2 e (b)) according to Ges Hi. 3. Partitively (a sense connecting with 2 a (c), above):— a. Gn 6:19 שְׁנַיִם מִכֹּל two out of, from, all, 7:8; 39:11 אישׁ מן … a man (or one) of … (so Nu 25:6 1 S 24:8 +, אנשׁים מן … Nu 16:2 Jos 2:2 +, 2 K 2:7, etc.); Gn 42:16 send מִכֶּם אֶחָד Lv 1:2a; 17:12 כל־נפשׁ מִכֶּם, 19:34; 26:8, Ju 8:14 נַעַר מֵאַנְשֵׁי סֻכּוֹת, 1 S 22:8, etc.; Ju 14:19 2 K 2:24 Is 66:19; אֶחָד מִן … 1 S 16:18 +, אַחַד מִן … (Ges§ 130, 1) Dt 25:5 +; אַחַת מֵהֵ֫נָּה ψ 34:21 Is 34:16; מִי מִן … Jb 5:1 Is 50:1, אֵין מִן … 1 S 14:39 Is 51:18; Is 21:11 מה־מלילה how much of the night? 2 Ch 31:3 וּמְנָת הַמֶּלֶךְ מִן־רְכוּשׁוֹ. b. the number being omitted, מִן is used indefinitely:—(a) = some of,—as subj. Ex 16:27 יצאו מן־העם there went out (some) of the people, Lv 25:49 2 S 11:17, 24, especially in late Hebrew Ezr 2:68, 70; 7:7 Ne 11:4, 25 1 Ch 4:42; 9:30, 32 2 Ch 17:11; 32:21 Dn 11:35; more freq. as obj., especially with לקח, Gn 4:3 וַיָּבֵא מִפְּרִי האדמה brought of the fruit of the ground, 30:14 give me מִדּוּדָאֵי בְנֵךְ (some) of thy son’s love-apples, 33:15 Ex 12:7; 17:5 Lv 18:30; 20:2 Nu 11:17; 13:23 1 K 12:4 Is 39:7; 47:13 Am 2:11 Dn 8:10 +, Ct 1:2 ישׁקני מִנְּשִׁיקוֹת פִּיו let him kiss me (with) some of the kisses etc., ψ 72:15; 137:3 מִשִּׁיר צִיּוֹן (some) of the songs of Zion, Jb 11:6 (Ges RVm) + often; in late Hebr. note also יֵשׁ מִן … there are some of … Ne 5:5; מֵהֶם … מֵהֶם … some … others … 1 Ch 9:28f. (as in Aramaic Dn 2:33, and PS 2155); מִקְצָת … some of … (as in NH) †Dn 1:2 Ne 7:69. (b) to designate an individual (rare), Gn 28:11 and he took מֵאַבְנֵי הַמָּקוֹם (one) of the stones of the place (see v 18), Ex 6:25 מבּנות פוטיאל (one) of the daughters of P., Ez 17:5, 13 Ne 13:28 ψ 132:11; as subj. Lv 25:33 Dn 11:5 the king of the south וּמִן־שָׂרָיו and (one) of his captains, v 7, cf. Je 41:1 Est 4:5 2 Ch 26:11; Ru 2:20 מִגֹּאֲלֵנוּ הוא he is (one) of our kinsmen, Ex 2:6. (c) in a neg. or hypoth. sentence (whether subject or object) = any, aught, Dt 16:4 ולא ילין מן־הבשׂר and there shall not remain any of the flesh, 1 K 18:5 ולא נכרית מן־הבהמה and we shall not destroy any of the beasts, 2 K 10:10 (cf. Jos 21:43; 23:14 1 S 3:19 1 K 8:56 Est 6:10), v 23 פֶּן־יֶשׁ־פֹּה מֵעַבְדֵי י׳, Jb 27:6 לֹא יֶחֱרַף לְבָבִי מִיָּמָ֑י my heart reproacheth not one of my days: with אִם, etc. Ex 29:34 Lv 4:2a (cf. v 22, 27), 11:32 (מהם), v 33, 35, 37–39; 18:29; 25:25 Nu 5:6; מִכֹּל anything whatever, Lv 5:24; 11:34; cf. 1 S 23:23 (?). (d) peculiarly, with a noun of unity, especially אֶחָד, to express forcibly the idea of a single one: Dt 15:7 if there be a poor man in thy midst, מֵאַחַד אַחֶיךָ any one of thy brethren, Lv 4:2b if he doeth מֵאַחַת מֵהֵ֫נָּה any one of these things, 5:13 Ez 18:10 וְעָשָׂה אָח מֵאַחַד מֵאֵלֶּה (where אח is a vox nihili) and doeth aught of these things; 1 S 14:45 if there shall fall מִשַּׂעֲרַת רֹאשׁוֹ אַרְצָה a single hair of his head to the ground! (for שְׂעָרָה as a nom. unit. v. Ges§ 122 t Dr), cf. 2 S 14:11 1 K 1:52. (Probably a rhetorical application of the partitive sense, though the explanation ‘starting from one’=‘even one’ would also be possible. مِنْ is used similarly after neg. and interrog. particles, not merely with collective nouns, as مَا لهُمْ مِنْ عِلْمٍ nought have they of knowledge (Qor 18:4), but also with nouns of unity, as Qor 3:55 Ye have not مِنْ إِلَهٍ aught of (=any) god, except Him; 19:19 dost thou perceive مِنْهُمْ مِنْ أَحَدٍ even one of them? 6:59 there falleth not مِنْ وَرَقَةٍ even a single leaf (nom. unit.) without His knowing it. See further Thes, and WAG. ii. § 48 f. b). (e) (rare) specifying the objects, or elements, of which a genus consists (the Arabic مِنْ لِلْبَيَانِ, min of explication, WAG. ii. § 49.7): Gn 6:2 אשׁר בחרו מכל consisting of all whom they chose, 7:22; 9:10 Lv 11:32 (מכל), 1 Ch 5:18 Je 40:7 (מאשׁר); 44:28 and they shall know דְּבַר־מִי יָקוּם מִמֶּנִּי וּמֵהֶם whose word shall stand, consisting of me and of them (defining the genus embraced by מי: cf. كُلٌّ مِنْ هَابِيلَ وَقَابِيلَ both (of them), Abel as well as Cain, and Qor 3:193: W l.c.).—On מֵאַיִן Je 10:6, 7, v. אַ֫יִן" dir="rtl" >אַיִן ad fin., p. 35. 4. Of time—viz. a. as marking the terminus a quo, the anterior limit of a continuous period, from, since Dt 9:24 מִיּוֹם דַּעְתִּי אֶתְכֶם from the day of my (first) knowing you (so 1 S 7:2; 8:8 +); 1 S 18:9 מהיום ההוא וָהָֽלְאָה from that day and onwards, simil. †Lv 22:27 Nu 15:23 Ez 39:22; Is 18:2, 7 (where מִן־הוּא=מֵאֲשֶׁר הוּא; cf. Na 2:9 מִימֵי הִיא=מִימֵי אֲשֶׁר הִיא); מהיום ההוא וָמָֽעְלָה †1 S 16:13; 30:25 (Hg 2:15, 18 appar. of time backwards); מֵאָז from the time of.… (v. p. 23); מִן־הַבֶּטֶן from the womb Ju 13:5, 7, מִבֶּטֶן אִמִּי 16:17 +; מִימֵי … Ho 10:9 Is 23:7 Je 36:2 +; מִיָּמֶיךָ idiom.=since thou wast born †1 S 25:28 1 K 1:6 (מִיָּמָיו), Jb 38:12; מִקֶּדֶם from antiquity Hb 1:12 ψ 74:12, Is 42:14 הֶחֱשֵׁיתִי מֵעוֹלָם I have been silent since old time; מֵעַתָּה from now, hence-forth Je 3:4 +, מִיּוֹם from to-day †Is 43:13 Ez 48:35, מן־היום הזה Hg 2:19. See also 5 c, 7 c. Cf. Ex 33:6 מֵהַר חוֹרֵב from Horeb, Ho 13:4 I am י׳ thy God מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם. b. as marking the period immediately succeeding the limit, after: Gn 38:24 כְּמִשְׁלֹשׁ חֳדָשִׁים after about three months it was told Judah, מִיָּמִים רַבִּים †Jos 23:1 Ez 38:8, מִיָּמִים after (some) days, †Ju 11:4; 14:8; 15:1, מִיֹּמַיִם after two days †Ho 6:2; מֵרֹב יָמִים Is 24:22: more freq. with קֵץ or קָצֶה, Gn 4:3 מִקֵּץ יָמִים, 8:3 Jos 3:2 + often; Dt 14:28 מִקְצֵה שָׁלֹשׁ שָׁנִים, 15:1 מִקְצֵה שֶׁבַע שָׁנִים (by which is meant not the actual end of the three or seven years, but the period when the third or seventh year has arrived); מִמָּחֳרָת after the morrow (had arrived)=on the morrow, Gn 19:34 + often; מֵהַבֹּקֶר 2 S 2:27.—2 S 23:4 מִמָּטָר; Is 53:11 מֵעֲמַל נַפְשׁוֹ; perhaps 29:18 (Kö 581). Cf. 2 S 20:5 and he delayed מן־המועד beyond the appointed time. c. in such phrases, however, מִן sometimes (cf. 1 c) loses its signif.: thus מֵאָז 2 S 15:34 Is 16:13 not from former time, but in former time, formerly, Gn 6:4 הַגִּבּוֹרִים אֲשֶׁר מֵעוֹלָם which were of old, Jos 24:2 dwelt of old, ψ 77:6 days מִקֶּדֶם aforetime, מֵאַחֲרֵי Dt 29:21 (p. 30).—†מִקָּרוֹב lit. from near, i. e. recently Dt 32:17, of short duration Jb 20:5, shortly Ez 7:8; at hand (in a local sense, 1 c) Je 23:23. 5. מִן … עַד (וְעַד) from … even to: very often:— a. in geogr. or local sense, Gn 10:19; 15:18 מנהר מצרים עד הנהר הגדול, 25:18 Ex 23:31 Dt 2:36 1 S 3:20 2 S 5:25 Je 31:38 ψ 72:8 + often; so with מִלְּבוֹא †1 K 8:65 (2 Ch 7:8), 2 K 14:25 Am 6:14; Dt 13:8 מִקְצֵה הָאָרֶץ וְעַד קְצֵה הָאָרֶץ, 28:64 Je 12:12; Gn 47:21 מִקְצֵה גְּבוּל־מִצְרַיִם וְעַד־קָצֵהוּ, 1 K 6:24; 7:23 מִשְּׂפָתוֹ וְעַד שְׂפָתוֹ; Lv 13:12 מראשׁו ועד רגליו, Dt 28:35 מכף רגלך ועד קדקדך (similarly 2 S 14:25 Jb 2:7 Is 1:6). Cf. 1 S 9:2 מִשִּׁכְמוֹ וָמַ֫עְלָה, 2 S 5:9 Jos 15:46. b. metaph. not of actual space, but of classes of objects, to express idiomatically the idea of comprehension, so that the two preps. may be often represented by both … and: Gn 19:4 מִנַּעַר וְעַד־זָקֵן from young to old (i. e. both included)=both young and old, v 11 1 S 5:9 + מִקָּטֹן וְעַד־גָּדוֹל=both great and small, Je 6:13 מִקְּטַנָּם וְעַד־גְּדוֹלָם from the least of them even to the greatest of them, ib. מִנָּבִיא וְעַד־כֹּהֵן from the proph. even to the priest every one dealeth falsely, Ex 9:25 + מאדם ועד בהמה both man and beast, 11:5 מבכור פרעה … עד בכור השׁפחה וגו׳, 13:15 Nu 6:4 Dt 29:10 מחֹטב עציך עד שֹׁאב מימיך, Jos 8:25 + מאישׁ ועד אשׁה, 1 S 15:3 (4 pairs), 22:19 1 K 5:13 2 K 17:9=18:8, Is 10:18 מנפשׁ ועד בשׂר=both soul and body, Je 9:9; after a word implying a negative=either … or Gn 14:23; 31:24, 29 מטוב עד רע either good or evil. The עַד may be repeated, if required: Gn 6:7 מאדם עד־בהמה עד רמשׂ ועד־עוף השׁמים (so 7:23), Ex 22:3 Jos 6:21 Ju 15:5 מִגָּדִישׁ וְעַד־קָמָה וְעַד־כֶּרֶם זָ֑יִת, 20:48 1 S 30:19: without מן, Lv 11:42 Nu 8:4. Similar is the use of מן in the idiom מִבֶּן … שָׁנָה וָמָֽעְלָה (וָמָֽטָּה) (also וְעַד־בֶּן … שָׁנָה): v. p. 122 a; and cf. 2 K 3:21. c. of time, Gn 46:34 מִנְּעֻרֵינוּ וְעַד עַתָּה from our youth even until now, 1 S 12:2 Je 3:25; Nu 14:19; Ex 10:6; 18:13 מן־הבֹקר עד־הערב, 1 S 30:17 1 K 18:26; Is 9:6 ψ 90:2; + often; with two inff. Hos 7:4: and implying intervals (not duration) Ez 4:10, 11 (cf. with לְ Est 3:7(×2)). d. there occur further (1) מִן … אֶל־, Jos 15:21, Ex 26:28=36:33 מִן־הַקָּצֶה אֶל־הַקָּצֶה from end to end, Ez 40:23, 27 Ezr 9:11 מִפֶּה־אֶל־פֶּה; ψ 144:13 מִזַּן אֶל זַן from kind to kind=kinds of every sort; with a verb of motion, Je 48:11 ψ 105:13 1 Ch 17:5, and expressing a climax, ψ 84:8 יֵֽלְכוּ מֵחַיִל אֶל־חַיִל, Je 9:2 (cf. Rom 1:17): of time, מיום־אל־יום †Nu 30:15, cf. 1 Ch 16:23 (‖ ψ 96:2 לְ); implying intervals, מֵעֵת אֶל־עֵת †1 Ch 9:25. (2) מִן … לְ Ex 32:27 Ez 40:13 Zc 14:10: of time ψ 96:2; Jb 4:20: with intervals, 2 S 14:26. (3) מִן … ָה Nu 34:10 Ez 6:14 מִמִּדְבָּר רִבְלָ֫תָה (so Ges Ew Hietc.) from the wilderness to Riblah, 21:3; 25:13 מִתֵּימָן וּדְדָ֫נֶה (Co Kö Berthol) Je 31:38; without—ָ, Gn 10:30 1 K 5:1. And of time (implying intervals) in מִיָּמִים יָמִ֫ימָה Ex 13:10 + 4 times. 6. In comparisons, beyond, above, hence in Engl. than: so constantly; viz. a. when an object is compared with another distinct from itself, Ju 14:18 מַה־מָּתוֹק מִדְּבַשׁ what is sweet away from, beyond, in excess of, honey? i.e. in our idiom, what is sweeter than honey? Lv 21:10 הַכֹּהֵן הַגָּדוֹל מֵאֶחָיו the priest that is great above his brethren, Nu 14:12 Ez 28:3 חָכָם מִדָּנִאֵל wiser than Daniel, ψ 119:72 + very often; Ho 2:9 כִּי טוֹב לִי אָז מֵעָ֑תָּה; with an inf. (sometimes c. לְ) as subj., Gn 29:19 טוֹב תִּתִּי אֹתָהּ לְךָ מִתִּתִּי אֹתָהּ וגו׳ better is my giving her to thee than my giving her to another, Ex 14:12 1 S 15:22 Pr 21:9, 19; 25:7 ψ 118:8, 9 +; with verbs, Gn 19:9 עתה נָרַע לְךָ מֵהֶם now we will harm thee beyond them, more than them, 25:23 לְאֹם מִלְאֹם יֶאֱמַץ, 26:16; 29:30 ויאהב גם־את־רחל מִלֵּאָה, 38:26 צָֽדְקָה מִמֶּנִּי, 48:19 יִגְדַּל מִמֶּנּוּ, Ju 2:19 השׁחיתו מאבותם they have done corruptly more than their fathers, 1 S 2:29 2 S 20:6 1 K 1:37; 14:9 Je 5:3 Ez 5:6 + often;=in preference to, above, ψ 45:8; 52:5(×2) Ho 6:6 Hb 2:16, after בחר Je 8:3 Jb 7:15; 36:21 ψ 84:11 (מִדּוּר) +: note also נֹפֵל מִן Jb 12:3; 13:2=inferior to (Ew Ges: al. Hi; al. De); שֹׁנֶה מִן different from Est 1:7; 3:8. b. when an obj. is compared with a group or multitude of which it forms one, especially with מִכֹּל, Gn 3:1 עָרוּם מִכֹּל חַיַּת הַשָּׂדֶה subtil out of all beasts of the field, or beyond, above all (other) beasts, v 14 cursed above all cattle (but without implying any judgment whether other cattle are cursed likewise), 37:3 Israel loved Joseph מִכָּל־בָּנָיו out of all his sons, or above all his (other) sons, Dt 7:7; 33:24 בָּרוּךְ מִבָּנִים אָשֵׁר blessed above sons be Asher, Ju 5:24 תְּבֹרַךְ מִנָּשִׁים blessed above women be Jael, 1 S 9:2b; 15:33 כֵּן תִּשְׁכַּל מִנָּשִׁים אִמֶּ֑ךָ, 18:30 Je 17:9 עָקֹב מִכֹּל deceitful above all things, ψ 45:3 Ct 5:10 דָּגוּל מֵרְבָבָה (cf. בָּחַר מִן supr. 2 a c: ex in eximius, egregius; Il. 18:431 ὅσσʼ, ἐμοὶ ἐκ πασέων Κρονίδης Ζεὺς ἄλγεʼ ἔδωκεν, 3:227 ἔξοχος Ἀργείων … κεφαλήν). c. sometimes in poetry the idea on which מן is logically dependent, is unexpressed, and must be understood by the reader, Is 10:10 ופסיליהם מירושׁלם and their idols are (more) than (those of) Jerusalem, Mi 7:4 יָשָׁר מִמְּסוּכָה the uprightest is (sharper) than a thorn-hedge (but We from), Jb 11:7; 28:18; ψ 4:8 מֵעֵת beyond (that of) the time when etc. Ec 4:17; 9:17; cf. Ez 15:2. d. מן not unfrequently expresses the idea of a thing being too much for a person, or surpassing his powers: Gn 18:14 הֲיִפָּלֵא מי׳ דָּבָר can a thing be too hard for J.? (so Dt 17:8 +; cf. ψ 131:1; 139:6 +), 32:11 קָטֹנְתִּי מִן, Dt 14:24 כִּי יִרְבֶּה מִמְּךָ הַדֶּרֶךְ =is too great for thee (1 K 19:7), 32:47 רֵק מִכֶּם: so c. עָצַם Gn 26:16, כָּבֵד be too heavy for Ex 18:18 ψ 38:5, מָךְ Lv 27:8 (too poor to pay), קָשָׁה Dt 1:17, צַר be too narrow for, 2 K 6:1 Is 49:19, קצר Is 50:2, אָמַץ ψ 18:18, ירום ממני is too high for me 61:3, גָּבַר 65:4; הַֽמְעַט מִמְּךָ †Jb 15:11 too little for thee? הַֽמְעַט מִכֶּם †Nu 16:9 Is 7:13 Ez 34:18 (v. מְעַט; also on 16:20); often with an inf., as Gn 4:13 גָּדוֹל עֲוֹנִי מִנְּשׂוֹא is greater than I can bear, 36:7 their substance was רָב מִשֶּׁבֶת יַחְדָּו lit. great beyond dwelling together=too great for (their) dwelling together, Ju 7:2 מִתִּתִּי רַב=too great for me to give, 1 K 8:64 קָטֹן מֵהָכִיל, Ex 12:4 1 S 25:17 Is 28:20; 33:19; 59:1 Hb 1:13 ψ 40:6 Ru 1:12: note especially רַב טִן it is more than that … (=there is enough of), Ex 9:28 1 K 12:28, sq. subst. Ez 44:6 (v. רַב); and Is 49:6 נָקֵל מִהְיוֹתְךָ לִי עֶבֶד לְהָקִים וגו׳ too light for thy being my servant was it to raise up, etc., Ez 8:17 הֲנָקֵל לְבֵית יִשְׂר׳ מֵעֲשׂוֹת וגו׳ was it too trifling to the house of Isr. for the doing etc. (less than the doing etc. deserved)? (but? read עֲשׂוֹת on anal. of 1 K 16:31). 7. מן is prefixed to an infin.: a. with a causal force (rare), from, on account of, through (cf. 2 f): Dt 7:7, 8 מֵאַהֲבַת י׳ אֶתְכֶם through J.’s loving you=because J. loved you, 9:28 (cf. 1:27 בְּ) 2 S 3:11 מִיִּרְאָתוֹ אֹתוֹ=because he feared him, Is 48:4 מִדַּעְתִּי …=because I knew … So in מִבְּלִי …, מִבִּלְתִּי. b. after verbs implying restraint, prevention, cessation, etc., as עֲצָרַנִי מִלֶּדֶת Gn 16:2 hath restrained me from bearing, וַתַּעֲמֹד מִלֶּדֶת 29:35; 30:9: so with חשׂך 20:6 +, חדל Ex 23:5 +, כִּלָּה 34:33 +, נִכְלָא 36:6, מָנַע 1 S 25:26 +, שׁבת Je 31:36 +, יָרֵא מֵהַבִּיט Ex 3:6 +, שִׁמְרוּ מִן־הַחֵרֶם †Jos 6:18, 2 Ch 25:13 הֵשִׁיב מִלֶּכֶת. Especially (a) after similar verbs, expressing concisely a negative consequence, lit. away from …, i.e. so as not to, so that not: Gn 23:6b; 27:1 Jacob’s eyes were dim, מֵֽרְאֹת away from seeing=so that he could not see, 31:29 נִשְׁמַר מִן (‖ v 24 פֶּן), Ex 14:5 Lv 26:13 Nu 32:7 Dt 28:55 (his eye shall be envious etc.) מִתֵּת from giving=so that he will not give, Ju 6:27 1 S 2:31; 7:8 do not be silent from us מִזְּעֹק so as not to call (cf. 1 K 22:3), 8:7 me have they rejected מִמְּלֹךְ עליהם, 16:1 (Ho 4:6), 2 S 14:11 (read מֵהַרְבּוֹת), Is 5:6; 8:11; 21:3; 23:1 is destroyed מִבּוֹא so that none can enter in, 24:10; 33:15; 44:18; 49:15; 54:9; 56:6; 58:13 Je 10:14 נִבְעַר … מִדַּעַת is stupefied so that he has no knowledge, 13:14; 33:21, 24, 26 Ez 20:17 Mi 3:6 Zc 7:11, 12 ψ 30:4 Qr, 39:2; 69:24; 102:5 (after שָׁכַח, peculiarly), 106:23 La 3:44; 4:18 Jb 34:30a 2 Ch 36:13. So in חָלִילָה לִּי מֵעֲשׂוֹת that I should not do Gn 44:17 +. (b) still more concisely, especially in poetry, with a noun alone: 1 S 15:23 has rejected thee מִמֶּלֶךְ from (being) king (v 26 מִהְיוֹת מֶלֶךְ), Lv 26:43 מֵהֶם, Is 7:8 יֵחַת מֵעָם shall be shattered from (being) a people, that it be no more a people, 17:1 מוּסָר מֵעִיר, 25:2b; 52:14 כֵּן מִשְׁחַת מֵאִישׁ מַרְאֵהוּ marred away from (being) a man(’s), Je 2:25 מִיָּחֵף, 17:16 מֵרֹעֶה, 48:2 וְנַכְרִיתֶנָּה מִגּוֹי, v 42 מֵעָם, ψ 8:6 hast made him lack but little מאלהים ut non esset Deus, 83:5 מִגּוֹי, Pr 30:2 בַּעַר אָנֹכִי מֵאִישׁ too boorish to be a man; cf. Dn 4:13; 1 K 15:13 וַיְסִרֶהָ מִגְּבִירָה removed her from (being) queen-mother, Ez 16:41 וִהִשְׁבַּתִּיךְ מִזּוֹנָה; and even to express absol. the non-existence of a thing not named in the principal clause, as Is 23:1 כִּי שֻׁדַּד מִבַּיִת so that there is no house, Ez 12:19 (32:15), 25:9 מֵהֶעָרִים, Ho 9:11(×3), 12 Mi 3:6 Hg 1:10 מִטָּ֑ל, Zc 7:14; 9:8 ψ 39:3; 49:15 מִזְּבֻל־לוֹ so that it has no dwelling, 52:7 יִסָּֽחֲךָ מֵאֹהֶל pluck thee up tentless, 109:24 is lean מִשָּׁ֑מֶן so that there is no fatness, Jb 28:11; 33:21; 34:30b. Often strengthened by pleon. אֵין or בְּלִי, as מֵאֵין יוֹשֵׁב Is 5:9, מִבְּלִי יוֹשֵׁב v. pp. 35 a, 115 b. Cf. Köiii. 592 ff. c. with a temporal force, since, after (cf. 4), chiefly late: Nu 24:23 מִשֻּׂמוֹ אֵל after God’s establishing him, Is 44:7 מִשֻּׂמִי עַם־עוֹלָם since I appointed the ancient people, Ho 7:4 Hg 2:16(?) Ru 2:18 Ne 5:14 1 Ch 8:8 מִן־שִׁלְחוֹ אוֹתָם (cf. 6:16) 2 Ch 31:10 Dn 11:23; 12:1 (cf. 9:25), ψ 73:20 כַּחֲלוֹם מֵהָקִיץ after (one’s) awaking, Jb 20:4. 8. Once Dt 33:11 as a conj. before a finite verb. Smite … his haters מִן־יְקוּמוּן that they rise not again, poet. for מִקּוּם (7 b): cf. Dr§ 41.—On מֵאֲשֶׁר adv. and conj., v. p. 84. 9. In compounds:— a. מֵאַחֲרֵי, מֵאֵת, מִבֵּין, מִבַּלְעֲדֵי, מִבַּ֫עַד, מִלְּ (common in NH, especially before inf.; in O.T. only in מִלְּבַד, מִלִּבוֹא (supr. 5 a), for מִלְּ in Mish. see e.g. Bab. Mez 7:10, Kil 8:1 Ter 8:11 Pes 1:6 Taan 2:7 Yeb 8:2; Ec 4:17 מִלַּעֲשׂוֹת (have no knowledge so as not to do evil) is read by Siegfr Wild.מִלְמַ֫עְלָה, מִלְמַ֫טָּה, מִלְּעֻמַּת, מִלְּפָנִים, מִלִּפְנֵי, and, si vera l., מִלְמַעֲלֵה הֶחָ֑רֶס Jd 8:13, v. מַעֲלֶה), מִנֶּגֶד, מֵעַל, מֵעִם, מִתַּ֫חַת; see אַחֲרַי" dir="rtl" >אַחֲרֵי, אֵת²" dir="rtl" >אֵת, etc. b. לְמִן (לְמִנִּי †Mi 7:12(×2)), with לְ pleon., from=מִן, but used almost exclusively of the terminus a quo, whether of space or time (cf. מִן 5);—(1) of space, Dt 4:32 Ju 20:1 לְמִדַּן וְעַד־בְּאֵר שֶׁבַע, Mi 7:12(×2) (both לְמִנִּי), Zc 14:10 1 Ch 5:9; לְמֵרָחוֹק from afar Jb 36:3; 39:29 (on Ezr 3:13 2 Ch 26:15, v. sub עַד לְ); לְמִתַּחַת לְ=underneath 1 K 7:32. Idiom., especially sq. וְעַד, to denote comprehensively an entire class, לְמֵאִישׁ וְעַד בְּהֵמָה †Ex 11:7 Je 51:62 (לְמֵאָדָם), לְמֵאִישׁ וְעַד אִשָּׁה †2 S 6:19 2 Ch 15:13, לְמִקָּטֹן וְעַד גָּדוֹל †2 K 23:2 Je 42:8, simil. 2 Ch 15:13 Je 31:34 Est 1:5, 20, לְמֵרָע וְעַד־טוֹב †2 S 13:22, לְמִבֶּן עֶשְׂרִים שָׁנָה וּלְמָ֑טָּה †1 Ch 27:23, cf. 2 Ch 25:5.—On לְמִבֵּית Nu 18:7, see p. 110 b. (2) of time (often foll. by עַד), לְמִן הַיּוֹם אֲשֶׁר … from the day when …, †Dt 4:32; 9:7 2 S 7:11 (‖ 1 Ch 17:10 וּלְמִיָּמִים אֲשֶׁר) Je 7:25; 32:31 Hg 2:18; לְמִקְצָת הַיָּמִים אֲשֶׁר … †Dn 1:18; לְמִן הַיּוֹם sq. inf. (in appos.) †Ex 9:18 2 S 19:25; לְמִיּוֹם sq. inf. (genit.) †Ju 19:30 2 S 7:6 Is 7:17; לְמִימֵי … †2 K 19:25 (‖ Is 37:26 מימי) Mal 3:7; למן־עולם ועד עולם †Je 7:7; 25:5; לְמֵרָחוֹק from afar=long before, 2 S 7:19=1 Ch 17:17, 2 K 19:25=Is 37:26.	heb	Prep \| 1cs	4	1226
H0001	אָב1191 n.m. father (Ph. אב, Assyrian abu, Arabic أَبٌ, Sab. אב CISiv, 1. 37 1. 2 al. Ethiopic አብ Aramaic אַבָּא, ܐܰܒܳܐ )—abs. אָב Gn 44:19 + 47 times; cstr. אַב Gn 17:4, 5 (cf. in אַ��ְרָהָם ib. & elsewhere in n.pr. On Hal’s proposes אֲבִר v. אברהם); אֲבִי" dir="rtl" >אֲבִי (cf. Ge§§ 90, 3b, 96) Gn 4:20 +; sf. אָבִי Gn 19:34 + (MI אבי); אָבִיךָ Gn 12:1 +; אָבִיו Gn 2:24 +; אָבִ֫יהוּ Ju 14:10 + 6 times; pl. אָבוֹת Ex 12:3 +; cstr. אֲבוֹת Ex 6:25 + 7 times; sf. אֲבוֹתַי (אֲבֹתַי, אֲבוֹתָ֑י) Gn 47:9 + 15 times; אֲבוֹתֵיהֶם 1 Ch 4:38 + 32 times (late); אֲבוֹתָם Ex 4:5 + 106 times etc.;— 1. father of individual Gn 2:24 (+ אֵם) 11:28, 29(×2); 19:31, 32, 33, + often (mostly JED); of father as commanding Gn 50:16 (J) Je 35:6 f Pr 6:20 (cf. Gn 18:19 J 28:1, 6 P 1 S 17:20 1 K 2:1); instructing מוסר Pr 1:8; 4:1 (cf. Dt 8:5); specif. as begetter, genitor Pr 23:22 Zc 13:3(×2) (+ אֵם) Is 45:10; cf. Gn 49:4 (J) Lv 18:7, 8, 11 (P); rebuking Gn 37:10; loving Gn 37:4; 44:20 (JE; cf. 22:2; 25:28; 37:3 2 S 14:1); pitying ψ 103:13 (in sim. cf. 2 S 18:5); blessing Gn 27:41 (JE cf. 27:4 also 28:1 P +); as glad Pr 10:1; 15:20 cf. 29:3; grieving Gn 37:35 (JE; cf. 2 S 12:22; 19:1, 2 f) etc. Also as obj. of honour, obedience, love Ex 20:12 (E) = Dt 5:16; Ex 21:15, 17 (E) Dt 21:18, 19 Gn 28:7 (P), 50:1, 5 1 K 19:20 (all + אֵם) (J) Mal 1:6 etc. Hence metaph. of intimate connection Jb 17:14 to corruption I cry, My father art thou (‖ אִמִּי וַאֲחֹתִי לָֽרִמָּה). 2. of God as father of his people (v. RSSem 42), who constituted, controls, guides and lovingly watches over it: Dt 32:6 Je 3:4, 19; 31:9 Is 63:16(×2); 64:7 Mal 1:6; 2:10 (cf. Ex 4:22; 19:4 (JE) Dt 32:11 Ho 11:1); cf. Je 2:27 (of idolatr. Isr.) אֹמְרִים לָעֵץ אָבִי אַתָּה וְלָאֶבֶן אַתְּ ילדתני׃; especially God as father of Davidic line 2 S 7:14 ψ 89:27; f. of needy (late) ψ 68:6 (cf. 103:13) (in n.pr., f. of individ., cf. infr.) 3. head of household, family or clan; בֵּית אָבִי as abode Gn 38:11(×2) Lv 22:13 +; = family Gn 24:40 (‖ מִשְׁפַחְתִּי) 41:51; 46:31 + cf. Nu 18:1, 2 Jos 2:12, 18; 6:25; especially techn. of divisions of Isr. בֵּית אָב לְמִשְׁפָּחוֹת Nu 3:30, 35 = a father’s house, i.e. a family or clan; more often pl. (אבותם, אבותיו) בֵית אָבוֹת = fathers’ houses = families, clans (cf. Di on Ex 6:14) Ex 6:14; 12:3 Nu 1:2, 18 ff. (often in Nu) Jos 22:14(×2) without בית Jos 14:1; 19:51; 21:1(×2) (always P in Hex.); also 1 Ch 5:13, 15 + often in Ch; cf. רָאשֵׁי אבות הלוים (= ר׳ בית א׳) Ex 6:25 cf. 1 K 8:1 1 Ch 6:4; 7:11 + often Ch Ezr Ne. 4. ancestor (a) of individual; grandfather (instead of precise term) Gn 28:13; 32:10 (J; where used of Abr. & Isaac); greatgr. 1 K 15:3; gr.-greatgr. 1 K 15:11, 24 etc.; cf. 2 K 14:3; 15:38; 16:2; 18:3; 22:2; often pl. (= fathers, forefathers) Gn 15:15; 46:34 (JE) 1 K 19:4; 21:3, 4 2 K 19:12; 20:17 +; particularly שׁכב עם אבותיו 1 K 1:21; 2:10; 11:21; 22:40 +; joined with ויקבר עם אב׳ 1 K 14:31; 15:24; 22:51 2 K 8:24; 15:38 cf. v 7, 16:20 + (all of kings of Judah); intens., אֲבֹתֶיךָ וַאֲבוֹת אֲבֹתֶיךָ Ex 10:6 cf. Dn 11:24; (b) of people Gn 10:21 (J) 17:4, 5 (P) 19:37, 38 (J) 36:9, 43 (P) Dt 26:5 Is 51:2; 43:27 (where אביך הראשׁון thy first father, v. Che) cf. also Ez 16:3, 45 + often; pl. Ex 3:13, 15, 16 (E) Dt 1:8 Jos 1:6 Ju 2:1 1 S 12:6 +; 1 S 12:15 ad fin read וּבְמַלְכְּכֶם 𝔊 We Dr. 5. originator or patron of a class, profession, or art Gn 4:20, 21. 6. fig. of producer, generator Jb 38:28 הֲיֵשׁ לַמָּטָר אָ֑ב (‖ מִי־הוֹלִיד אֶגְלֵי־טָֽל׃). 7. fig. of benevolence & protection Jb 29:16 אָב אָֽנֹכִי לָֽאֶבְיוֹנִים, cf. 31:18; of Eliakim Is 22:21; perhaps also of gracious Mess. king אֲבִי עַד Is 9:5 everlasting father (Ge Ew De Che Brd Di)—others divider of spoil (Abarb Hi Kn KueBrMP). 8. term of respect & honour (Abbas, Pater, Papa, Pope); appl. to master 2 K 5:13; priest Ju 17:10; 18:19; prophet 2 K 2:12(×2); 6:21; 13:14(×2) cf. 8:9; counsellor Gn 45:8 (E; cf. δευτέρου πατρός 𝔊 add. Est 3:13; τῷ πατρί 1 Mac 11:32); king 1 S 24:12; artificer 2 Ch 2:12; 4:16. 9. specif., ruler, chief (late) 1 Ch 2:24, 42(×2) etc. (cf. Ew§ 273b). See also EwGesch. i. 524 H i. 365. On the force of אָב in proper names (in many prob. a divine title), v. CheEncy. Bib., abi, names with Nöib., names, §§ 44, 45.	heb	Prep-l \| N-msc \| 1cs	3	1212
H2088	זֶה demonstr. pron. and adv. fem. זֹאת, once זֹאתה, Jer 26:6 Kt (also זֹה and זוֹ, q.v.); comm. זוּ (q.v.): this, here (the element ז = ذ = ܕ is widely diffused in the Semitic languages, as a demonstr. particle, often acquiring, like Engl. that, Germ. der, die, das, the force of a relative. Thus a. Ph. זֶ this (e.g. קבר ז this grave), also sometimes זן, f. זא, comm. אז (v. CIS I. i. 1:4, 5, 6, 12; 44:1; 88:2 etc.); Aramaic of Nineveh, Babylon, Têma, Egypt, זי as mark of the genit. [lit. that of] (CIS II. i. 1, 2, 3, 4, etc., 65, 67–71, 113, 114, 141, 142, etc.), זנה this (ib. 113:22; 145 C2), f. זא 113:15; 145 B5; Aramaic of Zinijirli ז, זן, זנה this, זי which (DHMSendsch. 56); Ethiopic ዝ ze, this, f. ዛ zā, ዘ za, who (masc.), also (like זִי, and דִּי, דְּ [v. infr.]) in common use as a mark of the genitive; b. Arabic ذَا this, fem. ذِى, ذُو (gen. ذِى, acc. ذَا, fem. ذَاتُ), possessor of (lit. that of …, i.e. one who owns), or in the Ṭayyite dialect, who, which: from ذَا, with هَا lo! prefixed, هَاذَا this, f. هَاذِهِ, with the pron. element -k affixed, ذَاكَ = this: with ’al (= the art.) + a demonstr. element la prefixed, أَلَّذِى who, which (in origin = Heb. הַלָּזֶה this, q.v.); Sab. דֿן this, f. דֿת, דֿ who, which, f. דֿת (PräZMG. 1872, 419, DHMZMG. 1883, 338 f., also Epigr. Denkm. 65); c. Biblical Aramaic דִּי which, דֵּךְ, דִּכֵּן, דְּנָה (q.v.) this, f. דָּא (= זֹאת), דָּךְ; Palm. and Nab. די which, דנה this; 𝔗 דְּ which, דֵּין, דֵּיכֵי this, f. דָּא; with הא lo! prefixed, הָדֵין, הָדָא (Syriac ܗܳܢ, ܗܳܢܳܐ, contr. from ܗܳܕܶܢ), ܗܳܕܶܐ; Syriac ܕ who, which; Sam. ד who, which, דנ this, f. דה; Mand. ד who, which, דהֿ this (rare), more commonly האדין, האזין (NöMand § 80, 81). Alike in Heb. and the other dialects, the corresp. plur. is derived from a different source: Heb. אֵלָּה, Ph. אל, Ethiopic ’ellū, ’ellā, these, ’ella, who, Arabic أُولَى, these, أُولُوا, أُولَى owners of, Sab. אלן these, אל, אלי who, which, Aramaic אִלֵּין, with הא lo! prefixed, ܗܳܠܶܝܢ, Sam. ࠀࠋࠉࠍ, Mand. עלין. Only the Arabic اَلَّذِى forms its own pl. اَلَّذِينَ V. further WSG 107 ff.)— 1. standing alone: a. this one, sometimes contemptuously (especially with אֵת), Gn 2:23 לָזֹאת יִקָּרֵא אִשָּׁה כִּי מֵאִישׁ לֻקֳּחָה־זֹּאת, 5:29 זֶה יְנַחֲמֵנוּ …, 12:12; 38:28 Ex 10:7 עַד מָתַי יִהְיֶה זֶה לָנוּ לְמוֹקֵשׁ, 1 S 10:27 מַה יּוֹשִׁיעֵנוּ זֶה how shall this man save us? 16:8, 9; 21:16 that ye have brought אֶת־זֶה this fellow to play the madman against me? 25:21 in vain have I kept אֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר לָזֶה all that this fellow hath etc. 2 S 13:17 אֶת־זֹאת, 1 K 22:27 אֶת־זֶה, Mi 5:4 Is 66:2; as a genit., Gn 29:27, 28 1 K 21:2; with a collective force Lv 11:4, 9 (= Dt 14:7, 9), v 21, 29 Ju 20:16, 17 (כָּל־זֶה), Jb 19:19 (with a plural verb). In a purely neuter sense (of an act, event, announcement, etc.) זאת is most common, as with עשׂה to do this Gn 3:14; 20:5, 6; 45:19 and often, שׁמעו זאת Am 8:4 Is 47:8; 48:1, 16; 51:21 al.; Gn 41:39 Ex 17:14 Dt 32:6 Ju 7:14; 21:3 לָמָה … הָֽיְתָה זֹאת (cf. Jb 1:13 ψ 118:23) 1 K 11:39 2 S 7:19 2 K 3:18 +; אֵין זֹאת 1 Sa 20:2b cf. Am 2:11; rarely so with אֶת־ †Jos 22:24 Je 9:11 ψ 92:7; as an accus. of limit., as regards this, in this, Ez 20:27; 36:37 Jb 19:26 (si vera l.), 33:12 in this thou art not just; (late) אַחֲרֵי זֹאת †Jb 42:16 Ezr 9:10, א׳ כל־זאת †2 Ch 21:18; 35:20; pointing forward to a foll. a clause, Gn 42:18; 43:11 Nu 8:24; 14:35 Is 56:2 Jb 10:13 etc.; Ex 9:16 1 S 25:31 Is 1:12 מִי בִקֵּשׁ זאת מִיֶּדְכֶם רְמֹס חֲצֵרָֽי׃; to one introduced by כִּי 2 S 19:22 ψ 102:19; 119:50, 56 (see also בְּזֹאת 6 b β): but זֶה also sometimes occurs similarly Ex 13:8 Pr 24:12 Jb 15:17 Ne 2:2 Ec 1:17; 2:15 גם זה הבל (so v 19, 21, 23 +), 7:18(×2); of a concrete obj., Ex 30:31 2 K 4:43 מָה אֶתֵּן זֶה לִפְנֵי מֵאָה אִישׁ: in late Heb., Ne 13:6 בְּכָל־זֶה during all this, 2 Ch 32:9 אַחַר זֶה; pointing forwards La 5:17 f. to כִּי ψ 56:10 Je 22:21. (See also below, 6 g.) b. repeated זֶה … זֶה, this … that, the one … the other or (if indefinite) another, Gn 29:27 (זֹאת), Ex 14:20 וְלֹא קָרַב זֶה אֶל זֶה, 1 K 3:23; 22:20 Is 6:3; 44:5 (3 times), ψ 75:8 זֶה יַשְׁפִּיל וְזֶה יָרִים, Jb 1:16–18; 21:23, 25 +. 2. In appos. to a subst.: a. preceding it (rare) Ex 32:1, 23 זֶה מֹשֶׁה, Ju 5:5 (= ψ 68:9) זֶה סִינַי this Sinai, Jos 9:12 זֶה לַחְמֵנוּ this our bread, 1 K 14:14 2 K 6:33 Is 23:13 זֶה הָעָם, ψ 34:7; 49:14; 104:25 זה הים גדול וג׳ this sea there is great and broad, 118:20 Ct 7:8 Ezr 3:12. (Cf. זוּ Hb 1:11.) b. following it:—(α) when the subst. is determined by a pron. affix, Gn 24:8 שְׁבוּעָתִי זֹאת, this my oath, Dt 5:29(26) O that לְבָבָם זֶה this their heart (their present temper) might continue always! 21:20 Jos 2:14, 20 דְּבָרֵנוּ זֶה, Ju 6:14 go בְּכֹחֲךָ זֶה in this thy strength, Dn 10:17 2 Ch 24:18 (Cf. אֵלָּה, a.) Rarely when it is undetermined, 2 K 1:2 חֳלִי זֶה (so 8:8, 9), ψ 80:15. (β) with the art., הַזֶּה, הַזֹּאת, after a subst. determained also by the art., Gn 7:1 בַּדּוֹר הַזֶּה, v 13 הַיּוֹם הַזֶּה, 12:7 הָאָרֶץ הַזֹּאת, 15:7; 17:21, 23 Dt 4:6 הגוי הגדול הזה, and continually. Not however after a n.pr., except such as are construed with the art., as הַיַּרְדֵּן הַזֶּה Gn 32:11 Dt 3:27; 31:2 Jos 1:2, 11; 4:22, הַלְּבָנוֹן הַזֶּה Jos 1:4, cf. Nu 27:12 = Dt 32:49 (2 K 5:20 הַזֶּה belongs to הָאֲרַמִּי): and hardly ever (2 Ch 1:10) after a noun with a pron. affix (Jos 2:17 מִשְּׁבֻעָתֵךְ הַזֶּה the gender of הזה shews that the text is in error: v. Dr§ 209 Obs.). 3. More often as pred., as 1 S 24:17 הֲקוֹלְךָ זֶה, 2 K 3:23 דָּם זֶה this is blood, 9:37 זֹאת אִיזָֽבֶל׃, Ez 5:5 etc.; הֲזֶה Is 14:16, הֲזֹאת 23:7 La 2:15; often at the beginning or close of enumerations (especially P), descriptions, injunctions, etc., as Gn 5:1 זה ספר this is the book …, 9:12 זֹאת אוֹת הַבְּרִית, 17:10; 20:13 זֶה חַסְדֵּךְ אֲשֶׁר תַּעֲשִׂי עִמָּדִי, Lv 6:2, 13, 18; 7:1, 11 Dt 6:1; 33:1 Jos 13:2 Jb 27:13 Is 58:6 etc.; זה הדבר אשׁר … Ex 16:16; 35:4 Jos 5:4 Ju 20:9; 21:11 Is 37:22 Je 38:21 +, cf. זה אשׁר … this is what (or how) … Gn 6:15 Ex 29:38 Je 33:16; זֶה לְךָ הָאוֹת Ex 3:12 1 S 2:34 +; at the end, Lv 7:37; 11:46; 13:50 Nu 5:21; 7:17, 23 etc., Jos 19:8, 16, 23 etc., Is 14:26; 16:13 (זֶה הַדָּבָר אֲשֶׁר …), 17:14; 54:17 Je 13:25 ψ 109:20 Ct 5:16(×2) Jb 5;27, in the latter case sometimes with the force of such (i.e. such as has been described), 18:21; 20:29 (cf. אֵלֶּה ψ 73:12), ψ 24:6; 48:15 such (= such a one) is God, our God, for ever (Hi De) Zp 2:15; cf. Jb 14:3 אַף־עַל־זֶה upon one such as this (v 1, 2) dost thou open thy eyes? 4. It is attached enclitically, almost as an adv., to certain words, especially interrog. pronouns, to impart, in a manner often not reproducible in Engl. idiom, directness and force, bringing the question or statement made into close relation with the speaker. (Contrast from this point of view מי זה and מי הוא: v. הוא 4 b.) Thus a. אֵי־זֶה15 where, then? Jb 28:12 אֵי־זֶה מְקוֹם בִּינָה, v 20 38:19 b (v. other exx. sub אַי 1 b, p. 32). b. מִי־זֶה, †1 S 17:55, 56 בֶּן־מִי־זֶה֖ הָעָֽלֶם׃ the son of whom, here, is the lad? Je 49:19 (= 50:44) וּמִי זֶה רֹעֶה אֲשֶׁר וג׳ and who (emph.) is the shepherd that etc., La 3:37 ψ 24:8 Who is the King of glory? (for which in v 10 the stronger מִי הוּא זֶה is said: so Je 30:21 Est 7:5), 25:12. Elsewhere, the rend. Who is this … is admissible: Is 63:1 Je 46:7 Jb 38:2; 42:3; cf. מִי־זֹאת Ct 3:6; 6:10; 8:5. c. מַה־זֶּה how, now? Gn 27:20 Ju 18:24 וּמַה־זֶּה תֹּאמְרוּ אֵלַי and how, now, do ye say to me …? 1 K 21:5 2 K 1:5; what, now? (τίποτε;) 1 S 10:11 מַה־זֶּה הָיָה לְבֶן־קִישׁ; עַל־מַה־זֶּה for what? Ne 2:4: contracted into מַזֶּה Ex 4:2. (Cf. Aramaic מָדֵין why? ܡܳܕܶܝܢ used as a conj. therefore, e.g. 2 S 18:22 𝔖, PS2013: both formed similarly.) d. מַה־זֹּאת in the phrase (עֲשִׂיתֶם, עָשִׂית) מַה־זֹּאת עָשִׂיתָ Gn 3:13; 12:18; 26:10; 29:25; 42:28 Ex 14:11 Ju 2:2 15:11 +. Either What, now, hast thou (have ye) done? (Fl De) or What is this (that) thou hast (ye have) done? (The Arabic grammarians dispute on the precise construction of the corresp. phrase in Arabic مَا ذَا صَنَعْتَ; De Gen. 3:13 (ed. 4), and especially FlKl.Schr. i. 356 Lane p. 948.) e. לָֽמָּה־זֶּה wherefore, now? Gn 18:13; 25:22; 32:30 Ex 5:22 Nu 11:20 + often Cf. Arabic لِهَا ذَا f. הַאַתָּה זֶה †2 S 2:20 האתה זה עשׂהאל Art thou Asahel? 1 K 18:7, 17, without הֲ Gn 27:24; in an indirect question Gn 27:21. g. הִנֵּה זֶה behold, here … †1 K 19:5 (in narrative), Is 21:9 Ct 2:8, 9. Cf. Nu 13:17 (unusual) עֲלוּ זֶה בַּנֶּגֶב go up here in the South. h. עַתָּה זֶה, †1 K 17:24 עַתָּה זֶה יָדַעְתִּי now I know that …, 2 K 5:22 just now. Also i. prefixed to expressions denoting a period of time: Gn 27:36 he hath supplanted me זֶה פַעֲמַיִם now two times (so 43:10), 31:38 now, already twenty years, v 41 (זֶה־לִּי …), 45:6 Nu 14:22 now ten times, 22:28, 32 זֶה שָׁלשׁ רְגָלִים, Dt 8:2, 4 Jos 22:3 זֶה יָמִים רַבִּים, 2 S 14:2 +; Zc 7:3 זֶה כַּמָּה שָׁנִים already how many years! cf. Ru 2:7 Je 50:17. 5. In poetry, as a relative pron. (rare: but see also זוֹ, זוּ): ψ 74:2 athe hill of Zion זה שׁכנת בּוֹ wherein thou dwellest, 78:54; 104:8 אל־מְקום זה to the place (st. c. Ges§ 130. 3) which … v 26 Pr 23:22 Is 25:9; = that which Jb 15:17, those who 19:19 (so once, Ex 13:8, even in prose). In some of the passages cited the punctuators, by coupling זה with the preceding subst., and separating it from what follows by a disj. accent (as הַר־זֶ֝֗ה), appear not to have recognised its relative sense, but to have construed, ‘this mountain, (which) thy right hand,’ etc. 6. With prefixes (in special senses):— a. בָּזֶה15 in this (place), here, Gn 38:21, 22 Ex 24:14 Nu 23:1(×2) 1 S 1:26; 9:11 +; of time, then, †Est 2:13 Once בַּזֶּה 1 S 21:10. b. בְּזֹאת (α) with this = on these conditions, Gn 34:15, 22 1 S 11:2 Is 27:9; = herewith, thus provided Lv 16:3. (β) by or through this (especially with יָדַע), Gn 42:15, 33 Ex 7:17 Nu 16:28 Jos 3:10 ψ 41:12; so בָּזֹאת Mal 3:10. (γ) in spite of this, Lv 26:27 ψ 27:3, for which the fuller בְּכָל־זֹאת occurs, Is 5:25; 9:11, 16, 20; 10:4 ψ 78:32 Je 3:10 Ho 7:10. (δ) בָּזֹאת for this cause (late style) †1 Ch 27:24 2 Ch 19:2; in this matter 20:17. c. כָּזֶה (α) †Gn 41:38 הֲנִמְצָא כָזֶה אִישׁ אשׁר …, Is 56:12; 58:5 Je 5:9 גּוֹי אֲשֶׁר כָּזֶה (so v 29; 9:8). (β) כָּזֹה וְכָזֶה thus and thus, †Ju 18:4 2 S 11:25 1 K 14:5. d. כְּזֹאת the like of this = as follows, †Gn 45:23; כָּזֹאת the like of this = things such as these Ju 13:23 (c. השׁמיע), 15:7; 19:30 לא נראתה כָּזֹאת, 1 S 4:7 (cf. Je 2:10 2 Ch 30:26), 2 S 14:13 (c. חשׁב), Is 66:8 (c. שׁמע), Ezr 7:27; = accordingly, to that effect (c. דִּבֶּר) 2 Ch 34:22; = in like manner Ju 8:8; = thus (as has been described) 1 K 7:37 1 Ch 29:14 2 Ch 31:20; 32:15: כָּזֹאת וְכָזֹאת thus and thus †Jos 7:20 2 S 17:15(×2) 2 K 5:4; 9:12. e. מִזֶּה from here, hence Gn 37:17; 42:15; 50:25 Ex 11:1(×2) 13:3 Dt 9:12 + often: מִזֶּה … מִזֶּה on one side … on the other side Ex 17:12 מזה אחד ומזה אחד, 25:19; 26:13; 32:15 מזה ומזה הם כתובים, Nu 22:24 1 S 14:4 1 K 10:19, 20 Zc 5:3 +; מִזֶּה וּמִזֶּה לְ on one side and on the other side of … Ex 38:15 Jos 8:33 Ez 45:7; 48:21. f. עַל זֶה on this account (rare), La 5:17 (pointing forwards), Est 6:3. So עַל זֹאת Am 8:8 Mi 1:8 Je 2:12 (Jb 17:8) 4:8, 28 ψ 32:6; in late prose Ezr 8:23; 9:15; 10:2 Ne 13:14 2 Ch 16:9, 10; 29:9; 32:20. g. עִם זֶה in spite of this †Ne 5:18.—On אֵי זֶה which? אֵי מִזֶּה whence? אֵי לָזֹאת how? v. sub אַי" dir="rtl" >אַי 2, p. 32; and on הַלָּז, הַלָּזֶה, הַלֵּזוּ, v. p. 229. Note. —זֶה in 1 S 17:34 (in many edd.) is a typographical error (not a Kt) of Jacob b. Chayim’s Rabbin. Bible of 1525 for שׂה sheep, which has been perpetuated hence in other subseq. edd. The reading of MSS. and of the best ancient edd. is שֶׂה (cf. de RossiVar. Lect. ii. 151).	heb	Prep-k \| Pro-ms	4	1178
H8085	שָׁמַע1159 vb. hear (NH id.; Ph. שמע Lzb378; Assyrian šemǔ; Arabic سَمِعَ; Sab. סמע, mostly in deriv., especially epith. div. סמע he who hears HomChr 124 FellZMG iiv (1900), 250, 252 DHMHofmus. No. 10, l. 1; Ethiopic ሰምዐ Aramaic שְׁמַע, ܫܡܰܥ, Old Aramaic שמע Lzb 378; cf. also משמעת MI 28 obedience);— Qal1052 Pf. 3 ms. שׁ׳ Gn 24:52 +, שָׁמֵ֑עַ Je 36:13 + 3 times; 2 fs. שָׁמַעַתְּ 1 K 1:11 + 2 times; 3 pl. שָׁמֵ֑עוּ Ju 2:17 + 12 times; Impf. 3 ms. יִשְׁמַע Ex 6:30 +, 1 s. cohort. אֶשִׁמְעָה Nu 9:8, וָאֶשְׁמֳעָה (on—ֳ cf. Ges§ 10 h; Ol § 65 c. qu. reading) Dn 8:13; 2 mpl. תִּשְׁמְע֔וּן Dt 8:20 +, תִּשְׁמָע֔וּן Dt 1:17, etc.; Imv. ms. שְׁמַע Am 7:16 +, שִׁמְעָה Jb 32:10 + (especially ψψ), שְׁמָ֮עָה֮ Dn 9:19; fpl. שְׁמַ֫עְנָה Is 32:9; Je 9:19, שְׁמַ֫עַן Gn 4:23 (Ges§ 46 f), etc.; Inf. abs. שָׁמוֹעַ Is 6:9 +; cstr. שְׁמֹעַ 1 S 15:22 +; sf. שָׁמְעוֹ Dt 29:18 +, שָׁמְעָתוֹ Is 30:19 (Ges§ 45 d), etc.; Pt. שֹׁמֵעַ Gn 42:23 +; f. שֹׁמַ֫עַת Gn 18:10 +, etc.;— 1. subj. pers. hum. (vel rei personif.): a. hear (perceive by ear), acc. rei, especially קוֹל Gn 3:10 (J) + 46 times, דבר(ים) Am 8:11 + 50 times, etc.; acc. חָכְמָה i.e. wise sayings 1 K 5:14 + 4 times; any utterance or sound (c. 150 times) + (obj. om.) Dt 4:33 + 32 times + (cl. temp.) 1 S 14:27 + 6 times; c. ב 1 S 14:6, שׁ׳ בְּסוֹד י׳ Jb 15:8; 26:14; 37:2; c. obj. cl., כִּי Ex 4:31 + 52 times + Is 39:1b (read כִּי שׁ׳ 𝔊 𝔖 ‖ 2 K 20:12), אֶת־אֲשֶׁר Jos 2:10; 5:1 (both RD),—ֹֹמַה־ Ju 7:11 + 3 times; without connect. שׁ׳ אֹתָהּ עָשִׂיתִי †2 K 19:25 = Is 37:26; sq. orat. rect. †Is 40:28; Zc 8:23. †b. acc. pers. + מְדַבֵּר hear one speaking Gn 27:6 (J), Je 26:7; Dn 8:13, so בֹּכֶה Nu 11:10 (J), נִבָּא Je 20:1, מְקַלְלֶ֑ךָ Ec 7:21; occas. pers. om., דֹּבְרִים Gn 37:17 (JE), אֶת־מִדַּבֵּר Ez 2:2; 43:6 (v. דבר Hithp.); acc. pers. only Dn 12:7. †c. c. לֵאמֹר only, hear say = hear it said, 1 S 13:4; 2 S 19:3; Dt 13:13; Jos 22:11 (P), 1 K 16:16; + עַל pers. concerning Gn 41:15 (E), Is 37:9; אֶל pers. id. 2 K 19:9. d. hear of, concerning: (1) acc. rei, אֵת (כָּל־)אֲשֶׁר Ex 18:1; 2 K 19:11 + 5 times, דבר(ים) 1 S 3:11 + 4 times, רָעָה Je 19:3 + 5 times, etc.; כַּאֲשֶׁר 1 S 23:11 ψ 48:9, כָּזֹאת Is 66:8 hear of anything like this, כָּאֵלֶּה Je 18:13; acc., etc., om. Ju 9:46 + 43 times; (2) less often acc. pers. Jb 42:5, אֶל pers. Ez 19:4, pers. om. Dt 9:2; c. ב pers. hear exultantly of their fate †ψ 92:12 (prob. imitated from ‖ הִבִּיט בְּ v a; v. especially ראה 8 a (6)). †e. hear, abs., = have power to hear, 2 S 19:36 (c. בְּקוֹל), Is 21:3; 32:3; Pr 20:12; Zc 7:11; in sim. ψ 38:15; c. neg. of idols Dt 4:28 ψ 115:6; fig. (spiritual power) Je 5:21; Dt 29:3; Ez 12:2; Is 42:20.—Pr 21:28 is probably corrupt, v. Toy. f. hear with attention, interest, listen to (sometimes ‖ הֶאֱזִין, הִקְשִׁיב), acc. דבר(ים) (54 times) Am 4:1 +, especially דבר(י) י׳ Nu 12:6 (JE) + 45 times; אִמְרָה Is 28:23, קוֹל v 23, זֹאת Mi 3:9, etc.; often abs. Ju 5:3 + 57 times, + (neg.) ψ 38:14 pay no attention; abs. לֵב שֹׁמֵעַ 1 K 3:9, אִישׁ שֹׁמֵעַ Pr 21:28. †g. understand (language), שָׂפָה Gn 11:7 (J), Is 33:19, לָשׁוֹן Dt 28:49, דְּבָרִים Ez 3:6, מַה־יְּדַבֵּר Je 5:15, no acc. Gn 42:23 (E), 2 K 18:26 = Is 36:11. h. specif. of hearing a (judicial) case, דָּבָר Dt 1:17, cf. v 17; acc. om. בֵּין pers. v 16, of י׳ Ju 11:10; c. מִשְׁפָּט 1 K 3:11; לִשׁ׳ הַטּוֹב וְהָרֵע 2 S 14:17, וְשֹׁמֵע אֵין לְךָ 15:3, cf. Jb 31:35. †i. c. acc. pers. in polite address, hear us (me)! Gn 23:6, 8, 11, 13, 15 (all P), 1 Ch 28:2; 2 Ch 13:4; 15:2; 20:20. j. listen, give heed (sometimes ‖ הִקְשִׁיב), abs., Gn 42:21 (E) + 18 times, + (usually ‖ הִטָּה אֹזֶן), Je 7:13 + 14 times Je, + (opp. חָדַל) Ez 2:5 + 3 times Ez; + שִׂים עַל־לֵב Mal 2:2; hear + do Dt 5:24; 2 K 18:12, etc.; = consent, agree, Gn 37:27 (J), grant request Ju 11:17; c. ל pers. (mostly late) Ju 19:25; 1 S 30:24; Jb 15:17 + 16 times, לי׳ Ho 9:17; Lv 26:14, 18, 21, 27; לְדִבְרֵי י׳ 1 S 15:1, לְעֵצָה Pr 12:15. k. c. אֶל pers. + listen to, yield to Gn 49:2; Ju 2:17 + 69 times (אֶל־י׳ 15 times, especially Je 7:26 + 10 times Je), עַל pers. 2 K 20:13; אֶל־דִּבְרֵי etc., Dt 18:19; Je 29:19 + 14 times, עַל־דִּבְרֵי etc., 2 K 22:13 + 3 times; very rarely acc. rei 1 S 24:10 (Gi v 9). l. שׁ׳ לְקוֹל = id., obey, Gn 3:17 (J) + 11 times + (לְקוֹל י׳) Ju 2:20; Ex 15:26 (JE). m. very often, שׁ׳ בְּקוֹל = obey 1 S 8:7 + 25 times, + שׁ׳ בְּקוֹל י׳ (י׳’s word, etc.) Dt 4:30; Je 3:13 + 65 times (Dt 18 times, Je 18 times). n. obey, c. acc. דבר(ים) Jos 1:18 + 2 times + (ד׳ י׳) Je 11:3 + 5 times Je, 1 K 12:24 = 2 Ch 11:4, etc.; acc. pers. Ex 6:12 (P), 2 Ch 28:11. o. abs. be obedient (especially to י׳) Is 1:19; Mi 5:14; Je 12:17 + 4 times Je + 7 times. 2. י׳ (God) subj.: a. acc. קוֹל, דברים, etc., Gn 21:17 (E), 2 K 19:4(×2), 16, usually with favour implied Nu 20:16; Dt 33:7 +, so especially acc. תְּפִלָּה, תְּחִנָּה, etc., 1 K 8:45 ψ 6:10 +. b. obj. cl. כִּי Gn 29:33 (J). c. no obj. (32 times) Is 59:2; Je 22:21, usually hear and forgive, help, etc., 1 K 8:30, 32; Is 30:19 +; hear and be angry ψ 78:59, cf. 55:20. d. = be able to hear Is 59:1 ψ 94:9. e. שׁ׳ בְּקוֹל = hear (and grant) Gn 30:6 (J) + 6 times. f. hear and answer, c. אֶל of cry, etc., Gn 21:17; 16:11 1 K 8:28 + 8 times; c. אֶל pers. Dt 3:26 + 12 times. g. c. לְ of utterance Je 18:19 ψ 61:6; ל pers. Jos 24:10 (E). h. hear, acc. pers. + מִתְנוֹדֵד Je 31:18; favourably, c. acc. pers. Mi 7:7 + 3 times, so, + ל concerning, Gn 17:20 (P); obj. om. 2 K 22:19 ψ 22:25 + 3 times + ψ 34:7, 18 (hear and deliver); c. cl. temp. Je 11:14. Niph.42 Pf. 3 ms. נִשְׁמַע Gn 45:16 +, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יִשָּׁמַע Ex 23:13 +, יִשָּׁמֵ֑עַ 1 S 1:13, etc.; Inf. cstr. הִשָּׁמַע Est 2:8; Pt. f. נִשְׁמַ֫עַת Je 51:46, etc.;— 1. be heard, of voice, sound, etc., 1 S 1:13; 1 K 6:7; Jb 26:14 (or 1 pl. Qal Impf.?); of a report, נִשׁ׳ … לֵאמֹר Gn 45:16 (E); subj. cl., כִּי, Ne 6:1 (ל pers.), cf. cl. וְהַיְהוּדִים חשְׁבִים Ne 6:6; v 7 be reported, (לַמֶּלֶךְ) כַּדְּבָרִים הָאֵלֶּה; be heard, לִפְנֵי אֱלֹהֶיךָ Dn 10:12. 2. be heard of, כָּמֹהוּ Dt 4:32. 3. be regarded, obeyed, Ec 9:17; in 2 S 22:45 = ψ 18:45 it is be obedient (לִי), si vera l. (read perhaps Qal, cf. Now). 4. וַיִּשּׁ׳ בְּקוֹלָם 2 Ch 30:27 = (favourable) hearing was granted to their voice. †Pi. Impf. 3 ms. וַיְשַׁמַּע 1 S 15:4 he caused the people (acc.) to hear (and respond, i.e. he assembled them), so 23:8 (v. Hiph. 1 d). Hiph.63 Pf. 3 ms. הִשְׁמִיעַ 1 K 15:22 +, etc.; Impf. 3 ms. sf. יַשְׁמִעֵנִי Dt 30:12, 13; 2 ms. juss. תַּשְׁמַע Ju 18:25, etc.; Imv. ms. sf. הַשְׁמִיעֵנִי ψ 143:8; fs. sf. הַשְׁמִיעִנִי Ct 2:14; 8:13, etc.; Inf. cstr. לַשְׁמִעַ ψ 26:7 (Ges§ 53q); Pt. מַשְׁמִיעַ Je 4:15 +, etc.;— 1. of man: a. cause to hear, acc. pers. + rei Dt 30:12, 13; Ct 2:14; 8:13 + 4 times; obj. rei om. (= make proclamation to) 1 K 15:22; obj. pers. om. Je 5:20 +; acc. שָׁלוֹם †Is 52:7; Na 2:1 i.e. proclaim peace; אָוֶן †Je 4:15 (מִן loc.); הַשׁ׳ קוֹל utter a sound Jos 6:10 (J; ‖ הֵרִיעַ), cf. Ju 18:25 (קוֹלְךָ, + עִמָּנוּ), Is 42:2; 58:4; הִשׁ׳ קוֹל תְּהִלָּתוֹ †ψ 66:8, בְּקוֹל תּוֹדָה †26:7. b. abs. as musical term, sound aloud, בִּמְצִלְתַּיִם לְהַשְׁמִיעַ 1 Ch 15:19 (perhaps to mark the time, Gr ψ 67 De: cf. 16:5; also ψ 150:5 בְּצִלְצְלֵי שָׁ֑מַע), מַשְׁמִיעִים 15:16, 28; 16:42, לְהַשׁ׳ קוֹל אֶחָד 2 Ch 5:13 i.e. prob. in unison (PrinceEB iii. 3241), Ne 12:42. c. abs. make proclamation (often ‖ הִגִּיד), Am 3:9; 4:5; Is 41:26; Je 4:5 + 6 times Je. †d. הַשְׁמִיעוּ, acc. pers. + אֶל loc. = summon Je 50:29, עַל loc. 51:27 (cf. Pi.). 2. י׳ subj.: a. cause to hear, acc. pers. et rei Dt 4:10, 36 (מִן loc.), 2 K 7:6 + 4 times; acc. pers. om. Is 30:30 + 3 times; acc. rei om. 44:8; 48:5. †b. = tell, acc. pers. + כָּזֹאת Ju 13:23; acc. pers. only, Is 42:9; acc. rei only, 48:3; Ez 36:15 (אֵלַיִךְ). †c. abs., make proclamation Is 43:12; 62:11 (אֶל loc.).	heb	Art \| V-Nifal-Prtcpl-fs	7	1165
H1696	[דָּבַר1142] vb. speak (original meaning dub.; range in order Thes is conjectural and not comprehensive enough; treiben MV does not explain Arabic or Heb. usage, but only Aramaic A meaning go away, sustained by Arabic دَبَرَ بِهِ go away with it, would best explain the four branches of usage:—(1) Arabic دَبَرَ depart, perish, iv. retreat, fig. retrograde, decline; دَبْرٌ passing away, death; Assyrian dabâru, Pi. drive away, Bez Orient. Diplom. Vocab., Dibbara, pest-god, Hpt in KAT 2500, דֶּבֶר pestilence. (2) Arabic دَبَرَ follow behind, in time, place, or station; دَبْرٌ part behind, دُبُرٌ back, דְּבִיר hindmost chamber of temple. (3) Syriac ܕܒܰܪ lead, guide, cattle, sheep, government, take a wife, = Aramaic דְּבר; Syriac ܕܳܒܽܘܪܳܐ, Aramaic דַּבָּר leader; Syriac ܕܽܘܒܳܪܳܐ, Aramaic דַּבָּרָא guidance; Syriac ܕܰܒܪܳܐ Aramaic דַּבְרָא, Heb. דֹּבֶר; Syriac ܡܰܕܒܰܪ, Aramaic מַדְבְּרָא, Heb. מִדְבָּר pasture, wilderness; Arabic دِبْرٌ, Syriac ܕܶܒܘܽܪܻܝܬܳܐ, Aramaic דַּבַּרְתָּא, Heb. דְּבוֹרָה swarm of bees, may be in this line, as led by their queen, so Thes. (4) Arabic دَبَّرَ consider the end or issue (of an affair), relate (a story or tradition); دَبَّرَ فِى consider, دَبَّرَ عَلَى plan against; Ph. דבר speak; Heb. דִּבֶּר etc. Syn. of אָמַר say, as Aramaic מַלֵּל with אֲמַר; Gk. λαλεῖν, λέγειν; Lat. loqui, dicere; Germ. reden, sagen)— †Qal41 only inf. (once?) & pt.: Inf. sf. בְּדָרְרֶ֑ךָ (by attraction to בְּשָׁפְטֶ֑ךָ for usual Piel) ψ 51:6; Pt. דֹּבֵר Ex 6:29 + 30 times; pl. דֹּבְרִים Nu 36:5 ψ 109:20; cstr. דֹּבְרֵי ψ 5:7 + 3 times; f. דֹּבְרוֹת Nu 27:7 ψ 31:19; pass. דָּבֻר Pr 25:11;—speak, abs. Nu 27:7; 32:27; 36:5 (P) ψ 51:6 (?); דָּבָר דָּבֻר word spoken Pr 25:11; with acc. rei דֹּבֵר דָּבָר speaking a word Jb 2:13; אמת ψ 15:2, תמים Am 5:10, (מ) ישׁרים Pr 16:13; Is 33:15, צדק Is 45:19, שׁלום Est 10:3 ψ 28:3, שׁקר(ים) ψ 63:12; 101:7; Je 40:16, כזב ψ 5:7; 58:4, רע ψ 109:20, נבלה Is 9:16, הַוַּת נפשׁו Mi 7:3; with אֶל of person, unto Gn 16:13 (J) Ex 6:29 (P) Je 38:20; 40:16 Dn 10:11 Jon 3:2; בְּאָזְנֵי in the ears of Dt 5:1; Je 28:7; עַל concerning, about ψ 31:19; 109:20; Je 32:42 (sometimes rendered against, but dub.); עִם with ψ 28:3; הַמַּלְאָךְ הַדֹּבֵר בִּי the angel that spake with me (as a prophet, an instrument of communicating with Israel) Zc 1:9, 13, 14; 2:2, 7; 4:1, 4, 5; 5:5, 10; 6:4 (vid. prep. בְּ III. 2 Ew§ 217 f. (3)). †Niph.4 Pf. נִדְבְּרוּ Mal 3:16, נִדְבָּ֑רוּ ψ 119:23, נִדְבַּרְנוּ Mal 3:13; Pt. הַנִּדְבָּרִים Ez 33:30; reciprocal sense, speak with one another, talk, abs. Mal 3:16; with בְּ, against ψ 119:23; Ez 33:30; with עַל, concerning, about Mal 3:13 (RV against, vid. Ew § 217 i.) Pi.1089 Pf. דִּבֶּר Gn 12:4 +, דִּבֵּ֑ר Gn 21:1 + (on דִּבֶּ֑ר Ex 12:25 Dt 26:19 v. Bö§ 1021 d (1) Köi 188); Impf. יְדַבֵּר Gn 44:7 +, יְדַבֶּר־ Gn 44:18 +; תְּדַבְּרוּן Gn 32:20, תְּדַבֵּר֑וּן ψ 58:2; Imv. דַּבֵּר Gn 24:38 +, דַּבֶּר־ Ex 11:2 +; Inf. דַּבֵּר Gn 24:50 +, דַּבֶּר־ Is 59:13 +; Pt. מְדַבֵּר Gn 27:6 +; f. מְדַבֶּרֶת 1 S 1:13 +;—(הַדִּבֵּר Je 5:13, inf. Ki 48, prob. Ol§ 182 e Kö§ 23 (5), perhaps MV; but more prob. a noun, as Ges§ 52 (2), Anm. 3 Ew§ 156 a, dub. pf. as Sta§ 222; בְּיוֹם דִּבֶּר Ex 6:28 Nu 3:1 Dt 4:15; תְּחִלַּת דִּבֶּר־ Ho 1:2, inf. Ki48 Bö§ 987 (7) Kö§ 23 (5); but more prob. pf., as Ges§ 52 (2), Anm. 3);—speak, 1. abs. Dt 18:17 + (throughout the literature) usually with לֵאמֹר, less freq. וַיֹּאמֶר: 2 K 18:28 +, cf. the phrases †דברתי (י׳) אני Ez 5:13 + 18 times Ez; †כי י׳ דבר Is 1:2; 21:17; 22:25; 24:3; 25:8; Je 13:15; Jo 4:8; Ob 18; †כי פי י׳ דבר Is 1:20; 40:5; 58:14; Mi 4:4; †פי ידבר ψ 49:4; †(י)דבר פי ψ 66:14; 145:21; †השׁכם ודבר Je 17:13; 25:3; 35:14; †עוד זה מדבר Jb 1:16, 17, 18. 2. with acc. rei, very frequently, ד׳ את הדברים האלה Ex 20:1 Dt 5:19 +; לָמָּה תְּדַבֵּר עוֹד דְּבָרֶיךָ why speakest thou any more of thy affairs? 2 S 19:30; עַד אִם־דִּבַּרְתִּי דְּבָרָ֑י until I have told my errand Gn 24:33; seld. sq. דָּבָר indef.; as ד׳ דָּבָר Is 58:13 speak a (mere, empty) word; so prob. also ד׳ דְּבָרִים Ho 10:4; with other nouns, e.g. דבר קשׁות spake rough words Gn 42:7, 30 (E); ד׳ גבהה proud words 1 S 2:3; טבות friendly words Je 12:6; טוב 1 S 19:4 1 K 22:13 Est 7:9; שׁקר Is 59:3 +, כזב Dn 11:27, אמת Je 9:4 +, שׁוא ψ 12:3 +; דבר שׁיר utter, sing a song Ju 5:12; משׁל 1 K 5:12; יְהוּדִית the Jewish language Ne 13:24; †סרה rebellion Dt 13:6 Je 28:16; 29:32. 3. with persons: a. rarely acc. יָֽכְלוּ דַבְּרוֹ לְשָׁלֹם they could [not] speak unto him peaceably Gn 37:4 (J; but Ew§ 282 a about him); וַיְדַבֵּר … אֹתָם Nu 26:3 (P, but text corrupt vid. Di; no satisfactory explanation yet given, possibly read אִתָּם vid. d). b. most frequently with אֶל throughout the literature: Gn 8:15 +; cf. phrases וַיְדַבֵּר י׳ אֶל מֹשֶׁה לֵאמֹר Ex 6:10 + 87 times; P; but †וידבּר י׳ אל משׁה לך Ex 32:7; 33:1 (JE); דבּר אל אהרן Lv 6:18 + 8 times (P); דבר אל בני ישׂראל Ex 6:9 + 38 times (P); elsewhere, Ex 19:6 (E) Dt 1:3; 4:45 (D) ד׳ אל (כל) העדה Ex 12:3 Lv 19:2 Nu 16:24, 26 (P); ד׳ אל לב speak unto one’s heart Gn 24:45, i.e. to oneself, cf. also ד׳ על לִבָּהּ 1 S 1:13, v. 5 infr.; אל is used inexactly for על 1 S 3:12 1 K 16:12 Is 16:13 Je 27:13; 30:4; 33:14; 36:7, 31; 40:2; 50:1; 51:12, 62 where it is rendered concerning or against. c. with לְ, speak to 1 K 2:19 Ez 32:21 Dn 2:4; ליהוה speak, sing to Yahweh words of a song Jos 10:12 (D) 2 S 22:1 (= ψ 18:1 title); in D, דבר ל promise to, in phrases †כאשׁר דבר(י׳) ל Dt 1:11, 21; 6:3; 9:3; 10:9; 11:25; 12:20; 15:6; 18:2; 26:18; 27:3; 29:12 Jos 13:14, 33; 22:4; 23:5, 10 (all D); אשׁר דבר ל Dt 9:28 1 K 8:24, 25, 26 (= 2 Ch 6:15, 16, 17).—דבר ל Gn 24:7; 28:15; 49:28 Ex 32:34 (J) Jos 9;21 (P) Ju 14:7 2 S 23:3 Is 30:10 Zc 9:10 usually rendered speak to, but often rather promise to. הֲיֵשׁ לְדַבֶּר־לָךְ אֶל־הַמֶּלֶךְ is it possible to speak for thee unto the king? 2 K 4:13 (by attraction to לַעֲשׂוֹת לָךְ). d. with †אֵת speak with Gn 17:3, 22, 23; 21:2; 23:8; 34:6, 8; 35:13, 15 Ex 25:22; 31:18; 34:29, 33, 34, 35 Nu 3:1; 7:89 Jos 22:15, 21 (all P) Gn 35:14; 41:9; 42:7; 45:15 Jos 17:14 (all E) Dt 5:21; sources of S K Ch 2 S 3:27; 7:7 = 1 Ch 17:6 1 K 8:15 = 2 Ch 6:4 1 K 22:24 = 2 Ch 18:23 2 Ch 10:10 (= אל 1 K 12:10) Je 5:5; 7:22; 9:7; 35:2; 38:25 Ez 2:1; 3:22, 24, 27; 14:4; 20:3; 44:5 Dn 1:19 Zc 8:16; cf. phrases †דבר חד את אחד speak one with another Ez 33:30; †דבר משׁפטים את speak judgments with, usually = give judgment against, (not Je 12:1), Je 1:16; 4:12; 12:1; 39:5; 52:9 (= 2 K 25:6); דבר טבות את speak kindly with 2 K 25:28 = Je 52:32. e. c. †עִם speak with, (not P), Gn 29:9; 31:24, 29 Ex 19:9; 20:19(×2), 22; 33:9 Nu 11:17; 22:19 Jos 24:27 (all JE) Dt 5:4; 9:10 Ju 6:17 1 S 9:25 (𝔊 Th We Dr וַיִּרְבְּדוּ לְ spread a couch for) 17:23 2 S 13:22 1 K 1:14, 22 2 K 6:33; 18:26 2 Ch 9:1 (= אֶל 1 K 10:2) Ne 9:13 Est 6:14 Je 32:4 Dn 8:18; 9:22; 10:11, 15, 17, 19 Ho 12:5; דִּבַּרְתִּי אֲנִי עִם לִבִּי I Spake, communed with my heart Ec 1:16. f. †לִפְנֵי before, in the presence of Ex 6:12 Nu 36:1 (P) Ju 11:11 1 K 3:22 Est 8:3. 4. with בְּ: a. instrumental, דבר בְּ speak with, by, or by means of a person (vid. supr. Qal ad fin.) Nu 12:2(×2), 6, 8 (E) 2 S 23:2 (cf. Dr), 1 K 22:28 = 2 Ch 18:27, Hb 2:1; †דִּבֶּר בְּשֵׁם speak in the name of Ex 5:23 (J) Dt 18:19, 20(×2), 22 1 Ch 21:19 Je 20:9; 26:16; 29:23; 44:16 Dn 9:6 Zc 13:3; †ביד by the hand of Nu 17:5; 27:23 Jos 20:2 (P) 1 S 28:17 1 K 8:53 + 13 times K, 2 Ch 10:15 (= 1 K 12:15) Is 20:2 Je 37:2; 50:1 Ez 38:17. b. local (fig.), בְּאָזְנֵי in the ears of Gn 20:8 (E) Ex 11:2 Dt 32:44 (J) Gn 23:16 Nu 14:28 Jos 20:4 (P) Dt 31:28, 30 Ju 9:2, 3 1 S 8:21; 11:4; 25:24 2 S 3:19(×2) Je 26:15 Pr 23:9; †דבר בלב speak in the heart Ec 2:15. c. of the object, speak of, about (prep. בְּ IV. e Ew§ 217 f. (2)) Dt 6:7; 11:19 1 S 19:3, 4 ψ 119:46; 122:8; propose for (a wife) 1 S 25:39 cf. Ct 8:8). d. of hostility, against (Ew§ 217 f. (1)) Nu 12:1, 8; 21:5, 7 (E) Jb 19:18 ψ 50:20; 78:19. e. of price, בְּנַפְשׁוֹ at the cost of his life 1 K 2:23 (vid. בְּ III. 3). 5. with †עַל, of the object concerning or about which one speaks Gn 18:19 Nu 10:29 (J) Jos 23:14 (D) Ju 9:3 1 S 25:30 1 K 2:4, 27; 5:13(×2); 14:2, 22:23 (= 2 Ch 18:22), 2 K 10:10, 19:21 = Is 37:22, 1 Ch 22:11 2 Ch 23:3 Je 1:16; 18:7, 8, 9; 42:19. It may have this sense in most if not all of the following, where RV renders 1 K 2:18, 19 Est 7:9 Je 18:20 for; 2 Ch 32:16 Ne 6:12 Je 11:17; 16:10; 25:13; 26:13, 19; 35:17 Ez 36:5 Dn 9:12; 11:36 Ho 7:13 Am 3:1 against; and 1 K 9:5 2 K 22:19 Je 10:1; 19:15 unto (על is used for אל unto 2 Ch 32:19 Je 6:10; 25:2; 26:2 Ho 12:11); cf. the phrase †דבר על לב speak upon the heart, speak kindly, comfort Gn 34:3; 50:21 (E) Ju 19:3 Ru 2:13, 1 S 1:13 (seemingly from context על for אל, to her heart, to herself, vid. Dr), 2 S 19:8 2 Ch 30:22; 32:6 Is 40:2 Ho 2:16. 6. with infin. †דבר לעשׂות promise to do Ex 32:14 (J) Dt 1:14 Ez 6:10 Jon 3:10; †דבר לתת promise to give Dt 19:8; †דבר למחות threaten to blot out 2 K 14:27; cf. †דבר להזהיר i.e. so as to warn Ez 3:18; 33:8. Note. —וַתָּקָם וַתְּדַבֵּר אֶת־כָּל־זֶרַע הַמַּמְלָכָה 2 Ch 22:10 𝔊 ἀπώλεσε, 𝔙 interfecit, scribal error for וַתְּאַבֵּד 2 K 11:1. Other explanations: plot against, waylay (Arabic دَبَّرَ) Thes MV; pronounce sentence, ellipt. וַתְּדַבֵּר מִשְׁפָּטִים GesHdw Rob; but cf. VB— †Pu. Impf. בַּיּוֹם שֶׁיְּדֻבַּר־בָּהּ in the day when she may be spoken for Ct 8:8 (vid. Pi. 4 c); Pt. נִכְבָּדוֹת מְדֻבָּר בָּךְ glorious things are being spoken in thee (RV Pe MV of thee) ψ 87:3. †Hithp. Pt. מִדַּבֵּר = מִתְדַּבֵּר with acc. מִדַּבֵּר הַדָּבָר הַזֶּה speaking this word 2 S 14:13; שָׁמַע (אֵת הַקּוֹל) מִדַּבֵּר אֶל׳ heard (the voice, or) one speaking unto Nu 7:89 (P) Ez 2:2; 43:6 (Di Nu 7:89 would read מְדַבֵּר after 𝔊; the meaning not appreciably different from Piel; the Hithp. difficult to reconcile with אֶל). †Hiph. Impf. וַיַּדְבֵּר עַמִּים תַּחְתָּי ψ 18:48 (2 S 22:48 has וּמֹרִיד for rare וַיַּדְבֵּר), יַדְבֵּר עַמִּים תַּחְתֵּינוּ 47:4; either (cf. Aramaic דַּבַּר) leads subject (so Ges coegit, De Now), or (cf. Arabic أَدْبَرَ turn the back, retreat) puts to flight, fig. for subdues (so Hi).	heb	Prep-m \| V-Piel-Inf	7	1144

1 / 298 Next